Vinaya-Pitaka, Vol. 1: Mahavagga
Based on the edition by Hermann Oldenberg, London : Pali Text Society 1879
(Reprinted 1929, 1964, 1997)
Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996
[GRETIL-Version vom 3.12.2014]
NOTICE
This file is (C) Copyright the Pali Text Society and the Dhammakaya Foundation, 2015.
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.
These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for
scholarly purposes only.
In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or
correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali
canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a
process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no
divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that
they are checked against the printed editions before quoting.
VERSION IN PTS LAYOUT
NOTE: Oldenberg's "Various Readings" (pp. 361-396) are not included in this electronic text.
THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.
Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)
| description: | multibyte sequence: |
| long a | ā |
| long A | Ā |
| long i | ī |
| long I | Ī |
| long u | ū |
| long U | Ū |
| vocalic r | ṛ |
| vocalic R | Ṛ |
| long vocalic r | ṝ |
| vocalic l | ḷ |
| vocalic L | Ḷ |
| long vocalic l | ḹ |
| velar n | ṅ |
| velar N | Ṅ |
| palatal n | ñ |
| palatal N | Ñ |
| retroflex t | ṭ |
| retroflex T | Ṭ |
| retroflex d | ḍ |
| retroflex D | Ḍ |
| retroflex n | ṇ |
| retroflex N | Ṇ |
| palatal s | ś |
| palatal S | Ś |
| retroflex s | ṣ |
| retroflex S | Ṣ |
| anusvara | ṃ |
| visarga | ḥ |
| long e | ē |
| long o | ō |
| l underbar | ḻ |
| r underbar | ṟ |
| n underbar | ṉ |
| k underbar | ḵ |
| t underbar | ṯ |
Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.
For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdias.pdf
For further information see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil.htm
Vinayapiṭaka Vol. I Mahāvagga.
[page 001]
1
VINAYAPIṬAKAṂ
MAHĀVAGGA.
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.
I.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Uruvelāyaṃ viharati
najjā Nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisam-
buddho. atha kho bhagavā bodhirukkhamūle sattāhaṃ eka-
pallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. ||1|| atha kho
bhagavā rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ
anulomapaṭilomaṃ manas'; ākāsi: avijjāpaccayā saṃkhārā,
saṃkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ,
nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso,
phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā
upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jāti-
paccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā
sambhavanti. evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
samudayo hoti. avijjāya tv eva asesavirāganirodhā saṃkhā-
ranirodho, saṃkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā
nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho, saḷā-
yatananirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho,
vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho,
upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jāti-
nirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā
nirujjhanti. evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
[page 002]
2 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 1. 2-2. 2.
nirodho hotīti. ||2|| atha kho bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā
tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi:
yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā ātāpino jhāyato brāh-
maṇassa
ath'; assa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā yato pajānāti sahetu-
dhamman ti. ||3||
atha kho bhagavā rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ paṭicca-
samuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manas'; ākāsi: avijjāpaccayā
saṃkhārā, saṃkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nā-
marūpaṃ --la-- evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
samudayo hoti --pa-- nirodho hotīti. ||4|| atha kho bhagavā
etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi:
yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā ātāpino jhāyato brāh-
maṇassa
ath'; assa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā yato khayaṃ paccayā-
naṃ avedīti. ||5||
atha kho bhagavā rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ paṭicca-
samuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manas'; ākāsi: avijjāpaccayā
saṃkhārā, saṃkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ --gha-- evam etassa
kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti --pa-- nirodho
hotīti. ||6|| atha kho bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ
velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi:
yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā ātāpino jhāyato brāh-
maṇassa
vidhūpayaṃ tiṭṭhati Mārasenaṃ suriyo 'va obhāsayam
antalikkhan ti. ||7||
bodhikathā niṭṭhitā. ||1||
atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā
vuṭṭhahitvā bodhirukkhamūlā yena Ajapālanigrodho ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Ajapālanigrodharukkhamūle
sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. ||1||
atha kho aññataro huhuṅkajātiko brāhmaṇo yena bha-
gavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ
sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam-
antaṃ aṭṭhāsi, ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so brāhmaṇo bhaga-
[page 003]
I. 2. 2-4. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 3
vantaṃ etad avoca: kittāvatā nu kho bho Gotama brāh-
maṇo hoti katame ca pana brāhmaṇakaraṇā dhammā 'ti. ||2||
atha kho bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ
udānaṃ udānesi:
yo brāhmaṇo bāhitapāpadhammo nihuhuṅko nikasāvo
yatatto
vedantagū vusitabrahmacariyo, dhammena so brāhmaṇo
brahmavādaṃ vadeyya,
yass'; ussadā n'; atthi kuhiñci loke 'ti. ||3||
Ajapālakathā niṭṭhitā. ||2||
atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā
vuṭṭhahitvā Ajapālanigrodhamūlā yena Mucalindo ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Mucalindamūle sattāhaṃ eka-
pallaṅkena nisīdi {vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī.} ||1|| tena kho
pana samayena mahāakālamegho udapādi sattāhavaddalikā
sītavātaduddinī. atha kho Mucalindo nāgarājā sakabhavanā
nikkhamitvā bhagavato kāyaṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi pa-
rikkhipitvā upari muddhani mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ karitvā
aṭṭhāsi: mā bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ, mā bhagavantaṃ uṇhaṃ,
mā bhagavantaṃ ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasiriṃsapasamphasso
'ti. ||2|| atha kho Mucalindo nāgarājā sattāhassa accayena
viddhaṃ vigatavalāhakaṃ devaṃ viditvā bhagavato kāyā
bhoge viniveṭhetvā sakavaṇṇaṃ paṭisaṃharitvā māṇavaka-
vaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā bhagavato purato aṭṭhāsi añjaliko
bhagavantaṃ namassamāno. ||3|| atha kho bhagavā etam
atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi:
sukho viveko tuṭṭhassa sutadhammassa passato,
avyāpajjhaṃ sukhaṃ loke pāṇabhūtesu saṃyamo. |
sukhā virāgatā loke kāmānaṃ samatikkamo,
asmimānassa yo vinayo etaṃ ve paramaṃ sukhan ti. ||4||
Mucalindakathā niṭṭhitā. ||3||
atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā
vuṭṭhahitvā Mucalindamūlā yena Rājāyatanaṃ ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Rājāyatanamūle sattāhaṃ eka-
pallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. ||1|| tena kho
[page 004]
4 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 4. 2-5. 2.
pana samayena Tapussabhallikā vāṇijā Ukkalā taṃ
desaṃ addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti. atha kho Tapussa-
bhallikānaṃ vāṇijānaṃ ñāti sālohitā devatā Tapussabhallike
vāṇije etad avoca: ayaṃ mārisā bhagavā Rājāyatanamūle
viharati paṭhamābhisambuddho, gacchatha taṃ bhaga-
vantaṃ manthena ca madhupiṇḍikāya ca paṭimānetha, taṃ
vo bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā 'ti. ||2|| atha kho
Tapussabhallikā vāṇijā manthañ ca madhupiṇḍikañ ca ādāya
yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhaga-
vantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu, ekamantaṃ ṭhitā
kho Tapussabhallikā vāṇijā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: paṭi-
gaṇhātu no bhante bhagavā manthañ ca madhupiṇḍikañ ca
yaṃ amhākaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā 'ti. ||3||
atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: na kho tathāgatā hatthesu
paṭigaṇhanti. kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṭigaṇheyyaṃ manthañ
ca madhupiṇḍikañ cā 'ti. atha kho cattāro Mahārājāno
bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya catuddisā cattāro
selamaye patte bhagavato upanāmesuṃ: idha bhante bhagavā
paṭigaṇhātu manthañ ca madhupiṇḍikañ cā 'ti. paṭiggahesi
bhagavā paccagghe selamaye patte manthañ ca madhupiṇḍi-
kañ ca paṭiggahetvā ca paribhuñji. ||4|| atha kho Tapussa-
bhallikā vāṇijā bhagavantaṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ viditvā bhaga-
vato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: ete
mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañ
ca, upāsake no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṃ
gate 'ti. teva loke paṭhamaṃ upāsakā ahesuṃ dvevā-
cikā. ||5||
Rājāyatanakathā niṭṭhitā. ||4||
atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā
vuṭṭhahitvā Rājāyatanamūlā yena Ajapālanigrodho ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Ajapālani-
grodhamūle viharati. ||1|| atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa
paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: adhigato
kho my āyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo
paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. ālayarāmā kho
panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. ālayarāmāya kho
pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ
[page 005]
I. 5. 2-7.] MAHĀVAGGA. 5
ṭhānaṃ yad idaṃ idappaccayatā paṭiccasamuppādo, idam pi
kho ṭhānaṃ sududdasaṃ yad idaṃ sabbasaṃkhārasamatho
sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbā-
naṃ. ahañ ceva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ pare ca me na
ājāneyyuṃ, so mam'; assa kilamatho, sā mam'; assa vihesā
'ti. ||2|| api 'ssu bhagavantaṃ imā anacchariyā gāthāyo
paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā:
kicchena me adhigataṃ halaṃ dāni pakāsituṃ,
rāgadosaparetehi nāyaṃ dhammo susambudho. |
paṭisotagāmi nipuṇaṃ gambhīraṃ duddasaṃ aṇuṃ
rāgarattā na dakkhanti tamokhandhena āvuṭā 'ti. ||3||
iti ha bhagavato paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ
namati no dhammadesanāya. atha kho Brahmuno Saham-
patissa bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya etad ahosi:
nassati vata bho loko, vinassati vata bho loko, yatra hi nāma
tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya
cittaṃ namati no dhammadesanāyā 'ti. ||4|| atha kho
Brahmā Sahampati, seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sam-
miñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammi-
ñjeyya, evam eva Brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato
pāturahosi. ||5|| atha kho Brahmā Sahampati ekaṃsaṃ utta-
rāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dakkhiṇañ jānumaṇḍalaṃ paṭhaviyaṃ ni-
hantvā yena bhagavā ten'; añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ
etad avoca: desetu bhante bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato
dhammaṃ, santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā assavanatā dham-
massa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro 'ti. ||6||
idaṃ avoca Brahmā Sahampati, idaṃ vatvā athāparaṃ etad
avoca:
pāturahosi Magadhesu pubbe dhammo asuddho samalehi
cintito,
apāpur'; etaṃ amatassa dvāraṃ suṇantu dhammaṃ vima-
lenānubuddhaṃ |
sele yathā pabbatamuddhini ṭhito yathāpi passe janataṃ
samantato,
tath'; ūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha pāsādam āruyha
samantacakkhu
[page 006]
6 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 5. 7-12.
sokāvatiṇṇañ janataṃ apetasoko avekkhassu jātijarābhi-
bhūtaṃ. |
uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṃgāma satthavāha anaṇa vicara loke,
desetu bhagavā dhammaṃ aññātāro bhavissantīti. ||7||
evaṃ vutte bhagavā Brahmānaṃ Sahampatiṃ etad avoca:
mayhaṃ kho Brahme etad ahosi: adhigato kho my āyaṃ
dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho . . . sā mam'; assa
vihesā 'ti. api 'ssu maṃ Brahme imā anacchariyā gāthāyo
paṭibhaṃsu pubbe me assutapubbā . . . āvuṭā 'ti. iti ha
me Brahme paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati
no dhammadesanāyā 'ti. ||8||
dutiyam pi kho Brahmā Sahampati bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca: desetu bhante bhagavā dhammaṃ . . . aññātāro
bhavissantīti. dutiyam pi kho bhagavā Brahmānaṃ Saham-
patiṃ etad avoca: mayham pi kho Brahme etad ahosi:
adhigato kho my āyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranu-
bodho . . . sā mam'; assa vihesā 'ti. api 'ssu maṃ Brahme
imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe me assutapubbā
. . . āvuṭā 'ti. iti ha me Brahme paṭisañcikkhato appossu-
kkatāya cittaṃ namati no dhammadesanāyā 'ti. ||9||
tatiyam pi kho Brahmā Sahampati bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca: desetu bhante bhagavā dhammaṃ . . . aññātāro
bhavissantīti. atha kho bhagavā Brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṃ
viditvā sattesu ca kāruññataṃ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lo-
kaṃ volokesi. addasa kho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ
volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye
mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appe-
kacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvino viharante. ||10|| seyya-
thāpi nāma uppaliniyaṃ vā paduminiyaṃ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ
vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā
udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni antoni-
muggaposīni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarī-
kāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni samodakaṇ ṭhitāni,
appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake
jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakā accuggamma ṭhitāni anupa-
littāni udakena, ||11|| evam eva bhagavā buddhacakkhunā
lokaṃ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe
[page 007]
I. 5. 12-6.5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 7
tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duvi-
ññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvino viharante,
disvāna Brahmānaṃ Sahampatiṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
apārutā tesaṃ amatassa dvārā ye sotavanto, pamuñcantu
saddhaṃ.
vihiṃsasaññī paguṇaṃ na bhāsi dhammaṃ paṇītaṃ manu-
jesu Brahme 'ti. ||12||
atha kho Brahmā Sahampati katāvakāso kho 'mhi bhagavatā
dhammadesanāyā 'ti bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ
katvā tatth'; ev'; antaradhāyi. ||13||
Brahmayācanakathā niṭṭhitā. ||5||
atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭha-
maṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippam eva
ājānissatīti. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: ayaṃ kho
Āḷāro Kālāmo paṇḍito vyatto medhāvī dīgharattaṃ appa-
rajakkhajātiko. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ Āḷārassa Kālāmassa paṭha-
maṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, so imaṃ dhammaṃ khippam eva
ājānissatīti. ||1|| atha kho antarahitā devatā bhagavato āro-
cesi: sattāhakālaṃkato bhante Āḷāro Kālāmo 'ti. bhaga-
vato pi kho ñāṇaṃ udapādi sattāhakālaṃ kato Āḷāro Kālāmo
'ti. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: mahājāniyo kho Āḷāro
Kālāmo, sace hi so imaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyya, khippam eva
ājāneyyā 'ti. ||2|| atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: kassa nu
kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, ko imaṃ dham-
maṃ khippam eva ājānissatīti. atha kho bhagavato etad
ahosi: ayaṃ kho Uddako Rāmaputto paṇḍito vyatto
medhāvī dīgharattaṃ apparajakkhajātiko. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ
Uddakassa Rāmaputtassa paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, so
imaṃ dhammaṃ khippam eva ājānissatīti. ||3|| atha kho
antarahitā devatā bhagavato ārocesi: abhidosakālaṃkato
bhante Uddako Rāmaputto 'ti. bhagavato pi kho ñāṇaṃ
udapādi abhidosakālaṃkato Uddako Rāmaputto 'ti. atha
kho bhagavato etad ahosi: mahājāniyo kho Uddako Rāma-
putto, sace hi so imaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyya, khippam eva
ājāneyyā 'ti. ||4|| atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: kassa nu
kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, ko imaṃ dham-
[page 008]
8 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 6. 5-10.
maṃ khippam eva ājānissatīti. atha kho bhagavato etad
ahosi: bahūpakārā kho 'me pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū, ye
maṃ padhānapahitattaṃ upaṭṭhahiṃsu. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ pañ-
cavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyan
ti. ||5|| atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: kahaṃ nu kho
etarahi pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū viharantīti. addasa kho bha-
gavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena
pañcavaggiye bhikkhū Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharante Isipatane mi-
gadāye. atha kho bhagavā Uruvelāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ vi-
haritvā yena Bārāṇasī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. ||6|| addasa
kho Upako ājīviko bhagavantaṃ antarā ca Gayaṃ antarā
ca bodhiṃ addhānamaggapaṭipannaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ
etad avoca: vippasannāni kho te āvuso indriyāni, parisuddho
chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. kaṃ 'si tvaṃ āvuso uddissa pabba-
jito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesīti. ||7||
evaṃ vutte bhagavā Upakaṃ ājīvikaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:
sabbābhibhū sabbavidū 'ham asmi sabbesu dhammesu anu-
palitto
sabbañjaho taṇhakkhaye vimutto, sayaṃ abhiññāya kam
uddiseyyaṃ. |
na me ācariyo atthi, sadiso me na vijjati,
sadevakasmiṃ lokasmiṃ n'; atthi me paṭipuggalo. |
ahaṃ hi arahā loke, ahaṃ satthā anuttaro,
eko 'mhi sammāsambuddho, sītibhūto 'smi nibbuto. |
dhammacakkaṃ pavattetuṃ gacchāmi Kāsinaṃ puraṃ,
andhabhūtasmi lokasmiṃ āhañhi amatadudrabhin ti. ||8||
yathā kho tvaṃ āvuso paṭijānāsi arah'; asi anantajino 'ti:
mādisā ve jinā honti ye pattā āsavakkhayaṃ,
jitā me pāpakā dhammā tasmāham Upaka jino 'ti.
evaṃ vutte Upako ājīviko hupeyya āvuso 'ti vatvā sīsaṃ
okampetvā ummaggaṃ gahetvā pakkāmi. ||9|| atha kho
bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Bārāṇasī
Isipatanamigadāyo yena pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū ten'; upa-
saṃkami. addasaṃsu kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhaga-
vantaṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna aññamaññaṃ saṇ-
ṭhapesuṃ: ayaṃ āvuso samaṇo Gotamo āgacchati bāhulliko
[page 009]
I. 6. 10-15.] MAHĀVAGGA. 9
padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya. so n'; eva abhivāde-
tabbo na paccuṭṭhātabbo nāssa pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggaheta-
bbaṃ, api ca kho āsanaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ, sace ākaṅkhissati
nisīdissatīti. ||10|| yathā-yathā kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye
bhikkhū upasaṃkamati, tathā-tathā te pañcavaggiyā bhi-
kkhū sakāya katikāya asaṇṭhahantā bhagavantaṃ paccu-
ggantvā eko bhagavato pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi, eko āsa-
naṃ paññāpesi, eko pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ
upanikkhipi. nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane, nisajja kho
bhagavā pāde pakkhālesi. api 'ssu bhagavantaṃ nāmena ca
āvusovādena ca samudācaranti. ||11|| evaṃ vutte bhagavā
pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etad avoca: mā bhikkhave tathā-
gataṃ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaratha. arahaṃ
bhikkhave tathāgato sammāsambuddho. odahatha bhikkha-
ve sotaṃ, amataṃ adhigataṃ, ahaṃ anusāsāmi, ahaṃ dham-
maṃ desemi. yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamānā na
cirass'; eva yass'; atthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tad anuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyo-
sānam diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upa-
sampajja viharissathā 'ti. ||12|| evaṃ vutte pañcavaggiyā
bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: tāya pi kho tvaṃ āvuso
Gotama cariyāya tāya paṭipadāya tāya dukkarakārikāya n'
ev'; ajjhagā uttarimanussadhammaṃ alamariyañāṇadassana-
visesaṃ, kim pana tvaṃ etarahi bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto
āvatto bāhullāya adhigamissasi uttarimanussadhammaṃ ala-
mariyañāṇadassanavisesan ti. ||13|| evaṃ vutte bhagavā
pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etad avoca: na bhikkhave tathāgato
bāhulliko, na padhānavibbhanto, na āvatto bāhullāya. ara-
haṃ bhikkhave tathāgato sammāsambuddho. odahatha bhi-
kkhave sotaṃ, amataṃ adhigataṃ, ahaṃ anusāsāmi, ahaṃ
dhammaṃ desemi. yathānusiṭṭham tathā paṭipajjamānā na
cirass'; eva yass'; atthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tad anuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosā-
naṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasam-
pajja viharissathā 'ti. ||14|| dutiyam pi kho pañcavaggiyā
bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ --pa--, dutiyam pi kho
bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etad avoca --pa--, tatiyam pi
kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: tāya
[page 010]
10 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 6. 15-22.
pi kho tvaṃ āvuso Gotama cariyāya tāya paṭipadāya . . .
alamariyañāṇadassanavisesan ti. ||15|| evaṃ vutte bhagavā
pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etad avoca: abhijānātha me no tumhe
bhikkhave ito pubbe evarūpaṃ bhāsitaṃ etan ti. no h'
etaṃ bhante 'ti. arahaṃ bhikkhave tathāgato sammāsam-
buddho. odahatha . . . viharissathā 'ti. asakkhi kho bha-
gavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū saññāpetuṃ. atha kho pañca-
vaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ puna sussūsiṃsu sotaṃ oda-
hiṃsu aññācittaṃ upaṭṭhāpesuṃ. ||16||
atha kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi: dve
'me bhikkhave antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. katame dve.
yo cāyaṃ kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo po-
thujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṃhito, yo cāyaṃ attakilamathā-
nuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṃhito, ete kho bhikkhave
ubho ante anupagamma majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhi-
sambuddhā cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya
sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati. ||17|| katamā ca sā {bhi-
kkhave} majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā ca-
kkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya
nibbānāya saṃvattati. ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo,
seyyath'; īdaṃ: sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṃkappo sammāvācā
sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sam-
māsamādhi. ayaṃ kho sā bhikkhave majjhimā paṭipadā ta-
thāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasa-
māya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati. ||18||
idaṃ kho pana bhikkhave dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, jāti pi
dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā, vyādhi pi dukkhā, maraṇam pi dukk-
haṃ, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho, piyehi vippayogo dukkho,
yam p'; icchaṃ na labhati tam pi dukkhaṃ, saṃkhittena
pañc'; upādānakkhandhāpi dukkhā. ||19|| idaṃ kho pana bhi-
kkhave dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, yāyaṃ taṇhā po-
nobbhavikā nandirāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyath'
īdaṃ: kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā. ||20|| idaṃ kho
pana bhikkhave dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccam, yo tassā
yeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anā-
layo. ||21|| idaṃ kho pana bhikkhave dukkhanirodhagā-
minī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ, ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko
maggo, seyyath'; īdaṃ: sammādiṭṭhi . . . sammāsamādhi. ||22||
[page 011]
I. 6. 23-30.] MAHĀVAGGA. 11
idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccan ti me bhikkhave pubbe ana-
nussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, pañ-
ñā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. taṃ kho pan'
idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pariññeyyan ti me bhikkhave
--la-- pariññātan ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu
dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi,
vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. ||23|| idaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ
ariyasaccan ti me bhikkhave . . . āloko udapādi. taṃ kho
pan'; idaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pahātabban ti me
bhikkhave --la-- pahīnan ti me bhikkhave . . . āloko uda-
pādi. ||24|| idaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccan ti me bhikkha-
ve . . . āloko udapādi. taṃ kho pan'; idaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ
ariyasaccaṃ sacchikātabban ti me bhikkhave --la-- sacchika-
tan ti me bhikkhave . . . āloko udapādi. ||25|| idaṃ dukkha-
nirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccan ti me bhikkhave . . .
āloko udapādi. taṃ kho pan'; idaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī
paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ bhāvetabban ti me bhikkhave -- la --
bhāvitan ti me bhikkhave . . . āloko udapādi. ||26|| yāva
kīvañ ca me bhikkhave imesu catusu ariyasaccesu evaṃ
tiparivaṭṭaṃ dvādasākāraṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ na
suvisuddhaṃ ahosi, n'; eva tāvāhaṃ bhikkhave sadevake loke
samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadeva-
manussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho 'ti
paccaññāsiṃ. ||27|| yato ca kho me bhikkhave imesu catusu
ariyasaccesu evaṃ tiparivaṭṭaṃ dvādasākāraṃ yathābhūtaṃ
ñāṇadassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ ahosi, athāhaṃ bhikkhave sa-
devake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pa-
jāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisam-
buddho 'ti paccaññāsiṃ. ||28|| ñāṇañ ca pana me dassanaṃ
udapādi: akuppā me cetovimutti, ayaṃ antimā jāti, n'; atthi
dāni punabbhavo 'ti. idaṃ avoca bhagavā, attamanā pañca-
vaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandanti. ima-
smiñ ca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne āyasmato
Koṇḍaññassa virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ uda-
pādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodha-
dhamman ti. ||29||
pavattite ca bhagavatā dhammacakke bhummā devā sa-
ddaṃ anussāvesuṃ: evaṃ bhagavatā Bārāṇasiyaṃ Isipatane
[page 012]
12 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 6. 30 34.
migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ appaṭivat-
tiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā Mārena vā
Brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin ti. bhummānaṃ devānaṃ
saddaṃ sutvā Cātumahārājikā devā saddaṃ anussāvesuṃ
--la-- Cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā Tāvatiṃsā
devā --la-- Yāmā devā --la-- Tusitā devā --la-- Nimmānaratī
devā --la-- Paranimmitavasavattī devā --la-- Brahmakāyi-
kā devā saddaṃ anussāvesuṃ: evaṃ bhagavatā Bārāṇasiyaṃ
Isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ
appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā
Mārena vā Brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin ti. ||30|| iti ha
tena khaṇena tena layena tena muhuttena yāva Brahmalokā
saddo abbhuggacchi, ayañ ca kho dasasahassilokadhātu saṃ-
kampi sampakampi sampavedhi, appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso
loke pāturahosi atikkamma devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. atha
kho bhagavā imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi: aññāsi vata bho Koṇ-
ḍañño aññāsi vata bho Koṇḍañño 'ti. iti h'; idaṃ āyasmato
Koṇḍaññassa Aññātakoṇḍañño tv eva nāmaṃ ahosi. ||31||
atha kho āyasmā Aññātakoṇḍañño diṭṭhadhammo patta-
dhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho
vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthu sā-
sane bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: labheyyāhaṃ bhante bhaga-
vato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampadan ti. ehi
bhikkhū 'ti bhagavā avoca, svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahma-
cariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā 'va tassa
āyasmato upasampadā ahosi. ||32||
atha kho bhagavā tadavasese bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya
ovadi anusāsi. atha kho āyasmato ca Vappassa āyasmato
ca Bhaddiyassa bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiya-
mānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhamma-
cakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ
taṃ nirodhadhamman ti. ||33|| te diṭṭhadhammā patta-
dhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā
vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthu sā-
sane bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: labheyyāma mayaṃ bhante
bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampadan ti.
etha bhikkhavo 'ti bhagavā avoca, svākkhāto dhammo, cara-
[page 013]
I. 6. 34-41.] MAHĀVAGGA. 13
tha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā
'va tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. ||34||
atha kho bhagavā tadavasese bhikkhū nīhārabhatto iminā
nihārena dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi: yaṃ tayo bhik-
khū piṇḍāya caritvā āharanti, tena chabbaggo yāpeti. ||35||
atha kho āyasmato ca Mahānāmassa āyasmato ca
Assajissa bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ
anusāsiyamānānaṃ virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ
udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ ni-
rodhadhamman ti. ||36|| te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā
viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigata-
kathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthu sāsane
bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: labheyyāma mayaṃ bhante bha-
gavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampadan ti. etha
bhikkhavo 'ti bhagavā avoca, svākkhāto dhammo, caratha
brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā 'va
tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. ||37||
atha kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi: rū-
paṃ bhikkhave anattā, rūpañ ca h'; idaṃ bhikkhave attā
abhavissa, na yidaṃ rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya, labbhetha
ca rūpe evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosīti.
yasmā ca kho bhikkhave rūpaṃ anattā, tasmā rūpaṃ ābādhā-
ya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati rūpe evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu,
evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosīti. ||38|| vedanā anattā, vedanā ca
h'; idaṃ bhikkhave attā abhavissa, na yidaṃ vedanā ābādhāya
saṃvatteyya, labbhetha ca vedanāya evaṃ me vedanā hotu,
evaṃ me vedanā mā ahosīti. yasmā ca kho bhikkhave
vedanā anattā, tasmā vedanā ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca
labbhati vedanāya evaṃ me vedanā hotu, evaṃ me vedanā
mā ahosīti. ||39|| saññā anattā --la-- saṃkhārā anattā,
saṃkhārā ca h'; idaṃ bhikkhave attā abhavissaṃsu, na yidaṃ
saṃkhārā ābādhāya saṃvatteyyuṃ, labbhetha ca saṃkhā-
resu evaṃ me saṃkhārā hontu, evaṃ me saṃkhārā mā
ahesun ti. yasmā ca kho bhikkhave saṃkhārā anattā,
tasmā saṃkhārā ābādhāya saṃvattanti, na ca labbhati saṃ-
khāresu evaṃ me saṃkhārā hontu, evaṃ me saṃkhārā mā
ahesun ti. ||40|| viññāṇaṃ anattā, viññāṇañ ca h'; idaṃ bhi-
kkhave attā abhavissa, na yidaṃ viññāṇaṃ ābādhāya saṃ-
[page 014]
14 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 6. 41-47.
vatteyya, labbhetha ca viññāṇe evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ hotu,
evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ mā ahosīti. yasmā ca kho bhikkhave
viññāṇaṃ anattā, tasmā viññāṇaṃ ābādhāya saṃvattati, na
ca labbhati viññāṇe evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ hotu, evaṃ me
viññāṇaṃ mā ahosīti. ||41|| taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave,
rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā 'ti. aniccaṃ bhante. yaṃ
panāniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā 'ti. dukkhaṃ
bhante. yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ,
kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ etaṃ mama, eso 'ham asmi,
eso me attā 'ti. no h'; etaṃ bhante. ||42|| vedanā -- la --
saññā --la-- saṃkhārā --la-- viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ
vā 'ti. aniccaṃ bhante. yaṃ panāniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ vā taṃ
sukhaṃ vā 'ti. dukkhaṃ bhante. yaṃ panāniccaṃ duk-
khaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ
etaṃ mama, eso 'ham asmi, eso me attā 'ti. no h'; etaṃ
bhante. ||43|| tasmāt iha bhikkhave yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītā-
nāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ va bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā
sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre vā santike vā,
sabbaṃ rūpaṃ n'; etaṃ mama, n'; eso 'ham asmi, na me so
attā 'ti evaṃ etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭha-
bbaṃ. ||44|| yā kāci vedanā --la-- yā kāci saññā --la-- ye
keci saṃkhārā --la-- yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccu-
ppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā {vā} oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ
vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre vā santike vā sabbaṃ
viññāṇaṃ n'; etaṃ mama, n'; eso 'ham asmi, na {m'; eso} attā 'ti
evaṃ etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. ||45||
evaṃ passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmim pi
nibbindati, vedanāya pi nibbindati, saññāya pi nibbindati,
saṃkhāresu pi nibbindati, viññāṇasmim pi nibbindati, nib-
bindaṃ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṃ vimutt'
amhīti ñāṇaṃ hoti, khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, ka-
taṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā 'ti pajānātīti. ||46|| idaṃ
avoca bhagavā, attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato
bhāsitaṃ abhinandanti. imasmiñ ca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ
bhaññamāne pañcavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anupādāya āsa-
vehi {cittāni} vimucciṃsu. tena kho pana samayena cha loke
arahanto {honti.} ||47||6||
paṭhamabhāṇavāraṃ.
[page 015]
I. 7. 1-6.] MAHĀVAGGA. 15
tena kho pana samayena Bārāṇasiyaṃ Yaso nāma kula-
putto seṭṭhiputto sukhumālo hoti, tassa tayo pāsādā honti,
eko hemantiko, eko gimhiko, eko vassiko. so vassike pāsāde
cattāro māse nippurisehi turiyehi paricāriyamāno na heṭṭhā
pāsādā orohati. atha kho Yasassa kulaputtassa pañcahi kā-
maguṇehi samappitassa samaṅgibhūtassa paricāriyamānassa
paṭigacc 'eva niddā okkami, parijanassāpi pacchā niddā okka-
mi, sabbarattiyo ca telappadīpo jhāyati. ||1|| atha kho Yaso
kulaputto paṭigacc 'eva paṭibujjhitvā addasa sakaṃ parijanaṃ
supantaṃ, aññissā kacche vīṇaṃ, aññissā kaṇṭhe mutiṅgaṃ,
aññissā kacche ālambaraṃ, aññaṃ vikesikaṃ, aññaṃ vikkhe-
ḷikaṃ, vippalapantiyo, hatthappattaṃ susānaṃ maññe. dis-
vān'; assa ādīnavo pāturahosi, nibbidāya cittaṃ saṇṭhāsi.
atha kho Yaso kulaputto udānaṃ udānesi: upaddutaṃ vata
bho, upassaṭṭhaṃ vata bho 'ti. ||2|| atha kho Yaso kulaputto
suvaṇṇapādukāyo ārohitvā yena nivesanadvāraṃ ten'; upa-
saṃkami, amanussā dvāraṃ vivariṃsu mā Yasassa kula-
puttassa koci antarāyaṃ akāsi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabba-
jjāyā 'ti. atha kho Yaso kulaputto yena nagaradvāraṃ ten'
upasaṃkami, amanussā dvāraṃ vivariṃsu mā Yasassa kula-
puttassa koci antarāyaṃ akāsi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabba-
jjāyā 'ti. atha kho Yaso kulaputto yena Isipatanaṃ mi-
gadāyo ten'; upasaṃkami. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena
bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse
caṅkamati. addasa kho bhagavā Yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ dūrato
'va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna caṅkamā orohitvā paññatte āsane
nisīdi. atha kho Yaso kulaputto bhagavato avidūre udānaṃ
udānesi: upaddutaṃ vata bho, upassaṭṭhaṃ vata bho 'ti.
atha kho bhagavā Yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ etad avoca: idaṃ kho
Yasa anupaddutaṃ, idaṃ anupassaṭṭhaṃ. ehi Yasa nisīda,
dhammaṃ te desessāmīti. ||4|| atha kho Yaso kulaputto
idaṃ kira anupaddutaṃ, idaṃ anupassaṭṭhan ti haṭṭho uda-
ggo suvaṇṇapādukāhi orohitvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃka-
mi, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho Yasassa kulaputtassa bha-
gavā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ: dānakathaṃ
sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃki-
lesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. ||5|| yadā bhagavā
[page 016]
16 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 7. 6-10.
āññāsi Yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ kallacittaṃ muducittaṃ vinīva-
raṇacittaṃ udaggacittaṃ pasannacittaṃ, atha yā buddhānaṃ
sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi, dukkhaṃ samu-
dayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ {va-
tthaṃ} apagatakāḷakaṃ sammad eva rajanaṃ paṭigaṇheyya,
evam eva Yasassa kulaputtassa tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ
vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudaya-
dhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman ti. ||6|| atha kho
Yasassa kulaputtassa mātā pāsādaṃ abhirūhitvā Yasaṃ kula-
puttaṃ apassantī yena seṭṭhi gahapati ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ etad avoca: putto te ga-
hapati Yaso na dissatīti. atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati catuddisā
assadūte uyyojetvā sāmaṃ yeva yena Isipatanaṃ migadāyo
ten'; upasaṃkami. addasa kho seṭṭhi gahapati suvaṇṇapā-
dukānaṃ nikkhepaṃ, disvāna taṃ yeva anugamāsi. ||7||
addasa kho bhagavā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ dūrato 'va āgacchan-
taṃ, disvāna bhagavato etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ tathā-
rūpaṃ iddhābhisaṃkhāraṃ abhisaṃkhāreyyaṃ, yathā seṭṭhi
gahapati idha nisinno idha nisinnaṃ Yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ na
passeyyā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṃ-
khāraṃ abhisaṃkhāresi. ||8|| atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati yena
bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca: api bhante bhagavā Yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ passeyyā 'ti.
tena hi gahapati nisīda. app eva nāma idha nisinno idha
nisinnaṃ Yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ passeyyāsīti. atha kho seṭṭhi
gahapati idh'; eva kirāhaṃ nisinno idha nisinnaṃ Yasaṃ
kulaputtaṃ passissāmīti haṭṭho udaggo bhagavantaṃ abhivā-
detvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ||9|| ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho
seṭṭhissa gahapatissa bhagavā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi -- la --
aparappaccayo satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhikkantaṃ bhante, seyyathāpi bhante
nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mū-
ḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ
dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti, evam eva bhaga-
vatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. es'; āhaṃ bhante
bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃ-
ghañ ca, upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupe-
taṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti. so 'va loke paṭhamaṃ upāsako ahosi
[page 017]
I. 7. 10-15.] MAHĀVAGGA. 17
tevāciko. ||10|| atha kho Yasassa kulaputtassa pituno dham-
me desiyamāne yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ pacca-
vekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci. atha kho
bhagavato etad ahosi: Yasassa kulaputtassa pituno dhamme
desiyamāne yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccave-
kkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. abhabbo
kho Yaso kulaputto hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṃ sey-
yathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ taṃ iddhā-
bhisaṃkhāraṃ paṭippassambheyyan ti. atha kho bhagavā
taṃ iddhābhisaṃkhāraṃ paṭippassambhesi. ||11|| addasa
kho seṭṭhi gahapati Yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ nisinnaṃ, disvāna
Yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ etad avoca: mātā tetāta Yasa parideva-
sokasampannā, dehi mātu jīvitan ti. ||12|| atha kho Yaso
kulaputto bhagavantaṃ ullokesi. atha kho bhagavā seṭṭhiṃ
gahapatiṃ etad avoca: taṃ kiṃ maññasi gahapati, Yasassa
sekhena ñāṇena sekhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho seyyathāpi
tayā. tassa yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccave-
kkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. bhabbo nu
kho Yaso gahapati hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṃ seyya-
thāpi pubbe agārikabhūto 'ti. no h'; etaṃ bhante. Yasassa
kho gahapati kulaputtassa sekhena ñāṇena sekhena dassanena
dhammo diṭṭho seyyathāpi tayā. tassa yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathā-
viditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cit-
taṃ vimuttaṃ. abhabbo kho gahapati Yaso kulaputto hīnā-
yāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṃ seyyathāpi pubbe agārika-
bhūto 'ti. ||13|| lābhā bhante Yasassa kulaputtassa, sulad-
dhaṃ bhante Yasassa kulaputtassa, yathā Yasassa kulaput-
tassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. adhivāsetu me
bhante bhagavā ajjatanāya bhattaṃ Yasena kulaputtena
pacchāsamaṇenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena. atha
kho seṭṭhi gahapati bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhā-
yāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkā-
mi. ||14|| atha kho Yaso kulaputto acirappakkante seṭṭhi-
mhi gahapatimhi bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: labheyyāhaṃ
bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, {labheyyaṃ} upasampa-
dan ti. ehi bhikkhū 'ti bhagavā avoca, svākkhāto dhammo,
cara brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā
[page 018]
18 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 7. 15-9. 1.
'va tassa āyasmato upasampadā ahosi. tena kho pana sama-
yena satta loke arahanto honti. ||15||
Yasapabbajjā niṭṭhitā. ||7||
atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīva-
raṃ ādāya āyasmatā Yasena pacchāsamaṇena yena seṭṭhissa
gahapatissa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
paññatte āsane nisīdi. atha kho āyasmato Yasassa mātā ca
purāṇadutiyikā ca yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upa-
saṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantam {nisīdiṃ-
su.} ||1|| tāsaṃ bhagavā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'
īdaṃ: dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādī-
navaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi.
yadā tā bhagavā aññāsi kallacittā muducittā vinīvaraṇacittā
uddaggacittā pasannacittā, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsi-
kā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi, dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ ni-
rodhaṃ maggaṃ. seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apa-
gatakāḷakaṃ sammad eva rajanaṃ paṭigaṇheyya, evam eva
tāsaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammaca-
kkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ
nirodhadhamman ti. ||2|| tā diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā
viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigataka-
thaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthu sāsane bha-
gavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhikkantaṃ
bhante --la-- etā mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ ga-
cchāma dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca, upāsikāyo no bha-
gavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetā saraṇaṃ gatā 'ti. tā 'va
loke paṭhamaṃ upāsikā ahesuṃ tevācikā. ||3|| atha kho
āyasmato Yasassa mātā ca pitā ca purāṇadutiyikā ca bhaga-
vantañ ca āyasmantañ ca Yasaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bho-
janiyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ
bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. atha kho
bhagavā āyasmato Yasassa mātarañ ca pitarañ ca purāṇa-
dutiyikañ ca dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā
samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||4||8||
assosuṃ kho āyasmato Yasassa cattāro gihisahāyakā
Bārāṇasiyaṃ seṭṭhānuseṭṭhīnaṃ kulānaṃ puttā Vimalo
[page 019]
I. 9. 1-4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 19
Subāhu Puṇṇaji Gavampati: Yaso kira kulaputto
kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agā-
rasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito 'ti. sutvāna nesaṃ etad
ahosi: na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā
pabbajjā, yattha Yaso kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kā-
sāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabba-
jito 'ti. ||1|| te cattāro janā yenāyasmā Yaso ten'; upa-
saṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Yasaṃ abhi-
vādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. atha kho āyasmā Yaso te
cattāro gihisahāyake ādāya yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Yaso bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca: ime me bhante cattāro gihisahāyakā Bārāṇasiyaṃ
seṭṭhānuseṭṭhīnaṃ kulānaṃ puttā Vimalo Subāhu Puṇṇaji
Gavampati, ime cattāro bhagavā ovadatu anusāsatū 'ti. ||2||
tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ: dā-
nakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okā-
raṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. yadā te
bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udagga-
citte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dham-
madesanā taṃ pakāsesi, dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ mag-
gaṃ. seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ
sammad eva rajanaṃ paṭigaṇheyya, evam eva tesaṃ tasmiṃ
yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi
yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadham-
man ti. ||3|| te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā
{pariyogāḷhadhammā} tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesā-
rajjappattā aparappaccayā satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad
avocuṃ: labheyyāma mayaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pab-
bajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampadan ti. etha bhikkhavo 'ti
bhagavā avoca, svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ
sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā 'va tesaṃ āyasman-
tānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. atha kho bhagavā te {bhikkhū}
dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. tesaṃ bhagavatā dham-
miyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ anupā-
dāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu. tena kho pana samayena
ekādasa loke arahanto honti. ||4||
Catugihipabbajjā niṭṭhitā. ||9||
[page 020]
20 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 10-11. 1.
assosuṃ kho āyasmato Yasassa paññāsamattā gihisahāyakā
janapadā pubbānupubbakānaṃ kulānaṃ puttā: Yaso kira
kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito 'ti. sutvāna nesaṃ etad
ahosi: na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā
pabbajjā, yattha Yaso kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsā-
yāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito
'ti. ||1|| te yenāyasmā Yaso ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃ-
kamitvā āyasmantaṃ Yasaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃ-
su. atha kho āyasmā Yaso te paññāsamatte gihisahāyake
ādāya yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bha-
gavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ ni-
sinno kho āyasmā Yaso bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ime me
bhante paññāsamattā gihisahāyakā janapadā pubbānupubba-
kānaṃ kulānaṃ puttā, ime bhagavā ovadatu anusāsatū 'ti.
||2|| tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ:
dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ
okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi --pa--
dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. seyyathāpi nāma
suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammad eva rajanaṃ pa-
ṭigaṇheyya, evam eva tesaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ
vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudaya-
dhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman ti. ||3|| te diṭṭha-
dhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā
tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappa-
ccayā satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: labheyyāma
mayaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma
upasampadan ti. etha bhikkhavo 'ti bhagavā avoca, svāk-
khāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa
antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā 'va tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā
ahosi. atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ova-
di anusāsi. tesaṃ bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiya-
mānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vi-
mucciṃsu. tena kho pana samayena ekasaṭṭhi loke arahanto
honti. ||4||10||
atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: mutt'; āhaṃ bhik-
khave sabbapāsehi ye dibbā ye ca mānusā. tumhe pi bhik-
[page 021]
I. 11. 1-12. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 21
khave muttā sabbapāsehi ye dibbā ye ca mānusā. caratha
bhikkhave cārikaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānu-
kampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. mā
ekena dve agamittha. desetha bhikkhave dhammaṃ ādika-
lyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sa-
vyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ
pakāsetha. santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā assavanatā dham-
massa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro. aham
pi bhikkhave yena Uruvelā yena Senāninigamo ten'; upa-
saṃkamissāmi dhammadesanāyā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho Māro
pāpimā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bha-
gavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
baddho 'si sabbapāsehi ye dibbā ye ca mānusā,
mahābandhanabaddho 'si, na me samaṇa mokkhasīti. |
mutt'; āhaṃ sabbapāsehi ye dibbā ye ca mānusā,
mahābandhanamutto 'mhi, nihato tvam asi Antakā 'ti. |
antalikkhacaro pāso yv'; āyaṃ carati mānaso
tena taṃ bādhayissāmi, na me samaṇa mokkhasīti. |
rūpā saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā
ettha me vigato chando, nihato tvam asi Antakā 'ti.
atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ bhagavā, jānāti maṃ su-
gato 'ti dukkhī dummano tatth'; ev'; antaradhāyīti. ||2||
Mārakathā niṭṭhitā. ||11||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā
pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti bhagavā ne
pabbājessati upasampādessatīti, tattha bhikkhū c'; eva kila-
manti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca. atha kho
bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitak-
ko udapādi: etarahi kho bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā
pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti bhagavā ne
pabbājessati upasampādessatīti, tattha bhikkhū c'; eva kila-
manti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca. yaṃ nūnā-
haṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anujāneyyaṃ tumheva dāni bhikkhave
tāsu-tāsu disāsu tesu-tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasam-
pādethā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭi-
sallānā vuṭṭhito etasmiṃ nidāne --pa-- dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā
[page 022]
22 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 12. 2-13. 2.
bhikkhū āmantesi: idha mayhaṃ bhikkhave rahogatassa
paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: etarahi kho
bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upa-
sampadāpekkhe ca ānenti bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampā-
dessatīti, tattha bhikkhū c'; eva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca
upasampadāpekkhā ca. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anujā-
neyyaṃ tumheva dāni bhikkhave tāsu-tāsu disāsu tesu-tesu
janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādethā 'ti. ||2|| anujānāmi
bhikkhave tumheva dāni tāsu-tāsu disāsu tesu-tesu janapadesu
pabbājetha upasampādetha. evañ ca pana bhikkhave
pabbājetabbo upasampādetabbo: paṭhamaṃ kesamas-
suṃ ohārāpetvā, kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā, ekaṃsaṃ
uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā, bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā, uk-
kuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā, añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā evaṃ vadehīti
vattabbo: ||3|| buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ sa-
raṇaṃ gacchāmi, saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyam pi
buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyam pi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ
gacchāmi, dutiyam pi saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyam
pi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyam pi dhammaṃ sa-
raṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyam pi saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmīti.
anujānāmi bhikkhave imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi pabbajjaṃ
upasampadan ti. ||4||
tīhisaraṇagamanehi upasampadākathā niṭṭhitā. ||12||
atha kho bhagavā vassaṃ vuttho bhikkhū āmantesi: mayhaṃ
kho bhikkhave yonisomanasikārā yonisosammappadhānā anu-
ttarā vimutti anuppattā anuttarā vimutti sacchikatā. tumhe pi
bhikkhave yonisomanasikārā yonisosammappadhānā anutta-
raṃ vimuttiṃ anupāpuṇātha anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ sacchikaro-
thā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho Māro pāpimā yena bhagavā ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
baddho 'si Mārapāsehi ye dibbā ye ca mānusā,
mahābandhanabaddho 'si, na me samaṇa mokkhasīti. |
mutt'; āhaṃ Mārapāsehi ye dibbā ye ca mānusā,
mahābandhanamutto 'mhi nihato tvam asi Antakā 'ti. |
atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ bhagavā, jānāti maṃ
sugato 'ti dukkhī dummano tatth'; ev'; antaradhāyi. ||2||13||
[page 023]
1. 14. 1-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 23
atha kho bhagavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā
yena Uruvelā tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā
maggā okkamma yena aññataro vanasaṇḍo ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ
rukkhamūle nisīdi. tena kho pana samayena tiṃsamattā
Bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā sapajāpatikā tasmiṃ yeva vana-
saṇḍe paricārenti. ekassa pajāpati nāhosi, tass'; atthāya vesī
ānītā ahosi. atha kho sā vesī tesu pamattesu paricārentesu
bhaṇḍaṃ ādāya palāyittha. ||1|| atha kho te sahāyakā sahā-
yakassa veyyāvaccaṃ karontā taṃ itthiṃ gavesantā taṃ va-
nasaṇḍaṃ āhiṇḍantā addasaṃsu bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ
rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ, disvāna yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃ-
kamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: api
bhante bhagavā ekaṃ itthiṃ passeyyā 'ti. kiṃ pana vo kumārā
itthiyā 'ti. idha mayaṃ bhante tiṃsamattā Bhaddavaggiyā
sahāyakā sapajāpatikā imasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe paricārayimhā,
ekassa pajāpati nāhosi, tass'; atthāya vesī ānītā ahosi. atha
kho sā bhante vesī amhesu pamattesu paricārentesu bhaṇḍaṃ
ādāya palāyittha. tena mayaṃ bhante sahāyakā sahāyakassa
veyyāvaccaṃ karontā taṃ itthiṃ gavesantā imaṃ vanasaṇ-
ḍaṃ āhiṇḍāmā 'ti. ||2|| taṃ kiṃ maññatha vo kumārā, ka-
tamaṃ nu kho tumhākaṃ varaṃ, yaṃ vā tumhe itthiṃ ga-
veseyyātha yaṃ vā attānaṃ gaveseyyāthā 'ti. etad eva
bhante amhākaṃ varaṃ yaṃ mayaṃ attānaṃ gaveseyyāmā
'ti. tena hi vo kumārā nisīdatha, dhammaṃ vo desessāmīti.
evaṃ bhante 'ti kho te Bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā bhagavan-
taṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. ||3|| tesaṃ bhagavā
anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ: dānakathaṃ sīla-
kathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ
nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. yadā te bhagavā aññāsi
kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte,
atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pa-
kāsesi, dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. seyyathāpi
nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammad eva rajanaṃ
paṭigaṇheyya, evam eva tesaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ
vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudaya-
dhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammaṃ ti. ||4|| te diṭṭha-
dhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā
[page 024]
24 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 14. 5-15. 3.
tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparap-
paccayā satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: labheyyā-
ma mayaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma
upasampadan ti. etha bhikkhavo 'ti bhagavā avoca, svāk-
khāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa
antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā 'va tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā
ahosi. ||5||
Bhaddavaggiyasahāyakānaṃ vatthuṃ niṭṭhi-
taṃ ||14|| dutiyakabhāṇavāraṃ.
atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena
Uruvelā tad avasari. tena kho pana samayena Uruvelā-
yaṃ tayo jaṭilā paṭivasanti Uruvelakassapo Nadīkassa-
po Gayākassapo 'ti. tesu Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo pañcannaṃ
jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako hoti vināyako aggo pamukho pāmok-
kho, Nadīkassapo jaṭilo tiṇṇaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako hoti
vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho, Gayākassapo jaṭilo dvin-
naṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako hoti vināyako aggo pamukho pā-
mokkho. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā yena Uruvelakassapassa
jaṭilassa assamo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Uruvela-
kassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etad avoca: sace te Kassapa agaru, vasey-
yāma ekarattaṃ agyāgāre 'ti. na kho me mahāsamaṇa garu,
caṇḍ'; ettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā
viheṭhesīti. dutiyam pi kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭi-
laṃ etad avoca: sace te Kassapa agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ
agyāgāre 'ti. na kho me mahāsamaṇa garu, caṇḍ'; ettha
nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhesīti.
tatiyam pi kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etad avoca:
sace te Kassapa agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ agyāgāre 'ti.
na kho me mahāsamaṇa garu, caṇḍ'; ettha nāgarājā iddhimā
āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhesīti. app eva maṃ na
viheṭheyya, iṅgha tvaṃ Kassapa anujānāhi agyāgāran ti.
vihara mahāsamaṇa yathāsukhan ti. ||2|| atha kho bhagavā
agyāgāraṃ pavisitvā tiṇasantharakaṃ paññāpetvā nisīdi pal-
laṅkaṃ ābhuñjitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ sa-
tiṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā. atha kho so nāgo bhagavantaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ
addasa, disvāna dukkhī dummano padhūpāsi. atha kho bha-
gavato etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ imassa nāgassa anupahacca
[page 025]
I. 15. 3-7.] MAHĀVAGGA. 25
chaviñ ca cammañ ca maṃsañ ca nhāruñ ca aṭṭhiñ ca aṭṭhi-
miñjañ ca tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyeyyan ti. ||3|| atha kho
bhagavā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṃkhāraṃ abhisaṃkharitvā
padhūpāsi. atha kho so nāgo makkhaṃ asahamāno pajjali.
bhagavāpi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā pajjali. ubhinnaṃ sajo-
tibhūtānaṃ agyāgāraṃ ādittaṃ viya hoti sampajjalitaṃ sajo-
tibhūtaṃ. atha kho te jaṭilā agyāgāraṃ parivāretvā evaṃ
āhaṃsu: abhirūpo vata bho mahāsamaṇo, nāgena viheṭhiyis-
satīti. ||4|| atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena tassa
nāgassa anupahacca chaviñ ca cammañ ca maṃsañ ca nhāruñ
ca aṭṭhiñ ca aṭṭhimiñjañ ca tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyitvā patte
pakkhipitvā Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa dassesi: ayaṃ te
Kassapa nāgo, pariyādinno assa tejasā tejo 'ti. atha kho
Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho ma-
hāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma caṇḍassa nāgarājassa
iddhimato āsivisassa ghoravisassa tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyissa-
ti, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. ||5||
Nerañjarāyaṃ bhagavā Uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilam avoca:
sace te Kassapa agaru, viharemu ajjuṇho aggisālamhīti. na
kho me mahāsamaṇa gara, phāsukāmo 'va taṃ nivāremi, caṇḍ'
ettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhe-
sīti. app eva maṃ na viheṭheyya, iṅgha tvaṃ Kassapa anujā-
nāhi agyāgāran ti. dinnan ti naṃ viditvā asambhīto pāvisi
bhayamatīto. disvā isiṃ paviṭṭhaṃ ahināgo dummano padhū-
pāsi. sumānaso avimano manussanāgo pi tattha padhūpāsi.
makkhañ ca asahamāno ahināgo pāvako va pajjali. tejodhā-
tusukusalo manussanāgo pi tattha pajjali. ubhinnaṃ sajoti-
bhūtānaṃ agyāgāraṃ udiccare jaṭilā: abhirūpo vata bho
mahāsamaṇo nāgena viheṭhiyissatīti bhaṇanti. ||6|| atha kho
tassā rattiyā accayena hatā nāgassa acciyo honti, iddhimato
pana ṭhitā anekavaṇṇā acciyo honti, nīlā atha lohitikā mañ-
jeṭṭhā pītakā phalikavaṇṇāyo Aṅgirasassa kāye anekavaṇṇā
acciyo honti. pattamhi odahitvā ahināgaṃ brāhmaṇassa
dassesi: ayaṃ te Kassapa nāgo, pariyādinno assa tejasā tejo
'ti. atha kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavato iminā iddhi-
pāṭihāriyena abhippasanno bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: idh'
eva mahāsamaṇa vihara, ahan te dhuvabhattenā 'ti. ||7||
paṭhamaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ. ||15||
[page 026]
26 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 16-17. 2.
atha kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa assamassa
avidūre aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. atha kho cattāro
Mahārājāno abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā keva-
lakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃ-
kamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā catud-
disā aṭṭhaṃsu seyyathāpi mahantā aggikkhandhā. ||1|| atha
kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bha-
gavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca: kālo mahāsamaṇa niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. ke nu kho te
mahāsamaṇa abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevala-
kappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena tvaṃ ten'; upasaṃka-
miṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ abhivādetvā catuddisā aṭṭhaṃsu
seyyathāpi mahantā aggikkhandhā 'ti. ete kho Kassapa
cattāro Mahārājāno yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu dhamma-
savanāyā 'ti. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad
ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhavo, yatra
hi nāma cattāro pi Mahārājāno upasaṃkamissanti dhamma-
savanāya, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. atha kho
bhagavā Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tas-
miṃ yeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. ||2||
dutiyakapāṭihāriyaṃ. ||16||
atha kho Sakko devānam indo abhikkantāya rattiyā
abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena
bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahā aggikkhan-
dho, pūrimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro
ca. ||1|| atha kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā acca-
yena yena bhagavā ten'; upasāmi, upasaṃkamitvā bhaga-
vantaṃ etad avoca: kālo mahāsamaṇa niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ.
ko nu kho so mahāsamaṇa abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkanta-
vaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena tvaṃ ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ
aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahā aggikkhandho purimāhi vaṇṇani-
bhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā 'ti. eso kho Kassapa
Sakko devānam indo yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami dhammasa-
vanāyā 'ti. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi:
mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma
[page 027]
I. 17. 2-19. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 27
Sakko pi devānam indo upasaṃkamissati dhammasavanāya,
na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. atha kho bhagavā
Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃ yeva
vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. ||2||
tatiyakapāṭihāriyaṃ. ||17||
atha kho Brahmā Sahaṃpati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhi-
kkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena bha-
gavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhi-
vādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahā aggikkhandho
purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. ||1||
atha kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena
bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca: kālo mahāsamaṇa niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. ko nu kho so
mahāsamaṇa abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevala-
kappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena tvaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā taṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyya-
thāpi mahā aggikkhandho purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhik-
kantataro ca paṇītataro cā 'ti. eso kho Kassapa Brahmā
Sahaṃpati yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami dhammasavanāyā 'ti.
atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko
kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma Brahmāpi
Sahaṃpati upasaṃkamissati dhammasavanāya, na tv eva ca
kho arahā yathā ahan ti. atha kho bhagavā Uruvelakassa-
passa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃ yeva vanasaṇḍe
vihāsi. ||2||
catutthapātihāriyaṃ. ||18||
tena kho pana samayena Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa mahā-
yañño paccupaṭṭhito hoti kevalakappā ca Aṅgamagadhā
pahūtaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ ādāya abhikkamitukāmā
honti. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi:
etarahi kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito kevalakappā ca
Aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ ādāya
abhikkamissanti. sace mahāsamaṇo mahājanakāye iddhipā-
ṭihāriyaṃ karissati, mahāsamaṇassa lābhasakkāro abhivaḍ-
ḍhissati, mama lābhasakkāro parihāyissati. aho nūna mahā-
samaṇo svātanāya nāgaccheyyā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā
[page 028]
28 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 19. 2-20. 2.
Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya
Uttarakuruṃ gantvā tato piṇḍapātaṃ āharitvā Anotatta-
dahe paribhuñjitvā tatth'; eva divāvihāraṃ akāsi. atha kho
Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: kālo
mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇa
hiyyo nāgamāsi. api ca mayaṃ taṃ sarāma kiṃ nu kho
mahāsamaṇo nāgacchatīti, khādaniyassa ca bhojaniyassa ca te
paṭiviso ṭhapito 'ti. ||2|| nanu te Kassapa etad ahosi: etara-
hi kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito kevalakappā ca Aṅga-
magadhā pahūtaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ ādāya abhikka-
missanti. sace mahāsamaṇo mahājanakāye iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ
karissati, mahāsamaṇassa lābhasakkāro abhivaḍḍhissati, ma-
ma lābhasakkāro parihāyissati. aho nūna mahāsamaṇo svā-
tanāya nāgaccheyyā 'ti. ||3|| so kho ahaṃ Kassapa tava
cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya Uttarakuruṃ gantvā tato
piṇḍapātaṃ āharitvā Anotattadahe paribhuñjitvā tatth'; eva
divāvihāraṃ akāsin ti. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa
etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo,
yatra hi nāma cetasāpi cittaṃ pajānissati, na tv eva ca kho
arahā yathā ahan ti. atha kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapassa
jaṭilassa bhattaṃ paribhuñjitvā tasmiṃ yeva vanasaṇḍe vi-
hāsi. ||4||
pañcamaṃ paṭihāriyaṃ. ||19||
tena kho pana samayena bhagavato paṃsukūlaṃ uppannaṃ
hoti. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: kattha nu kho ahaṃ
paṃsukūlaṃ dhoveyyan ti. atha kho Sakko devānam indo
bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya pāṇinā pokkhara-
ṇiṃ khanitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: idha bhante bhagavā
paṃsukūlaṃ dhovatū 'ti. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi:
kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddeyyan ti. atha
kho Sakko devānam indo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ
aññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi idha bhante bhagavā
paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddatū 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavato etad
ahosi: kimhi nu kho ahaṃ ālambitvā uttareyyan ti. atha
kho kakudhe adhivatthā devatā bhagavato cetasā cetopari-
vitakkaṃ aññāya sākhaṃ onamesi idha bhante bhagavā
[page 029]
I. 20. 2-7] MAHĀVAGGA. 29
ālambitvā uttaratū 'ti. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi:
kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjeyyan ti. atha kho
Sakko devānam indo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ
aññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi idha bhante bhagavā
paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjetū 'ti. ||2|| atha kho Uruvelakassapo
jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: kālo mahāsamaṇa,
niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇa nāyaṃ pubbe
idha pokkharaṇī, sāyaṃ idha pokkharaṇī, na yimā silā pubbe
upanikkhittā, ken'; imā silā upanikkhittā, na yimassa kaku-
dhassa pubbe sākhā onatā, sāyaṃ sākhā onatā 'ti. ||3|| idha
me Kassapa paṃsukūlaṃ uppannaṃ ahosi, tassa mayhaṃ
Kassapa etad ahosi: kattha nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ dho-
veyyan ti. atha kho Kassapa Sakko devānam indo mama
cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya pāṇinā pokkharaṇiṃ kha-
nitvā maṃ etad avoca: idha bhante bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ
dhovatū 'ti. sāyaṃ amanussena pāṇinā khanitā pokkharaṇī.
tassa mayhaṃ Kassapa etad ahosi: kimhi nu kho ahaṃ
paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddeyyan ti. atha kho Kassapa Sakko
devānam indo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya maha-
tiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi idha bhante paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddatū
'ti. sāyaṃ amanussena nikkhittā silā. ||4|| tassa mayhaṃ
Kassapa etad ahosi: kimhi nu kho ahaṃ ālambitvā utta-
reyyan ti. atha kho Kassapa kakudhe adhivatthā devatā
mama cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya sākhaṃ onamesi idha
bhante bhagavā ālambitvā uttaratū 'ti. sv āyaṃ āharahattho
kakudho. tassa mayhaṃ Kassapa etad ahosi: kimhi nu kho
ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjeyyan ti. atha kho Sakko devānam
indo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ
upanikkhipi idha bhante bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjetū 'ti.
sāyaṃ amanussena nikkhittā silā 'ti. ||5|| atha kho Uruvela-
kassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo
mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma Sakko devānam indo veyyā-
vaccaṃ karissati, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. atha
kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā
tasmiṃ yeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. ||6||
atha kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena
yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhaga-
[page 030]
30 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 20. 7-11.
vato kālaṃ ārocesi: kālo mahāsamaṇa niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan
ti. gaccha tvaṃ Kassapa, āyām'; ahan ti Uruvelakassa-
paṃ jaṭilaṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyāyaṃ Jambudīpo
paññāyati, tato phalaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā
agyāgāre nisīdi. ||7|| addasa kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo
bhagavantaṃ agyāgāre nisinnaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ
etad avoca: katamena tvaṃ mahāsamaṇa maggena āgato.
ahaṃ tayā paṭhamataraṃ pakkanto, so tvaṃ paṭhama-
taraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno 'ti. ||8|| idhāhaṃ Kassa-
pa taṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyāyaṃ Jambudīpo paññā-
yati, tato phalaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyā-
gāre nisinno. idaṃ kho Kassapa jambuphalaṃ vaṇṇa-
sampannaṃ gandhasampannaṃ rasasampannaṃ, sace ākaṅ-
khasi, paribhuñjā 'ti. alaṃ mahāsamaṇa, tvaṃ yev'; etaṃ
arahasi, tvaṃ yev'; etaṃ paribhuñjāhīti. atha kho Uruvela-
kassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo
mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma maṃ paṭhamataraṃ uyyojetvā
yāya jambuyāyaṃ Jambūdipo paññāyati, tato phalaṃ gahetvā
paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdissati, na tv eva ca kho
arahā yathā ahan ti. atha kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapassa
jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃ yeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. ||9||
atha kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena
bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavato kālaṃ
ārocesi: kālo mahāsamaṇa niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. gaccha
tvaṃ Kassapa, āyām'; ahan ti Uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ uyyo-
jetvā yāya jambuyāyaṃ Jambudīpo paññāyati, tassā avidūre
ambo --gha-- tassā avidūre āmalakī --la-- tassā avidūre harī-
takī --la-- Tāvatiṃsaṃ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṃ gahe-
tvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdi. addasa kho
Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ agyāgāre nisinnaṃ, dis-
vāna bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: katamena tvaṃ mahāsamaṇa
maggena āgato. ahaṃ tayā paṭhamataraṃ pakkanto, so
tvaṃ paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno 'ti. ||10||
idhāhaṃ Kassapa taṃ uyyojetvā Tāvatiṃsaṃ gantvā pāric-
chattakapupphaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre
nisinno. idaṃ kho Kassapa pāricchattakapupphaṃ vaṇṇa-
sampannaṃ gandhasampannaṃ, sace ākaṅkhasi, gaṇhā 'ti.
alaṃ mahāsamaṇa, tvaṃ yev'; etaṃ arahasi, tvaṃ yev'; etaṃ
[page 031]
l. 20. 11-15] MAHĀVAGGA. 31
gaṇhā 'ti. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi:
mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma
maṃ paṭhamataraṃ uyyojetvā Tāvatiṃsaṃ gantvā pāric-
chattakapupphaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre
nisīdissati, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. ||11||
tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggī paricaritukāmā na
sakkonti kaṭṭhāni phāletuṃ. atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etad
ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, ya-
thā mayaṃ na sakkoma kaṭṭhāni phāletun ti. atha kho
bhagavā Uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etad avoca: phāliyantu
Kassapa kaṭṭhānīti. phāliyantu mahāsamaṇā 'ti. sakid eva
pañcakaṭṭhasatāni phāliyiṃsu. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa
jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahā-
nubhāvo, yatra hi nāma kaṭṭhāni pi phāliyissanti, na tv eva
ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. ||12|| tena kho pana samayena
te jaṭilā aggī paricaritukāmā na sakkonti aggī ujjaletuṃ.
atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ kho
mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṃ na sakkoma
aggī ujjaletun ti. atha kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭi-
laṃ etad avoca: ujjaliyantu Kassapa aggīti. ujjaliyantu
mahāsamaṇā 'ti. sakid eva pañca aggisatāni ujjaliṃsu. atha
kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho
mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma aggī pi ujjaliyis-
santi, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. ||13|| tena kho
pana samayena te jaṭilā aggī paricaritvā na sakkonti aggī
vijjhāpetuṃ. atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etad ahosi: nissaṃ-
sayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṃ na
sakkoma aggī vijjhāpetun ti. atha kho bhagavā Uruvela-
kassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etad avoca: vijjhāyantu Kassapa aggīti.
vijjhāyantu mahāsamaṇā 'ti. sakid eva pañca aggisatāni
vijjhāyiṃsu. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad
ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra
hi nāma aggī pi vijjhāyissanti, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā
ahan ti. ||14|| tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā sītāsu
hemantikāsu rattisu antaraṭṭhakāsu himapātasamaye najjā
Nerañjarāyaṃ nimujjanti pi, ummujjanti pi, ummujjani-
mujjam pi karonti. atha kho bhagavā pañcamattāni man-
dāmukhisatāni abhinimmini, yattha te jaṭilā uttaritvā visib-
[page 032]
32 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 20. 15-18.
besuṃ. atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ
kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā h'; imā mandā-
mukhiyo nimmitā 'ti. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa
etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo,
yatra hi nāma mahāmandāmukhiyo abhinimminissati, na tv
eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. ||15|| tena kho pana sa-
mayena mahāakālamegho vassi, mahāudakavāhako sañjāyi.
yasmiṃ padese bhagavā viharati, so padeso udakena anuot-
thaṭo hoti. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ
samantā udakaṃ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅ-
kameyyan ti. atha kho bhagavā samantā udakaṃ ussāretvā
majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkami. atha kho Uruvela-
kassapo jaṭilo mā h'; eva kho mahāsamaṇo udakena vuḷho
ahosīti nāvāya sambahulehi jaṭilehi saddhiṃ yasmiṃ padese
bhagavā viharati taṃ padesaṃ agamāsi. addasa kho Uru-
velakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ samantā udakaṃ ussāretvā
majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkamantaṃ, disvāna bhaga-
vantaṃ etad avoca: idha nu tvaṃ mahāsamaṇā 'ti. ayam
ah'; asmi Kassapā 'ti bhagavā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā nāvāya
paccuṭṭhāsi. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi:
mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma
udakam pi na pavahissati, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan
ti. ||16||
atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: ciram pi kho imassa
moghapurisassa evaṃ bhavissati: mahiddhiko kho mahā-
samaṇo mahānubhāvo, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan
ti. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ imaṃ jaṭilaṃ saṃvejeyyan ti. atha kho
bhagavā Uruvelakassapaṃ {jaṭilaṃ} etad avoca: n'; eva kho
tvaṃ Kassapa arahā, na pi arahattamaggaṃ samāpanno, sā
pi te paṭipadā n'; atthi, yāya tvaṃ arahā vā assa arahatta-
maggaṃ vā samāpanno 'ti. atha kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo
bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
labheyyāhaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labhe-
yyaṃ upasampadan ti. ||17|| tvaṃ kho 'si Kassapa pañ-
cannaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako vināyako aggo pamukho pā-
mokkho, te pi tāva apalokehi, yathā te maññissanti tathā
karissantīti. atha kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo yena te jaṭilā
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te jaṭile etad avoca: icchām'
[page 033]
I. 20. 18-23.] MAHĀVAGGA. 33
ahaṃ bho mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ, yathā bha-
vanto maññanti tathā karontū 'ti. cirapaṭikā mayaṃ bho
mahāsamaṇe abhippasannā, sace bhavaṃ mahāsamaṇe brah-
macariyaṃ carissati, sabbeva mayaṃ mahāsamaṇe brahma-
cariyaṃ carissāmā 'ti. ||18|| atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṃ
jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihuttamissaṃ udake pavā-
hetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā
bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ:
labheyyāma mayaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ,
labheyyāma upasampadan ti. etha bhikkhavo 'ti bhagavā
avoca, svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā
dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā 'va tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ
upasampadā ahosi. ||19||
addasa kho Nadīkassapo jaṭilo kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ
khārikājamissaṃ aggihuttamissaṃ udake vuyhamāne, disvān'
assa etad ahosi: mā h'; eva me bhātuno upasaggo ahosīti,
jaṭile pāhesi gacchatha me bhātaraṃ jānāthā 'ti, sāmañ ca
tīhi jaṭilasatehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Uruvelakassapo ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Uruvelakassapaṃ etad
avoca: idaṃ nu kho Kassapa seyyo 'ti. āmāvuso idaṃ seyyo
'ti. ||20|| atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khāri-
kājamissaṃ aggihuttamissaṃ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā
ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavato pādesu si-
rasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: labheyyāma ma-
yaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upa-
sampadan ti. etha bhikkhavo 'ti bhagavā avoca, svākkhāto
dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiri-
yāyā 'ti. sā 'va tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. ||21||
addasa kho Gayākassapo jaṭilo kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ
khārikājamissaṃ aggihuttamissaṃ udake vuyhamāne, disvān'
assa etad ahosi: mā h'; eva me bhātūnaṃ upasaggo ahosīti,
jaṭile pāhesi gacchatha me bhātaro jānāthā 'ti, sāmañ ca
dvīhi jaṭilasatehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Uruvelakassapo ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Uruvelakassapaṃ
etad avoca: idaṃ nu kho Kassapa seyyo 'ti. āmāvuso idaṃ
seyyo 'ti. ||22|| atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ
khārikājamissaṃ aggihuttamissaṃ udake pavāhetvā yena
bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavato
[page 034]
34 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 20. 23-21 4.
pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: labhey-
yāma mayaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyā-
ma upasampadan ti. etha bhikkhavo 'ti bhagavā avoca,
svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā du-
kkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā 'va tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upa-
sampadā ahosi. ||23||
bhagavato adhiṭṭhānena pañca kaṭṭhasatāni na phāliyiṃsu,
phāliyiṃsu, aggī na ujjaliṃsu, ujjaliṃsu, na vijjhāyiṃsu,
vijjhāyiṃsu, pañca mandāmukhisatāni abhinimmini. etena
nayena aḍḍhuḍḍhapāṭihāriyasahassāni honti. ||24||20||
atha kho bhagavā Uruvelāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā
yena Gayāsīsaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhu-
saṃghena saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena sabbeh'; eva purāṇa-
jaṭilehi. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Gayāyaṃ viharati Gayā-
sīse saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena. ||1|| tatra kho bhagavā
bhikkhū āmantesi: sabbaṃ bhikkhave ādittaṃ. kiñ ca
bhikkhave sabbaṃ ādittaṃ. cakkhuṃ bhikkhave ādittaṃ,
rūpā ādittā, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ, cakkhusamphasso
āditto, yad idaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayi-
taṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tam pi
ādittaṃ. kena ādittaṃ, rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā
ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi
domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittan ti vadāmi. ||2|| sotaṃ ādittaṃ,
saddā ādittā, --la-- ghānaṃ ādittaṃ, gandhā ādittā, jivhā
ādittā, rasā ādittā, kāyo āditto, phoṭṭhabbā ādittā, mano
āditto, dhammā ādittā, manoviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ, manosam-
phasso āditto, yad idaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati
vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā,
tam pi ādittaṃ. kena ādittaṃ, rāgagginā dosagginā moha-
gginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi
dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittan ti vadāmi. ||3||
evam passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmiṃ pi
nibbindati, rūpesu pi nibbindati, cakkhuviññāṇe pi nibbinda-
ti, cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati, yad idaṃ cakkhusam-
phassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tasmiṃ pi nibbindati. sotasmiṃ pi
nibbindati, saddesu pi nibbindati, ghānasmiṃ pi nibbin-
[page 035]
I. 21. 4-22. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 35
dati, gandhesu pi nibbindati, jivhāya pi nibbindati, ra-
sesu pi nibbindati, kāyasmiṃ pi nibbindati, phoṭṭhabbesu
pi nibbindati, manasmiṃ pi nibbindati, dhammesu pi
nibbindati, manoviññāṇe pi nibbindati, manosamphasse
pi nibbindati, yad idaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati
vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ
vā, tasmiṃ pi nibbindati, nibbindaṃ virajjati, virāgā vi-
muccati, vimuttasmiṃ vimutt'; amhīti ñāṇaṃ hoti, khīṇā
jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ
itthattāyā 'ti pajānātīti. imasmiṃ ca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ
bhaññamāne tassa bhikkhusahassassa anupādāya āsavehi
cittāni vimucciṃsu. ||4|| ādittapariyāyaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
||21|| Uruvelapāṭihāriyaṃ tatiyakabhāṇavāraṃ
niṭṭhitaṃ.
atha kho bhagavā Gayāsīse yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena
Rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṃ-
ghena saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena sabbeh'; eva purāṇajaṭilehi.
atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Rāja-
gahaṃ tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Rājagahe viharati
Laṭṭhivanuyyāne Supatiṭṭhe cetiye. ||1|| assosi kho
rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro: samaṇo khalu bho
Gotamo Sakyaputto Sakyakulā pabbajito Rājagahaṃ anu-
ppatto Rājagahe viharati Laṭṭhivanuyyāne Supatiṭṭhe cetiye.
taṃ kho pana bhagavantaṃ Gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kitti-
saddo abbhuggato iti pi, so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsam-
buddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro puri-
sadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā,
so imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassa-
maṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā
sacchikatvā pavedeti, so dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhe-
kalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ keva-
laparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. sādhu
kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotīti. ||2|| atha
kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro dvādasanahutehi Māga-
dhikehi brāhmaṇagahapatikehi parivuto yena bhagavā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekam-
antaṃ nisīdi. te pi kho dvādasanahutā Māgadhikā brāh-
[page 036]
36 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 22. 3-7.
maṇagahapatikā appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekam-
antaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammo-
diṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam-
antaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce yena bhagavā ten'; añjaliṃ
paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce bhagavato san-
tike nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantam nisīdiṃsu, {appekacce}
tuṇhibhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. ||3|| atha kho tesaṃ dvā-
dasanahutānaṃ Māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ
etad ahosi: kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇo Uruvelakassape brah-
macariyaṃ carati, udāhu Uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe brah-
macariyaṃ caratīti. atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ dvādasanahu-
tānaṃ Māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ cetasā ceto-
parivitakkaṃ aññāya āyasmantaṃ Uruvelakassapaṃ gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi:
kim eva disvā Uruvelavāsi pahāsi aggiṃ kisako vadāno.
pucchāmi taṃ Kassapa etam atthaṃ, kathaṃ pahīnaṃ
tava aggihuttan ti. |
rūpe ca sadde ca atho rase ca kāmitthiyo cābhivadanti
yaññā.
etaṃ malan ti upadhīsu ñatvā, tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute
arañjin ti. ||4||
ettha ca te mano na ramittha Kassapā 'ti bhagavā avoca,
rūpesu saddesu atho rasesu
atha ko carahi devamanussaloke rato mano Kassapa brūhi
me tan ti. |
disvā padaṃ santam anupadhīkaṃ akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave
asattaṃ
anaññathābhāviṃ anaññaneyyaṃ, tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute
arañjin ti. ||5||
atha kho āyasmā Uruvelakassapo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ
uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bha-
gavantaṃ etad avoca: satthā me bhante bhagavā, sāvako
'ham asmi, satthā me bhante bhagavā, sāvako 'ham asmīti.
atha kho tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ Māgadhikānaṃ brāhma-
ṇagahapatikānaṃ etad ahosi: Uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe
brahmacariyaṃ caratīti. ||6|| atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ dvā-
dasanahutānaṃ Māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ ce-
[page 037]
I. 22. 7-11.] MAHĀVAGGA. 37
tasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya anupubbikathaṃ kathesi se-
yyath'; īdaṃ: dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ
ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakā-
sesi. yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇa-
citte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmu-
kkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi, dukkhaṃ samuda-
yaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. ||7|| seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ
vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammad eva rajanaṃ paṭigaṇheyya,
evam eva ekādasanahutānaṃ Māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagaha-
patikānaṃ Bimbisārapamukhānaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane vira-
jaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samuda-
yadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman ti, ekanahutaṃ
upāsakattaṃ paṭivedesi. ||8|| atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo
Bimbisāro diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pari-
yogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesā-
rajjappatto aparappaccayo satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca: pubbe me bhante kumārassa sato pañca assāsakā
ahesuṃ, te me etarahi samiddhā. pubbe me bhante kumārassa
sato etad ahosi: aho vata maṃ rajje abhisiñceyyun ti,
ayaṃ kho me bhante paṭhamo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi
samiddho. tassa ca me vijitaṃ arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
okkameyyā 'ti, ayaṃ kho me bhante dutiyo assāsako ahosi,
so me etarahi samiddho. ||9|| tañ cāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ
payirupāseyyan ti, ayaṃ kho me bhante tatiyo assāsako
ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. so ca me bhagavā dhammaṃ
deseyyā 'ti, ayaṃ kho me bhante catuttho assāsako ahosi,
so me etarahi samiddho. tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ
ājāneyyan ti, ayaṃ kho me bhante pañcamo assāsako ahosi,
so me etarahi samiddho. pubbe me bhante kumārassa sato
ime pañca assāsakā ahesuṃ, te me etarahi samiddhā. ||10||
abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhikkantaṃ bhante, seyyathāpi bhante
nikkujjitaṃ vā. ukkujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya
mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ
dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti, evam eva bhaga-
vatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. es'; āhaṃ bhante
bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃ-
ghañ ca, upāsakaṃ maṃ bhante bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge
pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti, adhivāsetu ca me bhante
[page 038]
38 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 22. 11-16.
bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti.
adhivāsesi bhagavā tunhibhāvena. ||11|| atha kho rājā
Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā
uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā
pakkāmi. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro tassā
rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādā-
petvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ
bhattan ti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā
pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Rājagahaṃ pāvisi mahatā bhikkhusaṃ-
ghena saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena sabbeh'; eva purāṇajaṭi-
lehi. ||12|| tena kho pana samayena Sakko devānam
indo māṇavakavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā buddhapamukhassa
bhikkhusaṃghassa purato-purato gacchati imā gāthāyo gīya-
māno:
danto dantehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi vippamutto vippamuttehi
siṅgīnikkhasuvaṇṇo Rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā. |
mutto muttehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi vippamutto vippa-
muttehi
siṅgīnikkhasuvaṇṇo Rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā. |
tiṇṇo tiṇṇehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi vippamutto vippamuttehi
siṅgīnikkhasuvaṇṇo Rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā. |
dasavāso dasabalo dasadhammavidū dasabhi c'; upeto
so dasasataparivāro Rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā 'ti. ||13||
manussā Sakkaṃ devānam indaṃ passitvā evaṃ āhaṃsu:
abhirūpo vatāyaṃ māṇavako, dassanīyo vatāyaṃ māṇavako,
pāsādiko vatāyaṃ māṇavako. kassa nu kho ayaṃ māṇavako
'ti. evaṃ vutte Sakko devānam indo te manusse gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi:
yo dhīro sabbadhī danto buddho appaṭipuggalo
arahaṃ sugato loke tassāhaṃ paricārako 'ti. ||14||
atha kho bhagavā yena rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa
Bimbisārassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena. atha
kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro buddhapamukhaṃ
bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sa-
hatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ
onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ||15|| ekamantaṃ ni-
[page 039]
I. 22. 16-23. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 39
sinnassa kho rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa
etad ahosi: kattha nu kho bhagavā vihareyya, yaṃ assa
gāmato n'; eva avidūre na accāsanne gamanāgamana-
sampannaṃ atthikānaṃ-atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ abhikka-
manīyaṃ, divā appākiṇṇaṃ rattiṃ appasaddaṃ appani-
gghosaṃ vijanavātaṃ manussarāhaseyyakaṃ paṭisallānasā-
ruppan ti. ||16|| atha kho rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa
Bimbisārassa etad ahosi: idaṃ kho amhākaṃ Veḷuvanaṃ
uyyānaṃ gāmato n'; eva avidūre na accāsanne gamanāgama-
nasampannaṃ atthikānaṃ-atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ abhikka-
manīyaṃ, divā appākiṇṇaṃ, rattiṃ appasaddaṃ appaniggho-
saṃ vijanavātaṃ manussarāhaseyyakaṃ paṭisallānasāruppaṃ.
yaṃ nūnāhaṃ Veḷuvanaṃ uyyānaṃ buddhapamukhassa
bhikkhusaṃghassa dadeyyan ti. ||17|| atha kho rājā Māga-
dho Seniyo Bimbisāro sovaṇṇamayaṃ bhiṅkāraṃ gahetvā
bhagavato onojesi etāhaṃ bhante Veḷuvanaṃ uyyānaṃ
buddhapamukhassa bhikkhusaṃghassa dammīti. paṭiggahesi
bhagavā ārāmaṃ. atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ
Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samā-
dapetvā samuttejetvā saṃpahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhi-
kkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave ārāman ti. ||18||22||
tena kho pana samayena Sañjayo paribbājako Rājagahe
paṭivasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṃ aḍḍha-
teyyehi paribbājakasatehi. tena kho pana samayena Sāri-
puttamoggallānā Sañjaye paribbājake brahmacariyaṃ
caranti, tehi katikā katā hoti: yo paṭhamaṃ amataṃ adhi-
gacchati so ārocetū 'ti. ||1|| atha kho āyasmā Assaji
pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Rājagahaṃ
piṇḍāya pāvisi pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena āloki-
tena vilokitena sammiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhu
iriyāpathasampanno. addasa kho Sāriputto paribbājako
āyasmantaṃ Assajiṃ Rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṃ pāsādikena
abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena sammiñjitena
pasāritena okkhittacakkhuṃ iriyāpathasampannaṃ, disvān'
assa etad ahosi: ye vata loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā
samāpannā, ayaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aññataro, yaṃ nūnā-
[page 040]
40 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 23. 2-6.
haṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā puccheyyaṃ: kaṃ 'si
tvaṃ āvuso uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ
dhammaṃ rocesīti. ||2|| atha kho Sāriputtassa paribbāja-
kassa etad ahosi: akālo kho imaṃ bhikkhuṃ pucchituṃ,
antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho piṇḍāya carati. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ imaṃ
bhikkhuṃ piṭṭhito-piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṃ atthikehi upa-
ññātaṃ maggan ti. atha kho āyasmā Assaji Rājagahe
piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya paṭikkami. atha kho
Sāriputto paribbājako yenāyasmā Assaji ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā āyasmatā Assajinā saddhiṃ sammodi, sam-
modanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhā-
si, ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṃ
Assajiṃ etad avoca: vippasannāni kho te āvuso indriyāni,
parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto, kaṃ 'si tvaṃ āvuso
uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ
rocesīti. ||3|| atth'; āvuso mahāsamaṇo Sakyaputto Sakya-
kulā pabbajito, tāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ uddissa pabbajito, so ca
me bhagavā satthā, tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ roce-
mīti. kiṃvādī panāyasmato satthā kimakkhāyīti. ahaṃ
kho āvuso navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato imaṃ dhamma-
vinayaṃ, na t'; āhaṃ sakkomi vitthārena dhammaṃ desetuṃ,
api ca te saṃkhittena atthaṃ vakkhāmīti. atha kho Sāri-
putto paribbājako āyasmantaṃ Assajiṃ etad avoca: hotu
āvuso, appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā bhāsassu, atthaṃ yeva me brūhi,
atthen'; eva me attho, kiṃ kāhasi vyañjanaṃ bahun ti. ||4||
atha kho āyasmā Assaji Sāriputtassa paribbājakassa imaṃ
dhammapariyāyaṃ abhāsi:
ye dhammā hetuppabhavā tesaṃ hetuṃ tathāgato āha
tesañ ca yo nirodho evaṃvādī mahāsamaṇo 'ti.
atha kho Sāriputtassa paribbājakassa imaṃ dhammapariyā-
yaṃ sutvā virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi
yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadham-
man ti. es'; eva dhammo yadi tāvad eva paccavyathā padam
asokaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ {abbhatītaṃ} bahukehi kappanahutehīti. ||5||
atha kho Sāriputto paribbājako yena Moggallāno paribbājako
ten'; upasaṃkami. addasa kho Moggallāno paribbājako Sāri-
puttaṃ paribbājakaṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna Sāri-
[page 041]
I. 23. 6-10] MAHĀVAGGA. 41
puttaṃ paribbājakaṃ etad avoca: vippasannāni kho te āvuso
indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto, kacci nu tvaṃ
āvuso amataṃ adhigato 'ti. āmāvuso amataṃ adhigato
'ti. yathā kathaṃ pana tvaṃ āvuso amataṃ adhigato
'ti. ||6|| idhāhaṃ āvuso addasaṃ Assajiṃ bhikkhuṃ Rāja-
gahe piṇḍāya carantaṃ pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkan-
tena ālokitena vilokitena sammiñjitena pasāritena okkhitta-
cakkhuṃ iriyāpathasampannaṃ, disvāna me etad ahosi: ye
vata loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpannā, ayaṃ
tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aññataro, yaṃ nūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ
upasaṃkamitvā puccheyyaṃ: kaṃ 'si tvaṃ āvuso uddissa
pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ roce-
sīti. ||7|| tassa mayhaṃ āvuso etad ahosi: akālo kho imaṃ
bhikkhuṃ pucchituṃ, antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho piṇḍāya carati.
yaṃ nūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ piṭṭhito-piṭṭhito anubandhe-
yyaṃ atthikehi upaññātaṃ maggan ti. atha kho āvuso
Assaji {bhikkhu} Rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya
paṭikkami. atha khv'; āhaṃ avuso yena Assaji bhikkhu
ten'; upasaṃkamiṃ, upasaṃkamitvā Assajinā bhikkhunā
saddhiṃ sammodiṃ, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vī-
tisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsiṃ, ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho ahaṃ
āvuso Assajiṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avocaṃ: vippasannāni kho te
āvuso indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto, kaṃ 'si
tvaṃ āvuso uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā
tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesīti. ||8|| atth'; āvuso mahāsamaṇo
Sakyaputto Sakyakulā pabbajito, tāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ uddissa
pabbajito, so ca me bhagavā satthā, tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato
dhammaṃ rocemīti. kiṃvādī panāyasmato satthā kimakkhā-
yīti. ahaṃ kho āvuso navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato imaṃ
dhammavinayaṃ, na t'; āhaṃ sakkomi vitthārena dhammaṃ
desetuṃ, api ca te saṃkhittena atthaṃ vakkhāmīti. appaṃ
vā bahuṃ vā bhāsassu, atthaṃ yeva me brūhi, atthen'; eva
me attho, kiṃ kāhasi vyañjanaṃ bahun ti. ||9|| atha kho
āvuso Assaji bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ abhāsi:
ye dhammā hetuppabhavā tesaṃ hetuṃ tathāgato āha
tesañ ca yo nirodho evaṃvādī mahāsamaṇo 'ti.
atha kho Moggallānassa paribbājakassa imaṃ dhammapari-
[page 042]
42 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 23. 10 -24. 4.
yāyaṃ sutvā virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi
yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadha-
mman ti. es'; eva dhammo yadi tāvad eva paccavyathā
padam asokaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ {abbhatītaṃ} bahukehi kappanahute-
hīti. ||10||23||
atha kho Moggallāno paribbājako Sāriputtaṃ pa-
ribbājakaṃ etad avoca: gacchāma mayaṃ āvuso bhagavato
santike, so no bhagavā satthā 'ti. imāni kho āvuso aḍḍha-
teyyāni paribbājakasatāni amhe nissāya amhe sampassantā
idha viharanti, te pi tāva apalokāma, yathā te maññissanti,
tathā karissantīti. atha kho Sāriputtamoggallānā yena te
paribbājakā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā te paribbā-
jake etad avocuṃ: gacchāma mayaṃ āvuso bhagavato san-
tike, so no bhagavā satthā 'ti. mayaṃ āyasmante nissāya
āyasmante sampassantā idha viharāma, sace āyasmantā ma-
hāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissanti, sabbeva mayaṃ mahā-
samaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissāmā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho Sāri-
puttamoggallānā yena Sañjayo paribbājako ten'; upasaṃka-
miṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Sañjayaṃ paribbājakaṃ etad avocuṃ:
gacchāma mayaṃ āvuso bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā
satthā 'ti. alaṃ āvuso mā agamittha, sabbeva tayo imaṃ
gaṇaṃ pariharissāmā 'ti. dutiyam pi kho --la-- tatiyam
pi kho Sāriputtamoggallānā Sañjayaṃ paribbājakaṃ etad
avocuṃ: gacchāma mayaṃ āvuso bhagavato santike, so no
bhagavā satthā 'ti. alaṃ avuso mā agamittha, sabbeva
tayo imaṃ gaṇaṃ pariharissāmā 'ti. ||2|| atha kho Sāriputta-
moggallānā tāni aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni ādāya yena
Veḷuvanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, Sañjayassa pana paribbāja-
kassa tatth'; eva uṇhaṃ lohitaṃ mukhato uggacchi. addasa
kho bhagavā te Sāriputtamoggallāne dūrato 'va āgacchante,
disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi: ete bhikkhave dve sahāyakā
āgacchanti Kolito Upatisso ca, etaṃ me sāvakayugaṃ
bhavissati aggaṃ bhaddayugan ti. gambhīre ñāṇavisaye
anuttare upadhisaṃkhaye vimutte anuppatte Veḷuvanaṃ
atha ne satthā vyākāsi: ete dve sahāyakā āgacchanti Kolito
Upatisso ca, etaṃ me sāvakayugaṃ bhavissati aggaṃ bhadda-
yugan ti. ||3|| atha kho Sāriputtamoggallānā yena bhagavā
[page 043]
I. 24. 4-7.] MAHĀVAGGA. 43
ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavato pādesu
sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: labheyyāma
mayaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma
upasampadan ti. etha bhikkhavo 'ti bhagavā avoca, svā-
kkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa
antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā 'va tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā
ahosi. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena abhiññātā-abhiññātā
Māgadhikā kulaputtā bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caranti.
manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: aputtakatāya paṭi-
panno samaṇo Gotamo, vedhavyāya paṭipanno samaṇo Gota-
mo, kulupacchedāya paṭipanno samaṇo Gotamo. idāni anena
jaṭilasahassaṃ pabbājitaṃ, imāni ca aḍḍhateyyāni paribbāja-
kasatāni Sañjayāni pabbājitāni, ime ca abhiññātā-abhiññātā
Māgadhikā kulaputtā samaṇe Gotame brahmacariyaṃ ca-
rantīti. api 'ssu bhikkhū disvā imāya gāthāya codenti:
āgato kho mahāsamaṇo Magadhānaṃ Giribbajaṃ
sabbe Sañjaye netvāna, kaṃ su dāni nayissatīti. ||5||
assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ
khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave so saddo ciraṃ bha-
vissati, sattāham eva bhavissati, sattāhassa accayena antara-
dhāyissati. tena hi bhikkhave ye tumhe imāya gāthāya
codenti:
āgato kho mahāsamaṇo Magadhānaṃ Giribbajaṃ
sabbe Sañjaye netvāna, kaṃ su dāni nayissatīti,
te tumhe imāya gāthāya paṭicodetha:
nayanti ve mahāvīrā saddhammena tathāgatā,
dhammena nayamānānaṃ kā usuyyā vijānatan ti. ||6||
tena kho pana samayena manussā bhikkhū disvā imāya gā-
thāya codenti:
āgato kho mahāsamaṇo Magadhānaṃ Giribbajaṃ
sabbe Sañjaye netvāna, kaṃ su dāni nayissatīti.
bhikkhū te manusse imāya gāthāya paṭicodenti:
nayanti ve mahāvīrā saddhammena tathāgatā,
dhammena nayamānānaṃ kā usuyyā vijānatan ti.
[page 044]
44 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 24. 7-25. 4.
manussā dhammena kira samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā nenti no
adhammenā 'ti sattāham eva so saddo ahosi, sattāhassa acca-
yena antaradhāyi. ||7||
Sāriputtamoggallānapabbajjā niṭṭhitā. ||24||
catutthakabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakā anova-
diyamānā ananusāsiyamānā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappa-
sampannā piṇḍāya caranti. te manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ
upari bhojane pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, upari khādaniye
pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, upari sāyaniye pi uttiṭṭha-
pattaṃ upanāmenti, upari pāniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanā-
menti, sāmaṃ sūpam pi odanam pi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti,
bhattagge pi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharanti. ||1|| manussā
ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā
Sakyaputtiyā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā
piṇḍāya carissanti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ upari bho-
jane pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, upari khādaniye pi
uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, upari sāyaniye pi uttiṭṭha-
pattaṃ upanāmessanti, upari pāniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanā-
messanti, sāmaṃ sūpam pi odanam pi viññāpetvā bhuñji-
ssanti, bhattagge pi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti, seyya-
thāpi brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇabhojane 'ti. ||2|| assosuṃ kho
bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ
vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā santuṭṭhā lajjino
kukkuccakā sikkhākāmā, te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti:
kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappa-
sampannā piṇḍāya carissanti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ
upari bhojane pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, upari khāda-
niye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, upari sāyaniye pi utti-
ṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, upari pāniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ
upanāmessanti, sāmaṃ sūpam pi odanam pi viññāpetvā
bhuñjissanti, bhattagge pi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissantī-
ti. ||3|| atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ āroce-
suṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe
bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi: saccaṃ
kira bhikkhave bhikkhū dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappa-
sampannā piṇḍāya caranti manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ
[page 045]
I. 25. 4-7.] MAHĀVAGGA. 45
upari bhojane pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, upari khādaniye
pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, upari sāyaniye pi uttiṭṭhapa-
ttaṃ upanāmenti, upari pāniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti,
sāmaṃ sūpam pi odanam pi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti, bhattagge
pi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharantīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. ||4||
vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ bhikkhave tesaṃ
moghapurisānaṃ ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ
akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave
moghapurisā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā
piṇḍāya carissanti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ upari bho-
jane pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti upari khādaniye pi
uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, upari sāyaniye pi uttiṭṭha-
pattaṃ upanāmessanti, upari pāniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanā-
messanti, sāmaṃ sūpam pi odanam pi viññāpetvā bhuñjis-
santi, bhattagge pi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti. n'
etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā
bhiyyobhāvāya, atha kho taṃ bhikkhave appasannānañ c'
eva appasādāya, pasannānañ ca ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā
'ti. ||5|| atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū anekapariyāyena viga-
rahitvā dubbharatāya dupposatāya mahicchatāya asantuṭṭhiyā
saṃgaṇikāya kosajjassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā anekapariyāyena
subharatāya suposatāya appicchassa santuṭṭhassa sallekhassa
dhutassa pāsādikassa apacayassa viriyārambhassa vaṇṇaṃ
bhāsitvā bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikaṃ
dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave upajjhāyaṃ. upajjhāyo bhikkhave saddhivihā-
rikamhi puttacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessati, saddhivihāriko upajjhā-
yamhi pitucittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessati. evaṃ te aññamaññaṃ
sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttino viharantā imasmiṃ
dhammavinaye vuḍḍhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissanti. ||6||
evañ ca pana bhikkhave upajjhāyo gahetabbo: ekaṃsaṃ
uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā
añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: upajjhāyo me
bhante hohi, upajjhāyo me bhante hohi, {upajjhāyo} me
bhante hohīti. sāhū 'ti vā, lahū 'ti vā, opāyikan ti vā,
paṭirūpan ti vā, pāsādikena sampādehīti vā kāyena viññā-
peti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, gahito
hoti upajjhāyo, na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññā-
[page 046]
46 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 25. 7-11.
peti, na kāyenavācāya viññāpeti, na gahito hoti upajjhā-
yo. ||7||
saddhivihārikena bhikkhave upajjhāyamhi sammāvatti-
tabbaṃ, tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā: kālass'; eva uṭṭhāya
upāhanā omuñcitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā danta-
kaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññā-
petabbaṃ. sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanā-
metabbā. yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭigga-
hetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ aparighaṃsantena dhovitvā
paṭisāmetabbaṃ. upajjhāyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddhari-
tabbaṃ. sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo. ||8||
sace upajjhāyo gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dā-
tabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ
dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā saṃghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā
patto saudako dātabbo. sace upajjhāyo pacchāsamaṇaṃ ākaṅ-
khati, timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādentena parimaṇḍalaṃ nivāsetvā
kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā saguṇaṃ katvā saṃghāṭiyo
pārupitvā gaṇṭhikaṃ paṭimuñcitvā dhovitvā pattaṃ gahetvā
upajjhāyassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ. nātidūre ganta-
bbaṃ, na accāsanne gantabbaṃ. pattapariyāpannaṃ pa-
ṭiggahetabbaṃ. ||9|| na upajjhāyassa bhaṇamānassa anta-
rantarā kathā opātetabbā. upajjhāyo āpattisāmantā bhaṇa-
māno nivāretabbo. nivattantena paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā
āsanaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādaka-
thalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ
paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭi-
ggahetabbaṃ. sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe
otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ. cīva-
raṃ saṃharitabbaṃ. cīvaraṃ saṃharantena caturaṅgulaṃ
kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṃharitabbaṃ mā majjhe bhaṅgo
ahosīti. obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ. sace piṇḍapāto
hoti upajjhāyo ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍa-
pāto upanāmetabbo. ||10|| upajjhāyo pāniyena pucchitabbo.
bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā
sādhukaṃ aparighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā mu-
huttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo.
pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena
hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā
[page 047]
l. 25. 11-15.] MAHĀVAGGA. 47
heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo, na ca
anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. cīvaraṃ ni-
kkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena
cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ
orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. upajjhāyamhi
vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pā-
dakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so
deso sammajjitabbo. ||11|| sace upajjhāyo {nahāyitukāmo}
hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ
paṭiyādetabbaṃ. sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyāde-
tabbaṃ. sace upajjhāyo jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti,
cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ
ādāya upajjhāyassa piṭṭhito-piṭṭhito gantvā jantāgharapī-
ṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipi-
tabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. sace ussahati,
jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. jantāgharaṃ pavisantena matti-
kāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchā-
detvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. ||12|| na there bhikkhū
anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ, na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭi-
bāhetabbā. jantāghare upajjhāyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ.
jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato
ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ.
udake pi upajjhāyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. nahātena pa-
ṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā
upajjhāyassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dā-
tabbaṃ, saṃghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭha-
mataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pā-
dapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ. upajjhāyo
pāniyena pucchitabbo. ||13|| sace uddisāpetukāmo hoti,
uddisāpetabbo. sace paripucchitukāmo hoti, paripucchi-
tabbo. yasmiṃ vihāre upajjhāyo viharati, sace so vihāro
uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. vihāraṃ sodhentena
paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipi-
tabbaṃ. nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ ni-
kkhipitabbaṃ. bhisibimbohanaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ ni-
kkhipitabbaṃ. ||14|| mañco nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ apari-
ghaṃsantena asaṃghaṭṭantena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ nīharitvā eka-
mantaṃ nikkhipitabbo. pīṭhaṃ nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ
[page 048]
48 MAHĀVAGGA. I. 25. 15-18.
aparighaṃsantena asaṃghaṭṭantena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ nīharitvā
ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā
ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbā. kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekam-
antaṃ nikkhipitabbo. apassenaphalakaṃ nīharitvā ekam-
antaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. bhummattharaṇaṃ yathāpañña-
ttaṃ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.
sace vihāre santānakaṃ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṃ ohāretabbaṃ.
ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. sace gerukaparikam-
makatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pa-
majjitabbā. sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti,
coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. sace akatā hoti
bhūmi, udakena parippositvā sammajjitabbā mā vihāro rajena
ūhaññīti. saṃkāraṃ vicinitvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ.
||15|| bhummattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā pappoṭhetvā ati-
haritvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ. mañcapaṭipāda-
kā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭṭhāne ṭhapetabbā.
mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā pappoṭhetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ
aparighaṃsantena asaṃghaṭṭantena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ atiharitvā
yathāpaññattaṃ paññāpetabbo. pīṭhaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā
pappoṭhetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ aparighaṃsantena asaṃ-
ghaṭṭantena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññā-
petabbaṃ. bhisibimbohanaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā pappoṭhetvā
atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ. nisīdanapacca-
ttharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā pappoṭhetvā atiharitvā yathā-
paññattaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ. kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajji-
tvā atiharitvā yathāṭṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. apassenaphalakaṃ
otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. ||16||
pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena
hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā
heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo, na ca
anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. cīvaraṃ ni-
kkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena
cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ
orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. ||17|| sace
puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thake-
tabbā. sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā
thaketabbā. sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā
thaketabbā. sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vā-
[page 049]
I. 25. 18-23.] MAHĀVAGGA. 49
tapānā thaketabbā. sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivari-
tabbā, rattiṃ thaketabbā. sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā
thaketabbā, rattiṃ vivaritabbā. ||18|| sace pariveṇaṃ uklā-
paṃ hoti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjitabbaṃ. sace koṭṭhako uklāpo
hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā
hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. sace aggisālā uklāpā
hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. sace vaccakuṭī uklāpā hoti,
vaccakuṭī sammajjitabbā. sace pāniyaṃ na hoti, pāniyaṃ
upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. sace paribhojaniyaṃ na hoti, paribhoja-
niyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ
na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ. ||19|| sace
upajjhāyassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, saddhivihārikena vū-
pakāsetabbā vūpakāsāpetabbā dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā.
sace upajjhāyassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, saddhivihāri-
kena vinodetabbaṃ vinodāpetabbaṃ dhammakathā vāssa
kātabbā. sace upajjhāyassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti,
saddhivihārikena vivecetabbaṃ vivecāpetabbaṃ dhammaka-
thā vāssa kātabbā. ||20|| sace upajjhāyo garudhammaṃ
ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ
kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saṃgho upajjhāyassa parivāsaṃ
dadeyyā 'ti. sace upajjhāyo mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti,
saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saṃgho
upajjhāyaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyā 'ti. sace upajjhāyo mā-
nattāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin ti
nu kho saṃgho upajjhāyassa mānattaṃ dadeyyā 'ti. sace
upajjhāyo abbhānāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kā-
tabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saṃgho upajjhāyaṃ abbheyyā 'ti. ||21||
sace saṃgho upajjhāyassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti tajjani-
yaṃ vā nissayaṃ vā pabbājaniyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇiyaṃ vā
ukkhepaniyaṃ vā, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin
ti nu kho saṃgho upajjhāyassa kammaṃ na kareyya lahu-
kāya vā pariṇāmeyyā 'ti. kataṃ vā pan'; assa hoti saṃghena
kammaṃ tajjaniyaṃ vā nissayaṃ vā pabbājaniyaṃ vā paṭi-
sāraṇiyaṃ vā ukkhepaniyaṃ vā, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ
kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho upajjhāyo sammāvatteyya lomaṃ
pāteyya netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṃgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭi-
ppassambheyyā 'ti. ||22|| sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ dhovi-
tabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena dhovitabbaṃ ussukkaṃ vā
[page 050]
50 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 25. 23-26. 1.
kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethā
'ti. sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihā-
rikena kātabbaṃ ussukkaṃ vā katabbaṃ kin ti nu kho
upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ kariyethā 'ti. sace upajjhāyassa raja-
naṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena pacitabbaṃ ussukkaṃ
vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho upajjhāyassa rajanaṃ paciyethā
'ti. sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihā-
rikena rajitabbaṃ ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho
upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethā 'ti. cīvaraṃ rajantena sā-
dhukaṃ saṃparivattakaṃ-saṃparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ na ca
acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ. ||23|| na upajjhāyaṃ anā-
pucchā ekaccassa patto dātabbo, na ekaccassa patto paṭigga-
hetabbo, na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ, na ekaccassa cīva-
raṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, na ekaccassa parikkhāro dātabbo, na
ekaccassa parikkhāro paṭiggahetabbo, na ekaccassa kesā che-
dātabbā, na ekaccena kesā chedāpetabbā, na ekaccassa pari-
kammaṃ kātabbaṃ, na ekaccena parikammaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ,
na ekaccassa veyyāvacco kātabbo, na ekaccena veyyāvacco
kārāpetabbo, na ekaccassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ, na
ekacco pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo, na ekaccassa piṇḍapāto nī-
haritabbo, na ekaccena piṇḍapāto nīharāpetabbo. na upa-
jjhāyaṃ anāpucchā gāmo pavisitabbo, na susānaṃ ganta-
bbaṃ, na disā pakkamitabbā. sace upajjhāyo gilāno hoti,
yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānassa āgametabban ti. ||24||
upajjhāyavattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||25||
upajjhāyena bhikkhave saddhivihārikamhi sammāvatti-
tabbaṃ, tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā: upajjhāyena bhikkhave
saddhivihāriko saṃgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena pari-
pucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā. sace upajjhāyassa patto hoti,
saddhivihārikassa patto na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihāri-
kassa patto dātabbo ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho
saddhivihārikassa patto uppajjiyethā 'ti. sace upajjhāyassa
cīvaraṃ hoti, saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ na hoti, upajjhā-
yena saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ ussukkaṃ vā
kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ uppajji-
yethā 'ti. sace upajjhāyassa parikkhāro hoti, saddhivihāri-
kassa parikkhāro na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa
[page 051]
I. 26. 1-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 51
parikkhāro dātabbo ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho
saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro uppajjiyethā 'ti. ||1|| sace
saddhivihāriko gilāno hoti, kālass'; eva uṭṭhāya dantakaṭṭhaṃ
dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ.
sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā.
yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ
katvā sādhukaṃ aparighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāme-
tabbaṃ. saddhivihārikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ.
sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo. ||2|| sace
saddhivihāriko gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dā-
tabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ
dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā {saṃghāṭiyo} dātabbā, dhovitvā
patto saudako dātabbo. ettāvatā nivattissatīti āsanaṃ paññā-
petabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upani-
kkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ,
paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. sace
cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca
uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ. cīvaraṃ saṃharitabbaṃ. cīva-
raṃ saṃharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ
saṃharitabbaṃ mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. obhoge kāya-
bandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ. sace piṇḍapāto hoti saddhivihāriko
ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāme-
tabbo. ||3|| saddhivihāriko pāniyena pucchitabbo. bhuttā-
vissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhu-
kaṃ aparighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ
uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. pattacīva-
raṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena
pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhā-
pīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo, na ca ananta-
rahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. cīvaraṃ nikkhi-
pantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena
cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ
orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. saddhivihā-
rikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pāda-
pīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. sace so deso uklāpo
hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo. ||4|| sace saddhivihāriko nahā-
yitukāmo hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. sace sītena attho
hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ
[page 052]
52 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 26. 5-9.
paṭiyādetabbaṃ. sace saddhivihāriko jantāgharaṃ pavisitu-
kāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantā-
gharapīṭhaṃ ādāya gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ
paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ,
mattikā dātabbā. sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ.
jantāgharaṃ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā
purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisi-
tabbam. ||5|| na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ,
na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhetabbā. jantāghare saddhi-
vihārikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. jantāgharā nikkha-
mantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca
paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ. udake pi saddhi-
vihārikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. nahātena paṭhamataraṃ
uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā saddhivi-
hārikassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dāta-
bbaṃ, saṃghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhama-
taraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ padapī-
ṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ. saddhivihāriko
pāniyena pucchitabbo. ||6|| yasmiṃ vihāre saddhivihāriko
viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhe-
tabbo. vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīha-
ritvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ . . . (= I.25,14-19) . . .
sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā
udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ. ||7|| sace saddhivihārikassa anabhi-
rati uppannā hoti, upajjhāyena vūpakāsetabbā vūpakāsāpe-
tabbā dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. sace saddhivihārikassa
kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena vinodetabbaṃ vino-
dāpetabbaṃ dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. sace saddhivihā-
rikassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena vivece-
tabbaṃ vivecāpetabbaṃ dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. ||8||
sace saddhivihāriko garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsā-
raho, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saṃgho
saddhivihārikassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyā 'ti. sace saddhivihā-
riko mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ
kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saṃgho saddhivihārikaṃ mūlāya
paṭikasseyyā 'ti. sace saddhivihāriko mānattāraho hoti,
upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saṃgho
saddhivihārikassa mānattaṃ dadeyyā 'ti. sace saddhivihā-
[page 053]
I. 26. 9-27. 1] MAHĀVAGGA. 53
riko abbhānāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ
kin ti nu kho saṃgho saddhivihārikaṃ abbheyyā 'ti. ||9||
sace saṃgho saddhivihārikassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti
tajjaniyaṃ vā nissayaṃ vā pabbājaniyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇiyaṃ
vā ukkhepaniyaṃ vā, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin
ti nu kho saṃgho saddhivihārikassa kammaṃ na kareyya
lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyā 'ti. kataṃ vā pan'; assa hoti
saṃghena kammaṃ tajjaniyaṃ vā nissayaṃ vā pabbājaniyaṃ
vā paṭisāraṇiyaṃ vā ukkhepaniyaṃ vā, upajjhāyena ussu-
kkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saddhivihāriko sammāvatteyya
lomaṃ pāteyya netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṃgho taṃ kammaṃ
paṭippassambheyyā 'ti. ||10|| sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ
dhovitabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ dho-
veyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saddhivihā-
rikassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethā 'ti. sace saddhivihārikassa
cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ
kareyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saddhivi-
hārikassa cīvaraṃ kariyethā 'ti. sace saddhivihārikassa
rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ
paceyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saddhivi-
hārikassa rajanaṃ paciyethā 'ti. sace saddhivihārikassa
cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ
rajeyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saddhivi-
hārikassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethā 'ti. cīvaraṃ rajantena sādhukaṃ
saṃparivattakaṃ-saṃparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ na ca acchi-
nne theve pakkamitabbaṃ. sace saddhivihāriko gilāno hoti,
yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānassa āgametabban ti. ||11||
saddhivihārikavattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||26||
tena kho pana samayena saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na
sammāvattanti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā, te ujjhāyanti khī-
yanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu
na sammāvattissantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave saddhivihārikā
upajjhāyesu na sammāvattantīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. viga-
rahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhave saddhi-
vihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammāvattissantīti. vigarahitvā
dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave
[page 054]
54 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 27. 1-7.
saddhivihārikena upajjhāyamhi na sammāvattitabbaṃ. yo
na sammāvatteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| n'; eva sammā-
vattanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi
bhikkhave asammāvattantaṃ paṇāmetum. evañ ca pana
bhikkhave paṇāmetabbo: paṇāmemi tan ti vā, mā yidha
paṭikkamīti vā, nīhara te pattacīvaran ti vā, nāhaṃ ta-
yā upaṭṭhātabbo 'ti vā kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññā-
peti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, paṇāmito hoti saddhivihā-
riko. na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena
vācāya viññāpeti, na paṇāmito hoti saddhivihāriko 'ti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena saddhivihārikā paṇāmitā na kha-
māpenti. bhagavato, etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi
bhikkhave khamāpetun ti. n'; eva khamāpenti. bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave paṇāmitena
na khamāpetabbo. yo na khamāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā
'ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena upajjhāyā khamāpi-
yamānā na khamanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave khamitun ti. n'; eva khamanti. saddhi-
vihārikā pakkamanti pi, vibbhamanti pi, titthiyesu pi saṃka-
manti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave
khamāpiyamānena na khamitabbaṃ. yo na khameyya, āpatti
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena upajjhāyā sa-
mmāvattantaṃ paṇāmenti, asammāvattantaṃ na paṇāmenti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave sammā-
vattanto paṇāmetabbo. yo paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na
ca bhikkhave asammāvattanto na paṇāmetabbo. yo na paṇā-
meyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||5|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi
samannāgato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo: upajjhāyamhi
nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhi-
mattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhā-
vanā hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannā-
gato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo. pañcahi bhikkhave
aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko na paṇāmetabbo: upa-
jjhāyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti,
adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāva-
nā hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgato
saddhivihāriko na paṇāmetabbo. ||6|| pañcahi bhikkhave
aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ: upa-
[page 055]
I. 27. 7-28 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 55
jjhāyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti . . . nādhimattā bhā-
vanā hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannā-
gato saddhivihāriko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. pañcahi bhikkhave
aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ: upa-
jjhāyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti . . . adhimattā bhāvanā
hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgato
saddhivihāriko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. ||7|| pañcahi bhikkhave
aṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ apaṇāmento upajjhā-
yo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti: upajjhāyamhi
nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti . . . nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti.
imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhi-
vihārikaṃ apaṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento
anatisāro hoti. pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgataṃ
saddhivihārikaṃ paṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, apaṇā-
mento anatisāro hoti: upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ
hoti . . . adhimattā bhāvanā hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave
pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ paṇāmento
upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, apaṇāmento anatisāro hotīti. ||8||27||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhū
upasaṃkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci, taṃ bhikkhū na icchiṃsu
pabbājetuṃ, so bhikkhūsu pabbajjaṃ alabhamāno kiso ahosi
lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto.
addasa kho bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ kisaṃ lūkhaṃ du-
bbaṇṇaṃ uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātaṃ dhamanisanthatagattaṃ,
disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi: kiṃ nu kho so bhikkhave brāh-
maṇo kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamani-
santhatagatto 'ti. eso bhante brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṃka-
mitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci, taṃ bhikkhū na icchiṃsu pabbājetuṃ,
so bhikkhūsu pabbajjaṃ alabhamāno kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo
uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto 'ti. ||1|| atha
kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: ko nu kho bhikkhave tassa
brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ saratīti. evaṃ vutte āyasmā Sāri-
putto bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ahaṃ kho bhante tassa
brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarāmīti. kiṃ pana tvaṃ Sāriputta
tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarasīti. idha me bhante so
brāhmaṇo Rājagahe piṇḍāya carantassa kaṭacchubhi-
kkhaṃ dāpesi, imaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante tassa brāhmaṇassa
[page 056]
56 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 28. 2-29.1
adhikāraṃ sarāmīti. ||2|| sādhu sādhu Sāriputta, kataññuno hi
Sāriputta sappurisā katavedino. tena hi tvaṃ Sāriputta taṃ
brāhmaṇaṃ pabbājehi upasampādehīti. kathāhaṃ bhante
taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ pabbājemi upasampādemīti. atha kho bha-
gavā etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: yā sā bhikkhave mayā tīhi saraṇagamanehi upa-
sampadā anuññātā, tāhaṃ ajjatagge paṭikkhipāmi. anujānā-
mi bhikkhave ñatticatutthena kammena upasampā-
detuṃ. ||3|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave upasampādetabbo:
vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu
me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyas-
mato upasampadāpekkho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ,
saṃgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhā-
yena. esā ñatti. ||4|| suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ
itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.
saṃgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhā-
yena. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā
itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati,
so bhāseyya. dutiyaṃ pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi: suṇātu me
bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato
upasampadāpekkho. saṃgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti
itthannāmena upajjhāyena. yassāyasmato khamati itthan-
nāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇh'
assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. ||5|| tatiyam pi etam
atthaṃ vadāmi: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannā-
mo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. saṃgho
itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. yas-
sāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena
upajjhāyena, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya.
upasampanno saṃghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhā-
yena. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhāra-
yāmīti. ||6||28||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu upasampanna-
samanantarā anācāraṃ ācarati. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: mā
āvuso evarūpaṃ akāsi, n'; etaṃ kappatīti. so evaṃ āha: n'
evāhaṃ āyasmante yāciṃ upasampādetha man ti, kissa maṃ
tumhe ayācitā upasampāditthā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
[page 057]
I. 29. 1-30. 2] MAHĀVAGGA. 57
ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave ayācitena upasampādetabbo. yo
upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave
yācitena upasampādetuṃ. ||1|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave
yācitabbo. tena upasampadāpekkhena saṃghaṃ upasaṃka-
mitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde
vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa
vacanīyo: saṃghaṃ bhante upasampadaṃ yācāmi, ullumpa-
tu maṃ bhante saṃgho anukampaṃ upādāya, dutiyam pi
yācitabbo --la-- tatiyam pi yācitabbo --la--. ||2|| vyatte-
na bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upa-
sampadāpekkho. itthannāmo saṃghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati
itthannāmena upajjhāyena. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ,
saṃgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhā-
yena. esā ñatti. ||3|| suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ
itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.
itthannāmo saṃghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena
upajjhāyena. saṃgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannā-
mena upajjhāyena. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa
upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa
na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. dutiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi
--la-- tatiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi --la--. upasam-
panno saṃghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena.
khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayā-
mīti. ||4||29||
tena kho pana samayena Rājagahe paṇītānaṃ bhattā-
naṃ bhattapaṭipāṭi adhiṭṭhitā hoti. atha kho aññatarassa
brāhmaṇassa etad ahosi: ime kho samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā su-
khasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sa-
yanesu sayanti. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu
pabbajeyyan ti. atha kho so brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upa-
saṃkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci, taṃ bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upa-
sampādesuṃ. ||1|| tasmiṃ pabbajite bhattapaṭipāṭi khīyittha.
bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: ehi dāni āvuso piṇḍāya carissāmā
'ti. so evaṃ āha: nāhaṃ āvuso etaṃkāraṇā pabbajito piṇḍā-
ya carissāmīti, sace me dassatha bhuñjissāmi, no ce me dassa-
tha vibbhamissāmīti. kiṃ pana tvaṃ āvuso udarassa kāraṇā
[page 058]
58 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 30. 2-31. 2.
pabbajito 'ti. evaṃ āvuso 'ti. ||2|| ye te bhikkhū appicchā,
te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhu
evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye udarassa kāraṇā pabbajissa-
tīti. te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ
kira tvaṃ bhikkhu udarassa kāraṇā pabbajito 'ti. saccaṃ
bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ
moghapurisa evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye udarassa kā-
raṇā pabbajissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ
vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya. vigarahitvā
dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā {bhikkhū} āmantesi: ||3|| anujānāmi
bhikkhave upasampādentena cattāro nissaye ācikkhituṃ:
piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāva-
jīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. atirekalābho saṃghabhattaṃ uddesa-
bhattaṃ nimantanaṃ salākabhattaṃ pakkhikaṃ uposathikaṃ
pāṭipadikaṃ. paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ nissāya pabbajjā, ta-
ttha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. atirekalābho khomaṃ
kappāsikaṃ koseyyaṃ kambalaṃ sāṇaṃ bhaṅgaṃ. ruk-
khamūlasenāsanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ
ussāho karaṇīyo. atirekalābho vihāro aḍḍhayogo pāsādo
hammiyaṃ guhā. pūtimuttabhesajjaṃ nissāya pabbajjā,
tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. atirekalābho sappi
navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu phāṇitan ti. ||4||30|| upajjhāya-
vattabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako bhikkhū upa-
saṃkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. tassa bhikkhū paṭigacc'; eva
nissaye ācikkhiṃsu. so evaṃ āha: sace me bhante pabbajite
nissaye ācikkheyyātha abhirameyyaṃ sv āhaṃ, na dān'; āhaṃ
bhante pabbajissāmi, jegucchā me nissayā paṭikūlā 'ti. bhi-
kkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave
paṭigacc'; eva nissayā ācikkhitabbā. yo ācikkheyya, ā-
patti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave upasampannasam-
anantarā nissaye ācikkhitun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana
samayena bhikkhū duvaggena pi tivaggena pi gaṇena upa-
sampādenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesum. na bhi-
kkhave ūnadasavaggena gaṇena upasampādetabbo. yo
upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave
dasavaggena vā atirekadasavaggena vā gaṇena upasampā-
[page 059]
I. 31. 2-6.] MAHĀVAGGA. 59
detun ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū eka-
vassāpi duvassāpi saddhivihārikaṃ upasampādenti. āyas-
māpi Upaseno Vaṅgantaputto ekavasso saddhivi-
hārikaṃ upasampādesi. so vassaṃ vuttho duvasso ekavas-
saṃ saddhivihārikaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantu-
kehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. ||3|| atha kho
bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Upasenaṃ Vaṅgantaputtaṃ etad avo-
ca: kacci bhikkhu khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci
'ttha appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgatā 'ti. khamanīyaṃ
bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, appakilamathena mayaṃ
bhante addhānaṃ āgatā 'ti. jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti,
jānantāpi na pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti, kālaṃ vi-
ditvā na pucchanti, atthasaṃhitaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti no
anatthasaṃhitaṃ, anatthasaṃhite setughāto tathāgatānaṃ.
dvīhi ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti,
dhammaṃ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññā-
pessāmā 'ti. ||4|| atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Upasenaṃ
Vaṅgantaputtaṃ etad avoca: kativasso 'si tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti.
duvasso 'haṃ bhagavā 'ti. ayaṃ pana bhikkhu kativasso 'ti.
ekavasso bhagavā 'ti. kiṃ t'; āyaṃ bhikkhu hotīti. saddhi-
vihāriko me bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: an-
anucchaviyaṃ moghapurisa ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assā-
maṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ
moghapurisa aññehi ovadiyo anusāsiyo aññaṃ ovadituṃ anu-
sāsituṃ maññissasi. atilahuṃ kho tvaṃ moghapurisa bā-
hullāya āvatto yad idaṃ gaṇabandhikaṃ. n'; etaṃ mogha-
purisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyo-
bhāvāyā 'ti. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: na bhikkhave ūnadasavassena upasampādetabbo.
yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. {anujānāmi} bhikkhave
dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampā-
detun ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū dasavass'
āa dasavass'; amhā 'ti bālā avyattā upasampādenti, dissanti
upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā
avyattā, saddhivihārikā vyattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā,
saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, sa-
[page 060]
60 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 31. 6-32. 2.
ddhivihārikā paññavanto, aññataro pi aññatitthiyapubbo
upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vā-
daṃ āropetvā taṃ yeva titthāyatanaṃ saṃkami. ||6|| ye te
bhikkhū appicchā, te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ
hi nāma bhikkhū dasavass'; amhā dasavass'; amhā 'ti bālā avya-
ttā upasampādessanti, dissanti upajjhāyā bālā . . . saddhivihā-
rikā paññavanto 'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū dasavass'
amhā dasavass'; amhā 'ti bālā avyattā upasampādenti, dissanti
upajjhāyā bālā . . . saddhivihārikā paññavanto 'ti. saccaṃ
bhagavā. ||7|| vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma
te bhikkhave moghapurisā dasavass'; amhā dasavass'; amhā 'ti
bālā avyattā upasampādessanti, dissanti upajjhāyā bālā . . .
saddhivihārikā paññavanto. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannā-
naṃ vā pasādāya --la--, vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā
bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave bālena avyattena upa-
sampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
anujānāmi bhikkhave vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasa-
vassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetun
ti. ||8||31||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū upajjhāyesu pakkantesu
pi vibbhamantesu pi kālaṃkatesu pi pakkhasaṃkantesu pi
anācariyakā anovadiyamānā ananusāsiyamānā dunnivatthā
duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti, manussānaṃ
bhuñjamānānaṃ . . . (I.25.1-4) . . . saccaṃ bhagavā.
vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anu-
jānāmi bhikkhave ācariyaṃ. ācariyo bhikkhave antevāsi-
kamhi puttacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessati, antevāsiko ācariyamhi
pitucittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessati. evaṃ te aññamaññaṃ sagāravā
sappatissā sabhāgavuttino viharantā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye
vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissanti. anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave dasa vassāni nissāya vatthuṃ, dasavassena nissayaṃ
dātuṃ. ||1|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave ācariyo gahetabbo: ekaṃ-
saṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā
añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: ācariyo me bhante
hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmi, ācariyo me bhante hohi,
āyasmato nissāya vacchāmi, ācariyo me bhante hohi, āyas-
[page 061]
I. 32. 2-35. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 61
mato nissāya vacchāmīti. sāhū 'ti vā, lahū 'ti vā, opāyikan
ti vā, paṭirūpan ti vā, pāsādikena sampādehīti vā kāyena
viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, gahito
hoti ācariyo, na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kā-
yena vācāya viññāpeti, na gahito hoti ācariyo. ||2|| antevā-
sikena bhikkhave ācariyamhi sammāvattitabbaṃ, tatrāyaṃ
sammāvattanā: kālass'; eva uṭṭhāya upāhanā omuñcitvā
ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mu-
khodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ. sace yāgu
hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. yāguṃ pī-
tassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā
sādhukaṃ aparighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ . . .
(= I.25.8-24; instead of upajjhāyo, upajjhāyaṃ, etc., read
ācariyo, ācariyaṃ, etc.; instead of saddhivihārikena read ante-
vāsikena) . . . sace ācariyo gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhā-
tabbo, vuṭṭhānassa āgametabban ti. ||3||
ācariyavattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||32||
ācariyena bhikkhave antevāsikamhi sammāvattitabbaṃ,
tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā: ācariyena bhikkhave antevāsi-
ko saṃgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena paripucchāya
ovādena anusāsaniyā. sace ācariyassa patto hoti, antevāsi-
kassa patto na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa patto dātabbo
ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho antevāsikassa patto
uppajjiyethā 'ti. sace ācariyassa cīvaraṃ . . . (= I.26.1-11;
instead of upajjhāyo, etc., read ācariyo; instead of saddhivihā-
riko, etc., read antevāsiko) . . . sace antevāsiko gilāno hoti,
yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānassa āgametabban ti. ||1||
antevāsikavattaṃ. ||33|| chaṭṭhaṃ bhāṇavāraṃ.
tena kho pana samayena antevāsikā ācariyesu na sammā-
vattanti . . . (= I.27.1-8; instead of ācariyo, etc., read as
above) . . . apaṇāmento anatisāro hotīti. ||1||34||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū dasavass'; amhā dasavass'
amhā 'ti bālā avyattā nissayaṃ denti, dissanti ācariyā bālā,
antevāsikā paṇḍitā, dissanti ācariyā avyattā, antevāsikā vyattā,
dissanti ācariyā appassutā, antevāsikā bahussutā, dissanti āca-
riyā duppaññā, antevāsikā paññavanto. ye te bhikkhū appi-
[page 062]
62 MAHĀVAGGA. I. 35. 1-36. 3.
cchā, te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhi-
kkhū dasavass'; amhā dasavass'; amhā 'ti bālā avyattā nissayaṃ
dassanti, dissanti ācariyā bālā . . . antevāsikā paññavanto
'ti. ||1|| atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ āro-
cesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave dasavass'; amhā dasavass'
amhā 'ti bālā avyattā nissayaṃ dentīti. saccaṃ bhagavā.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ
katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave bālena avyattena
nissayo dātabbo. yo dadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi
bhikkhave vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena
vā atirekadasavassena vā nissayaṃ dātun ti. ||2||35||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ācariyupajjhāyesu pa-
kkantesu pi vibbhamantesu pi kālaṃkatesu pi pakkhasaṃ-
kantesu pi nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo na jānanti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. pañc'; imā {bhikkhave} nissayapaṭi-
ppassaddhiyo upajjhāyamhā: upajjhāyo pakkanto vā hoti
vibbhamanto vā kālaṃkato vā pakkhasaṃkanto vā, āṇatti
yeva pañcamī. imā kho bhikkhave pañca nissayapaṭippassa-
ddhiyo upajjhāyamhā. cha yimā bhikkhave nissayapaṭippa-
ssaddhiyo ācariyamhā: ācariyo pakkanto vā hoti vibbhamanto
vā kālaṃkato vā pakkhasaṃkanto vā, āṇatti yeva pañcamī,
upajjhāyena vā samodhānaṃ gato hoti. imā kho bhikkhave
cha nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo ācariyamhā. ||1|| pañcahi bhi-
kkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampāde-
tabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo:
na asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na ase-
khena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekhena
paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekhena vimutti-
kkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekhena vimuttiñāṇa-
dassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti. imehi kho bhi-
kkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upa-
sampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhā-
petabbo. ||2|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena
bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero
upaṭṭhāpetabbo: asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti,
. . . asekhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato
hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena
[page 063]
I. 36. 3-9.] MAHĀVAGGA. 63
bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero
upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||3|| aparehi pi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi
samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo
dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: attanā na asekhena
sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekhe sīla-
kkhandhe samādapetā, . . . attanā na asekhena vimuttiñāṇa-
dassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekhe
vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā. imehi kho bhi-
kkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upa-
sampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhā-
petabbo. ||4|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena
bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero
upaṭṭhāpetabbo: attanā asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannā-
gato hoti, paraṃ asekhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā, . . . attanā
asekhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti,
paraṃ asekhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā.
imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhi-
kkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upa-
ṭṭhāpetabbo. ||5|| aparehi pi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi
samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo
dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: assaddho hoti, ahiriko
hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti. imehi kho
bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na
upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upa-
ṭṭhāpetabbo. ||6|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāga-
tena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāma-
ṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī
hoti, āraddhaviriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitasati hoti. imehi kho bhi-
kkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampā-
detabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||7||
aparehi pi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhi-
kkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na
sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhā-
cāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appa-
ssuto hoti, duppañño hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'
aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na
nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||8|| pañcahi
bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampāde-
[page 064]
64 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 36. 9-13.
tabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: na adhi-
sīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na
atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, pāññavā hoti.
imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhi-
kkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upa-
ṭṭhāpetabbo. ||9|| aparehi pi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi
samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo
dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: na paṭibalo hoti ante-
vāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhā-
petuṃ vā, uppannaṃ anabhiratiṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakā-
sāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ vā
vinodāpetuṃ vā, āpattiṃ na jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ na
jānāti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāga-
tena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo,
na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||10|| pañcahi bhikkhave
aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, ni-
ssayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: paṭibalo hoti ante-
vāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhā-
petuṃ vā, uppannaṃ anabhiratiṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpa-
kāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ
vā vinodāpetuṃ vā, āpattiṃ jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ jānati.
imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhi-
kkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upa-
ṭṭhāpetabbo. ||11|| aparehi pi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi
samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo
dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: na paṭibalo hoti ante-
vāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya si-
kkhāpetuṃ, ādibrahmacariyikāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhi-
dhamme vinetuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhiga-
taṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ vivecāpetuṃ. imehi kho bhi-
kkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na
upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upa-
ṭṭhāpetabbo. ||12|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannā-
gatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo,
sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā sa-
ddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ,
ādibrahmacariyikāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vi-
netuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dham-
[page 065]
I. 36. 13-37. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 65
mato vivecetuṃ vivecāpetuṃ. imehi kho {bhikkhave} pañcah'
aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissa-
yo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||13|| aparehi pi
bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na
upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upa-
ṭṭhāpetabbo: āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ
āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho
pan'; assa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti, na
suvibhattāni, na suppavattīni, na suvinicchitāni suttato anu-
vyañjanaso. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannā-
gatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dā-
tabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||14|| pañcahi bhi-
kkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampāde-
tabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: āpattiṃ
jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ
āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho pan'; assa pātimokkhāni vitthā-
rena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni
suttato anuvyañjanaso. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅge-
hi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo
dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||15|| aparehi pi bhi-
kkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upa-
sampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpe-
tabbo: āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ
āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ūnadasavasso
hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena
bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na
sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||16|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi
samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dā-
tabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ
jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, da-
savasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā. imehi kho bhikkhave
pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampāde-
tabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo 'ti. ||17||
upasampādetabbapañcakaṃ soḷasavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||36||
chahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na
upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upa-
[page 066]
66 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 37 1-6.
ṭṭhāpetabbo: na asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti,
na asekhena samādhikkhandhena s. h., na asekhena paññā-
kkhandhena s. h., na asekhena vimuttikkhandhena s. h., na
asekhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena s. h., ūnadasavasso
hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena
bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo,na
sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||1|| chahi bhikkhave aṅgehi
samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dā-
tabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: asekhena sīlakkhandhena
samannāgato hoti, . . . {asekhena} vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhan-
dhena s. h., dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā. imehi kho
bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upa-
sampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
||2|| aparehi pi bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena
bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na
sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: attanā na asekhena sīlakkhandhe-
na samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekhe sīlakkhandhe samā-
dapetā, . . . attanā na asekhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe-
na s. h., na paraṃ asekhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe
samādapetā, ūnadasavasso hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'
aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na
nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||3|| chahi
bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampāde-
tabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: attanā
asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekhe
sīlakkhandhe samādapetā, . . . attanā asekhena vimuttiñāṇa-
dassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekhe vimutti-
ñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā, dasavasso vā hoti atire-
kadasavasso vā. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi sam-
annāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dā-
tabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||4|| aparehi pi bhikkhave
chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampāde-
tabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo:
assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti,
muṭṭhassati hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave
chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampāde-
tabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
||5|| chahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā
[page 067]
I. 37. 6-10.] MAHĀVAGGA. 67
upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpe-
tabbo: saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhaviriyo
hoti, upaṭṭhitasati hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso
vā. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhi-
kkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upa-
ṭṭhāpetabbo. ||6|| aparehi pi bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi sam-
annāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo
dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: adhisīle sīlavipanno
hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno
hoti, {appassuto} hoti, duppañño hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti.
imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhu-
nā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero
upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||7|| chahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāga-
tena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāma-
ṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhā-
cāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti,
bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasa-
vasso vā. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena
bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero
upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||8|| aparehi pi bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi
sammannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na
nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: na paṭibalo
hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā
upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ anabhiratiṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā
vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vino-
detuṃ vā vinodāpetuṃ vā, āpattiṃ na jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhā-
naṃ na jānāti, ūnadasavasso hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave
chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampāde-
tabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||9||
chahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasam-
pādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: paṭi-
balo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ
vā upaṭṭāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ anabhiratiṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā
vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vino-
detuṃ vā vinodāpetuṃ vā, āpattiṃ jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhā-
naṃ jānāti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā. imehi
kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upa-
sampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
[page 068]
68 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 37. 10-14.
||10|| aparehi pi bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena
bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na
sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā
saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ,
ādibrahmacariyikāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vine-
tuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhamma-
to vivecetuṃ, ūnadasavasso hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'
aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbam, na
nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||11|| chahi
bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampāde-
tabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: paṭi-
balo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya
sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ, ādibrahmacariyikāya sikkhāya vine-
tuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ
diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ, dasavasso vā hoti atireka-
dasavasso vā. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannā-
gatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sa-
maṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||12|| aparehi pi bhikkhave chah'
aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na
nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: āpattiṃ na
jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garu-
kaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho pan'; assa pātimokkhāni
vitthārena na svāgatāni honti, na suvibhattāni, na suppa-
vattīni, na suvinicchitāni suttato anuvyañjanaso, ūnadasa-
vasso hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannā-
gatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo,
na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||13|| chahi bhikkhave aṅgehi
samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dā-
tabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ
jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti,
ubhayāni kho pan'; assa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni
honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttato anu-
vyañjanaso, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā. imehi
kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā
upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpe-
tabbo 'ti. ||14||
upasampādetabbachakkaṃ soḷasavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||37||
[page 069]
I. 38. 1-4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 69
tena kho pana samayena yo so aññatitthiyapubbo upa-
jjhāyena sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṃ
āropetvā taṃ yeva titthāyatanaṃ saṃkami, so puna paccā-
gantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yāci. bhikkhū bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. yo so bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo upa-
jjhāyena sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṃ
āropetvā taṃ yeva titthāyatanaṃ saṃkanto, so āgato na upa-
sampādetabbo. yo bhikkhave añño pi aññatitthiyapubbo
imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upa-
sampadaṃ, tassa cattāro māse parivāso dātabbo. ||1|| evañ
ca pana bhikkhave dātabbo: paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ ohārā-
petvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarā-
saṅgaṃ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṃ
nisīdāpetvā añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā evaṃ vadehīti vattabbo:
buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi,
saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyam pi . . . tatiyam pi
buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyam pi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ
gacchāmi, tatiyam pi saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmīti. ||2||
tena kho bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbena saṃghaṃ upasaṃ-
kamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde
vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa
vacanīyo: ahaṃ bhante itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo ima-
smiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhāmi upasampadaṃ. so 'haṃ
bhante saṃghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācāmīti. dutiyam
pi yācitabbo. tatiyam pi yācitabbo. vyattena bhikkhunā
paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
ayaṃ itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye
ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ. so saṃghaṃ cattāro māse parivā-
saṃ yācati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannā-
massa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsaṃ dadeyya.
esā ñatti. ||3|| suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannā-
mo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati
upasampadaṃ. so saṃghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācati.
saṃgho itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse pa-
rivāsaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa añña-
titthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsassa dānaṃ, so tuṇh'
assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. dinno saṃghena
itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāso.
[page 070]
70 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 38. 4-8.
khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
||4|| evaṃ kho bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti,
evaṃ anārādhako. kathañ ca bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo
anārādhako hoti. idha bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo atikā-
lena gāmaṃ pavisati, atidivā paṭikkamati. evam pi bhi-
kkhave aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti. puna ca paraṃ
bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo vesiyāgocaro vā hoti, vidhavā-
gocaro vā hoti, thullakumārikagocaro vā hoti, paṇḍakagocaro
vā hoti, bhikkhunīgocaro vā hoti. evam pi bhikkhave añña-
titthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti. ||5|| puna ca paraṃ bhi-
kkhave aññatitthiyapubbo yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccā-
vacāni karaṇīyāni, tattha na dakkho hoti, na analaso, na
tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato, na alaṃ kātuṃ, na
alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ. evam pi bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo
anārādhako hoti. puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave aññatitthiya-
pubbo na tibbacchando hoti uddese paripucchāya adhisīle
adhicitte adhipaññāya. evam pi bhikkhave aññatitthiya-
pubbo anārādhako hoti. ||6|| puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave
aññatitthiyapubbo yassa titthāyatanā saṃkanto hoti, tassa
satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādā-
yassa avaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhi-
raddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṃghassa vā avaṇṇe
bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, yassa vā
pana titthāyatanā saṃkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhi-
yā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa vaṇṇe bhañña-
māne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa vā dham-
massa vā saṃghassa vā vaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti
anattamano anabhiraddho, idaṃ bhikkhave saṃghātanikaṃ
aññatitthiyapubbassa anārādhanīyasmiṃ. evaṃ kho bhi-
kkhave aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti, evaṃ anārādha-
ko kho bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo āgato na upasampāde-
tabbo. ||7|| kathañ ca bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo ārā-
dhako hoti. idha bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo nātikālena
gāmaṃ pavisati, nātidivā paṭikkamati. evam pi bhikkhave
aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave
aññatitthiyapubbo na vesiyāgocaro hoti, na vidhavāgo-
caro hoti, na thullakumārikagocaro hoti, na paṇḍakagocaro
hoti, na bhikkhunīgocaro hoti. evam pi bhikkhave añña-
[page 071]
I. 38. 8-39. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 71
titthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. ||8|| puna ca paraṃ bhi-
kkhave aññatitthiyapubbo yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccā-
vacāni karaṇīyāni, tattha dakkho hoti analaso tatrupāyāya
vīmaṃsāya samannāgato, alaṃ kātuṃ, alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ.
evam pi bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. puna
ca paraṃ bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo tibbacchando hoti
uddese paripucchāya adhisīle adhicitte adhipaññāya. evam
pi bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. ||9|| puna
ca paraṃ bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo yassa titthāyatanā
saṃkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā
tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa avaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano
hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṃ-
ghassa vā avaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano an-
abhiraddho, yassa vā pana titthāyatanā saṃkanto hoti, tassa
satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādā-
yassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhi-
raddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṃghassa vā vaṇṇe
bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho. idaṃ bhi-
kkhave saṃghātanikaṃ aññatitthiyapubbassa ārādhanīya-
smiṃ. evaṃ kho bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako
hoti. evaṃ ārādhako kho bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo āga-
to upasampādetabbo. ||10|| sace bhikkhave aññatitthiya-
pubbo naggo āgacchati, upajjhāyamūlakaṃ cīvaraṃ pariye-
sitabbaṃ. sace acchinnakeso āgacchati, saṃgho apaloke-
tabbo bhaṇḍukammāya. ye te bhikkhave aggikā jaṭi-
lakā, te āgatā upasampādetabbā, na tesaṃ parivāso dātabbo.
taṃ kissa hetu. kammavādino ete bhikkhave kiriyavādino.
sace bhikkhave jātiyā Sākiyo aññatitthiyapubbo āgacchati,
so āgato upasampādetabbo, na tassa parivāso dātabbo. imāhaṃ
bhikkhave ñātīnaṃ āveṇiyaṃ parihāraṃ dammīti. ||11||
aññatitthiyapubbakathā. ||38|| sattamaṃ
bhāṇavāraṃ.
tena kho pana samayena Magadhesu pañca ābādhā
ussannā honti kuṭṭhaṃ gaṇḍo kilāso soso apamāro. manussā
pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhā Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ
upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadanti: sādhu no ācariya tikicchāhīti.
ahaṃ kho 'yyo bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me Māgadho
[page 072]
72 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 39. 1-5.
Seniyo Bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañ ca buddhapa-
mukho ca bhikkhusaṃgho, nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitun ti.
sabbaṃ sāpateyyañ ca te ācariya hotu, mayañ ca te dāsā,
sādhu no ācariya tikicchāhīti. ahaṃ kho 'yyo bahukicco
bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro upa-
ṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañ ca buddhapamukho ca bhikkhusaṃgho,
nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitun ti. ||1|| atha kho tesaṃ ma-
nussānaṃ etad ahosi: ime kho samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā sukha-
sīlā sukhasamācārā subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu
sayanti. yaṃ nūna mayaṃ samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu pabba-
jeyyāma, tattha bhikkhū c'; eva upaṭṭhahissanti Jīvako ca
Komārabhacco tikicchissatīti. atha kho te manussā bhikkhū
upasaṃkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu, te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ
upasampādesuṃ, te bhikkhū c'; eva upaṭṭhahiṃsu Jīvako ca
Komārabhacco tikicchi. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena bhi-
kkhū bahū gilāne bhikkhū upaṭṭhahantā yācanabahulā vi-
ññattibahulā viharanti gilānabhattaṃ detha, gilānupaṭṭhā-
kabhattaṃ detha, gilānabhesajjaṃ dethā 'ti. Jīvako pi
Komārabhacco bahū gilāne bhikkhū tikicchanto aññataraṃ
rājakiccaṃ parihāpesi. ||3|| aññataro puriso pañcahi ābā-
dhehi phuṭṭho Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ upasaṃkamitvā etad
avoca: sādhu maṃ ācariya tikicchāhīti. ahaṃ kho 'yyo
bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me Māgadho Seniyo Bimbi-
sāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañ ca buddhapamukho ca bhikkhu-
saṃgho, nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitun ti. sabbaṃ sāpateyyañ
ca te ācariya hotu, ahañ ca te dāso, sādhu maṃ ācariya ti-
kicchāhīti. ahaṃ kho 'yyo bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca
me Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañ ca
buddhapamukho ca bhikkhusaṃgho, nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchi-
tun ti. ||4|| atha kho tassa purisassa etad ahosi: ime kho
samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā subhojanāni
bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ sama-
ṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ, tattha bhikkhū c'; eva
upaṭṭhahissanti, Jīvako ca Komārabhacco tikicchissati, so
'haṃ arogo vibbhamissāmīti. atha kho so puriso bhikkhū
upasaṃkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci, taṃ bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ
upasampādesuṃ, taṃ bhikkhū c'; eva upaṭṭhahiṃsu Jīvako
ca Komārabhacco tikicchi, so arogo vibbhami. addasa kho
[page 073]
I. 39. 5-40. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 73
Jīvako Komārabhacco taṃ purisaṃ vibbhamantaṃ, disvāna
taṃ purisaṃ etad avoca: nanu tvaṃ ayyo bhikkhūsu pabba-
jito ahosīti. evaṃ ācariyā 'ti. kissa pana tvaṃ ayyo evarū-
paṃ akāsīti. atha kho so puriso Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa
etam atthaṃ ārocesi. ||5|| Jīvako Komārabhacco ujjhāyati
khīyati vipāceti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhaddantā pañcahi ābā-
dhehi phuṭṭhaṃ pabbājessantīti. atha kho Jīvako Komāra-
bhacco yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bha-
gavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisin-
no kho Jīvako Komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
sādhu bhante ayyā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhaṃ na pabbā-
jeyyun ti. ||6|| atha kho bhagavā Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ
dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampa-
haṃsesi. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco bhagavatā dham-
miyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsi-
to uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā
pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pa-
karaṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhi-
kkhave pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭho pabbājetabbo. yo
pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||7||39||
tena kho pana samayena rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa
Bimbisārassa paccanto kupito hoti. atha kho rājā Mā-
gadho Seniyo Bimbisāro senānāyake mahāmatte āṇāpesi:
gacchatha bhaṇe paccantaṃ uccinathā 'ti. evaṃ devā 'ti
kho senānāyakā mahāmattā rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa
Bimbisārassa paccassosuṃ. ||1|| atha kho abhiññātānaṃ
-abhiññātānaṃ yodhānaṃ etad ahosi: mayaṃ kho yuddhā-
bhinandino gacchantā pāpañ ca karoma bahuñ ca apuññaṃ
pasavāma. kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena pāpā ca virameyyā-
ma kalyāṇañ ca kareyyāmā 'ti. atha kho tesaṃ yodhānaṃ
etad ahosi: ime kho samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino
samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇa-
dhammā. sace kho mayaṃ samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu pabba-
jeyyāma, evaṃ mayaṃ pāpā ca virameyyāma kalyāṇañ ca
kareyyāmā 'ti. atha kho te yodhā bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā
pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampāde-
suṃ. ||2|| senānāyakā mahāmattā rājabhaṭe pucchiṃsu: kiṃ
[page 074]
74 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 40. 3-42. 1.
nu kho bhaṇe itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca yodhā na di-
ssantīti. itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca sāmi yodhā bhikkhūsu
pabbajitā 'ti. senānāyakā mahāmattā ujjhāyanti khīyanti
vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā rājabhaṭaṃ
pabbājessantīti. senānāyakā mahāmattā rañño Māgadhassa
Seniyassa Bimbisārassa etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho
rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro vohārike mahāmatte pucchi:
yo bhaṇe rājabhaṭaṃ pabbājeti, kiṃ so pasavatīti. upajjhā-
yassa deva sīsaṃ chedetabbaṃ, anussāvakassa jivhā uddhari-
tabbā, gaṇassa upaḍḍhaphāsukā bhañjitabbā 'ti. ||3|| atha
kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro yena bhagavā ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekam-
antaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo
Bimbisāro bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: santi bhante rājāno
assaddhā appasannā, te appamattakena pi bhikkhū viheṭhe-
yyuṃ. sādhu bhante ayyā rājabhaṭaṃ na pabbājeyyun ti.
atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ
dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampa-
haṃsesi. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro bhaga-
vatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito
sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā pa-
dakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ
nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: na bhikkhave rājabhaṭo pabbājetabbo. yo
pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||40||
tena kho pana samayena coro aṅgulimālo bhikkhūsu
pabbajito hoti. manussā passitvā ubbijjanti pi uttasanti pi
palāyanti pi aññena pi gacchanti aññena pi mukhaṃ karonti
dvāram pi thakenti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti:
kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dhajabaddhaṃ coraṃ
pabbājessantīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ
ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. atha kho te
bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. bhagavā bhikkhū
āmantesi: na bhikkhave dhajabaddho coro pabbājetabbo.
yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||41||
tena kho pana samayena raññā Māgadhena Seniyena
[page 075]
I. 42. 1-44. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 75
Bimbisārena anuññātaṃ hoti: ye samaṇesu Sakyaputti-
yesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ, svākkhāto dha-
mmo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā
'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso corikaṃ katvā
kārāya baddho hoti, so kāraṃ bhinditvā palāyitvā bhikkhūsu
pabbajito hoti. ||1|| manussā passitvā evaṃ āhaṃsu: ayaṃ
so kārabhedako coro, handa naṃ nemā 'ti. ekacce evaṃ
āhaṃsu: māyyo evaṃ avacuttha, anuññātaṃ raññā Māga-
dhena Seniyena Bimbisārena: ye samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu
pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ, svākkhāto dhammo,
carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti.
manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: abhayūvarā ime sa-
maṇā Sakyaputtiyā, na yime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. kathaṃ
hi nāma kārabhedakaṃ coraṃ pabbājessantīti. bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave kārabhedako
coro pabhājetabbo. yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā
'ti. ||2||42||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso corikaṃ katvā
palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. so ca rañño antepure
likhito hoti yattha passitabbo tattha hantabbo 'ti. manussā
passitvā evaṃ āhaṃsu: ayaṃ so likhitako coro, handa naṃ
hanāmā 'ti. ekacce evaṃ āhaṃsu: māyyo evaṃ avacuttha,
anuññātaṃ . . . antakiriyāyā 'ti. manussā ujjhāyanti khī-
yanti vipācenti: abhayūvarā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā, na
yime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma likhitakaṃ
coraṃ pabbājessantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
na bhikkhave likhitako coro pabbājetabbo. yo pabbā-
jeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||43||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso kasāhato kata-
daṇḍakammo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. manussā ujjhāyanti
khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā
kasāhataṃ katadaṇḍakammaṃ pabbājessantīti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave kasāhato kata-
daṇḍakammo pabbājetabbo. yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukka-
ṭassā 'ti. ||1||44||
[page 076]
76 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 45. 1-48. 2.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso lakkhaṇāhato
katadaṇḍakammo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. manussā ujjhā-
yanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakya-
puttiyā lakkhaṇāhataṃ katadaṇḍakammaṃ pabbājessantīti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave lakkha-
ṇāhato katadaṇḍakammo pabbājetabbo. yo pabbājeyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||45||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso iṇāyiko palāyitvā
bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. dhaniyā passitvā evaṃ āhaṃsu:
ayaṃ so amhākaṃ iṇāyiko, handa naṃ nemā 'ti. ekacce evaṃ
āhaṃsu: māyyo evaṃ avacuttha, anuññātaṃ raññā Māga-
dhena Seniyena Bimbisārena: ye samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu
pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ, svākkhāto dhammo,
carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti.
manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: abhayūvarā ime sa-
maṇā Sakyaputtiyā, na yime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. kathaṃ
hi {nāma} iṇāyikaṃ pabbājessantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave iṇāyiko pabbājetabbo. yo pabbā-
jeyya, apatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||46||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro dāso palāyitvā bhikkhū-
su pabbajito hoti. ayyikā passitvā evaṃ āhaṃsu: ayaṃ so
amhākaṃ dāso, handa naṃ nemā 'ti. ekacce evaṃ āhaṃsu:
māyyo . . . antakiriyāyā 'ti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti
vipācenti: abhayūvarā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā, na yime
labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma dāsaṃ pabbājessantī-
ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave dāso
pabbājetabbo. yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||47||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro kammārabhaṇḍu
mātāpitūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍitvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūsu
pabbajito hoti. atha kho tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpi-
taro taṃ kammārabhaṇḍuṃ vicinantā ārāmam gantvā bhi-
kkhū pucchiṃsu: api bhante evarūpaṃ dārakaṃ passeyyā-
thā 'ti. bhikkhū ajānaṃ yeva āhaṃsu: na jānāmā 'ti, apas-
saṃ yeva āhaṃsu na passāmā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho tassa
kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitaro taṃ kammārabhaṇḍuṃ vi-
[page 077]
I. 48. 2-49. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 77
cinantā bhikkhūsu pabbajitaṃ disvā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vi-
pācenti: alajjino ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dussīlā musāvā-
dino, jānaṃ yeva āhaṃsu: na jānāmā 'ti, passaṃ yeva
āhaṃsu: na passāmā 'ti, ayaṃ dārako bhikkhūsu pabbajito
'ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpi-
tunnaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. atha
kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānā-
mi bhikkhave saṃghaṃ apaloketuṃ bhaṇḍukammāyā
'ti. ||2||48||
tena kho pana samayena Rājagahe sattarasavaggiyā
dārakā sahāyakā honti, Upāli dārako tesaṃ pāmokkho
hoti. atha kho Upālissa mātāpitunnaṃ etad ahosi: kena
nu kho upāyena Upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañ ca jīveyya
na ca kilameyyā 'ti. atha kho Upālissa mātāpitunnaṃ etad
ahosi: sace kho Upāli lekhaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho Upāli
amhākaṃ accayena sukhañ ca jīveyya na ca kilameyyā 'ti.
atha kho Upālissa mātāpitunnaṃ etad ahosi: sace kho Upāli
lekhaṃ sikkhissati, aṅguliyo dukkhā bhavissanti. sace kho
Upāli gaṇanaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho Upāli amhākaṃ acca-
yena sukhañ ca jīveyya na ca kilameyyā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho
Upālissa mātāpitunnaṃ etad ahosi: sace kho Upāli gaṇanaṃ
sikkhissati, urassa dukkho bhavissati. sace kho Upāli rūpaṃ
sikkheyya, evaṃ kho Upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañ ca
jīveyya na ca kilameyyā 'ti. atha kho Upālissa mātāpi-
tunnaṃ etad ahosi: sace kho Upāli rūpaṃ sikkhissati, akkhī-
ni dukkhā bhavissanti. ime kho samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā su-
khasīlā sukhasamācārā subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu saya-
nesu sayanti. sace kho Upāli samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu
pabbajeyya, evaṃ kho Upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañ ca
jīveyya na ca kilameyyā 'ti. ||2|| assosi kho Upāli dārako
mātāpitunnaṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. atha kho Upāli dārako
yena te dārakā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te dārake
etad avoca: etha mayaṃ ayyo samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu
pabbajissāmā 'ti. sace kho tvaṃ ayyo pabbajissasi, evaṃ
mayam pi pabbajissāmā 'ti. atha kho te dārakā ekamekassa
mātāpitaro upasaṃkamitvā etad avocuṃ: anujānātha maṃ
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. atha kho tesaṃ dāra-
[page 078]
78 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 49. 3-50. 1.
kānaṃ mātāpitaro sabbe p'; ime dārakā samānacchandā kalyā-
ṇādhippāyā 'ti anujāniṃsu. te bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā
pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampāde-
suṃ. ||3|| te rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya rodanti:
yāguṃ detha, bhattaṃ detha, khādaniyaṃ dethā 'ti. bhi-
kkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: āgametha āvuso yāva vibhāyati. sace
yāgu bhavissati, pivissatha, sace bhattaṃ bhavissati, bhuñji-
ssatha, sace khādaniyaṃ bhavissati, khādissatha, no ce bha-
vissati yāgu vā bhattaṃ vā khādaniyaṃ vā, piṇḍāya caritvā
bhuñjissathā 'ti. evam pi kho te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi vucca-
mānā rodant'; eva: yāguṃ detha, bhattaṃ detha, khādani-
yaṃ dethā 'ti, senāsanaṃ ūhananti pi ummihanti pi. ||4||
assosi kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya dā-
rakasaddaṃ, sutvāna āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
kiṃ nu kho so Ānanda dārakassa saddo 'ti. atha kho āyasmā
Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. saccaṃ kira bhi-
kkhave bhikkhū jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampā-
dentīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ka-
thaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā jānaṃ ūnavīsati-
vassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādessanti. ||5|| ūnavīsativasso
bhikkhave puggalo akkhamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya
pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasiriṃsapasamphassānaṃ dur-
uttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ uppannānaṃ sārīri-
kānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭu-
kānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsaka-
jātiko hoti. vīsativasso kho bhikkhave puggalo khamo hoti
sītassa uṇhassa . . . pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. n'
etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā
bhiyyobhāvāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: na bhikkhave jānaṃ ūnavīsativasso puggalo
upasampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya, yathādhammo kāre-
tabbo 'ti. ||6||49||
tena kho pana samayena aññataraṃ kulaṃ ahivātakaro-
gena kālaṃkataṃ hoti, tassa pitāputtakā sesā honti, te bhi-
kkhūsu pabbajitvā ekato 'va piṇḍāya caranti. atha kho so
dārako pituno bhikkhāya dinnāya upadhāvitvā etad avoca:
mayham pi tāta dehi, mayham pi tāta dehīti. manussā
[page 079]
I. 50. 1-53. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 79
ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: abrahmacārino ime samaṇā
Sakyaputtiyā, ayaṃ dārako bhikkhuniyā jāto 'ti. assosuṃ
kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ
vipācentānaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave ūnapannarasavasso dārako
pabbājetabbo. yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||50||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Ānandassa upaṭṭhā-
kakulaṃ saddhaṃ pasannaṃ ahivātakarogena kālaṃkataṃ
hoti, dve ca dārakā sesā honti, te porāṇakena āciṇṇakappena
bhikkhū passitvā upadhāvanti, bhikkhū apasādenti. te bhi-
kkhūhi apasādiyamānā rodanti. atha kho āyasmato Ānan-
dassa etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na ūnapannarasa-
vasso dārako pabbājetabbo 'ti, ime ca dārakā ūnapannarasa-
vassā. kena nu kho upāyena ime dārakā na vinasseyyun ti.
atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi.
ussahanti pana te Ānanda dārakā kāke uṭṭepetun ti. ussa-
hanti bhagavā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne
etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi:
anujānami bhikkhave ūnapannarasavassaṃ dārakaṃ
kākuṭṭepakaṃ pabbājetun ti. ||1||51||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Upanandassa Sakya-
puttassa dve sāmaṇerā honti Kaṇḍako ca Mahako ca, te
aññamaññaṃ dūsesuṃ. bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipā-
centi: kathaṃ hi nāma sāmaṇerā evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ āca-
rissantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave
ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā. yo upaṭṭhāpeyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||52||
tena kho pana samayena bhagavā tatth'; eva Rājagahe
vassaṃ vasi, tattha hemantaṃ, tattha gimhaṃ. manussā
ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: āhundarikā samaṇānaṃ Sa-
kyaputtiyānaṃ disā andhakārā, na imesaṃ disā pakkhāyantī-
ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ
khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā āya-
smantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: gacchānanda apāpuraṇaṃ ādā-
[page 080]
80 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 53. 2-6.
ya anupariveṇiyaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ārocehi: icchat'; āvuso
bhagavā Dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkamituṃ. yassā-
yasmato attho, so āgacchatū 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā
Ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā apāpuraṇaṃ ādāya anuparive-
ṇiyaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi: icchat'; āvuso bhagavā Dakkhi-
ṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkamituṃ. yassāyasmato attho, so āga-
cchatū 'ti. ||2|| bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu: bhagavatā āvuso
Ānanda paññattaṃ dasa vassāni nissāya vatthuṃ, dasa-
vassena nissayaṃ dātuṃ. tattha ca no gantabbaṃ bha-
vissati, nissayo ca gahetabbo bhavissati, ittaro ca vāso
bhavissati, puna ca paccāgantabbaṃ bhavissati, puna ca
nissayo gahetabbo bhavissati. sace amhākaṃ ācariyu-
pajjhāyā gamissanti, mayam pi gamissāma, no ce amhā-
kaṃ ācariyupajjhāyā gamissanti, mayam pi na gamissāma.
lahucittakatā no āvuso Ānanda paññāyissatīti. ||3|| atha
kho bhagavā ogaṇena bhikkhusaṃghena Dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cā-
rikaṃ pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā Dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ ya-
thābhirantaṃ viharitvā punad eva Rājagahaṃ paccāgacchi.
atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: kiṃ nu
kho Ānanda tathāgato ogaṇena bhikkhusaṃghena Dakkhi-
ṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkanto 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ
nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave vyattena bhikkhunā paṭi-
balena pañca vassāni nissāya vatthuṃ, avyattena
yāvajīvaṃ. ||4|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena
bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ: na asekhena sīla-
kkhandhena samannāgato hoti . . . (= I.36,2) . . . imehi
kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na
anissitena vatthabbaṃ. pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannā-
gatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ: asekhena . . .
(= I.36,3) . . . imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi sa-
mannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. ||5|| aparehi
pi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na
anissitena vatthabbaṃ: assaddho hoti . . . (= I.36,6) . . .
imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhi-
kkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. pañcahi bhikkhave aṅge-
hi samannāgatena {bhikkhunā} anissitena vatthabbaṃ: saddho
[page 081]
I. 53. 6-13.] MAHĀVAGGA. 81
hoti . . . (= I.36,7) . . . imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'
aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
||6|| aparehi pi . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ: adhisīle
. . . (= I.36,8) . . . imehi kho . . . na anissitena va-
tthabbaṃ. pañcahi . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ: na adhisīle
. . . (= I.36,9) . . . imehi kho . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
||7|| aparehi pi . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ: āpattiṃ
. . . (= I.36,14) . . . imehi kho . . . na anissitena vattha-
bbaṃ. pañcahi . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ: āpattiṃ . . .
(= I.36,15) . . . imehi kho . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ. ||8||
aparehi pi . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ: āpattiṃ . . .
(= I.36,16) . . . ūnapañcavasso hoti. imehi kho . . . na
anissitena vatthabbaṃ. pañcahi . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ:
āpattiṃ . . . (= I.36,17) . . . pañcavasso vā hoti ati-
rekapañcavasso vā. imehi kho . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
||9|| chahi . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ: na asekhena
. . . (= I.37,1) . . . ūnapañcavasso hoti. imehi kho bhi-
kkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissite-
na vatthabbaṃ. chahi . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ: asekhe-
na . . . (= I.37,2) . . . pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañca-
vasso vā. imehi kho . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ. ||10||
aparehi pi bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi . . . na anissitena va-
tthabbaṃ: assaddho . . . (= I.37,5) . . . ūnapañcavasso
hoti. imehi kho . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. chahi
. . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ: saddho . . . (= I.37,6) . . .
pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā. imehi kho . . .
anissitena vatthabbaṃ. ||11|| aparehi pi . . . na anissitena
vatthabbaṃ: adhisīle . . . (= I.37,7) . . . ūnapañcavasso
hoti. imehi kho . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. chahi . . .
anissitena vatthabbaṃ: na adhisīle . . . (= I.37,8) . . . pañ-
cavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā. imehi kho . . . anissi-
tena vatthabbaṃ. ||12|| aparehi pi . . . na anissitena va-
tthabbaṃ: āpattiṃ . . . (= I.37,13) . . . ūnapañcavasso
hoti. imehi kho . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. chahi
. . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ: āpattiṃ . . . (= I.37,14) . . .
pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā. imehi kho . . .
anissitena vatthabban ti. ||13||53||
abhayūvarabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
[page 082]
82 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 54. 1-5.
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā
yena Kapilavatthu tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena
cārikaṃ caramāno yena Kapilavatthu tad avasari. tatra
sudaṃ bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Kapilavatthusmiṃ
Nigrodhārāme. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ ni-
vāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Suddhodanassa Sa-
kkassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā pa-
ññatte āsane nisīdi. atha kho Rāhulamātā devī Rāhula-
kumāraṃ etad avoca: eso te Rāhula pitā, gacchassu dāyajjaṃ
yācāhīti. ||1|| atha kho Rāhulo kumāro yena bhagavā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavato purato aṭṭhāsi su-
khā te samaṇa chāyā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā
pakkāmi. atha kho Rāhulo kumāro bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito
-piṭṭhito anubandhi dāyajjaṃ me samaṇa dehi, dāyajjaṃ
me samaṇa dehīti. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Sāri-
puttaṃ āmantesi: tena hi tvaṃ Sāriputta Rāhulakumāraṃ
pabbājehīti. kathāhaṃ bhante Rāhulakumāraṃ pabbājemī-
ti. ||2|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe
dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabbajjaṃ. evañ
ca pana bhikkhave pabbājetabbo: paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ
ohārāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarā-
saṅgaṃ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṃ
nisīdāpetvā añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā evaṃ vadehīti vattabbo:
buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi,
saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyam pi . . . tatiyam pi
buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyam pi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ
gacchāmi, tatiyam pi saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmīti. anujā-
nāmi bhikkhave imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabba-
jjan ti. ||3|| atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto Rāhulakumāraṃ
pabbājesi. atha kho Suddhodano Sakko yena bhagavā
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Suddhodano
Sakko bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ekāhaṃ bhante bhaga-
vantaṃ varaṃ yācāmīti. atikkantavarā kho Gotama tathā-
gatā 'ti. yañ ca bhante kappati yañ ca anavajjan ti. vadehi
Gotamā 'ti. ||4|| bhagavati me bhante pabbajite anappakaṃ
dukkhaṃ ahosi, tathā Nande, adhimattaṃ Rāhule. putta-
[page 083]
I. 54. 5-56. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 83
pemaṃ bhante chaviṃ chindati, chaviṃ chetvā cammaṃ
chindati, cammaṃ chetvā maṃsaṃ chindati, maṃsaṃ chetvā
nhāruṃ chindati, nhāruṃ chetvā aṭṭhiṃ chindati, aṭṭhiṃ
chetvā aṭṭhimiñjaṃ āhacca tiṭṭhati. sādhu bhante ayyā ana-
nuññātaṃ mātāpitūhi puttaṃ na pabbājeyyun ti. ||5|| atha
kho bhagavā Suddhodanaṃ Sakkaṃ dhammiyā kathāya
sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. atha kho
Suddhodano Sakko bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito
samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhaga-
vantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho
bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ
katvā {bhikkhū} āmantesi: na bhikkhave ananuññāto mā-
tāpitūhi putto pabbājetabbo. yo pabbājeyya, āpatti du-
kkaṭassā 'ti. ||6||54||
atha kho bhagavā Kapilavatthusmiṃ yathābhirantaṃ vi-
haritvā yena Sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbe-
na cārikaṃ caramāno yena Sāvatthi tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ
bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anātha-
piṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato
Sāriputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ āyasmato Sāriputtassa san-
tike dārakaṃ pāhesi imaṃ dārakaṃ thero pabbājetū 'ti. atha
kho āyasmato Sāriputtassa etad ahosi: bhagavatā sikkhā-
padaṃ paññattaṃ na ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā
'ti, ayañ ca me Rāhulo sāmaṇero. kathaṃ nu kho mayā
paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. anujā-
nāmi bhikkhave vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena ekena dve
sāmaṇere upaṭṭhāpetuṃ, yāvatake vā pana ussahati ovadituṃ
anusāsituṃ, tāvatake upaṭṭhāpetun ti. ||1||55||
atha kho sāmaṇerānaṃ etad ahosi: kati nu kho amhākaṃ
sikkhāpadāni, kattha ca amhehi sikkhitabban ti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sāmaṇerānaṃ
dasa sikkhāpadāni, tesu ca sāmaṇerehi sikkhituṃ: pāṇā-
tipātā veramaṇī, adinnādānā veramaṇī, abrahmacari-
yā veramaṇī, musāvādā veramaṇī, surāmerayamajja-
pamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇī, vikālabhojanā veramaṇī,
naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā veramaṇī, mālā-
gandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā
[page 084]
84 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 56. 1-58. 1.
veramaṇī, uccāsayanamahāsayanā veramaṇī, jātarū-
parajatapaṭiggahaṇā veramaṇī. anujānāmi {bhikkhave}
sāmaṇerānaṃ imāni dasa sikkhāpadāni, imesu ca sāmaṇerehi
sikkhitun ti. ||1||56||
tena kho pana samayena sāmaṇerā bhikkhūsu agāravā
appatissā asabhāgavuttino viharanti. bhikkhū ujjhāyanti
khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma sāmaṇerā bhikkhūsu
agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttino viharissantīti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅge-
hi samannāgatassa sāmaṇerassa daṇḍakammaṃ kātuṃ:
bhikkhūnaṃ alābhāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṃ anatthāya
parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṃ avāsāya parisakkati, bhikkhū akko-
sati paribhāsati, bhikkhū bhikkhūhi bhedeti. anujānāmi
bhikkhave imehi pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatassa sāmaṇe-
rassa daṇḍakammaṃ kātun ti. ||1|| atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ
etad ahosi: kiṃ nu kho daṇḍakammaṃ kātabban ti. bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave āva-
raṇaṃ kātun ti. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sāma-
ṇerānaṃ sabbaṃ saṃghārāmaṃ āvaraṇaṃ karonti. sāmaṇe-
rā ārāmaṃ pavisituṃ alabhamānā pakkamanti pi vibbhamanti
pi titthiyesu pi saṃkamanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āroce-
suṃ. na bhikkhave sabbo saṃghārāmo āvaraṇaṃ kātabbo.
yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave yattha
vā vasati, yattha vā paṭikkamati, tattha āvaraṇaṃ kātun ti.
||2|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sāmaṇerānaṃ mu-
khadvārakaṃ āhāraṃ āvaraṇaṃ karonti. manussā yāgupā-
nam pi saṃghabhattam pi karontā sāmaṇere evaṃ vadanti:
etha bhante yāguṃ pivatha, etha bhante bhattaṃ bhuñjathā
'ti. sāmaṇerā evaṃ vadanti: nāvuso labbhā, bhikkhūhi
āvaraṇaṃ katan ti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti.
kathaṃ hi nāma bhaddantā sāmaṇerānaṃ mukhadvārakaṃ
āhāraṃ āvaraṇaṃ karissantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ aro-
cesuṃ. na bhikkhave mukhadvārako āhāro āvāraṇaṃ kā-
tabbo. yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3||
daṇḍakammavatthuṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||57||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū upa-
[page 085]
I. 58. 1-61. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 85
jjhāye anāpucchā sāmaṇerānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ karonti. upajjhā-
yā gavesanti kathaṃ nu kho amhākaṃ sāmaṇerā na dissantī-
ti. bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu: chabbaggiyehi āvuso bhikkhūhi
āvaraṇaṃ katan ti. upajjhāyā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti:
kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū amhe anāpucchā
amhākaṃ sāmaṇerānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ karissantīti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave upajjhāye anāpucchā
āvaraṇaṃ kātabbaṃ. yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti.
||1||58||
tena kho pana samayena chabbagiyā bhikkhū therānaṃ
bhikkhūnaṃ sāmaṇere apalāḷenti. therā sāmaṃ danta-
kaṭṭham pi mukhodakam pi gaṇhantā kilamanti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave aññassa parisā apa-
lāḷetabbā. yo apalāḷeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||59||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Upanandassa Sa-
kyaputtassa Kaṇḍako nāma sāmaṇero Kaṇḍakaṃ nā-
ma bhikkhuniṃ dūsesi. bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipā-
centi: kathaṃ hi nāma sāmaṇero evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ āca-
rissatīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi
bhikkhave dasah'; aṅgehi {samannāgataṃ} sāmaṇeraṃ nāse-
tuṃ: pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, abrahmacārī hoti,
musāvādī hoti, majjapāyī hoti, buddhassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati,
dhammassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, saṃghassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati,
micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, bhikkhunīdūsako hoti. anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave imehi dasah'; aṅgehi samannāgataṃ sāmaṇeraṃ nā-
setun ti. ||1||60||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro paṇḍako bhikkhūsu
pabbajito hoti, so dahare-dahare bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā
evaṃ vadeti: etha maṃ āyasmanto dūsethā 'ti. bhikkhū
apasādenti: nassa paṇḍaka, vinassa paṇḍaka, ko tayā attho
'ti. so bhikkhūhi apasādito mahante-mahante moligalle sā-
maṇere upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadeti: etha maṃ āvuso
dūsethā 'ti. sāmaṇerā apasādenti: nassa paṇḍaka, vinassa
paṇḍaka, ko tayā attho 'ti. so sāmaṇerehi apasādito hatthi-
bhaṇḍe assabhaṇḍe upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadeti: etha maṃ
[page 086]
86 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 61. 1-63. 1.
āvuso dūsethā 'ti. hatthibhaṇḍā assabhaṇḍā dūsesuṃ. ||1||
te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: paṇḍakā ime samaṇā Sa-
kyaputtiyā, ye pi imesaṃ na paṇḍakā, te pi paṇḍake dūsenti.
evaṃ ime sabbeva abrahmacārino 'ti. assosuṃ kho bhi-
kkhū hatthibhaṇḍānaṃ assabhaṇḍānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khī-
yantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. paṇḍako bhikkhave anupasam-
panno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo 'ti.
||2||61||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro purāṇakulaputto khīṇa-
kolañño sukhumālo hoti. atha kho tassa purāṇakulaputtassa
khīṇakolaññassa etad ahosi: ahaṃ kho sukhumālo na paṭi-
balo anadhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ adhigantuṃ adhigataṃ vā
bhogaṃ phātikātuṃ. kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena sukhañ
ca jīveyyaṃ na ca kilameyyan ti. atha kho tassa purāṇaku-
laputtassa khīṇakolaññassa etad ahosi: ime kho samaṇā
Sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā subhojanāni bhuñjitvā
nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ sāmaṃ pattacī-
varaṃ paṭiyādetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni
acchādetvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvaseyyan
ti. ||1|| atha kho so purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño sāmaṃ
pattacīvaraṃ paṭiyādetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni va-
tthāni acchādetvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhū abhivādeti. bhi-
kkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: kativasso 'si tvaṃ āvuso 'ti. kiṃ etaṃ
āvuso kativasso nāmā 'ti. ko pana te āvuso upajjhāyo 'ti.
kiṃ etaṃ āvuso upajjhāyo nāmā 'ti. bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ
Upāliṃ etad avocum: iṅghāvuso Upāli imaṃ pabbajitaṃ
anuyuñjāhīti. ||2|| atha kho so purāṇakulaputto khīṇako-
lañño āyasmatā Upālinā anuyuñjiyamāno etam atthaṃ āro-
cesi. āyasmā Upāli bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhi-
kkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. theyyasaṃvā-
sako bhikkhave anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upa-
sampanno nāsetabbo. titthiyapakkantako bhikkhave
anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāse-
tabbo 'ti. ||3||62||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro nāgo nāgayoniyā aṭṭi-
[page 087]
I. 63. 1-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 87
yati harāyati jigucchati. atha kho tassa nāgassa etad ahosi:
kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena nāgayoniyā ca parimucceyyaṃ
khippañ ca manussattaṃ paṭilabheyyan ti. atha kho tassa
nāgassa etad ahosi: ime kho samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dhamma-
cārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyā-
ṇadhammā. sace kho ahaṃ samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu pabba-
jeyyaṃ, evāhaṃ nāgayoniyā ca parimucceyyaṃ khippañ ca
manussattaṃ paṭilabheyyan ti. ||1|| atha kho so nāgo māṇa-
vakavaṇṇena bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. taṃ
bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampādesuṃ. tena kho pana sama-
yena so nāgo aññatarena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ paccantime
vihāre paṭivasati. atha kho so bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasama-
yaṃ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati. atha kho so nāgo
tassa bhikkhuno nikkhante vissaṭṭho niddaṃ okkami. sabbo
vihāro ahinā puṇṇo, vātapānehi bhogā nikkhantā honti. ||2||
atha kho so bhikkhu vihāraṃ pavisissāmīti kavāṭaṃ paṇā-
mento addasa sabbaṃ vihāraṃ ahinā puṇṇaṃ, vātapānehi
bhoge nikkhante. disvāna bhīto vissaraṃ akāsi. bhikkhū
upadhāvitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avocuṃ: kissa tvaṃ
āvuso vissaraṃ akāsīti. ayaṃ āvuso sabbo vihāro ahinā
puṇṇo, vātapānehi bhogā nikkhantā 'ti. atha kho so nāgo
tena saddena paṭibujjhitvā sake āsane nisīdi. bhikkhū evaṃ
āhaṃsu: ko 'si tvaṃ āvuso 'ti. ahaṃ bhante nāgo 'ti. kissa
pana tvaṃ āvuso evarūpaṃ akāsīti. atha kho so nāgo bhi-
kkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhū bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||3|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ ni-
dāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā
taṃ nāgaṃ etad avoca: tumhe khv'; attha nāgā avirūḷhi-
dhammā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye. gaccha tvaṃ nāga tatth'
eva cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa uposa-
thaṃ upavasa, evaṃ tvaṃ nāgayoniyā ca parimuccissasi
khippañ ca manussattaṃ paṭilabhissasīti. atha kho so nāgo
avirūḷhidhammo kirāhaṃ imasmiṃ dhammavinaye 'ti dukkhī
dummano assūni pavattayamāno vissaraṃ karitvā pakkāmi.
||4|| atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: dve 'me bhi-
kkhave paccayā nāgassa sabhāvapātukammāya, yadā ca sajā-
tiyā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, yadā ca vissaṭṭho ni-
ddaṃ okkamati. ime kho bhikkhave dve paccayā nāgassa
[page 088]
88 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 63. 5-66. 2.
sabhāvapātukammāya. tiracchānagato bhikkhave an-
upasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo
'ti. ||5||63||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako mātaraṃ
jīvitā voropesi. so tena pāpakena kammena aṭṭiyati harā-
yati jigucchati. atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etad ahosi:
kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena imassa pāpassa kammassa ni-
kkhantiṃ kareyyan ti. atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etad
ahosi: ime kho samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino sama-
cārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā.
sace kho ahaṃ samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ, evā-
haṃ imassa pāpassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyyan ti. ||1||
atha kho so māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā pabbajjaṃ
yāci. bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Upāliṃ etad avocuṃ: pubbe
pi kho āvuso Upāli nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhūsu
pabbajito, iṅghāvuso Upāli imaṃ māṇavakaṃ anuyuñjāhīti.
atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā Upālinā anuyuñjiyamāno
etam atthaṃ ārocesi. āyasmā Upāli bhikkhūnaṃ etam
atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
mātughātako bhikkhave anupasampanno na upasampāde-
tabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo 'ti. ||2||64||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako pitaraṃ jīvitā
voropesi. so tena pāpakena kammena . . . (= I.64,1,2)
. . . bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. pitughā-
tako bhikkhave anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upa-
sampanno nāsetabbo 'ti. ||1||65||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Sāketā
Sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti. antarā magge
corā nikkhamitvā ekacce bhikkhū acchindiṃsu, ekacce bhi-
kkhū haniṃsu. Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā ekacce
core aggahesuṃ, ekacce corā palāyiṃsu. ye te palāyiṃsu,
te bhikkhūsu pabbajiṃsu, ye te gahitā, te vadhāya onīyanti.
||1|| addasaṃsu kho te pabbajitā te core vadhāya onīya-
māne, disvāna evaṃ āhaṃsu: sādhu kho mayaṃ palāyimhā,
sacāca mayaṃ gayheyyāma, mayam pi evam eva haññeyyā-
[page 089]
I. 66. 2-69. 4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 89
mā 'ti. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: kim pana tumhe āvuso
akatthā 'ti. atha kho te pabbajitā bhikkhūnaṃ etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ āro-
cesuṃ. arahanto ete bhikkhave bhikkhū. arahantaghā-
tako bhikkhave anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upa-
sampanno nāsetabbo 'ti. ||2||66||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhuniyo Sāketā
Sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti. antarā magge
corā nikkhamitvā ekaccā bhikkhuniyo acchindiṃsu, ekaccā
bhikkhuniyo dūsesuṃ. Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā . . . (I,66,
1.2) . . . bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. bhi-
kkhunīdūsako {bhikkhave} anupasampanno na upasampā-
detabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo. saṃghabhedako bhi-
kkhave anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno
nāsetabbo. lohituppādako bhikkhave anupasampanno na
upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo 'ti. ||1||67||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro ubhatovyañjanako bhi-
kkhūsu pabbajito hoti, so karoti pi kārāpeti pi. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ubhatovyañjanako bhikkhave
anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāse-
tabbo 'ti. ||1||68||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakaṃ upa-
sampādenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhi-
kkhave anupajjhāyako upasampādetabbo. yo upasampā-
deyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena
bhikkhū saṃghena upajjhāyena upasampādenti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave saṃghena upa-
jjhāyena upasampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya, āpatti
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ga-
ṇena upajjhāyena upasampādenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave gaṇena upajjhāyena upasampā-
detabbo. yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3|| tena
kho pana samayena bhikkhū paṇḍakupajjhāyena upasampā-
denti --gha--, theyyasaṃvāsakupajjhāyena upasampāden-
ti, titthiyapakkantakupajjhāyena up., tiracchānagatupajjhā-
[page 090]
90 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 69. 4-70. 6.
yena up., {mātughātakupajjhāyena} up., pitughātakupajjhāyena
up., arahantaghātakupajjhāyena up., bhikkhunīdūsakupa-
jjhāyena up., saṃghabhedakupajjhāyena up., lohituppādaku-
pajjhāyena up. ubhatovyañjanakupajjhāyena upasampādenti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesum. na bhikkhave paṇḍa-
kupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo, na theyyasaṃvāsa-
kupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo . . . na ubhatovyañja-
nakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||69||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū apattakaṃ upasampā-
denti. hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. manussā ujjhāyanti khī-
yanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi titthiyā 'ti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave apattako upasampāde-
tabbo. yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| tena
kho pana samayena bhikkhū acīvarakaṃ upasampādenti.
naggā piṇḍāya caranti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipā-
centi: seyyathāpi titthiyā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āro-
cesuṃ. na bhikkhave acīvarako upasampādetabbo. yo
upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana
samayena bhikkhū apattacīvarakaṃ upasampādenti. naggā
hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vi-
pācenti: seyyathāpi titthiyā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave apattacīvarako upasampāde-
tabbo. yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3|| tena
kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena pattena upasampā-
denti. upasampanne pattaṃ paṭiharanti, hatthesu piṇḍāya
caranti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi
titthiyā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesum. na bhi-
kkhave yācitakena pattena upasampādetabbo. yo upa-
sampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4|| tena kho pana
samayena bhikkhū yācitakena cīvarena upasampādenti. upa-
sampanne cīvaraṃ paṭiharanti, naggā piṇḍāya caranti, ma-
nussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi titthiyā 'ti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave yācita-
kena cīvarena upasampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū
yācitakena pattacīvarena upasampādenti. upasampanne pa-
[page 091]
I. 70. 6-72. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 91
ttacīvaraṃ paṭiharanti, naggā hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti.
manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi titthiyā
'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave yāci-
takena pattacīvarena upasampādetabbo. yo upasampā-
deyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||6||70|| naupasampāde-
tabbakavīsativāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū hatthacchinnaṃ pabbā-
jenti --gha--, pādacchinnaṃ pabbājenti, hatthapādacchi-
nnaṃ p., kaṇṇacchinnaṃ p., nāsacchinnaṃ p., kaṇṇanā-
sacchinnaṃ p., aṅgulicchinnaṃ p., aḷacchinnaṃ p., kaṇḍa-
racchinnaṃ p., phaṇahatthakaṃ p., khujjaṃ p., vāmanaṃ p.,
galagaṇḍiṃ p., lakkhaṇāhataṃ p., kasāhataṃ p., likhitakaṃ
p., sīpadiṃ p., pāparogiṃ p., parisadūsakaṃ p., kāṇaṃ p.,
kuṇiṃ p., khañjaṃ p., pakkhahataṃ p., chinniriyāpathaṃ
p., jarādubbalaṃ p., andhaṃ p., mūgaṃ p., badhiraṃ p.,
andhamūgaṃ p., andhabadhiraṃ p., mūgabadhiraṃ p.,
andhamūgabadhiraṃ pabbājenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. ||1|| na bhikkhave hatthacchinno pabbāje-
tabbo, na pādacchinno pabbājetabbo . . . na andhamū-
gabadhiro pabbājetabbo. yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukka-
ṭassā 'ti. ||2|| napabbājetabbadvattiṃsavāraṃ ni-
ṭṭhitaṃ. ||71||
dāyajjabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū alajjī-
naṃ nissayaṃ denti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
na bhikkhave alajjīnaṃ nissayo dātabbo. yo dadeyya, āpatti
dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū alajjīnaṃ
nissāya vasanti, te pi na cirass'; eva alajjino honti pāpa-
bhikkhū. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave
alajjīnaṃ nissāya vatthabbaṃ. yo vaseyya, āpatti du-
kkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhaga-
vatā paññattaṃ na alajjīnaṃ nissayo dātabbo, na alajjīnaṃ
nissāya vatthabban ti. kathaṃ nu kho mayaṃ jāneyyāma
lajjiṃ vā alajjiṃ vā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave catūhapañcāhaṃ āgametuṃ yāva bhi-
kkhusabhāgataṃ jānāmīti. ||2||72||
[page 092]
92 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 73. 1-74 1.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Kosalesu
janapadesu addhānamaggapaṭipanno hoti. atha kho tassa
bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na anissitena
vatthabban ti, ahañ c'; amhi nissayakaraṇīyo addhānamagga-
paṭipanno. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti. bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave addhā-
namaggapaṭipannena bhikkhunā nissayaṃ alabhamā-
nena anissitena vatthun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena
dve bhikkhū Kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggapaṭipannā
honti, te aññataraṃ āvāsaṃ upagacchiṃsu, tattha eko bhi-
kkhu gilāno hoti. atha kho tassa gilānassa bhikkhuno etad
ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na anissitena vatthabban ti,
ahañ c'; amhi nissayakaraṇīyo gilāno. kathaṃ nu kho mayā
paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anu-
jānāmi bhikkhave gilānena bhikkhunā nissayaṃ alabha-
mānena anissitena vatthun ti. ||2|| atha kho tassa gilānu-
paṭṭhākassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na
anissitena vatthabban ti, ahañ c'; amhi nissayakaraṇīyo, ayañ
ca bhikkhu gilāno. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave
gilānupaṭṭhākena bhikkhunā nissayaṃ alabhamānena
yāciyamānena anissitena vatthun ti. ||3|| tena kho pana
samayena aññataro bhikkhu araññe viharati, tassa ca tasmiṃ
senāsane phāsu hoti. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi:
bhagavatā paññattaṃ na anissitena vatthabban ti, ahañ c'
amhi nissayakaraṇīyo, araññe viharāmi, mayhañ ca imasmiṃ
senāsane phāsu hoti. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban
ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave āraññakena bhikkhunā phāsuvihāraṃ salla-
kkhentena nissayaṃ alabhamānena anissitena vatthuṃ
yadā paṭirūpo nissayadāyako āgacchissati, tassa nissāya va-
sissāmīti. ||4||73||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Mahākassapassa
upasampadāpekkho hoti. atha kho āyasmā Mahākassapo
āyasmato Ānandassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: āgacchatu
Ānando imaṃ anussāvessatīti. āyasmā Ānando evaṃ āha:
nāhaṃ ussahāmi therassa nāmaṃ gahetuṃ, garu me thero
[page 093]
I. 74. 1-76. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 93
'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave gottena pi anussāvetun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana
samayena āyasmato Mahākassapassa dve upasampadā-
pekkhā honti, te vivadanti: ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissā-
mi, ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmīti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave dve ekānussāvane
kātun ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ the-
rānaṃ upasampadāpekkhā honti, te vivadanti: ahaṃ paṭha-
maṃ upasampajjissāmi, ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmīti.
therā evaṃ āhaṃsu: handa mayaṃ āvuso sabbeva ekā-
nussāvane karomā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave dve tayo ekānussāvane kātuṃ, tañ
ca kho ekena upajjhāyena, na tv eva nānupajjhāyenā 'ti.
||3||74||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Kumārakassapo ga-
bbhavīso upasampanno hoti. atha kho āyasmato Kumāra-
kassapassa etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na ūnavīsati-
vasso puggalo upasampādetabbo 'ti, ahañ c'; amhi gabbhavīso.
upasampanno nu kho 'mhi na nu kho upasampanno 'ti. bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. yaṃ bhikkhave mātu ku-
cchismiṃ paṭhamaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ, paṭhamam viññāṇaṃ
pātubhūtaṃ, tadupādāya sā 'v'; assa jāti. anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave gabbhavīsaṃ upasampādetun ti. ||1||75||
tena kho pana samayena upasampannā dissanti kuṭṭhikāpi
gaṇḍikāpi kilāsikāpi sosikāpi apamārikāpi. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave upasampādentena
tassa antarāyike dhamme pucchituṃ. evañ ca pana
bhikkhave pucchitabbo: santi te evarūpā ābādhā kuṭṭhaṃ
gaṇḍo kilāso soso apamāro, manusso 'si, puriso 'si, bhujisso
'si, anaṇo 'si, na 'si rājabhaṭo, anuññāto 'si mātāpitūhi, pari-
puṇṇavīsativasso 'si, paripuṇṇan te pattacīvaraṃ, kiṃnāmo
'si, konāmo te upajjhāyo 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena
bhikkhū ananusiṭṭhe upasampadāpekkhe antarāyike dhamme
pucchanti. upasampadāpekkhā vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti,
na sakkonti vissajjetuṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave paṭhamaṃ anusāsitvā pacchā antarāyi-
[page 094]
94 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 76. 2-8.
ke dhamme pucchitun ti. ||2|| tatth'; eva saṃghamajjhe anu-
sāsanti, upasampadāpekkhā tath'; eva vitthāyanti, maṅkū
honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āro-
cesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave ekamantaṃ anusāsitvā saṃgha-
majjhe antarāyike dhamme pucchituṃ. evañ ca pana bhi-
kkhave anusāsitabbo: paṭhamaṃ upajjhaṃ gāhāpetabbo,
upajjhaṃ gāhāpetvā pattacīvaraṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ, ayan te
patto, ayaṃ saṃghāṭi, ayaṃ uttarāsaṅgo, ayaṃ antaravāsako,
gaccha amumhi okāse tiṭṭhāhīti. ||3|| bālā avyattā anusā-
santi, anusiṭṭhā upasampadāpekkhā vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti,
na sakkonti vissajjetuṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
na bhikkhave bālena avyattena anusāsitabbo. yo anusā-
seyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave vyattena
bhikkhunā paṭibalena anusāsitun ti. ||4|| asammatā anusā-
santi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave
asammatena anusāsitabbo. yo anusāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā
'ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave sammatena anusāsituṃ. evañ ca
pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo: attanā vā attānaṃ sam-
mannitabbaṃ parena vā paro sammannitabbo. kathañ ca
attanā vā attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ. vyattena bhikkhunā
paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.
yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ anusā-
seyyan ti. evaṃ attanā vā attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ. ||5||
kathañ ca parena paro sammannitabbo. vyattena bhikkhu-
nā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.
yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ anu-
sāseyyā 'ti. evaṃ parena paro sammannitabbo. ||6|| tena
sammatena bhikkhunā upasampadāpekkho upasaṃkamitvā
evam assa vacanīyo: suṇasi itthannāma. ayaṃ te saccakālo
bhūtakālo. yaṃ jātaṃ taṃ saṃghamajjhe pucchante santaṃ
atthīti vattabbaṃ, asantaṃ n'; atthīti vattabbaṃ. mā kho
vitthāsi, mā kho maṅku ahosi. evan taṃ pucchissan ti:
santi te evarūpā ābādhā . . . konāmo te upajjhāyo 'ti. ||7||
ekato āgacchanti. na ekato āgantabbaṃ. anusāsakena paṭha-
mataraṃ āgantvā saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadā-
[page 095]
I. 76. 8-77. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 95
pekkho. anusiṭṭho so mayā. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ,
itthannāmo āgaccheyyā 'ti. āgacchāhīti vattabbo. ekaṃsaṃ
uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā ukku-
ṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā upasampadaṃ yā-
cāpetabbo: saṃghaṃ bhante upasampadaṃ yācāmi, ullum-
patu maṃ bhante saṃgho anukampaṃ upādāya, dutiyam pi
bhante . . ., tatiyam pi bhante saṃghaṃ upasampadaṃ yā-
cāmi, ullumpatu maṃ bhante saṃgho anukampaṃ upādāyā
'ti. ||8|| vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo:
suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa
āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ,
ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ antarāyike dhamme puccheyyan ti. su-
ṇasi itthannāma. ayaṃ te saccakālo bhūtakālo. yaṃ jātaṃ
taṃ pucchāmi. santaṃ atthīti vattabbaṃ, asantaṃ n'; atthī-
ti vattabbaṃ. santi te evarūpā ābādhā . . . konāmo te
upajjhāyo 'ti. ||9|| vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho
ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo
itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho an-
tarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇ'; assa pattacīvaraṃ. itthan-
nāmo saṃghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhā-
yena. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ
upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. esā ñatti. ||10||
suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa
āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dha-
mmehi, paripuṇṇ'; assa pattacīvaraṃ. itthannāmo saṃghaṃ
upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. saṃgho
itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. yass-
āyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāme-
na upajjhāyena, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhā-
seyya. ||11|| dutiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi: suṇātu me
. . . tatiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi: suṇātu me . . . yassa
na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. upasampanno saṃghena itthan-
nāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. khamati saṃghassa, ta-
smā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||12||76|| upasampa-
dākammaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tāvad eva chāyā metabbā, utupamāṇaṃ ācikkhi-
tabbaṃ, divasabhāgo ācikkhitabbo, saṃgīti ācikkhi-
[page 096]
96 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 77. 1-78. 3.
tabbā, cattāro nissayā ācikkhitabbā: piṇḍiyālopabho-
janaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho kara-
ṇīyo, atirekalābho saṃghabhattaṃ uddesabhattaṃ nimanta-
naṃ salākabhattaṃ pakkhikaṃ uposathikaṃ pāṭipadikaṃ.
paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ
ussāho karaṇīyo. atirekalābho khomaṃ kappāsikaṃ kose-
yyaṃ kambalaṃ sāṇaṃ bhaṅgaṃ. rukkhamūlasenāsa-
naṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo.
atirekalābho vihāro aḍḍhayogo pāsādo hammiyaṃ guhā.
pūtimuttabhesajjaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajī-
vaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. atirekalābho sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ
madhu phāṇitan ti. ||1||77|| cattāro nissayā niṭṭhitā.
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ
upasampādetvā ekakaṃ ohāya pakkamiṃsu. so pacchā eka-
ko āgacchanto antarā magge purāṇadutiyikāya samāgacchi.
sā evaṃ āha: kiṃ dāni pabbajito 'sīti. āma pabbajito 'mhī-
ti. dullabho kho pabbajitānaṃ methuno dhammo, ehi me-
thunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevā 'ti. so tassā methunaṃ dham-
maṃ paṭisevitvā cirena āgamāsi. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu:
kissa tvaṃ āvuso evaṃ ciraṃ akāsīti. ||1|| atha kho so bhi-
kkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhū bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave upasam-
pādetvā dutiyaṃ dātuṃ cattāri ca akaraṇīyāni āci-
kkhituṃ: upasampannena bhikkhunā methuno dhammo
na paṭisevitabbo antamaso tiracchānagatāya pi. yo bhikkhu
methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputti-
yo. seyyathāpi nāma puriso sīsacchinno abhabbo tena sarī-
rabandhanena jīvituṃ, evam eva bhikkhu methunaṃ dham-
maṃ paṭisevitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo, taṃ te
yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. ||2|| upasampannena bhikkhunā
adinnaṃ theyyasaṃkhātaṃ na ādātabbaṃ antamaso tiṇa-
salākaṃ upādāya. yo bhikkhu pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā
atirekapādaṃ vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṃkhātaṃ ādiyati, assa-
maṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. seyyathāpi nāma paṇḍupalāso
bandhanā pamutto abhabbo haritattāya, evam eva bhikkhu
pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā adinnaṃ theyya-
saṃkhātaṃ ādiyitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo, taṃ te
[page 097]
I. 78. 3-79. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 97
yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. ||3|| upasampannena bhikkhunā
sañcicca pāṇo jīvitā no voropetabbo antamaso kuntha-
kipillikaṃ upādāya. yo bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṃ
jīvitā voropeti antamaso gabbhapātanaṃ upādāya, assamaṇo
hoti asakyaputtiyo. seyyathāpi nāma puthusilā dvedhā
bhinnā appaṭisandhikā hoti, evam eva bhikkhu sañcicca ma-
nussaviggahaṃ jīvitā voropetvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo,
taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. ||4|| upasampannena bhi-
kkhunā uttarimanussadhammo na ullapitabbo anta-
maso suññāgāre abhiramāmīti. yo bhikkhu pāpiccho icchā-
pakato asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati
jhānaṃ vā vimokkhaṃ vā samādhiṃ vā samāpattiṃ vā
maggaṃ vā phalaṃ vā, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. seyya-
thāpi nāma tālo matthakacchinno abhabbo punavirūḷhiyā,
evam eva bhikkhu pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṃ abhūtaṃ
uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputti-
yo, taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyan ti. ||5||
cattāri akaraṇīyāni niṭṭhitāni. ||78||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu āpattiyā ada-
ssane ukkhittako vibbhami, so puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū
upasampadaṃ yāci. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. idha
pana bhikkhave bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako vi-
bbhamati, so puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yā-
cati. so evam assa vacanīyo: passissasi taṃ āpattin ti. sac'
āhaṃ passissāmīti pabbājetabbo, sac'; āhaṃ na passissā-
mīti na pabbājetabbo. ||1|| pabbājetvā vattabbo passissasi
taṃ āpattin ti. sac'; āhaṃ passissāmīti upasampādetabbo,
sac'; āhaṃ na passissāmīti na upasampādetabbo. upasampā-
detvā vattabbo passissasi taṃ āpattin ti. sac'; āhaṃ passi-
ssāmīti osāretabbo, sac'; āhaṃ na passissāmīti na osāretabbo.
osāretvā vattabbo passasi taṃ āpattin ti. sace passati, icc
etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce passati, labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna
ukkhipitabbo, alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge
saṃvāse. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu āpattiyā appaṭi-
kamme ukkhittako vibbhamati, so puna paccāgantvā bhi-
kkhū upasampadaṃ yācati. so evam assa vacanīyo: paṭika-
rissasi taṃ āpattin ti. sac'; āhaṃ paṭikarissāmīti pabbāje-
[page 098]
98 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 79. 3-4.
tabbo, sac'; āhaṃ na paṭikarissāmīti na pabbājetabbo. pa-
bbājetvā vattabbo paṭikarissasi taṃ āpattin ti. sac'; āhaṃ
paṭikarissāmīti upasampādetabbo, sac'; āhaṃ na paṭikarissā-
mīti na upasampādetabbo. upasampādetvā vattabbo paṭika-
rissasi taṃ āpattin ti. sac'; āhaṃ paṭikarissāmīti osāretabbo,
sac'; āhaṃ na paṭikarissāmīti na osāretabbo. osāretvā va-
ttabbo paṭikarohi taṃ āpattin ti. sace paṭikaroti, icc etaṃ
kusalaṃ, no ce paṭikaroti, labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna
ukkhipitabbo, alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge
saṃvāse. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu pāpikāya
diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako vibbhamati, so puna paccā-
gantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yācati. so evam assa vāca-
nīyo: paṭinissajjissasi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. sac'; āhaṃ
paṭinissajjissāmīti pabbājetabbo, sac'; āhaṃ na paṭinissajjissā-
mīti na pabbājetabbo. pabbājetvā vattabbo paṭinissajjissa-
si taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. sac'; āhaṃ paṭinissajjissāmīti
upasampādetabbo, sac'; āhaṃ na paṭinissajjissāmīti na
upasampādetabbo. upasampādetvā vattabbo paṭinissajjissa-
si taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. sac'; āhaṃ paṭinissajjissāmīti
osāretabbo, sac'; āhaṃ na paṭinissajjissāmīti na osāretabbo.
osāretvā vattabbo paṭinissajjāhi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin
ti. sace paṭinissajjati, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissa-
jjati, labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo, ala-
bbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṃvāse 'ti.
||4||79||
Mahākhandhako paṭhamo.
----------------------------------
vinayamhi mahatthesu pesalānaṃ sukhāvahe
niggahe ca pāpicchānaṃ lajjīnaṃ paggahesu ca |
sāsanādhāraṇe c'; eva sabbaññujinagocare
anaññavisaye kheme supaññatte asaṃsaye |
khandhake vinaye c'; eva parivāre ca mātike
yathatthakārī kusalo paṭipajjati yoniso. |
yo gavaṃ na vijānāti na so rakkhati gogaṇaṃ,
evaṃ sīlaṃ ajānanto kiṃ so rakkheyya saṃvaraṃ. |
pamuṭṭhamhi ca suttante abhidhamme ca tāvade
[page 099]
MAHĀVAGGA. 99
5 vinaye avinaṭṭhamhi puna tiṭṭhati sāsanaṃ. |
tasmā saṃgahaṇahetu uddānaṃ anupubbaso
pavakkhāmi yathāñāṇaṃ, suṇātha mama bhāsato. |
vatthu nidānaṃ āpatti nayā peyyālam eva ca
dukkaraṃ taṃ asesetum, nayato taṃ vijānāthā 'ti. |
bodhi ca, Rājāyatanaṃ, Ajapālo, Sahampati
Brahmā, Āḷāro, Uddako, bhikkhū ca, Upako isi, |
Koṇḍañño, Vappo, Bhaddiyo, Mahānāmo ca, Assaji,
Yaso, cattāro, paññāsaṃ, sabbe, pesesi so, disā, |
vatthuṃ, Mārehi, tiṃsā ca, Uruvelaṃ, tayo jaṭī,
10 agyāgāraṃ, Mahārājā, Sakko, Brahmā ca, kevalā, |
paṃsukūlaṃ, pokkharaṇī, silā ca, kakudho, silā,
jambu, ambo ca, āmalako, pāricchattapuppham āhari, |
phāliyantu, ujjalantu, vijjhāyantu ca Kassapa,
nimujjanti, mukhī, megho, Gayā, laṭṭhi ca, Māgadho, |
Upatisso, Kolito ca, abhiññātā ca, pabbajjaṃ,
dunnivatthā, paṇāmanā, kiso lūkho ca brāhmaṇo, |
anācāraṃ ācarati, udaraṃ, māṇavo, gaṇo,
vassaṃ, bālehi, pakkanto, dasa vassāni, nissayo, |
na vattanti, paṇāmetuṃ, bālā, passaddhi, pañca, cha,
15 yo so añño ca, naggo ca, acchinnaṃ, jaṭi, Sākiyo, |
Magadhesu pañca ābādhā, eko, coro ca aṅguli,
Māgadho ca anuññāsi, kārā, likhi, kasāhato, |
lakkhaṇā, iṇā, dāso ca, Bhaṇḍuko, Upāli, ahi,
saddhakulaṃ, Kaṇḍako ca, āhundarikam eva ca, |
vatthumhi, dārako, sikkhā, viharanti ca, kiṃ nu kho,
sabbaṃ, mukhaṃ, upajjhāye, apalāḷana-Kaṇḍako, |
paṇḍako, theyya-pakkanto, ahi ca, mātari, pitā,
arahanta-bhikkhunī, bhedā, ruhirena ca, vyañjanaṃ, |
anupajjhāya- saṃghena, gaṇa-paṇḍakā-'pattako,
20 acīvaraṃ, tadubhayaṃ, yācitena pi ye tayo, |
hatthā, pādā, hatthapādā, kaṇṇā, nāsā, tadubhayaṃ,
aṅguli, aḷa-kaṇḍaraṃ, phaṇaṃ, khujjañ ca, vāmanaṃ, |
galagaṇḍi, lakkhaṇā c'; eva, kasā, likhita-sīpadi,
pāpa-parisadūsañ ca, kāṇaṃ, kuṇiṃ tath'; eva ca, |
[page 100]
100 MAHĀVAGGA.
khañja-pakkhahatañ c'; eva, sacchinnairiyāpathaṃ,
jarāndha-mūga-badhiraṃ, andhamūgañ ca yaṃ tahiṃ, |
andhabadhiraṃ yaṃ vuttaṃ, mūgabadhiram eva ca,
andhamūgabadhirañ ca, alajjīnañ ca {nissayaṃ,} |
vatthabbañ ca, kataddhānaṃ, yācamānena, pekkhanā,
25 āgacchantaṃ, vivadenti, ekupajjhāyena, Kassapo, |
dissanti upasampannā ābādhehi ca pīḷitā,
ananusiṭṭhā vitthāyanti, tatth'; eva anusāsanā, |
saṃghe pi ca, atho bālo, asammato ca, ekato,
ullumpatupasampadā, nissayo, ekako, tayo 'ti. |
imamhi khandhake vatthu ekasataṃ bāsattati. |
Mahākhandhake uddānaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.
[page 101]
101
MAHĀVAGGA.
II.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati
Gijjhakūṭe pabbate. tena kho pana samayena añña-
titthiyā paribbājakā cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca
pakkhassa sannipatitvā dhammaṃ bhāsanti. te manussā
upasaṃkamanti dhammasavanāya. te labhanti aññatitthi-
yesu paribbājakesu pemaṃ, labhanti pasādaṃ, labhanti añña-
titthiyā paribbājakā pakkhaṃ. ||1|| atha kho rañño Mā-
gadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa rahogatassa paṭi-
sallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: etarahi kho
aññatitthiyā paribbājakā cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca
pakkhassa sannipatitvā dhammaṃ bhāsanti. te manussā
upasaṃkamanti dhammasavanāya. te labhanti aññatitthi-
yesu paribbājakesu pemaṃ, labhanti pasādaṃ, labhanti añña-
titthiyā paribbājakā pakkhaṃ. yaṃ nūna ayyāpi cātuddase
pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipateyyun ti. ||2||
atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro yena bhagavā
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā Māgadho
Seniyo Bimbisāro bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: idha mayhaṃ
bhante rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko
udapādi: etarahi kho aññatitthiyā paribbājakā . . . aṭṭha-
miyā ca pakkhassa sannipateyyun ti. sādhu bhante ayyāpi
cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipateyyun
ti. ||3|| atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ
Bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi sam-
uttejesi sampahaṃsesi. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo
Bimbisāro bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samāda-
pito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ
[page 102]
102 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 1. 4-3. 3.
abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho bhaga-
vā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā
bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave cātuddase pa-
nnarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitun ti.
||4||1||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhagavatā anuññātaṃ
cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitun ti
te cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā
tuṇhī nisīdanti. te manussā upasaṃkamanti dhammasavanā-
ya. te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma
samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pa-
kkhassa sannipatitvā tuṇhī nisīdissanti seyyathāpi mūgasū-
karā. nanu nāma sannipatitehi dhammo bhāsitabbo 'ti.
assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ
khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ
nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave cātuddase pannarase aṭṭha-
miyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā dhammaṃ bhāsitun
ti. ||1||2||
atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso
parivitakko udapādi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ yāni mayā bhikkhūnaṃ
paññattāni sikkhāpadāni tāni nesaṃ pātimokkhuddesaṃ anu-
jāneyyaṃ, so nesaṃ bhavissati uposathakamman ti. ||1|| atha
kho bhagavā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etasmiṃ
nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: idha mayhaṃ bhikkhave rahogatassa paṭisallī-
nassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ yāni
mayā bhikkhūnaṃ paññattāni sikkhāpadāni tāni nesaṃ pāti-
mokkhuddesaṃ anujāneyyaṃ, so nesaṃ bhavissati uposatha-
kamman ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave pātimokkhaṃ uddisi-
tuṃ. ||2|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave uddisitabbaṃ: vyattena
bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. ajj'; uposatho pannaraso. yadi saṃghassa patta-
kallaṃ, saṃgho uposathaṃ kareyya pātimokkhaṃ uddi-
seyya. kiṃ saṃghassa pubbakiccaṃ. pārisuddhiṃ āyasmanto
[page 103]
II. 3. 3-6] MAHĀVAGGA. 103
ārocetha. pātimokkhaṃ uddisissāmi, taṃ sabbeva santā sā-
dhukaṃ suṇoma manasikaroma. yassa siyā āpatti, so āvi-
kareyya, asantiyā āpattiyā tuṇhī bhavitabbaṃ, tuṇhibhāvena
kho panāyasmante parisuddhā 'ti vedissāmi. yathā kho pana
paccekapuṭṭhassa veyyākaraṇaṃ hoti, evaṃ eva evarūpāya
parisāya yāvatatiyaṃ anussāvitaṃ hoti. yo pana bhikkhu
yāvatatiyaṃ anussāviyamāne saramāno santiṃ āpattiṃ nā-
vikareyya, sampajānamusāvād'; assa hoti. sampajānamusā-
vādo kho panāyasmanto antarāyiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā.
tasmā saramānena bhikkhunā āpannena visuddhāpekkhena
santī āpatti āvikātabbā, āvikatā hi 'ssa phāsu hotīti. ||3||
pātimokkhan ti ādiṃ etaṃ, mukhaṃ etaṃ, pamukhaṃ etaṃ
kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, tena vuccati pātimokkhan ti. āya-
smanto 'ti piyavacanaṃ etaṃ, garuvacanaṃ etaṃ, sagārava-
sappatissādhivacanaṃ etaṃ āyasmanto 'ti. uddisissāmīti
ācikkhissāmi desessāmi paññāpessāmi paṭṭhapessāmi viva-
rissāmi vibhajissāmi uttānikarissāmi pakāsessāmi. tan ti
pātimokkhaṃ vuccati. sabbeva santā 'ti yāvatikā tassā pa-
risāya therā ca navā ca majjhimā ca, ete vuccanti sabbeva
santā 'ti. sādhukaṃ suṇomā 'ti aṭṭhikatvā manasikatvā
sabbaṃ cetasā samannāharāma. manasikaromā 'ti ekagga-
cittā avikkhittacittā avisāhaṭacittā nisāmema. ||4|| yassa
siyā āpattīti therassa vā navassa vā majjhimassa vā pañca-
nnaṃ vā āpattikkhandhānaṃ aññatarā āpatti sattannaṃ vā
āpattikkhandhānaṃ aññatarā āpatti. so āvikareyyā 'ti so
deseyya, so vivareyya, so uttānikareyya, so pakāseyya saṃ-
ghamajjhe vā gaṇamajjhe vā ekapuggale vā. asantī nāma
āpatti anajjhāpannā vā hoti āpajjitvā vā vuṭṭhitā. tuṇhī
bhavitabban ti adhivāsetabbaṃ, na vyāhātabbaṃ, parisu-
ddhā 'ti vedissāmīti jānissāmi dhāressāmi. ||5|| yathā kho
pana paccekapuṭṭhassa veyyākaraṇaṃ hotīti yathā ekena eko
puṭṭho vyākareyya, evaṃ eva tassā parisāya jānitabbaṃ maṃ
pucchatīti. evarūpā nāma parisā bhikkhuparisā vuccati.
yāvatatiyaṃ anussāvitaṃ hotīti sakim pi anussāvitaṃ hoti
dutiyam pi anussāvitaṃ hoti tatiyam pi anussāvitaṃ hoti.
saramāno 'ti jānamāno sañjānamāno. santī nāma āpatti
ajjhāpannā vā hoti āpajjitvā vā avuṭṭhitā. nāvikareyyā 'ti
na deseyya na vivareyya na uttānikareyya na pakāseyya
[page 104]
104 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 3. 6-5. 1.
saṃghamajjhe vā gaṇamajjhe vā ekapuggale vā. ||6|| sampa-
jānamusāvād'; assa hotīti, sampajānamusāvādo kiṃ hoti.
dukkaṭaṃ hoti, antarāyiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā 'ti.
kissa antarāyiko. paṭhamassa jhānassa adhigamāya anta-
rāyiko, dutiyassa jhānassa adhigamāya antarāyiko, tati-
yassa jhānassa adhigamāya antarāyiko, catutthassa jhā-
nassa adhigamāya antarāyiko, jhānānaṃ vimokkhānaṃ sam-
ādhīnaṃ samāpattīnaṃ nekkhammānaṃ nissaraṇānaṃ pa-
vivekānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ adhigamāya antarāyiko.
tasmā 'ti taṃkāraṇā. saramānenā 'ti jānamānena sañjāna-
mānena. visuddhāpekkhenā 'ti vuṭṭhātukāmena visujjhitu-
kāmena. ||7|| santī nāma āpatti ajjhāpannā vā hoti āpajjitvā
vā avuṭṭhitā. āvikātabbā 'ti āvikātabbā saṃghamajjhe vā
gaṇamajjhe vā ekapuggale vā. āvikatā hi 'ssa phāsu hotīti,
kissa phāsu hoti. paṭhamassa jhānassa adhigamāya phāsu
hoti, dutiyassa jhānassa adhigamāya phāsu hoti, tatiyassa
jhānassa adhigamāya phāsu hoti, catutthassa jhānassa adhi-
gamāya phāsu hoti, jhānānaṃ vimokkhānaṃ samādhīnaṃ
samāpattīnaṃ nekkhammānaṃ nissaraṇānaṃ pavivekānaṃ
kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ adhigamāya phāsu hotīti. ||8||3||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhagavatā pātimokkh-
uddeso anuññāto 'ti devasikaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. bha-
gavato etaṃ atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave devasikaṃ
pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave uposathe pātimokkhaṃ
uddisitun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bha-
gavatā uposathe pātimokkhuddeso anuññāto 'ti pakkhassa
tikkhattuṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti cātuddase pannarase
aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa. bhagavato etaṃ atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
na bhikkhave pakkhassa tikkhattuṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisi-
tabbaṃ. yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave sakiṃ pakkhassa cātuddase vā pannarase vā
pātimokkhaṃ uddisitun ti. ||2||4||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū yathā-
parisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti sakāya-sakāya parisāya.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave yathāpa-
[page 105]
II. 5. 1-6.] MAHĀVAGGA. 105
risāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ sakāya-sakāya parisāya.
yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave sam-
aggānaṃ uposathakamman ti. ||1|| atha kho bhi-
kkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ samaggānaṃ
uposathakamman ti. kittāvatā nu kho sāmaggī hoti, yāvatā
ekāvāso udāhu sabbā paṭhavīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āro-
cesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave ettāvatā sāmaggī yāvatā ekā-
vāso 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Mahākappino
Rājagahe viharati Maddakucchismiṃ migadāye. atha
kho āyasmato Mahākappinassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa
evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: gaccheyyaṃ vāhaṃ upo-
sathaṃ na vā gaccheyyaṃ, gaccheyyaṃ vā saṃghakammaṃ
na vā gaccheyyaṃ, atha khv āhaṃ visuddho paramāya vi-
suddhiyā 'ti. ||3|| atha kho bhagavā āyasmato Mahākappi-
nassa cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya seyyathāpi nāma bala-
vā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā
bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Gijjhakūṭe pabbate antarahi-
to Maddakucchismiṃ migadāye āyasmato Mahākappinassa
pamukhe pāturahosi. nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane, āyas-
māpi kho Mahākappino bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdi. ||4|| ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Mahā-
kappinaṃ bhagavā etad avoca: nanu te Kappina rahoga-
tassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: gacche-
yyaṃ vāhaṃ uposathaṃ na vā gaccheyyaṃ, gaccheyyaṃ vā
saṃghakammaṃ na vā gaccheyyaṃ, atha khv āhaṃ vi-
suddho paramāya visuddhiyā 'ti. evaṃ bhante. tumhe ce
brāhmaṇā uposathaṃ na sakkarissatha, na garukarissatha, na
mānessatha, na pūjessatha, atha ko carahi uposathaṃ sakka-
rissati garukarissati mānessati pūjessati. gaccha tvaṃ brāh-
maṇa uposathaṃ, mā no agamāsi, gacch'; eva saṃgha-
kammaṃ, mā no agamāsīti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā
Mahākappino bhagavato paccassosi. ||5|| atha kho bhagavā
āyasmantaṃ Mahakappinaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā
samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā seyyathāpi nāma
balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā
bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Maddakucchismiṃ migadāye
āyasmato Mahākappinassa pamukhe antarahito Gijjhakūṭe
pabbate pāturahosi. ||6||5||
[page 106]
106 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 6. 1-8. 1.
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ
ettāvatā sāmaggī yāvatā ekāvāso 'ti. kittāvatā nu kho ekāvāso
hotīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkha-
ve sīmaṃ sammannituṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave sam-
mannitabbā: paṭhamaṃ nimittā kittetabbā, pabbatanimi-
ttaṃ, pāsāṇanimittaṃ, vananimittaṃ, rukkhanimittaṃ, ma-
gganimittaṃ, vammikanimittaṃ, nadīnimittaṃ, udakanimi-
ttaṃ. nimitte kittetvā vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho
ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yāvatā samantā
nimittā kittitā, yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho etehi
nimittehi sīmaṃ sammanneyya samānasaṃvāsaṃ ekuposa-
thaṃ. esā ñatti. ||1|| suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yāvatā
samantā nimittā kittitā, saṃgho etehi nimittehi sīmaṃ sam-
mannati samānasaṃvāsaṃ ekuposathaṃ. yassāyasmato
khamati etehi nimittehi sīmāya sammuti samānasaṃvāsāya
ekuposathāya, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya.
sammatā sīmā saṃghena etehi nimittehi samānasaṃvāsā eku-
posathā. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhā-
rayāmīti. ||2||6||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhaga-
vatā sīmāsammuti anuññātā 'ti atimahatiyo sīmāyo samma-
nnanti catuyojanikāpi pañcayojanikāpi chayojanikāpi. bhi-
kkhū uposathaṃ āgacchantā uddissamāne pi pātimokkhe
āgacchanti uddiṭṭhamatte pi āgacchanti antarāpi parivasanti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave atimahatī
sīmā sammannitabbā catuyojanikā vā pañcayojanikā vā cha-
yojanikā vā. yo sammanneyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujā-
nāmi bhikkhave tiyojanaparamaṃ sīmaṃ sammanni-
tun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā {bhi-
kkhū} nadīpāraṃ sīmaṃ sammannanti. uposathaṃ āgacchantā
bhikkhū pi vuyhanti pattāpi vuyhanti cīvarāni pi vuyhanti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave nadīpārā
sīmā sammannitabbā. yo sammanneyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
anujānāmi bhikkhave yatth'; assa dhuvanāvā vā dhuvasetu
vā, evarūpaṃ nadīpāraṃ sīmaṃ sammannitun ti. ||2||7||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupariveṇiyaṃ pāti-
[page 107]
II. 8. 1-9. 1] MAHĀVAGGA. 107
mokkhaṃ uddisanti asaṃketena. āgantukā bhikkhū na
jānanti kattha vā ajj'; uposatho kariyissatīti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave anupariveṇiyaṃ pā-
timokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ asaṃketena. yo uddiseyya, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave uposathāgāraṃ sam-
mannitvā uposathaṃ kātuṃ yaṃ saṃgho ākaṅkhati vihāraṃ
vā aḍḍhayogaṃ vā pāsādaṃ vā hammiyaṃ vā guhaṃ vā.
evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbaṃ: ||1|| vyattena
bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ
vihāraṃ uposathāgāraṃ sammanneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu
me bhante saṃgho. saṃgho itthannāmaṃ vihāraṃ uposa-
thāgāraṃ sammannati. yassāyasmato khamati itthannā-
massa vihārassa uposathāgārassa sammuti, so tuṇh'; assa,
yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. sammato saṃghena itthan-
nāmo vihāro uposathāgāraṃ. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā
tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||2|| tena kho pana samaye-
na aññatarasmiṃ āvāse dve uposathāgārāni sammatāni honti.
bhikkhū ubhayattha sannipatanti idha uposatho kariyissati
idha uposatho kariyissatīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ arocesuṃ.
na bhikkhave ekasmiṃ āvāse dve uposathāgārāni samman-
nitabbāni. yo sammanneyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi
bhikkhave ekaṃ samūhanitvā ekattha uposathaṃ kātuṃ.
||3|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave samūhantabbaṃ: vyattena bhi-
kkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ
uposathāgāraṃ samūhaneyya. esā ñatti. {suṇātu} me bhante
saṃgho. saṃgho itthannāmaṃ uposathāgāraṃ samūhanati.
yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa uposathāgārassa sam-
ugghāto, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya.
samūhataṃ saṃghena itthannāmaṃ uposathāgāraṃ. kha-
mati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||4||8||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse atikhudda-
kaṃ uposathāgāraṃ sammataṃ hoti. tadah'; uposathe mahā
bhikkhusaṃgho sannipatito hoti. bhikkhū asammatāya bhū-
miyā nisinnā pātimokkhaṃ assosuṃ. atha kho tesaṃ bhi-
kkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ uposathāgāraṃ
[page 108]
108 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 9. 1-11. 1.
sammannitvā uposatho kātabbo 'ti, mayañ ca asammatāya
bhūmiyā nisinnā pātimokkhaṃ assosumhā. kato nu kho
amhākaṃ uposatho akato nu kho 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. sammatāya vā bhikkhave bhūmiyā nisinnā asam-
matāya vā, yato pātimokkhaṃ suṇāti, kato 'v'; ass'; upo-
satho. ||1|| tena hi bhikkhave saṃgho yāvamahantaṃ upo-
sathapamukhaṃ ākaṅkhati, tāvamahantaṃ uposathapa-
mukhaṃ sammannatu. evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammanni-
tabbaṃ: paṭhamaṃ nimittā kittetabbā. nimitte kittetvā
vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu
me bhante saṃgho. yāvatā samantā nimittā kittitā, yadi saṃ-
ghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho etehi nimittehi uposathapamu-
khaṃ sammanneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
yāvatā samantā nimittā kittitā, saṃgho etehi nimittehi upo-
sathapamukhaṃ sammannati. yassāyasmato khamati etehi
nimittehi uposathapamukhassa sammuti, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa
na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. sammataṃ saṃghena etehi ni-
mittehi uposathapamukhaṃ. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā
tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||2||9||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; upo-
sathe navakā bhikkhū paṭhamataraṃ sannipatitvā na tāva
therā āgacchantīti pakkamiṃsu. uposatho vikāle ahosi. bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave tadah'
uposathe therehi bhikkhūhi paṭhamataraṃ sannipa-
titun ti. ||1||10||
tena kho pana samayena Rājagahe sambahulā āvāsā sa-
mānasīmā honti. tattha bhikkhū vivadanti amhākaṃ āvāse
uposatho kariyatu amhākaṃ āvāse uposatho kariyatū 'ti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. idha pana bhikkhave
sambahulā āvāsā samānasīmā honti, tattha bhikkhū vivadanti
amhākaṃ āvāse uposatho kariyatu amhākaṃ āvāse uposatho
kariyatū 'ti. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi sabbeh'; eva eka-
jjhaṃ sannipatitvā uposatho kātabbo, yattha vā pana
thero bhikkhu viharati tattha sannipatitvā uposatho kātabbo.
na tv eva vaggena saṃghena uposatho kātabbo. yo kareyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||11||
[page 109]
II. 12. 1-4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 109
tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Mahākassapo Andha-
kavindā Rājagahaṃ uposathaṃ āgacchanto antarā magge
nadiṃ taranto manaṃ vuḷho ahosi, cīvarāni 'ssa allāni. bhi-
kkhū āyasmantaṃ Mahākassapaṃ etad avocuṃ: kissa te
āvuso cīvarāni allānīti. idhāhaṃ āvuso Andhakavindā Rāja-
gahaṃ uposathaṃ āgacchanto antarā magge nadiṃ taranto
man'; amhi vuḷho, tena me cīvarāni allānīti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. yā sā bhikkhave saṃghena sīmā
sammatā samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā, saṃgho taṃ sīmaṃ
ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ sammannatu. ||1|| evañ ca
pana bhikkhave sammannitabbā: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭi-
balena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yā
sā saṃghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā, yadi
saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho taṃ sīmaṃ ticīvarena avi-
ppavāsaṃ sammanneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. yā sā saṃghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā
ekuposathā, saṃgho taṃ sīmaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ sam-
mannati. yassāyasmato khamati etissā sīmāya ticīvarena
avippavāsāya sammuti, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so
bhāseyya. sammatā sā sīmā saṃghena ticīvarena avippavā-
sā. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmī-
ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhagavatā ticīva-
rena avippavāsasammuti anuññātā 'ti antaraghare cīvarāni
nikkhipanti. tāni cīvarāni nassanti pi ḍayhanti pi undurehi
pi khajjanti, bhikkhū duccolā honti lūkhacīvarā. {bhikkhū}
evaṃ āhaṃsu: kissa tumhe āvuso duccolā lūkhacīvarā 'ti.
idha mayaṃ āvuso bhagavatā ticīvarena avippavāsasammuti
anuññātā 'ti antaraghare cīvarāni nikkhipimhā, tāni cī-
varāni naṭṭhāni pi daḍḍhāni pi undurehi pi khāyitāni. tena
mayaṃ duccolā lūkhacīvarā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. yā sā bhikkhave saṃghena sīmā sammatā samā-
nasaṃvāsā ekuposathā, saṃgho taṃ sīmaṃ ticīvarena
avippavāsaṃ sammannatu ṭhapetvā gāmañ ca gāmū-
pacārañ ca. ||3|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbā:
vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu
me bhante saṃgho. yā sā saṃghena sīmā sammatā samāna-
saṃvāsā ekuposathā, yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho
taṃ sīmaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ sammanneyya ṭhapetvā
[page 110]
110 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 12. 4-7.
gāmañ ca gāmūpacārañ ca. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. yā sā saṃghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā
ekuposathā, saṃgho taṃ sīmaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ sam-
mannati ṭhapetvā gāmañ ca gāmūpacārañ ca. yassāyasma-
to khamati etissā sīmāya ticīvarena avippavāsāya sammuti
ṭhapetvā gāmañ ca gāmūpacārañ ca, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na
kkhamati, so bhāseyya. sammatā sā sīmā saṃghena ticīva-
rena avippavāsā ṭhapetvā gāmañ ca gāmūpacārañ ca. kha-
mati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
||4|| sīmaṃ bhikkhave sammannantena paṭhamaṃ samāna-
saṃvāsasīmā sammannitabbā, pacchā ticīvarena avippavāso
sammannitabbo. sīmaṃ bhikkhave samūhanantena paṭhamaṃ
ticīvarena avippavāso samūhantabbo, pacchā samānasaṃ-
vāsasīmā samūhantabbā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave ticīvarena
avippavāso samūhantabbo: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭiba-
lena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yo so
saṃghena ticīvarena avippavāso sammato, yadi saṃghassa
pattakallaṃ, saṃgho taṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ samūhane-
yya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yo so saṃghena
ticīvarena avippavāso sammato, saṃgho taṃ ticīvarena avi-
ppavāsaṃ samūhanati. yassāyasmato khamati etassa ticīva-
rena avippavāsassa samugghāto, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na
kkhamati, so bhāseyya. samūhato so saṃghena ticīvarena
avippavāso. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ
dhārayāmīti. ||5|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave sīmā samūhan-
tabbā: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo:
suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yā sā saṃghena sīmā sammatā
samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā, yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ,
saṃgho taṃ sīmaṃ samūhaneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me
bhante saṃgho. yā sā saṃghena sīmā sammatā samāna-
saṃvāsā ekuposathā, saṃgho taṃ sīmaṃ samūhanati. yassā-
yasmato khamati etissā sīmāya samānasaṃvāsāya ekuposa-
thāya samugghāto, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so
bhāseyya. samūhatā sā sīmā saṃghena samānasaṃvāsā eku-
posathā. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhāra-
yāmīti. ||6|| asammatāya bhikkhave sīmāya aṭṭhapitāya yaṃ
gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati, yā tassa vā gā-
massa gāmasīmā nigamassa vā nigamasīmā, ayaṃ tattha
[page 111]
II. 12. 7- 14. 3] MAHĀVAGGA. 111
samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā. agāmake ce bhikkhave araññe,
samantā sattabbhantarā ayaṃ tattha samānasaṃvāsā ekupo-
sathā. sabbā bhikkhave nadī asīmā, sabbo samuddo asīmo,
sabbo jātassaro asīmo. nadiyā vā bhikkhave samudde vā
jātassare vā yaṃ majjhimassa purisassa samantā udakukkhe-
pā, ayaṃ tattha samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā 'ti. ||7||12||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sīmāya
sīmaṃ sambhindanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
yesaṃ bhikkhave sīmā paṭhamaṃ sammatā, tesaṃ taṃ ka-
mmaṃ dhammikaṃ akuppaṃ ṭhānārahaṃ. yesaṃ bhi-
kkhave sīmā pacchā sammatā, tesaṃ taṃ kammaṃ adhammi-
kaṃ kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahaṃ. na bhikkhave sīmāya sīmā
sambhinditabbā. yo sambhindeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti.
||1|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sī-
māya sīmaṃ ajjhottharanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ aro-
cesuṃ. yesaṃ bhikkhave sīmā paṭhamaṃ sammatā, tesaṃ
taṃ kammaṃ dhammikaṃ akuppaṃ ṭhānārahaṃ. yesaṃ
bhikkhave sīmā pacchā sammatā, tesaṃ taṃ kammaṃ adha-
mmikaṃ kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahaṃ. na bhikkhave sīmāya sīmā
ajjhottharitabbā. yo ajjhotthareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
anujānāmi bhikkhave sīmaṃ sammannantena sīmantari-
kaṃ ṭhapetvā sīmaṃ sammannitun ti. ||2||13||
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kati nu kho upo-
sathā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ arocesuṃ. dve 'me
bhikkhave uposathā cātuddasiko ca pannarasiko ca,
ime kho bhikkhave dve uposathā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhi-
kkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kati nu kho uposathakammānīti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. cattār'; imāni bhikkha-
ve uposathakammāni, adhammena vaggaṃ uposathaka-
mmaṃ, adhammena samaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, dhamme-
na vaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, dhammena samaggaṃ upo-
sathakamman ti. tatra bhikkhave yam idaṃ adhammena
vaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, na bhikkhave evarūpaṃ upo-
sathakammaṃ kātabbaṃ na ca mayā evarūpaṃ uposatha-
kammaṃ anuññātaṃ. ||2|| tatra bhikkhave yam idaṃ
adhammena samaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, na bhikkhave
[page 112]
112 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 14. 3-15. 4.
evarūpaṃ . . . anuññātaṃ. tatra bhikkhave yam idaṃ
dhammena vaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, na bhikkhave
evarūpaṃ . . . anuññātaṃ. tatra bhikkhave yam idaṃ
dhammena samaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, evarūpaṃ bhi-
kkhave uposathakammaṃ kātabbaṃ evarūpañ ca mayā upo-
sathakammaṃ anuññātaṃ. tasmāt iha bhikkhave evarūpaṃ
uposathakammaṃ karissāma yad idaṃ dhammena samaggan
ti, evañ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabban ti. ||3||14||
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kati nu kho pāti-
mokkhuddesā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
pañc'; ime bhikkhave pātimokkhuddesā: nidānaṃ uddisitvā
avasesaṃ sutena sāvetabbaṃ, ayaṃ paṭhamo pātimokkhudde-
so. nidānaṃ uddisitvā cattāri pārājikāni uddisitvā avasesaṃ
sutena sāvetabbaṃ, ayaṃ dutiyo {pātimokkhuddeso.} nidānaṃ
uddisitvā cattāri pārājikāni uddisitvā terasa saṃghādisese
uddisitvā avasesaṃ sutena sāvetabbaṃ, ayaṃ tatiyo pātimo-
kkhuddeso. nidānaṃ uddisitvā cattāri pārājikāni uddisitvā
terasa saṃghādisese uddisitvā dve aniyate uddisitvā avasesaṃ
sutena sāvetabbaṃ, ayaṃ catuttho pātimokkhuddeso. vitthā-
ren'; eva pañcamo. ime kho bhikkhave pañca pātimokkhud-
desā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhagavatā
saṃkhittena pātimokkhuddeso anuññāto 'ti sabbakālaṃ saṃ-
khittena pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave saṃkhittena pātimokkhaṃ
uddisitabbaṃ. yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2|| te-
na kho pana samayena Kosalesu janapadesu aññatarasmiṃ
āvāse tadah'; uposathe savarabhayaṃ ahosi. bhikkhū nāsa-
kkhiṃsu vitthārena pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sati antarāye
saṃkhittena pātimokkhaṃ uddisitun ti. ||3|| tena kho
pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū asati pi antarāye
saṃkhittena pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave asati antarāye saṃkhitte-
na pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. yo uddiseyya, āpatti du-
kkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave sati antarāye saṃkhittena
pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ. tatr'; ime antarāyā: rājantarā-
yo corantarāyo agyantarāyo udakantarāyo manussantarāyo
[page 113]
II. 15. 4-10.] MAHĀVAGGA. 113
amanussantarāyo vāḷantarāyo siriṃsapantarāyo jīvitantarāyo
brahmacariyantarāyo. anujānāmi bhikkhave evarūpesu anta-
rāyesu saṃkhittena pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ, asati antarāye
vitthārenā 'ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā
bhikkhū saṃghamajjhe anajjhiṭṭhā dhammaṃ bhāsanti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave saṃgha-
majjhe anajjhiṭṭhena dhammo bhāsitabbo. yo bhā-
seyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave therena
bhikkhunā sāmaṃ vā dhammaṃ bhāsituṃ paraṃ vā ajjhe-
situn ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhi-
kkhū saṃghamajjhe asammatā vinayaṃ pucchanti. bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe
asammatena vinayo pucchitabbo. yo puccheyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe sam-
matena vinayaṃ pucchituṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave
sammannitabbo: attanā vā attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ
parena vā paro sammannitabbo. ||6|| kathañ ca attanā vā
attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena
saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃ-
ghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ vinayaṃ puccheyyan
ti. evaṃ attanā vā attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ. kathañ ca
parena paro sammannitabbo. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭiba-
lena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi
saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ vinayaṃ
puccheyyā 'ti. evaṃ parena paro sammannitabbo 'ti. ||7||
tena kho pana samayena pesalā bhikkhū saṃghamajjhe sam-
matā vinayaṃ pucchanti. chabbaggiyā bhikkhū la-
bhanti āghātaṃ, labhanti appaccayaṃ, vadhena tajjenti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave
saṃghamajjhe sammatena pi parisaṃ oloketvā puggalaṃ tu-
layitvā vinayaṃ pucchitun ti. ||8|| tena kho pana samayena
chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṃghamajjhe asammatā vinayaṃ
vissajjenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhi-
kkhave saṃghamajjhe asammatena vinayo vissajje-
tabbo. yo vissajjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave saṃghamajjhe sammatena vinayaṃ vissajjetuṃ. evañ
ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo: attanā vā attānaṃ sam-
mannitabbaṃ parena vā paro sammannitabbo. ||9|| kathañ
[page 114]
114 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 15. 10-16. 4.
ca attanā vā attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ. vyattena bhikkhu-
nā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmena vinayaṃ
puṭṭho vissajjeyyan ti. evaṃ attanā vā attānaṃ sammanni-
tabbaṃ. kathañ ca parena paro sammannitabbo. vyattena
bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo itthannā-
mena vinayaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyyā 'ti. evaṃ parena paro
sammannitabbo 'ti. ||10|| tena kho pana samayena pesalā
bhikkhū saṃghamajjhe sammatā vinayaṃ vissajjenti. cha-
bbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṃ, labhanti appacca-
yaṃ, vadhena tajjenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe sammatena pi parisaṃ
oloketvā puggalaṃ tulayitvā vinayaṃ vissajjetun ti. ||11||15||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū anokā-
sakataṃ bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā codenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave anokāsakato bhikkhu āpattiyā co-
detabbo. yo codeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave okāsaṃ kārāpetvā āpattiyā codetuṃ karotu āyasmā
okāsaṃ ahaṃ taṃ vattukāmo 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana sama-
yena pesalā bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū okāsaṃ kārā-
petvā āpattiyā codenti. chabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghā-
taṃ, labhanti appaccayaṃ, vadhena tajjenti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave kate pi okāse
puggalaṃ tulayitvā āpattiyā codetun ti. ||2|| tena kho pana
samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū pur'; amhākaṃ pesalā
bhikkhū okāsaṃ kārāpentīti paṭigacc'; eva suddhānaṃ bhi-
kkhūnaṃ anāpattikānaṃ avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe okāsaṃ kārā-
penti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave
suddhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anāpattikānaṃ avatthusmiṃ akā-
raṇe okāso kārāpetabbo. yo kārāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
anujānāmi bhikkhave puggalaṃ tulayitvā okāsaṃ kārāpetun
ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū
saṃghamajjhe adhammakammaṃ karonti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe adha-
mmakammaṃ kātabbaṃ. yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti.
karonti yeva adhammakammaṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
[page 115]
II. 16. 4-17. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 115
ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave adhammakamme kayira-
māne paṭikkositun ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena pesalā
bhikkhū chabbaggiyehi {bhikkhūhi} adhammakamme kayi-
ramāne paṭikkosanti. chabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghā-
taṃ, labhanti appaccayaṃ, vadhena tajjenti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave diṭṭhim pi
āvikātun ti. tesaṃ yeva santike diṭṭhiṃ āvikaronti. cha-
bbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṃ, labhanti appaccayaṃ,
vadhena tajjenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anu-
jānāmi bhikkhave catuhi pañcahi paṭikkosituṃ, dvīhi tīhi
diṭṭhiṃ āvikātuṃ, ekena adhiṭṭhātuṃ na me taṃ khamatīti.
||5|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū
saṃghamajjhe pātimokkhaṃ uddisamānā sañcicca na sā-
venti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave
pātimokkhuddesakena sañcicca na sāvetabbaṃ. yo na sā-
veyya, apatti dukkatassā 'ti. ||6|| tena kho pana samayena
āyasmā Udāyi saṃghassa pātimokkhuddesako hoti kākassa-
rako. atha kho āyasmato Udāyissa etad ahosi: bhagavatā
paññattaṃ pātimokkhuddesakena sāvetabban ti, ahañ c'; amhi
kākassarako. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti. bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pāti-
mokkhuddesakena vāyamituṃ kathaṃ sāveyyan ti, vāya-
mantassa anāpattīti. ||7|| tena kho pana samayena Deva-
datto sagahaṭṭhāya parisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisati.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave sagaha-
ṭṭhāya parisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. yo uddiseyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||8|| tena kho pana samayena cha-
bbaggiyā bhikkhū saṃghamajjhe anajjhiṭṭhā pātimokkham
uddisanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhi-
kkhave saṃghamajjhe anajjhiṭṭhena pātimokkhaṃ uddi-
sitabbaṃ. yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi
bhikkhave therādhikaṃ pātimokkhan ti. ||9||16||
aññatitthiyabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā
yena Codanāvatthu tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbe-
na cārikaṃ caramāno yena Codanāvatthu tad avasari. tena
kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū
[page 116]
116 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 17. 1-6.
viharanti, tattha thero bhikkhu bālo hoti avyatto, so na
jānāti uposathaṃ vā uposathakammaṃ vā pātimokkhaṃ vā
pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. ||1|| atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ
etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ therādhikaṃ pātimokkhan
ti, ayañ ca amhākaṃ thero bālo avyatto, na jānāti uposathaṃ
vā . . . pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. kathaṃ nu kho amhehi
paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anu-
jānāmi bhikkhave yo tattha bhikkhu vyatto paṭibalo tassā-
dheyyaṃ pātimokkhan ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena
aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe sambahulā bhikkhū
viharanti bālā avyattā, te na jānanti uposathaṃ vā uposatha-
kammaṃ vā pātimokkhaṃ vā pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. te
theraṃ ajjhesiṃsu uddisatu bhante thero pātimokkhan ti.
so evaṃ āha: na me āvuso vattatīti. dutiyatheraṃ ajjhe-
siṃsu uddisatu bhante thero pātimokkhan ti. so pi evaṃ
āha: na me āvuso vattatīti. tatiyatheraṃ ajjhesiṃsu uddi-
satu bhante thero pātimokkhan ti. so pi evaṃ āha: na me
āvuso vattatīti. eten'; eva upāyena yāva saṃghanavakaṃ
ajjhesiṃsu uddisatu āyasmā pātimokkhan ti. so pi evaṃ
āha: na me bhante vattatīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āro-
cesuṃ. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse ta-
dah'; uposathe sambahulā bhikkhū viharanti bālā avyattā, te
na jānanti uposathaṃ vā . . . pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. te
theraṃ ajjhesanti uddisatu bhante thero pātimokkhan ti. so
evaṃ vadeti: na me āvuso vattatīti. dutiyatheraṃ ajjhesan-
ti uddisatu bhante thero pātimokkhan ti. so pi evaṃ va-
deti: na me āvuso vattatīti. ||4|| tatiyatheraṃ ajjhesanti
uddisatu bhante thero pātimokkhan ti. so pi evaṃ vadeti:
na me āvuso vattatīti. eten'; eva upāyena yāva saṃghana-
vakaṃ ajjhesanti uddisatu āyasmā pātimokkhan ti. so pi
evaṃ vadeti: na me bhante vattatīti. tehi bhikkhave bhi-
kkhūhi eko bhikkhu sāmantā āvāsā sajjukaṃ pāhetabbo
gācchāvuso saṃkhittena vā vitthārena vā pātimokkhaṃ pa-
riyāpuṇitvā āgacchā 'ti. ||5|| atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad
ahosi: kena nu kho pāhetabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave therena bhikkhunā navaṃ
bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetun ti. therena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na
gacchanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave
[page 117]
II. 17. 6-19. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 117
therena āṇattena agilānena na gantabbaṃ. yo na gacche-
yya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||6||17||
atha kho bhagavā Codanāvatthusmiṃ yathābhirantaṃ
viharitvā punad eva Rājagahaṃ paccāgacchi. tena kho
pana samayena manussā bhikkhū piṇḍāya carante pucchanti:
katimī bhante pakkhassā 'ti. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: na
kho mayaṃ āvuso jānāmā 'ti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti
vipācenti: pakkhagaṇanamattam p'; ime samaṇā Sakyaputti-
yā na jānanti, kiṃ pan'; ime aññaṃ kiñci kalyāṇaṃ jāni-
ssantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi
bhikkhave pakkhagaṇanaṃ uggahetun ti. ||1|| atha kho
bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kena nu kho pakkhagaṇanā ugga-
hetabbā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi
bhikkhave sabbeh'; eva pakkhagaṇanaṃ uggahetun ti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena manussā bhikkhū piṇḍāya carante
pucchanti: kīvatikā bhante bhikkhū 'ti. bhikkhū evaṃ
āhaṃsu: na kho mayaṃ āvuso jānāmā 'ti. manussā ujjhā-
yanti khīyanti vipācenti: aññamaññam p'; ime samaṇā Sa-
kyaputtiyā na jānanti, kiṃ pan'; ime aññaṃ kiñci kalyāṇaṃ
jānissantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi
bhikkhave bhikkhū gaṇetun ti. ||3|| atha kho bhikkhū-
naṃ etad ahosi: kadā nu kho bhikkhū gaṇetabbā 'ti. bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave tadah'
uposathe gaṇamaggena vā gaṇetuṃ salākaṃ vā ga-
hetun ti. ||4||18||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ajānantā ajj'; uposatho
'ti dūraṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya caranti. te uddissamāne pi pāti-
mokkhe āgacchanti uddiṭṭhamatte pi āgacchanti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave ārocetuṃ
ajj'; uposatho 'ti. atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kena nu
kho ārocetabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anu-
jānāmi bhikkhave therena bhikkhunā kālavato ārocetun ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro thero kālavato na ssarati.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave
bhattakāle pi ārocetun ti. bhattakāle pi na ssari. bhagava-
to etam atthaṃ arocesuṃ. anujānāmi {bhikkhave} yaṃ kālaṃ
sarati, taṃ kālaṃ ārocetun ti. ||1||19||
[page 118]
118 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 20. 1-5.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse uposathāgā-
raṃ uklāpaṃ hoti. āgantukā bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khīyanti
vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū uposathāgāraṃ na
sammajjissantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujā-
nāmi bhikkhave uposathāgāraṃ sammajjitun ti. ||1||
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kena nu kho uposathā-
gāraṃ sammajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āroce-
suṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave therena bhikkhunā navaṃ bhi-
kkhuṃ āṇāpetun ti. therena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na
sammajjanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhi-
kkhave therena āṇattena agilānena na sammajjitabbaṃ. yo
na sammajjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana
samayena uposathāgāre āsanaṃ apaññattaṃ hoti. bhikkhū
chamāyaṃ nisīdanti. gattāni pi cīvarāni pi paṃsukitāni
honti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave uposathāgāre āsanaṃ paññāpetun ti. atha kho
bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kena nu kho uposathāgāre āsanaṃ
paññāpetabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anu-
jānāmi bhikkhave therena bhikkhunā navaṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇā-
petun ti. therena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na paññāpenti. bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave therena āṇa-
ttena agilānena na paññāpetabbaṃ. yo na paññāpeyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena uposa-
thāgāre padīpo na hoti. bhikkhū andhakāre kāyam pi
cīvaram pi akkamanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave uposathāgāre padīpaṃ kātun ti.
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kena nu kho uposathā-
gāre padīpo kātabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave therena bhikkhunā navaṃ bhikkhuṃ
āṇāpetun ti. therena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na padīpenti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave therena
āṇattena agilānena na padīpetabbo. yo na padīpeyya, āpatti
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ
āvāse āvāsikā bhikkhū n'; eva pāniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpenti na pari-
bhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpenti. āgantukā bhikkhū ujjhāyanti
khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āvāsikā bhikkhū n'; eva
pāniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpessanti na paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpessantī-
ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkha-
[page 119]
II. 20. 5-21. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 119
ve pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetun ti. ||5||
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kena nu kho pāniyaṃ
paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave therena bhikkhunā navaṃ
bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetun ti. therena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na
upaṭṭhāpenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhi-
kkhave therena āṇattena agilānena na upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. yo
na upaṭṭhāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||6||20||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bālā avyattā
disaṃgamikā ācariyupajjhāye na āpucchiṃsu. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. idha pana bhikkhave sambahulā
bhikkhū bālā avyattā disaṃgamikā ācariyupajjhāye na āpu-
cchanti. tehi bhikkhave ācariyupajjhāyehi pucchitabbā:
kahaṃ gamissatha, kena saddhiṃ gamissathā 'ti. te ce bhi-
kkhave bālā avyattā aññe bāle avyatte apadiseyyuṃ, na
bhikkhave ācariyupajjhāyehi anujānitabbā. anujāneyyuṃ
ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. te ce bhikkhave bālā avyattā an-
anuññātā ācariyupajjhāyehi gaccheyyuṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
||1|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse sambahulā
bhikkhū viharanti bālā avyattā. te na jānanti uposathaṃ
vā uposathakammaṃ vā pātimokkhaṃ vā pātimokkhuddesaṃ
vā. tattha añño bhikkhu āgacchati bahussuto āgatāgamo
dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito vyatto me-
dhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo. tehi bhikkhave bhi-
kkhūhi so bhikkhu saṃgahetabbo anuggahetabbo upalāpe-
tabbo upaṭṭhāpetabbo cuṇṇena mattikāya dantakaṭṭhena mu-
khodakena. no ce saṃgaṇheyyuṃ anugaṇheyyuṃ upalā-
peyyuṃ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṃ cuṇṇena mattikāya dantakaṭṭhena
mukhodakena, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave
aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe sambahulā bhikkhū
viharanti bālā avyattā. te na jānanti uposathaṃ vā . . .
pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi eko bhi-
kkhu sāmantā āvāsā sajjukaṃ pāhetabbo gacchāvuso
saṃkhittena vā vitthārena vā pātimokkhaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā
āgacchā 'ti. evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce
labhetha, tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi sabbeh'; eva yattha jā-
nanti uposathaṃ vā . . . pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā, so āvāso
[page 120]
120 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 21. 3-22. 3.
gantabbo. no ce gaccheyyuṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||3|| idha
pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū
vassaṃ vasanti bālā avyattā. te na jānanti uposathaṃ vā
. . . pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi eko
bhikkhu sāmantā āvāsā sajjukaṃ pāhetabbo gacchāvuso
saṃkhittena vā vitthārena vā pātimokkhaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā
āgacchā 'ti. evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no
ce labhetha, eko bhikkhu sattāhakālikaṃ pāhetabbo gacchā-
vuso saṃkhittena vā vitthārena vā pātimokkhaṃ pariyāpu-
ṇitvā āgacchā 'ti. evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ.
no ce labhetha, na bhikkhave tehi bhikkhūhi tasmiṃ
āvāse vassaṃ vasitabbaṃ. vaseyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassā
'ti. ||4||21||
atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: sannipatatha
bhikkhave, saṃgho uposathaṃ karissatīti. evaṃ vutte
aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: atthi bhante
bhikkhu gilāno, so anāgato 'ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave gi-
lānena bhikkhunā pārisuddhiṃ dātuṃ. evañ ca pana
bhikkhave dātabbā: tena gilānena bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhi-
kkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukku-
ṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: pā-
risuddhiṃ dammi, pārisuddhiṃ me hara, pārisuddhiṃ me
ārocehīti kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vā-
cāya viññāpeti, dinnā hoti pārisuddhi, na kāyena viññāpeti,
na vācāyā viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na dinnā
hoti pārisuddhi. ||1|| evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusa-
laṃ. no ce labhetha, so bhikkhave gilāno bhikkhu mañcena
vā pīṭhena vā saṃghamajjhe ānetvā uposatho kātabbo. sace
bhikkhave gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: sace
kho mayaṃ gilānaṃ ṭhānā cāvessāma, ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhi-
ssati kālaṃkiriyā vā bhavissatīti, na bhikkhave gilāno ṭhānā
cāvetabbo, saṃghena tattha gantvā uposatho kātabbo, na tv
eva vaggena saṃghena uposatho kātabbo. kareyya ce,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2|| pārisuddhihārako ce bhikkhave di-
nnāya pārisuddhiyā tatth'; eva pakkamati, aññassa dātabbā
pārisuddhi. pārisuddhihārako ce bhikkhave dinnāya pāri-
suddhiyā tatth'; eva vibbhamati, kālaṃ karoti, sāmaṇero
[page 121]
II. 22. 3-23. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 121
paṭijānāti, sikkhaṃ paccakkhātako paṭijānāti, antimavatthuṃ
ajjhāpannako paṭijānāti, ummattako p., khittacitto p., veda-
naṭṭo p., āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako p., āpattiyā appa-
ṭikamme ukkhittako p., pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge
ukkhittako p., paṇḍako p., theyyasaṃvāsako p., titthiya-
pakkantako p., tiracchānagato p., mātughātako p., pitughā-
tako p., arahantaghātako p., bhikkhunīdūsako p., saṃgha-
bhedako p., lohituppādako p., ubhatovyañjanako paṭijānāti,
aññassa dātabbā pārisuddhi. ||3|| pārisuddhihārako ce bhi-
kkhave dinnāya pārisuddhiyā antarā magge pakkamati,
anāhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi. pārisuddhihārako ce bhikkhave
dinnāya pārisuddhiyā antarā magge vibbhamati, kālaṃ
karoti --pa-- ubhatovyañjanako paṭijānāti, anāhaṭā hoti
pārisuddhi. pārisuddhihārako ce bhikkhave dinnāya pāri-
suddhiyā saṃghappatto pakkamati, āhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi.
pārisuddhihārako ce bhikkhave dinnāya pārisuddhiyā saṃ-
ghappatto vibbhamati, kālaṃ karoti --la-- ubhatovyañja-
nako paṭijānāti, āhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi. pārisuddhihārako ce
bhikkhave dinnāya pārisuddhiyā saṃghappatto sutto na āro-
ceti, pamatto na āroceti, samāpanno na āroceti, āhaṭā hoti
pārisuddhi, pārisuddhihārakassa anāpatti. pārisuddhihārako
ce bhikkhave dinnāya pārisuddhiyā saṃghappatto sañcicca
na āroceti, āhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi, pārisuddhihārakassa āpatti
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||22||
atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: sannipatatha bhi-
kkhave, saṃgho kammaṃ karissatīti. evaṃ vutte aññataro
bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: atthi bhante bhikkhu
gilāno, so anāgato 'ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave gilānena
bhikkhunā chandaṃ dātuṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave
dātabbo: tena gilānena bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upa-
saṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisī-
ditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: chandaṃ
dammi, chandaṃ me hara, chandaṃ me ārocehīti kāyena
viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, dinno
hoti chando, na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na
kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na dinno hoti chando. ||1|| evaṃ
ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce labhetha, so bhi-
[page 122]
122 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 23. 3-24. 3.
kkhave gilāno bhikkhu mañcena vā pīṭhena vā saṃgha-
majjhe ānetvā kammaṃ kātabbaṃ. sace bhikkhave gilānu-
paṭṭhākānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: sace kho mayaṃ
gilānaṃ ṭhānā cāvessāma, ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati kālaṃ-
kiriyā vā bhavissatīti, na bhikkhave gilāno ṭhānā cāvetabbo,
saṃghena tattha gantvā kammaṃ kātabbaṃ, na tv eva
vaggena saṃghena kammaṃ kātabbaṃ. kareyya ce, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. ||2|| chandahārako ce bhikkhave dinne chande
tatth'; eva pakkamati, aññassa dātabbo chando. chandahārako
ce bhikkhave dinne chande tatth'; eva vibbhamati, kālaṃ ka-
roti . . . ubhatovyañjanako paṭijānāti, aññassa dātabbo chando.
chandahārako ce bhikkhave dinne chande antarā magge
pakkamati, anāhaṭo hoti chando. chandahārako ce . . .
(comp. II.22.4) . . . chandahārakassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.
anujānāmi bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe pārisuddhiṃ dentena
chandam pi dātuṃ santi saṃghassa karaṇīyan ti. ||3||23||
tena kho pana samayena aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ tadah'; upo-
sathe ñātakā gaṇhiṃsu. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhuṃ tadah'; uposathe ñātakā
gaṇhanti. te ñātakā bhikkhūhi evam assu vacanīyā: iṅgha
tumhe āyasmanto imaṃ bhikkhuṃ muhuttaṃ muñcatha yā-
vāyaṃ bhikkhu uposathaṃ karotīti. ||1|| evaṃ ce taṃ
labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce labhetha, te ñātakā bhi-
kkhūhi evam assu vacanīyā: iṅgha tumhe āyasmanto mu-
huttaṃ ekamantaṃ hotha yāvāyaṃ bhikkhu pārisuddhiṃ
detīti. evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce
labhetha, te ñātakā bhikkhūhi evam assu vacanīyā: iṅgha
tumhe āyasmanto imaṃ bhikkhuṃ muhuttaṃ nissīmaṃ ne-
tha yāva saṃgho uposathaṃ karotīti. evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha,
icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce labhetha, na tv eva vaggena saṃ-
ghena uposatho kātabbo. kareyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhuṃ tadah'; uposathe rājāno
gaṇhanti --la-- corā gaṇhanti, dhuttā gaṇhanti, bhikkhū
paccatthikā gaṇhanti. te bhikkhū paccatthikā bhikkhūhi
evam assu {vacanīyā:} iṅgha . . . (comp. 1.2.) . . . na
tv eva vaggena saṃghena uposatho kātabbo. kareyya ce,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3||24||
[page 123]
II. 25. 1-4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 123
atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: sannipatatha bhi-
kkhave, atthi saṃghassa karaṇīyan ti. evaṃ vutte aññataro
bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: atthi bhante Gaggo nā-
ma bhikkhu ummattako, so anāgato 'ti. dve 'me bhi-
kkhave ummattakā: atthi bhikkhu ummattako sarati pi
uposathaṃ na pi sarati, sarati pi saṃghakammaṃ na pi
sarati, atthi n'; eva sarati, āgacchati pi uposathaṃ na pi āga-
cchati, āgacchati pi saṃghakammaṃ na pi āgacchati, atthi
n'; eva āgacchati. ||1|| tatra bhikkhave yv'; āyaṃ ummattako
sarati pi uposathaṃ na pi sarati, sarati pi saṃghakammaṃ
na pi sarati, āgacchati pi uposathaṃ na pi āgacchati, āga-
cchati pi saṃghakammaṃ na pi āgacchati, anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave evarūpassa ummattakassa ummattakasammutiṃ
dātuṃ. ||2|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave dātabbā: vyattena
bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. Gaggo bhikkhu ummattako sarati pi uposathaṃ
na pi sarati, sarati pi saṃghakammaṃ na pi sarati, āgacchati
pi uposathaṃ na pi āgacchati, āgacchati pi saṃghakammaṃ
na pi āgacchati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho Ga-
ggassa bhikkhuno ummattakassa ummattakasammutiṃ da-
deyya sareyya vā Gaggo bhikkhu uposathaṃ na vā sareyya,
sareyya vā saṃghakammaṃ na vā sareyya, āgaccheyya vā upo-
sathaṃ na vā āgaccheyya, āgaccheyya vā saṃghakammaṃ na
vā āgaccheyya, saṃgho saha vā Gaggena vinā vā Gaggena
uposatham kareyya saṃghakammaṃ kareyya. esā ñatti. ||3||
suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. Gaggo bhikkhu ummattako sa-
rati pi uposathaṃ . . . na pi āgacchati. saṃgho Gaggassa
bhikkhuno ummattakassa ummattakasammutiṃ deti sareyya
vā Gaggo . . . na vā āgaccheyya, saṃgho saha vā Gaggena
vinā vā Gaggena uposathaṃ karissati saṃghakammaṃ ka-
rissati. yassāyasmato khamati Gaggassa bhikkhuno umma-
ttakassa ummattakasammutiyā dānaṃ sareyya vā . . .
saṃghakammaṃ karissati, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati,
so bhāseyya. dinnā saṃghena Gaggassa bhikkhuno ummatta-
kassa ummattakasammuti sareyya vā . . . saṃghakammaṃ
karissati. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ
dhārayāmīti. ||4||25||
[page 124]
124 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 26. 1-6.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; upo-
sathe cattāro bhikkhū viharanti. atha kho tesaṃ bhi-
kkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ uposatho kā-
tabbo 'ti, mayañ c'; amhā cattāro janā. kathaṃ nu kho
amhehi uposatho kātabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ aro-
cesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave catunnaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddi-
situn ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse
tadah'; uposathe tayo bhikkhū viharanti. atha kho tesaṃ
bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā anuññātaṃ catunnaṃ
pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ, mayañ c'; amhā tayo janā. kathaṃ
nu kho amhehi uposatho kātabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave tiṇṇaṃ pāri-
suddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ. ||2|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave
kātabbo: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena te bhikkhū ñāpe-
tabbā: suṇantu me āyasmanto. ajj'; uposatho pannaraso.
yad'; āyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, mayaṃ aññamaññaṃ pā-
risuddhiuposathaṃ kareyyāmā 'ti. therena bhikkhunā
ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ
paggahetvā te bhikkhū evam assu vacanīyā: parisuddho
ahaṃ āvuso, parisuddho 'ti maṃ dhāretha, parisuddho ahaṃ
āvuso, parisuddho 'ti maṃ dhāretha, parisuddho ahaṃ āvuso,
parisuddho 'ti maṃ dhārethā 'ti. ||3|| navakena bhikkhunā
ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ
paggahetvā te bhikkhū evam assu vacanīyā: parisuddho ahaṃ
bhante, parisuddho 'ti maṃ dhāretha, parisuddho ahaṃ
bhante, parisuddho 'ti maṃ dhāretha, parisuddho ahaṃ
bhante, parisuddho 'ti maṃ dhārethā 'ti. ||4|| tena kho
pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe dve
bhikkhū viharanti. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad aho-
si: bhagavatā anuññātaṃ catunnaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ,
tiṇṇannaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ, mayañ c'; amhā dve
janā. kathaṃ nu kho amhehi uposatho kātabbo 'ti. bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave dvinnaṃ
pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ. ||5|| evañ ca pana bhi-
kkhave kātabbo: therena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ
karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā navo bhi-
kkhu evam assa vacanīyo: parisuddho ahaṃ āvuso, pari-
suddho 'ti maṃ dhārehi, parisuddho ahaṃ āvuso, parisuddho
[page 125]
II. 26. 6-27. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 125
'ti maṃ dhārehi, parisuddho ahaṃ āvuso, parisuddho 'ti maṃ
dhārehīti. ||6|| navakena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ
karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā thero bhi-
kkhu evam assa vacanīyo: parisuddho ahaṃ bhante, pari-
suddho 'ti maṃ dhāretha, parisuddho ahaṃ bhante, pari-
suddho 'ti maṃ dhāretha, parisuddho ahaṃ bhante, pari-
suddho 'ti maṃ dhārethā 'ti. ||7|| tena kho pana samayena
aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe eko bhikkhu viharati.
atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā anuññātaṃ
catunnaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ, tiṇṇannaṃ pārisuddhi-
uposathaṃ kātuṃ, dvinnaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ,
ahañ c'; amhi ekako. kathaṃ nu kho mayā uposatho kātabbo
'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||8|| idha pana bhi-
kkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe eko bhikkhu vi-
harati. tena bhikkhave bhikkhunā yattha bhikkhū paṭi-
kkamanti upaṭṭhānasālāya vā maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā, so
deso sammajjitvā pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā āsa-
naṃ paññāpetvā padīpaṃ katvā nisīditabbaṃ. sace aññe
bhikkhū āgacchanti, tehi saddhiṃ uposatho kātabbo, no ce
āgacchanti, ajja me uposatho 'ti adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. no ce
adhiṭṭhaheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||9|| tatra bhikkhave
yattha cattāro bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pārisuddhiṃ
āharitvā tīhi pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. uddiseyyuṃ ce,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. tatra bhikkhave yattha tayo bhikkhū
viharanti, na ekassa pārisuddhiṃ āharitvā dvīhi pārisuddhi-
uposatho kātabbo. kareyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. tatra
bhikkhave yattha dve bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pāri-
suddhiṃ āharitvā ekena adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. adhiṭṭhaheyya ce,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||10||26||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu tadah'; uposathe
āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad
ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na sāpattikena uposatho kā-
tabbo 'ti, ahañ c'; amhi āpattiṃ āpanno. kathaṃ nu kho
mayā paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu tadah'; uposathe āpattiṃ
āpanno hoti. tena bhikkhave bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ
upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ
[page 126]
126 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 27. 1-6.
nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ
āvuso itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno, taṃ paṭidesemīti. tena
vattabbo: passasīti. āma passāmīti. āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī-
ti. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu tadah'; uposathe
āpattiyā vematiko hoti. tena bhikkhave bhikkhunā
ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ . . . evam assa
vacanīyo: ahaṃ āvuso itthannāmāya āpattiyā vematiko, yadā
nibbematiko bhavissāmi, tadā taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmīti
vatvā uposatho kātabbo pātimokkhaṃ sotabbaṃ, na tv eva
tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabbo 'ti. ||2|| tena kho
pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ
desenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave
sabhāgā āpatti desetabbā. yo deseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā
'ti. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sa-
bhāgaṃ āpattiṃ paṭigaṇhanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave sabhāgā āpatti paṭiggahetabbā.
yo paṭigaṇheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3|| tena kho
pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne
āpattiṃ sarati. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi:
bhagavatā paññattaṃ na sāpattikena uposatho kātabbo 'ti,
ahañ c'; amhi āpattiṃ āpanno. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭi-
pajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. idha
pana bhikkhave bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne āpattiṃ
sarati. tena bhikkhave bhikkhunā sāmantā bhikkhu evam
assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ āvuso itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno,
ito vuṭṭhahitvā taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmīti vatvā uposatho
kātabbo pātimokkhaṃ sotabbaṃ, na tv eva tappaccayā
uposathassa antarāyo kātabbo. ||4|| idha pana bhikkhave
bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne āpattiyā vemati-
ko hoti. tena bhikkhave bhikkhunā sāmantā bhikkhu
evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ āvuso itthannāmāya āpattiyā
vematiko, yadā nibbematiko bhavissāmi, tadā taṃ āpattiṃ
paṭikarissāmīti vatvā uposatho kātabbo pātimokkhaṃ so-
tabbaṃ, na tv eva tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabbo
'ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'
uposathe sabbo saṃgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti.
atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā pañña-
ttaṃ na sabhāgā āpatti desetabbā, na sabhāgā āpatti paṭigga-
[page 127]
II. 27. 6-11.] MAHĀVAGGA. 127
hetabbā 'ti, ayañ ca sabbo saṃgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno.
kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse
tadah'; uposathe sabbo saṃgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno ho-
ti. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi eko bhikkhu sāmantā āvāsā
sajjukaṃ pāhetabbo gacchāvuso taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikaritvā
āgaccha, mayaṃ te santike āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmā 'ti. ||6||
evañ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce labhetha,
vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu
me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ sabbo saṃgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ
āpanno. yadā aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ suddhaṃ anāpattikaṃ pa-
ssissati, tadā tassa santike taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissatīti vatvā
uposatho kātabbo pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ, na tv eva
tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabbo. ||7|| idha pana
bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe sabbo saṃgho
sabhāgāya āpattiyā vematiko hoti. vyattena bhi-
kkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. ayaṃ sabbo saṃgho sabhāgāya āpattiyā vematiko.
yadā nibbematiko bhavissati, tadā taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissatī-
ti vatvā uposatho kātabbo pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ, na tv
eva tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabbo. ||8|| idha
pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassupagato saṃgho
sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. tehi bhikkhave bhi-
kkhūhi eko bhikkhu . . . (= 6.7) . . . no ce labhetha,
eko bhikkhu sattāhakālikaṃ pāhetabbo gacchāvuso taṃ āpa-
ttiṃ paṭikaritvā āgaccha, mayaṃ te santike taṃ āpattiṃ
paṭikarissāmā 'ti. ||9|| tena kho pana samayena aññatara-
smiṃ āvāse sabbo saṃgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti, so
na jānāti tassā āpattiyā nāmaṃ gottaṃ. tatth'; añño
bhikkhu āgacchati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vina-
yadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito vyatto medhāvī lajjī kukkucca-
ko sikkhākāmo, tam enaṃ aññataro bhikkhu yena so bhikkhu
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca:
yo nu kho āvuso evañ c'; evañ ca karoti, kiṃ nāma so āpattiṃ
āpajjatīti. ||10|| so evaṃ āha: yo kho āvuso evañ c'; evañ ca
karoti, imaṃ nāma so āpattiṃ āpajjati. imaṃ nāma tvaṃ
āvuso āpattiṃ āpanno paṭikarohi taṃ āpattin ti. so evaṃ
āha: na kho ahaṃ āvuso eko 'va imaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno, ayaṃ
[page 128]
128 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 27 11-28. 1.
sabbo saṃgho imaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. so evaṃ āha: kin
te āvuso karissati paro āpanno vā anāpanno vā. iṅgha tvaṃ
āvuso sakāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhahā 'ti. ||11|| atha kho so bhi-
kkhu tassa bhikkhuno vacanena taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikaritvā
yena te bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te bhi-
kkhū etad avoca: yo kira āvuso evañ c'; evañ ca karoti,
imaṃ nāma so āpattiṃ āpajjati. imaṃ nāma tumhe āvuso
āpattiṃ āpannā paṭikarotha taṃ āpattin ti. atha kho te
bhikkhū na icchiṃsu tassa bhikkhuno vacanena taṃ āpattiṃ
paṭikātuṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||12|| idha
pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse sabbo saṃgho sabhāgaṃ
āpattiṃ āpanno hoti, so na jānāti tassā āpattiyā nāmaṃ
gottaṃ. tatth'; añño bhikkhu āgacchati bahussuto . . . sikkhā-
kāmo, tam enaṃ aññataro bhikkhu yena so bhikkhu ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ evaṃ vadeti:
yo nu kho āvuso evañ c'; evañ ca karoti kiṃ nāma so āpattiṃ
āpajjatīti. ||13|| so evaṃ vadeti: yo kho āvuso evañ c'
evañ ca karoti, imaṃ nāma so āpattiṃ āpajjati. imaṃ nāma
tvaṃ āvuso āpattiṃ āpanno paṭikarohi taṃ āpattin ti. so
evaṃ vadeti: na kho ahaṃ āvuso eko 'va imaṃ āpattiṃ
āpanno, ayaṃ sabbo saṃgho imaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. so
evaṃ vadeti: kin te āvuso karissati paro āpanno vā anāpanno
vā. iṅgha tvaṃ āvuso sakāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhahā 'ti. ||14||
so ce bhikkhave bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno vacanena taṃ
āpattiṃ paṭikaritvā yena te bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā te bhikkhū evaṃ vadeti: yo kira āvuso evañ c'
evañ ca karoti, imaṃ nāma so āpattiṃ āpajjati, imaṃ nāma
tumhe āvuso āpattiṃ āpannā paṭikarotha taṃ āpattin ti, te
ce bhikkhave bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno vacanena taṃ āpattiṃ
paṭikareyyuṃ, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭikareyyuṃ,
na te bhikkhave bhikkhū tena bhikkhunā akāmā vacanīyā
'ti. ||15||27||
Codanāvatthubhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; upo-
sathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatiṃsu cattāro vā
atirekā vā, te na jāniṃsu atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā
[page 129]
II. 28. 1-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 129
'ti. te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññi-
no uposathaṃ akaṃsu pātimokkhaṃ uddisiṃsu. tehi uddi-
ssamāne pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchiṃsu
bahutarā. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1|| idha
pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe samba-
hulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā, te
na jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā 'ti. te
dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino upo-
sathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. tehi uddissa-
māne pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti
bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ
uddisitabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ anāpatti. ||2|| idha pana bhi-
kkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . (= 2)
. . . tehi uddissamāne {pātimokkhe} ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhi-
kkhū āgacchanti samasamā. uddiṭṭhaṃ suddiṭṭhaṃ, ava-
sesaṃ sotabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana bhi-
kkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . (= 2) . . .
tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū
āgacchanti thokatarā. uddiṭṭhaṃ suddiṭṭhaṃ, avasesaṃ
sotabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ anāpatti. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave
aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . tehi uddiṭṭha-
matte pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti
bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ
uddisitabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana bhikkhave
aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . tehi uddiṭṭha-
matte pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti
samasamā. uddiṭṭhaṃ suddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pāri-
suddhi ārocetabbā, uddesakānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana bhi-
kkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . tehi uddi-
ṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū {āgac-
chanti} thokatarā. uddiṭṭhaṃ suddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike
pārisuddhi ārocetabbā, uddesakānaṃ anāpatti. ||4|| idha pana
bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . tehi uddi-
ṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe avuṭṭhitāya parisāya ath'; aññe
āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave bhi-
kkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ anā-
patti. idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; upo-
sathe . . . tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe avuṭṭhi-
[page 130]
130 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 28. 5-29. 3.
tāya parisāya ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū {āgacchanti} sama-
samā. uddiṭṭhaṃ suddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi
ārocetabbā, uddesakānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana bhikkhave
aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . tehi uddiṭṭha-
matte pātimokkhe avuṭṭhitāya parisāya ath'; aññe āvāsikā
bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. uddiṭṭhaṃ suddiṭṭhaṃ,
tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā, uddesakānaṃ anāpatti.
||5|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; upo-
sathe . . . tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe ekaccāya
vuṭṭhitāya parisāya ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti
bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave . . . (= 5) . . ., . . . eka-
ccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya . . . samasamā . . ., . . . ekaccā-
ya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya . . . thokatarā . . . ||6|| idha pana
bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . tehi
uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya pari-
sāya ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā . . .
samasamā . . . thokatarā . . . (= 6) . . . ||7||
anāpattipannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||28||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe
sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā
vā, te jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā 'ti. te
dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā vaggasaññino uposa-
thaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. tehi uddissamāne
pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahu-
tarā. tehi bhikkhave {bhikkhūhi} puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisi-
tabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1|| idha pana
bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . (= 1)
. . . tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhi-
kkhū āgacchanti samasamā. uddiṭṭhaṃ suddiṭṭhaṃ, ava-
sesaṃ sotabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. idha pana
bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . (= 1)
. . . tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhi-
kkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. uddiṭṭhaṃ suddiṭṭhaṃ, avase-
saṃ sotabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2|| idha
pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . .
tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe --gha-- avuṭṭhitāya pari-
sāya --la-- ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya --la-- sabbāya
[page 131]
II. 29. 3-32. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 131
vuṭṭhitāya parisāya ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti
bahutarā --la-- samasamā --la-- thokatarā. uddiṭṭhaṃ
suddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā, uddesakā-
naṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||3||
vaggāvaggasaññinopannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||29||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe
sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā
vā, te jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā 'ti. te
kappati nu kho amhākaṃ uposatho kātuṃ na nu kho kappa-
tīti vematikā uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti.
tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū
āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi puna
pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.
||1|| idha pana . . . (comp. II.29.2.3) . . . uddesakānaṃ
āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2||
vematikāpannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||30||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe
sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā
vā, te jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā 'ti. te
kappat'; eva amhākaṃ uposatho kātuṃ, n'; amhākaṃ na
kappatīti kukkuccapakatā uposathaṃ karonti pātimo-
kkhaṃ uddisanti. tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe ath'
aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhi-
kkhave bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ, udde-
sakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1|| idha pana . . . (comp. II.
29.2.3) . . . uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2||
kukkuccapakatāpannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||31||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe
sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā
vā, te jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā 'ti. te
nassante te vinassante te ko tehi attho 'ti bhedapure-
kkhārā uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. tehi
uddissamāne pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āga-
cchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi puna pāti-
mokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ āpatti thullacca-
[page 132]
132 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 32. 1-34. 4.
yassa. ||1|| idha pana . . . (comp. II.29.2,3; instead of
āpatti dukkaṭassa read āpatti thullaccayassa) . . . āpatti thu-
llaccayassa. ||2||
bhedapurekkhārāpannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||32||
pañcasattatikaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe
sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā
vā, te jānanti aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okka-
mantīti. te jānanti aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ
okkantā 'ti. te passanti aññe āvāsike bhikkhū antosī-
maṃ okkamante. te passanti aññe āvāsike bhikkhū
antosīmaṃ okkante. te suṇanti aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū
antosīmaṃ okkamantīti. te suṇanti aññe āvāsikā bhi-
kkhū antosīmaṃ okkantā 'ti. āvāsikena āvāsikā ekasa-
tapañcasattati tikanayato, āvāsikena āgantukā, āgantukena
āvāsikā, āgantukena āgantukā, peyyālamukhena satta tikasa-
tāni honti. ||1||33||
idha pana bhikkhave āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cātuddaso
hoti, āgantukānaṃ pannaraso. sace āvāsikā bahutarā honti,
āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ. sace samasamā
honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ. sace āgantu-
kā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ.
||1|| idha pana bhikkhave āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ panna-
raso hoti, āgantukānaṃ cātuddaso. sace āvāsikā bahu-
tarā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ. sace
samasamā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ.
sace āgantukā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṃ anu-
vattitabbaṃ. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave āvāsikānaṃ bhi-
kkhūnaṃ pāṭipado hoti, āgantukānaṃ pannaraso. sace
āvāsikā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṃ nākāmā dā-
tabbā sāmaggī, āgantukehi nissīmaṃ gantvā uposatho kā-
tabbo. sace samasamā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṃ nākāmā
dātabbā sāmaggī, āgantukehi nissīmaṃ gantvā uposatho kā-
tabbo. sace āgantukā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukā-
naṃ sāmaggī vā dātabbā nissīmaṃ vā gantabbaṃ. ||3|| idha
pana bhikkhave āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pannaraso hoti,
[page 133]
II. 34. 4-9.] MAHĀVAGGA. 133
āgantukānaṃ pāṭipado. sace āvāsikā bahutarā honti,
āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ sāmaggī vā dātabbā nissīmaṃ vā
gantabbaṃ. sace samasamā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ
sāmaggī vā dātabbā nissīmaṃ vā gantabbaṃ. sace āgantukā
bahutarā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ nākāmā dātabbā sā-
maggī, āvāsikehi nissīmaṃ gantvā uposatho kātabbo. ||4||
idha pana bhikkhave āgantukā bhikkhū passanti āvāsikā-
naṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āvāsikākāraṃ āvāsikaliṅgaṃ āvāsikani-
mittaṃ āvāsikuddesaṃ supaññattaṃ mañcapīṭhaṃ bhisibim-
bohanaṃ pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ sūpatiṭṭhitaṃ pariveṇaṃ
susammaṭṭhaṃ, passitvā vematikā honti atthi nu kho āvā-
sikā bhikkhū n'; atthi nu kho 'ti. ||5|| te vematikā na vici-
nanti, avicinitvā uposathaṃ karonti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. te
vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā na passanti, apassitvā uposa-
thaṃ karonti, anāpatti. te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā
passanti, passitvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti, anāpatti. te ve-
matikā vicinanti, vicinitvā passanti, passitvā pāṭekkaṃ upo-
sathaṃ karonti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. te vematikā vicinanti,
vicinitvā passanti, passitvā nassante te vinassante te ko tehi
attho 'ti bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti, āpatti thulla-
ccayassa. ||6|| idha pana bhikkhave āgantukā bhikkhū su-
ṇanti āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āvāsikākāraṃ āvāsikaliṅgaṃ
āvāsikanimittaṃ āvāsikuddesaṃ caṅkamantānaṃ padasaddaṃ
sajjhāyasaddaṃ ukkāsitasaddaṃ khipitasaddaṃ, sutvā vema-
tikā honti atthi nu kho āvāsikā bhikkhū n'; atthi nu kho
'ti. te . . . (= 6) . . . āpatti thullaccayassa. ||7|| idha
pana bhikkhave āvāsikā bhikkhū passanti āgantukānaṃ
bhikkhūnaṃ āgantukākāraṃ āgantukaliṅgaṃ āgantukani-
mittaṃ āgantukuddesaṃ aññātakaṃ pattaṃ aññātakaṃ cīva-
raṃ aññātakaṃ nisīdanaṃ pādānaṃ dhotaṃ udakanissekaṃ,
passitvā vematikā honti atthi nu kho āgantukā bhikkhū
n'; atthi nu kho 'ti. te . . . (= 6) . . . āppati thullacca-
yassa. ||8|| idha pana bhikkhave āvāsikā bhikkhū suṇanti
āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āgantukākāraṃ āgantukaliṅgaṃ
āgantukanimittaṃ āgantukuddesaṃ āgacchantānaṃ pada-
saddaṃ upāhanapappoṭhanasaddaṃ ukkāsitasaddaṃ khipita-
saddaṃ, sutvā vematikā honti atthi nu kho āgantukā
bhikkhū n'; atthi nu kho 'ti. te . . . (= 6) . . . āpatti
[page 134]
134 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 34. 9-35. 3.
thullaccayassa. ||9|| idha pana bhikkhave āgantukā bhikkhū
passanti āvāsike bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsake. te samāna-
saṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhanti, samānasaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ
paṭilabhitvā na pucchanti, apucchitvā ekato uposathaṃ ka-
ronti, anāpatti. te pucchanti, pucchitvā nābhivitaranti, an-
abhivitaritvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. te
pucchanti, pucchitvā nābhivitaranti, anabhivitaritvā pāṭe-
kkaṃ uposathaṃ karonti, anāpatti. ||10|| idha pana bhi-
kkhave āgantukā bhikkhū passanti āvāsike bhikkhū samā-
nasaṃvāsake. te nānāsaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭila-
bhanti, nānāsaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhitvā na pucchanti,
apucchitvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. te
pucchanti, pucchitvā abhivitaranti, abhivitaritvā pāṭekkaṃ
uposathaṃ karonti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. te pucchanti, pucchi-
tvā abhivitaranti, abhivitaritvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti,
anāpatti. ||11|| idha pana bhikkhave āvāsikā bhikkhū pas-
santi āgantuke bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsake. te {samāna-
saṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ} paṭilabhanti . . . (= 10) . . . anā-
patti. ||12|| idha pana bhikkhave āvāsikā bhikkhū passanti
āgantuke bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsake. te nānāsaṃvā-
sakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhanti . . . (= 11) . . . anāpatti.
||13||34||
no bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā abhi-
kkhuko āvāso gantabbo aññatra saṃghena aññatra antarāyā.
na bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā abhikkhu-
ko anāvāso gantabbo aññatra saṃghena aññatra antarāyā.
na bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā abhikkhu-
ko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo aññatra saṃghena aññatra
antarāyā. ||1|| na bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā
anāvāsā abhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo aññatra saṃghena añña-
tra antarāyā. na bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā
anāvāsā abhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo aññatra saṃghena
aññatra antarāyā. na bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhu-
kā anāvāsā abhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo añña-
tra saṃghena aññatra antarāyā. ||2|| na bhikkhave tadah'
uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā abhikkhuko āvā-
so gantabbo aññatra saṃghena aññatra antarāyā. na bhi-
[page 135]
II. 35. 3-36. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 135
kkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā
abhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo aññatra saṃghena aññatra an-
tarāyā. na bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā
anāvāsā vā abhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo aññatra
saṃghena aññatra antarāyā. ||3|| na bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe
sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo yatth'
assu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā aññatra saṃghena añña-
tra antarāyā. na {bhikkhave} tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā
sabhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo yatth'; assu bhikkhū nānā-
saṃvāsakā aññatra saṃghena annatra antarāyā. na bhi-
kkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko āvā-
so vā anāvāso vā . . . (comp. 1,2,3) . . . na bhikkhave
tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā sabhikkhu-
ko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo yatth'; assu bhikkhū nānā-
saṃvāsakā aññatra saṃghena aññatra antarāyā. ||4|| gan-
tabbo bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā
sabhikkhuko āvāso yatth'; assu bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsakā,
yaṃ jaññā sakkomi ajj'; eva gantun ti. gantabbo bhikkhave
tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko anāvāso
yatth'; assu bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsakā, yaṃ jaññā sakkomi
ajj'; eva gantun ti . . . gantabbo bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe
sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anā-
vāso vā yatth'; assu bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsakā, yaṃ jaññā
sakkomi ajj'; eva gantun ti. ||5||35||
na bhikkhave bhikkhuniyā nisinnaparisāya pātimo-
kkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
--la-- na bhikkhave sikkhamānāya, na sāmaṇerassa, na
sāmaṇeriyā, na sikkhaṃ paccakkhātakassa, na antimavatthuṃ
ajjhāpannakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ.
yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1|| na āpattiyā adassane
ukkhittakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ.
yo uddiseyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo. na āpattiyā appaṭi-
kamme ukkhittakassa nisinnaparisāya, na pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā
appaṭinissagge ukkhittakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṃ
uddisitabbaṃ. yo uddiseyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo. ||2||
na paṇḍakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ.
yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na theyyasaṃvāsakassa
[page 136]
136 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 36. 3-4.
--la-- na titthiyapakkantakassa, na tiracchānagatassa, na
mātughātakassa, na pitughātakassa, na arahantaghātakassa,
na bhikkhunīdūsakassa, na saṃghabhedakassa, na lohituppā-
dakassa, na ubhatovyañjanakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimo-
kkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. yo uddiseyya, āpatti {dukkaṭassa.} ||3|| na
bhikkhave pārivāsikassa pārisuddhidānena uposatho kātabbo
aññatra avuṭṭhitāya parisāya. na ca bhikkhave anuposathe
uposatho kātabbo aññatra saṃghasāmaggiyā 'ti. ||4||36||
uposathakkhandhake tatiyaṃ bhāṇavāraṃ.
imasmiṃ khandhake vatthu chāsīti. tassa uddānaṃ:
titthiyā Bimbisāro ca, sannipatanti tuṇhikā,
dhammaṃ, raho, pātimokkhaṃ, devasikaṃ, tadā sakiṃ, |
yathāparisāya, samaggaṃ, sāmaggī, Maddakucchi ca,
sīmā, mahatī, nadiyā, anu, dve, khuddakāni ca, |
navā, Rājagahe c'; eva, sīmā avippavāsanā,
sammanne paṭhamaṃ sīmaṃ pacchā sīmaṃ samūhane, |
asammatā gāmasīmā, nadiyā samudde sare
udakukkhepo, bhindanti, tath'; ev'; ajjhottharanti ca, |
kati, kammāni, uddeso, savarā, asati pi ca,
5 dhammaṃ, vinayaṃ, tajjenti, puna vinaya-tajjanā, |
codanā, kate okāse, adhamma-paṭikkosanā,
catupañcaparā, āvi, sañcicca, ce pi vāyame, |
sagahaṭṭhā, anajjhiṭṭhā, Codanamhi, na jānati,
sambahulā na jānanti, sajjukaṃ, na ca gacchare, |
katimī, kīvatikā, dūre ārocetuñ ca, na ssari,
uklāpaṃ, āsanaṃ, padīpo, disā, añño bahussuto, |
sajjukaṃ, vassuposatho, suddhikammañ ca, ñātakā,
Gaggo, catu-tayo, dve-'ko, āpatti, sabhāgā, sari, |
sabbo saṃgho, vematiko, na jānanti, bahussuto,
10 bahū, samasamā, thokā, parisāya avuṭṭhitāya ca, |
ekaccā vuṭṭhitā, sabbā, jānanti ca, vematikā,
kappat'; evā 'ti kukkuccā, jānaṃ, passaṃ, suṇanti ca, |
āvāsikena āgantu, cātupannaraso puna,
pāṭipado pannaraso, liṅgasaṃvāsakā ubho, |
pārivāsānuposatho, aññatra saṃghasāmaggiyā.
ete vibhattā uddānā vatthuvibhūtakāraṇā ti. |
[page 137]
137
MAHĀVAGGA.
III.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Ve-
ḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena
bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ vassāvāso apaññatto hoti. te 'dha
bhikkhū hemantam pi gimham pi vassam pi cārikaṃ caranti.
||1|| manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi
nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā hemantam pi gimham pi vassam
pi cārikaṃ carissanti haritāni tiṇāni sammaddantā ekindri-
yaṃ jīvaṃ viheṭhentā bahū khuddake pāṇe saṃghātaṃ āpā-
dentā. ime hi nāma aññatitthiyā durakkhātadhammā vassā-
vāsaṃ alliyissanti saṃkāpayissanti, ime hi nāma sakuntakā
rukkhaggesu kulāvakāni karitvā vassāvāsaṃ alliyissanti saṃ-
kāpayissanti, ime pana samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā hemantam pi
gimham pi vassam pi cārikaṃ caranti haritāni tiṇāni samma-
ddantā ekindriyaṃ jīvaṃ viheṭhentā bahū khuddake pāṇe
saṃghātaṃ āpādentā 'ti. ||2|| assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ
manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ.
atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha
kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ ka-
thaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave va-
ssaṃ upagantun ti. ||3||1||
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kadā nu kho vassaṃ
upagantabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anu-
jānāmi bhikkhave vassāne vassaṃ upagantun ti. ||1|| atha
kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kati nu kho vassupanāyikā 'ti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. dve 'mā bhikkhave va-
ssupanāyikā purimikā pacchimikā 'ti. aparajjugatāya
āsāḷhiyā purimikā upagantabbā, māsagatāya āsāḷhiyā pacchi-
mikā upagantabbā. imā kho bhikkhave dve vassupanāyikā
'ti. ||2||2||
[page 138]
138 MAHĀVAGGA. [III. 3. 1-4.
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vassaṃ
upagantvā antarā vassaṃ cārikaṃ caranti. manussā ujjhā-
yanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakya-
puttiyā hemantam pi gimham pi vassam pi cārikaṃ cari-
ssanti haritāni tiṇāni sammaddantā ekindriyaṃ jīvaṃ vihe-
ṭhentā bahū khuddake pāṇe saṃghātaṃ āpādentā. ime hi
nāma aññatitthiyā durakkhātadhammā vassāvāsaṃ alliyis-
santi saṃkāpayissanti, ime hi nāma sakuntakā rukkhaggesu
kulāvakāni karitvā vassāvāsaṃ alliyissanti saṃkāpayissanti,
ime pana samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā hemantam pi gimham pi
vassam pi cārikaṃ caranti haritāni tiṇāni sammaddantā
ekindriyaṃ jīvaṃ viheṭhentā bahū khuddake pāṇe saṃghā-
taṃ āpādentā 'ti. ||1|| assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussā-
naṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhi-
kkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi
nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vassaṃ upagantvā antarā vassaṃ
cārikaṃ carissantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etas-
miṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na
bhikkhave vassaṃ upagantvā purimaṃ vā temāsaṃ
pacchimaṃ vā temāsaṃ avasitvā cārikā pakkamitabbā.
yo pakkameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2||3||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū na
icchanti vassaṃ upagantuṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āro-
cesuṃ. {na} bhikkhave vassaṃ na upagantabbaṃ. yo
na upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana
samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū tadahu vassupanāyikāya
vassaṃ anupagantukāmā sañcicca āvāsaṃ atikkamanti. bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave tadahu vassupa-
nāyikāya vassaṃ anupagantukāmena sañcicca āvāso atikka-
mitabbo. yo atikkameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2|| tena
kho pana samayena rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro
vassaṃ ukkaḍḍhitukāmo bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi,
yadi pan'; ayyā āgame juṇhe vassaṃ upagaccheyyun ti. bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ: anujānāmi bhikkhave rājū-
naṃ anuvattitun ti. ||3||4||
[page 139]
III. 5. 1-6.] MAHĀVAGGA. 139
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā
yena Sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cāri-
kaṃ caramāno yena Sāvatthi tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bha-
gavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa
ārāme. tena kho pana samayena Kosalesu janapadesu
Udenena upāsakena saṃghaṃ uddissa viharo kārāpito
hoti. so bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi, āgacchantu
bhaddantā, icchāmi dānañ ca dātuṃ dhammañ ca sotuṃ bhi-
kkhū ca passitun ti. ||1|| bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: bhaga-
vatā āvuso paññattaṃ na vassaṃ upagantvā purimaṃ vā
temāsaṃ pacchimaṃ vā temāsaṃ avasitvā cārikā pakkami-
tabbā 'ti. āgametu Udeno upāsako yāva bhikkhū vassaṃ
vasanti, vassaṃ vutthā gamissanti. sace pan'; assa accāyikaṃ
karaṇīyaṃ, tatth'; eva āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ santike vihā-
raṃ patiṭṭhāpetū 'ti. ||2|| Udeno upāsako ujjhāyati khīyati
vipāceti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhaddantā mayā pahite na āga-
cchissanti, ahaṃ hi dāyako kārako saṃghupaṭṭhāko 'ti. asso-
suṃ kho bhikkhū Udenassa upāsakassa ujjhāyantassa khī-
yantassa vipācentassa. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||3|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne
dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave sattannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite gantuṃ, na
tv eva appahite, bhikkhussa bhikkhuniyā sikkhamānāya sā-
maṇerassa sāmaṇeriyā upāsakassa upāsikāya. anujānāmi
bhikkhave imesaṃ sattannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite gan-
tuṃ, na tv eva appahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||4||
idha pana bhikkhave upāsakena saṃghaṃ uddissa vihāro
kārāpito hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya,
āgacchantu bhaddantā, icchāmi dānañ ca dātuṃ dhammañ ca
sotuṃ bhikkhū ca passitun ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāha-
karaṇīyena pahite, na tv eva appahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo
kātabbo. ||5|| idha pana bhikkhave upāsakena saṃghaṃ
uddissa aḍḍhayogo kārāpito hoti, pāsādo kārāpito hoti, hammi-
yaṃ kārāpitaṃ h., guhā kārāpitā h., pariveṇaṃ kārāpitaṃ
h., koṭṭhako kārāpito h., upaṭṭhānasālā kārāpitā h., aggisālā
kārāpitā h., kappiyakuṭī kārāpitā h., vaccakuṭī kārāpitā h.,
caṅkamo kārāpito h., caṅkamanasālā kārāpitā h., udapāno
kārāpito h., udapānasālā kārāpitā h., jantāgharaṃ kārāpi-
[page 140]
140 MAHĀVAGGA. [III. 5. 6-9.
taṃ h., jantāgharasālā kārāpitā h., pokkharaṇī kārāpitā h.,
maṇḍapo kārāpito h., ārāmo kārāpito h., ārāmavatthuṃ kā-
rāpitaṃ hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya,
āgacchantu bhaddantā, icchāmi dānañ ca dātuṃ dhammañ ca
sotuṃ bhikkhū ca passitun ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāha-
karaṇīyena pahite, na tv eva appahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo
kātabbo. ||6|| idha pana bhikkhave upāsakena samba-
hule bhikkhū uddissa --la-- ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddi-
ssa vihāro kārāpito h., aḍḍhayogo k. h., pāsādo k. h., . . .
(= 6) . . . sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||7|| idha pana
bhikkhave upāsakena bhikkhunīsaṃghaṃ uddissa
--la-- sambahulā bhikkhuniyo uddissa --la-- ekaṃ
bhikkhuniṃ uddissa --la-- sambahulā sikkhamānā-
yo uddissa --la-- ekaṃ sikkhamānaṃ uddissa -- la --
sambahule sāmaṇere uddissa --la-- ekaṃ sāmaṇe-
ram uddissa --la-- sambahulā sāmaṇeriyo uddissa
--la-- ekaṃ sāmaṇeriṃ uddissa vihāro kārāpito hoti,
aḍḍhayogo k. h., pāsādo k. h., hammiyaṃ k. h., guhā k. h.,
pariveṇaṃ k. h., koṭṭhako k. h., upaṭṭhānasālā k. h., aggisā-
lā k. h., kappiyakuṭī k. h., caṅkamo k. h., caṅkamanasālā
k. h., udapāno k. h., udapānasālā k. h., pokkharaṇī k. h.,
maṇḍapo k. h., ārāmo k. h., ārāmavatthuṃ k. hoti. so ce
bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, āgacchantu bha-
ddantā, icchāmi dānañ ca dātuṃ dhammañ ca sotuṃ bhikkhū
ca passitun ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena pa-
hite, na tv eva appahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||8||
idha pana bhikkhave upāsakena attano atthāya nivesa-
naṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti --la-- sayanigharaṃ k. h., uddosito
k. h., aṭṭo k. h., mālo k. h., āpaṇo k. h., āpaṇasālā k. h., pā-
sādo k. h., hammiyaṃ k. h., guhā k. h., pariveṇaṃ k. h.,
koṭṭhako k. h., upaṭṭhānasālā k. h., aggisālā k. h., rasavatī
k. h., vaccakuṭī k. h., caṅkamo k. h., caṅkamanasālā k. h.,
udapāno k. h., udapānasālā k. h., jantāgharaṃ k. h., jantā-
gharasālā k. h., pokkharaṇī k. h., maṇḍapo k. h., ārāmo k. h.,
ārāmavatthuṃ k. h., puttassa vā vāreyyaṃ hoti, dhītuyā vā
vāreyyaṃ hoti, gilāno vā hoti, abhiññātaṃ vā suttantaṃ bha-
ṇati. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, āgacchantu
bhaddantā imaṃ suttantaṃ pariyāpuṇissanti pur'; āyaṃ su-
[page 141]
III. 5. 9-13.] MAHĀVAGGA. 141
ttanto palujjatīti. aññataraṃ vā pan'; assa kiccaṃ hoti kara-
ṇīyaṃ vā. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya,
āgacchantu bhaddantā, icchāmi dānañ ca dātuṃ dhammañ ca
sotuṃ bhikkhū ca passitun ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāha-
karaṇīyena pahite, na tv eva appahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo
kātabbo. ||9|| idha pana bhikkhave upāsikāya saṃghaṃ
uddisa vihāro kārāpito hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike
dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi dānañ ca dātuṃ
dhammañ ca sotuṃ bhikkhū ca passitun ti, gantabbaṃ bhi-
kkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite, na tv eva appahite. sattā-
haṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||10|| idha pana bhikkhave upā-
sikāya saṃghaṃ uddissa aḍḍhayogo kārāpito . . . (= 6)
. . . ārāmavatthuṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ . . .
(= 10) . . . sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||11|| idha pana
bhikkhave upāsikāya sambahule bhikkhū uddissa -- la --
ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa --la-- bhikkhunīsaṃghaṃ uddissa
--la-- sambahulā bhikkhuniyo uddissa --la-- ekaṃ bhi-
kkhuniṃ uddissa --la-- sambahulā sikkhamānāyo uddissa,
ekaṃ sikkhamānaṃ uddissa, sambahule sāmaṇere uddissa,
ekaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ uddissa, sambahulā sāmaṇeriyo uddissa,
ekaṃ sāmaṇeriṃ uddissa --la-- attano atthāya nivesanaṃ
kārāpitaṃ hoti --la-- sayanigharaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti . . .
(= 9) . . . gilānā vā hoti, abhiññātaṃ vā suttantaṃ bha-
ṇati. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, āga-
cchantu ayyā imaṃ suttantaṃ pariyāpuṇissanti pur'; āyaṃ
suttanto palujjatīti. aññataraṃ vā pan'; assā kiccaṃ hoti
karaṇīyaṃ vā. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya,
āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi dānañ ca dātuṃ dhammañ ca so-
tuṃ bhikkhū ca passitun ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāha-
karaṇīyena pahite, na tv eva appahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo
kātabbo. ||12|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ
uddissa, bhikkhuniyā saṃghaṃ uddissa, sikkhamānā-
ya saṃghaṃ uddissa, sāmaṇerena saṃghaṃ uddissa, sā-
maṇeriyā saṃghaṃ uddissa, sambahule bhikkhū uddissa,
ekam bhikkhuṃ uddissa, bhikkhunīsaṃghaṃ uddissa, samba-
hulā bhikkhuniyo uddissa, ekaṃ bhikkhuniṃ uddissa, samba-
hulā sikkhamānāyo uddissa, ekaṃ sikkhamānaṃ uddissa,
sambahule sāmaṇere uddissa, ekaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ uddissa,
[page 142]
142 MAHĀVAGGA. [III. 5. 13-6. 5.
sambahulā sāmaṇeriyo uddissa, ekaṃ sāmaṇeriṃ uddissa,
attano atthāya vihāro kārāpito hoti . . . (= 8) . . . ārā-
māvatthuṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike
dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi dānañ ca dā-
tuṃ dhammañ ca sotuṃ bhikkhū ca passitun ti, gantabbaṃ
bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite, na tv eva appahite.
sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo 'ti. ||13||5||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.
so {bhikkhūnaṃ} santike dūtaṃ pāhesi, ahaṃ hi gilāno, āga-
cchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti. bhagava-
to etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pañcannaṃ
sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi gantuṃ, pag eva pahite,
bhikkhussa bhikkhuniyā sikkhamānāya sāmaṇerassa sāmaṇe-
riyā. anujānāmi bhikkhave imesaṃ pañcannaṃ sattāhaka-
raṇīyena appahite pi gantuṃ, pag eva pahite. sattāhaṃ
sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu
gilāno hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahi-
ṇeyya, ahaṃ hi gilāno, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhi-
kkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇī-
yena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, gilānabhattaṃ vā pari-
yesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilāna-
bhesajjaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi
vā 'ti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||2|| idha pana
bhikkhave bhikkhussa anabhirati uppannā hoti. so ce
bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, anabhirati me uppa-
nnā, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti,
gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag
eva pahite, anabhiratiṃ vūpakāsessāmi vā vūpakāsāpessāmi
vā dhammakathaṃ vāssa karissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo
kātabbo. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa kukkuccaṃ
uppannaṃ hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahi-
ṇeyya, kukkuccaṃ me uppannaṃ, āgacchantu bhikkhū,
icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattā-
hakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, kukkuccaṃ vino-
dessāmi vā vinodāpessāmi vā dhammakathaṃ vāssa karissā-
mīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||4|| idha pana bhi-
kkhave bhikkhussa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti. so ce
[page 143]
III. 6. 5-10.] MAHĀVAGGA. 143
bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, diṭṭhigataṃ me uppa-
nnaṃ, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti,
gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag
eva pahite, diṭṭhigataṃ vivecessāmi vā vivecāpessāmi vā
dhammakathaṃ vāssa karissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kā-
tabbo. ||5|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu garudham-
maṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ
santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno
parivāsāraho, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āga-
tan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi,
pag eva pahite, parivāsadānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmi vā, anu-
ssāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sanni-
vaṭṭo kātabbo. ||6|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu mūlāya
paṭikassanāraho hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ
pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi mūlāya paṭikassanāraho, āgacchantu
bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhi-
kkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite,
mūlāya paṭikassanaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi
vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kā-
tabbo. ||7|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu mānattāraho
hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi
mānattāraho, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āga-
tan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi,
pag eva pahite, mānattadānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmi vā, anu-
ssāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sanni-
vaṭṭo kātabbo. ||8|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu abbhā-
nāraho hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya,
ahaṃ hi abbhānāraho, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhi-
kkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena
appahite pi, pag eva pahite, abbhānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissā-
mi vā, anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmīti.
sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||9|| idha pana bhikkhave
bhikkhussa saṃgho kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti tajjani-
yaṃ vā nissayaṃ vā pabbājaniyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇiyaṃ vā
ukkhepaniyaṃ vā. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ
pahiṇeyya, saṃgho me kammaṃ kattukāmo, āgacchantu
bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhi-
kkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, kin ti
[page 144]
144 MAHĀVAGGA. [III. 6. 10-16.
nu kho saṃgho kammaṃ na kareyya lahukāya vā pariṇā-
meyyā 'ti. sattāham sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||10|| kataṃ vā
pan'; assa hoti saṃghena kammaṃ tajjaniyaṃ vā . . .
ukkhepaniyaṃ vā. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahi-
ṇeyya, saṃgho me kammaṃ akāsi, āgacchantu bhikkhū,
icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattā-
hakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, kin ti nu kho sa-
mmāvatteyya lomaṃ pāteyya netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṃgho
taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyā 'ti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo
kātabbo. ||11|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhunī gilā-
nā hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya,
ahaṃ hi gilānā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āga-
tan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite
pi, pag eva pahite, gilānabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilā-
nupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṃ vā
pariyesissāmi, {pucchissāmi} vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā 'ti. sattā-
haṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||12|| idha pana bhikkhave bhi-
kkhuniyā anabhirati uppannā hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ
santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, anabhirati me uppannā, āga-
cchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ
bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite,
anabhiratiṃ vūpakāsessāmi vā vūpakāsāpessāmi vā dhamma-
kathaṃ vāssā karissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||13||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhuniyā kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ
hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, kukku-
ccaṃ me uppannaṃ, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ
āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite
pi, pag eva pahite, kukkuccaṃ vinodessāmi vā vinodāpessāmi
vā dhammakathaṃ vāssā karissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo
kātabbo. ||14|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhuniyā diṭṭhi-
gataṃ uppannaṃ hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ
pahiṇeyya, diṭṭhigataṃ me uppannaṃ, āgacchantu ayyā,
icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhaka-
raṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, diṭṭhigataṃ vivecessā-
mi vā vivecāpessāmi vā dhammakathaṃ vāssā karissāmīti.
sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||15|| idha pana bhikkhave
bhikkhunī garudhammaṃ ajjhāpannā hoti mānattā-
rahā. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi
[page 145]
III. 6. 16-22.] MAHĀVAGGA. 145
garudhammaṃ ajjhāpannā mānattārahā, āgacchantu ayyā,
icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāha-
karaṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, mānattadānaṃ ussu-
kkaṃ karissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||16|| idha
pana bhikkhave bhikkhunī mūlāya paṭikassanārahā
hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi
mūlāya paṭikassanārahā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ
āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite
pi, pag eva pahite, mūlāya paṭikassanaṃ ussukkaṃ karissā-
mīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||17|| idha pana bhi-
kkhave bhikkhunī abbhānārahā hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ
santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi abbhānārahā, āgacchantu
ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave
sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, abbhānaṃ
ussukkaṃ karissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||18||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhuniyā saṃgho kammaṃ
kattukāmo hoti tajjaniyaṃ vā nissayaṃ vā pabbā-
janiyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇiyaṃ vā ukkhepaniyaṃ vā. sā
ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, saṃgho me
kammaṃ kattukāmo, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ
āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite
pi, pag eva pahite, kin ti nu kho saṃgho kammaṃ na ka-
reyya lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyā 'ti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo
kātabbo. ||19|| kataṃ vā pan'; assā hoti saṃghena kam-
maṃ tajjaniyaṃ vā . . . ukkhepaniyaṃ vā. sā ce bhi-
kkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, saṃgho me kammaṃ
akāsi, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, ganta-
bbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pa-
hite, kin ti nu kho sammāvatteyya lomaṃ pāteyya netthāraṃ
vatteyya, saṃgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyā 'ti. sa-
ttāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||20|| idha pana bhikkhave
sikkhamānā gilānā hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike
dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi gilānā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi
ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena
apahite pi, pag eva pahite, gilānabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi
gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṃ vā
pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā 'ti. sattā-
haṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||21|| idha pana bhikkhave sikkha-
[page 146]
146 MAHĀVAGGA. [III. 6. 22-27.
mānāya anabhirati uppannā hoti --la-- sikkhamānāya
kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, sikkhamānāya diṭṭhigataṃ
uppannaṃ hoti, {sikkhamānāya} sikkhā kupitā hoti. sā
ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, sikkhā me kupitā,
āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ
bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite,
sikkhāsamādānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sanni-
vaṭṭo kātabbo. ||22|| idha pana bhikkhave sikkhamānā upa-
sampajjitukāmā hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ
pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi upasampajjitukāmā, āgacchantu ayyā,
icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāha-
karaṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, upasampadaṃ ussu-
kkaṃ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bha-
vissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||23|| idha pana
bhikkhave sāmaṇero gilāno hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ
santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi gilāno, āgacchantu bhi-
kkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave
sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, gilānabhattaṃ
vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi,
gilānabhesajjaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭha-
hissāmi vā 'ti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||24|| idha
pana bhikkhave sāmaṇerassa anabhirati uppannā hoti
--la-- sāmaṇerassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, sāmaṇe-
rassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, sāmaṇero vassaṃ
pucchitukāmo hoti, so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ
pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi vassaṃ pucchitukāmo, āgacchantu bhi-
kkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave
sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, pucchissāmi
vā ācikkhissāmi vā 'ti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||25||
idha pana bhikkhave sāmaṇero upasampajjitukāmo hoti.
so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi upa-
sampajjitukāmo, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ
āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite
pi, pag eva pahite, upasampadaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmi vā,
anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmīti. sattāhaṃ
sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||26|| idha pana bhikkhave sāmaṇerī
gilānā hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya,
ahaṃ hi gilānā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan
[page 147]
III. 6. 27-7. 4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 147
ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag
eva pahite, gilānabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhāka-
bhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṃ vā pariyesissāmi,
pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā 'ti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo
kātabbo. ||27|| idha pana bhikkhave sāmaṇeriyā anabhi-
rati uppannā hoti --la-- sāmaṇeriyā kukkuccaṃ uppa-
nnaṃ hoti, sāmaṇeriyā diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, sā-
maṇerī vassaṃ pucchitukāmā hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ
santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi vassaṃ pucchitukāmā,
āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ
bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite,
pucchissāmi vā ācikkhissāmi vā 'ti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kā-
tabbo. ||28|| idha pana bhikkhave sāmaṇerī sikkhaṃ sa-
mādiyitukāmā hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ
pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi sikkhaṃ samādiyitukāmā, āgacchantu
ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave
sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, sikkhāsamā-
dānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo
'ti. ||29||6||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mātā
gilānā hoti. sā puttassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi, ahaṃ hi
gilānā, āgacchatu me putto, icchāmi puttassa āgatan ti.
atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ
sattannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite gantuṃ, na tv eva appa-
hite, pañcannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi gantuṃ, pag
eva pahite, ayañ ca me mātā gilānā sā ca anupāsikā. kathaṃ
nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. ||1|| anujānāmi bhikkhave sattannaṃ sattāha-
karaṇīyena appahite pi gantuṃ, pag eva pahite, bhi-
kkhussa bhikkhuniyā sikkhamānāya sāmaṇerassa sāmaṇeriyā
mātuyā ca pitussa ca. anujānāmi bhikkhave imesaṃ {sattan-
naṃ} sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi gantuṃ, pag eva pahite.
sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave
bhikkhussa mātā gilānā hoti. sā ce puttassa santike dū-
taṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi gilānā, āgacchatu me putto, icchāmi
puttassa āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ . . . (= III.6.2) . . . sattā-
haṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave bhi-
[page 148]
148 MAHĀVAGGA. [III. 7. 4-9. 1.
kkhussa pitā gilāno hoti. so ce puttassa santike dūtaṃ
pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi gilāno, āgacchatu me putto, icchāmi
puttassa āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ . . . (= III.6.2) . . . sattā-
haṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||4|| idha pana bhikkhave bhi-
kkhussa bhātā gilāno hoti. so ce bhātuno santike dūtaṃ
pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi gilāno, āgacchatu me bhātā, icchāmi
bhātuno āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena
pahite, na tv eva appahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo.
||5|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa bhaginī gilānā
hoti. sā ce bhātuno santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi
gilānā, āgacchatu . . . (= 5) . . . sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kā-
tabbo. ||6|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa ñātako gilā-
no hoti. so ce bhikkhussa santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ
hi gilāno, āgacchatu bhaddanto, icchāmi bhaddantassa āgatan
ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite, na tv
eva appahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||7|| idha pana
bhikkhave bhikkhugatiko gilāno hoti. so ce bhikkhū-
naṃ santike dūtam pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi gilāno, āgacchantu
bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhi-
kkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite, na tv eva appahite. sattā-
haṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo 'ti. ||8||7||
tena kho pana samayena saṃghassa vihāro udriyati. añña-
tarena upāsakena araññe bhaṇḍaṃ chedāpitaṃ hoti. so bhi-
kkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi, sace bhaddantā taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ
avahareyyuṃ, dajjāhaṃ taṃ bhaṇḍan ti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave saṃghakaraṇī-
yena gantuṃ. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo 'ti. ||1||8||
vassāvāsabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena Kosalesu janapadesu aññata-
rasmiṃ āvāse vassupagatā bhikkhū vāḷehi ubbāḷhā honti,
gaṇhiṃsu pi paripātiṃsu pi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āro-
cesuṃ. idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatā bhikkhū vāḷehi
ubbāḷhā honti, gaṇhanti pi paripātenti pi. es'; eva antarāyo
'ti pakkamitabbaṃ. anāpatti vassacchedassa. idha pana
bhikkhave vassupagatā bhikkhū siriṃsapehi ubbāḷhā
honti, ḍasanti pi paripātenti pi. es'; eva . . . vassacche-
[page 149]
III. 9. 1-11. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 149
dassa. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatā bhikkhū
corehi ubbālha honti, vilumpanti pi ākoṭenti pi. es'; eva
. . . vassacchedassa. idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatā bhi-
kkhū pisācehi ubbāḷhā honti, āvisanti pi ojam pi haranti.
es'; eva . . . vassacchedassa. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave vassu-
pagatānaṃ {bhikkhūnaṃ} gāmo agginā daḍḍho hoti, bhi-
kkhū piṇḍakena kilamanti. es'; eva . . . vassacchedassa.
idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ senā-
sanaṃ agginā daḍḍhaṃ hoti, bhikkhū senāsanena kila-
manti. es'; eva . . . vassacchedassa. ||3|| idha pana bhi-
kkhave vassupagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ gāmo udakena
vuḷho hoti, bhikkhū piṇḍakena kilamanti. es'; eva . . .
vassacchedassa. idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatānaṃ bhi-
kkhūnaṃ senāsanaṃ udakena vuḷhaṃ hoti, bhikkhū
senāsanena kilamanti. es'; eva . . . vassacchedassā 'ti.
||4||9||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassupaga-
tānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ gāmo corehi vuṭṭhāsi. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave yena gāmo
tena gantun ti. gāmo dvedhā bhijjittha. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave yena bahu-
tarā tena gantun ti. bahutarā assaddhā honti appasannā.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave ye-
na saddhā pasannā tena gantun ti. ||1||10||
tena kho pana samayena Kosalesu janapadesu aññata-
rasmiṃ āvāse vassupagatā bhikkhū na labhiṃsu lūkhassa vā
pāṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatā
bhikkhū na labhanti lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa
yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. es'; eva antarāyo 'ti pakkami-
tabbaṃ. anāpatti vassacchedassa. idha pana bhikkhave
vassupagatā bhikkhū labhanti lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bho-
janassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, na labhanti sappāyāni bho-
janāni. es'; eva . . . vassacchedassa. ||1|| idha pana bhi-
kkhave vassupagatā bhikkhū labhanti lūkhassa vā paṇītassa
vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, labhanti sappāyāni
[page 150]
150 MAHĀVAGGA. [III. 11. 2-7.
bhojanāni, na labhanti sappāyāni bhesajjāni. es'; eva . . .
vassacchedassa. idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatā bhikkhū
labhanti lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pā-
ripūriṃ, labhanti sappāyāni bhojanāni, labhanti sappāyāni
bhesajjāni, na labhanti paṭirūpaṃ upaṭṭhākaṃ. es'; eva
. . . vassacchedassa. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupaga-
taṃ bhikkhuṃ itthi nimanteti: ehi bhante hiraññaṃ vā te
demi, suvaṇṇaṃ vā te demi, khettaṃ vā t. d., vatthuṃ vā
t. d., gāvuṃ vā t. d., gāviṃ vā t. d., dāsaṃ vā t. d., dāsiṃ vā
t. d., dhītaraṃ vā t. d. bhariyatthāya, ahaṃ vā te bhariyā
homi, aññaṃ vā te bhariyaṃ ānemīti. tatra ce bhikkhuno
evaṃ hoti: lahuparivattaṃ kho cittaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā,
siyāpi me brahmacariyassa antarāyo 'ti, pakkamitabbaṃ.
anāpatti vassacchedassa. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupa-
gataṃ bhikkhuṃ vesī nimanteti --la-- thullakumārī ni-
manteti, paṇḍako nimanteti, ñātakā nimantenti, rājāno ni-
mantenti, corā nimantenti, dhuttā nimantenti: ehi bhante
hiraññaṃ vā te dema . . . dhītaraṃ vā te dema bhariyatthā-
ya, aññaṃ vā te bhariyaṃ ānessāmā 'ti. tatra ce bhikkhuno
evaṃ hoti: lahuparivattaṃ . . . vassacchedassa. idha pana
bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu asāmikaṃ nidhiṃ passa-
ti. tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: lahuparivattaṃ . . . vassa-
cchedassa. ||4|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu
passati sambahule bhikkhū saṃghabhedāya parakka-
mante. tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: garuko kho saṃgha-
bhedo vutto bhagavatā, mā mayi sammukhībhūte saṃgho
bhijjīti, pakkamitabbaṃ. anāpatti vassacchedassa. idha pa-
na bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu suṇāti: sambahulā kira
bhikkhū saṃghabhedāya parakkamantīti. tatra ce . . .
vassacchedassa. ||5|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupagato bhi-
kkhu suṇāti: amukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū
saṃghabhedāya parakkamantīti. tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ
hoti: te kho me bhikkhū mittā, ty āhaṃ vakkhāmi: garuko
kho āvuso saṃghabhedo vutto bhagavatā, māyasmantānaṃ
saṃghabhedo ruccitthā 'ti, karissanti me {vacanaṃ} sussūsi-
ssanti sotaṃ odahissantīti, pakkamitabbaṃ. anāpatti vassa-
cchedassa. ||6|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu
saṇāti: amukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū saṃgha-
[page 151]
III. 11. 7-12. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 151
bhedāya parakkamantīti. tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: te
kho me bhikkhū na mittā, api ca ye tesaṃ mittā te me mittā,
ty āhaṃ vakkhāmi, te vuttā te vakkhanti: garuko . . .
(= 6) . . . vassacchedassa. ||7|| idha pana bhikkhave va-
ssupagato bhikkhu suṇāti: amukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahu-
lehi bhikkhūhi saṃgho bhinno 'ti. tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ
hoti: te kho me bhikkhū mittā, ty āhaṃ vakkhāmi: garuko
. . . (= 6) . . . vassacchedassa. ||8|| idha pana bhi-
kkhave vassupagato bhikkhu suṇāti: amukasmiṃ kira āvāse
sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saṃgho bhinno 'ti. tatra ce bhi-
kkhuno evaṃ hoti: te kho me bhikkhū na mittā, api ca ye
tesaṃ mittā te me mittā, ty āhaṃ vakkhāmi, te vuttā te va-
kkhanti: garuko . . . (= 6) . . . vassacchedassa. ||9||
idha pana bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu suṇāti: amukas-
miṃ kira āvāse sambahulā bhikkhuniyo saṃghabhedāya pa-
rakkamantīti. tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: tā kho me
bhikkhuniyo mittā, tāhaṃ vakkhāmi: garuko kho bhaginiyo
saṃghabhedo vutto bhagavatā, mā bhaginīnaṃ saṃghabhedo
ruccitthā 'ti, karissanti me vacanaṃ sussūsissanti sotaṃ oda-
hissantīti, pakkamitabbaṃ. anāpatti vassacchedassa. ||10||
idha pana bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu suṇāti: amu-
kasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulā bhikkhuniyo saṃghabhedāya
parakkamantīti. tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: tā kho me
bhikkhuniyo na mittā, api ca yā tāsaṃ mittā tā me mittā,
tāhaṃ vakkhāmi, tā vuttā tā vakkhanti: garuko . . .
(= 10) . . . vassacchedassa. ||11|| idha pana bhikkhave
vassupagato bhikkhu suṇāti: amukasmiṃ kira āvāse samba-
hulāhi bhikkhunīhi saṃgho bhinno 'ti. tatra ce {bhikkhuno}
evaṃ hoti: tā kho me bhikkhuniyo mittā, tāhaṃ vakkhāmi:
garuko . . . (= 10) . . . vassacchedassa. ||12|| idha pana
bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu suṇāti: amukasmiṃ kira
āvāse sambahulāhi bhikkhunīhi saṃgho bhinno 'ti. tatra ce
bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: tā kho me bhikkhuniyo na mittā, api
ca yā tāsaṃ mittā tā me mittā, tāhaṃ vakkhāmi, tā vuttā tā
vakkhanti: garuko . . . (= 10) . . . vassacchedassa.
||13||11||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vaje vassaṃ
[page 152]
152 MAHĀVAGGA. [III. 12. 1-8.
upagantukāmo hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave vaje vassaṃ upagantun ti. vajo
vuṭṭhāsi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānā-
mi bhikkhave yena vajo tena gantum ti. ||1|| tena kho
pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu upakaṭṭhāya vassu-
panāyikāya satthena gantukāmo hoti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave satthe vassaṃ
upagantun ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu
upakaṭṭhāya vassupanāyikāya nāvāya gantukāmo hoti. bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave nā-
vāya vassaṃ upagantun ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena
bhikkhū rukkhasusire vassaṃ upagacchanti. manussā ujjhā-
yanti khīyanti vipācenti, seyyathāpi pisācillikā 'ti. bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave rukkhasusire
vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā
'ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū rukkhaviṭabhiyā
vassaṃ upagacchanti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipā-
centi, seyyathāpi migaluddakā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave rukkhaviṭabhiyā vassaṃ upa-
gantabbaṃ. yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ajjhokāse vassaṃ upa-
gacchanti, deve vassante rukkhamūlam pi nimbakosam pi
upadhāvanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhi-
kkhave ajjhokāse vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. yo upagacche-
yya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena
bhikkhū asenāsanakā vassaṃ upagacchanti, sītena pi kila-
manti uṇhena pi kilamanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āro-
cesuṃ. na bhikkhave asenāsanakena vassaṃ upaganta-
bbaṃ. yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||6|| tena
kho pana samayena bhikkhū chavakuṭikāya vassaṃ upa-
gacchanti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti, seyya-
thāpi chavaḍāhakā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
na bhikkhave chavakuṭikāya vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. yo
upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||7|| tena kho pana
samayena bhikkhū chatte vassaṃ upagacchanti. manussā
ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti, seyyathāpi gopālakā 'ti. bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave chatte vas-
saṃ upagantabbaṃ. yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti.
[page 153]
III. 12. 8-14. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 153
||8|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū cāṭiyā vassaṃ upa-
gacchanti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti, seyyathā-
pi titthiyā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhi-
kkhave cāṭiyā vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. yo upagaccheyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||9||12||
tena kho pana samayena Sāvatthiyā saṃghena ka-
tikā katā hoti antarā vassaṃ na pabbājetabban ti. Visā-
khāya Migāramātuyā nattā bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā
pabbajjaṃ yāci. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: saṃghena kho
āvuso kātikā katā antarā vassaṃ na pabbājetabban ti, āgame-
hi āvuso yāva bhikkhū vassaṃ vasanti, vassaṃ vutthā pabbā-
jessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṃ vutthā Visākhāya
Migāramātuyā nattāraṃ etad avocuṃ: ehi dāni āvuso pabba-
jāhīti. so evaṃ āha: sac'; āhaṃ bhante pabbajito assaṃ,
abhirameyyām'; āhaṃ, na dān'; āhaṃ bhante pabbajissāmīti. ||1||
Visākhā Migāramātā ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: kathañ hi
nāma ayyā evarūpaṃ katikaṃ karissanti na antarā vassaṃ
pabbājetabban ti, kaṃ kālaṃ dhammo na caritabbo 'ti.
assosuṃ kho bhikkhū Visākhāya Migāramātuyā ujjhāyantiyā
khīyantiyā vipācentiyā. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave evarūpā katikā kā-
tabbā antarā vassaṃ na pabbājetabban ti. yo kareyya, āpatti
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2||13||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmatā Upanandena Sakya-
puttena rañño Pasenadissa Kosalassa vassāvāso paṭi-
ssuto hoti purimikāya. so taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto addasa
antarā magge dve āvāse bahucīvarake, tassa etad ahosi: yaṃ
nūnāhaṃ imesu dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṃ vaseyyaṃ, evaṃ me
bahu cīvaraṃ uppajjissatīti. so tesu dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṃ
vasi. rājā Pasenadi Kosalo ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: ka-
thañ hi nāma ayyo Upanando Sakyaputto amhākaṃ vassāvā-
saṃ paṭisuṇitvā visaṃvādessati. nanu bhagavatā anekapari-
yāyena musāvādo garahito, musāvādā veramaṇī pasatthā 'ti.
||1|| assosuṃ kho bhikkhū rañño Pasenadissa Kosalassa
ujjhāyantassa khīyantassa vipācentassa. ye te bhikkhū
appicchā, te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma
[page 154]
154 MAHĀVAGGA. [III. 14. 2-6.
āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto rañño Pasenadissa Kosalassa
vassāvāsaṃ paṭisuṇitvā visaṃvādessati. nanu bhagavatā ane-
kapariyāyena musāvādo garahito, musāvādā veramaṇī pasa-
tthā 'ti. ||2|| atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne bhikkhusaṃ-
ghaṃ sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ
paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Upananda rañño Pasenadissa
Kosalassa vassāvāsaṃ paṭisuṇitvā visaṃvādesīti. saccaṃ
bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ
moghapurisa rañño Pasenadissa Kosalassa vassāvāsaṃ paṭi-
suṇitvā visaṃvādessasi. nanu mayā moghapurisa anekapari-
yāyena musāvādo garahito musāvādā veramaṇī pasatthā. n'
etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --la-- viga-
rahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: ||3|| idha
pana bhikkhave bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti
purimikāyā. so taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto passati antarā
magge dve āvāse bahucīvarake, tassa evaṃ hoti: yaṃ nūnā-
haṃ imesu dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṃ vaseyyaṃ, evaṃ me bahuṃ
cīvaraṃ uppajjissatīti. so tesu dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṃ vasati.
tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati paṭi-
ssave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||4|| idha pana bhikkhave bhi-
kkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya. so taṃ āvāsaṃ
gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipadena vihāraṃ
upeti senāsanaṃ paññāpeti pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhā-
peti pariveṇaṃ sammajjati, so tadah'; eva akaraṇīyo pakkamati.
tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati paṭissa-
ve ca āpatti dukkaṭassa. idha pana . . . (= 5) . . . so tadah'; eva
sakaraṇīyo pakkamati. tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno purimi-
kā ca na paññāyati paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||5|| idha
pana . . . so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā akaraṇīyo pakkamati. tassa
bhikkhave bhikkhuno purimikā ca na {paññāyati} paṭissave ca
āpatti dukkaṭassa. idhapana . . . so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sakara-
ṇīyo pakkamati. tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno purimikā ca na
paññāyati paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa. idha pana . . . so dvī-
hatīhaṃ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati. so taṃ sattā-
haṃ bahiddhā vītināmeti. tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno puri-
mikā ca na paññāyati paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa. idha
pana . . . so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakka-
[page 155]
III. 14. 6-11.] MAHĀVAGGA. 155
mati. so taṃ sattāhaṃ anto sannivaṭṭaṃ karoti. tassa
bhikkhave bhikkhuno purimikā ca paññāyati paṭissave ca
anāpatti. ||6|| idha pana . . . so sattāhaṃ anāgatāya pavā-
raṇāya sakaraṇīyo pakkamati. āgaccheyya vā so bhikkhave
bhikkhu taṃ āvāsaṃ na vā āgaccheyya, tassa bhikkhave bhi-
kkhuno purimikā ca paññāyati paṭissave ca anāpatti. ||7||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti
purimikāya. so taṃ āvāsaṃ gantvā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭi-
padena vihāraṃ upeti senāsanaṃ paññāpeti pāniyaṃ pari-
bhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. so tadah'
eva akaraṇīyo pakkamati. tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno puri-
mikā ca na paññāyati paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||8||
idha pana . . . (= 8) . . . so tadah'; eva sakaraṇīyo pa-
kkamati --la-- so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā akaraṇīyo pakkamati
--la-- so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sakaraṇīyo pakkamati -- la --
so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati. so taṃ
sattāham bahiddhā vītināmeti. tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno
purimikā ca na paññāyati paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||9||
so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati. so taṃ
sattāhaṃ anto sannivaṭṭaṃ karoti. tassa bhikkhave bhi-
kkhuno purimikā ca paññāyati paṭissave ca anāpatti. so
sattāhaṃ anāgatāya . . . (= 7) . . . anāpatti. ||10|| idha
pana bhikkhave bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchi-
mikāya. so taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṃ
karoti, pāṭipadena vihāraṃ upeti senāsanaṃ paññāpeti pāni-
yaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. so
tadah'; eva akaraṇīyo pakkamati. tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno
pacchimikā ca na paññāyati paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
idha pana . . . (the whole passage is identical with 5-10;
read instead of purimikā and purimikāya: pacchimikā and
pacchimikāya, instead of anāgatāya pavāraṇāya: anāga-
tāya komudiyā cātumāsiniyā) . . . paṭissave ca anāpattī-
ti. ||11||14||
vassupanāyikakkhandhako tatiyo.
tassa uddānaṃ:
upagantuṃ, kadā c'; eva, kati, antarā vassa ca,
na icchanti ca, sañcicca, ukkaḍḍhituṃ, upāsako, |
[page 156]
156 MAHĀVAGGA.
gilāno, mātā ca, pitā, bhātā ca, atha ñātako,
bhikkhugatiko, vihāro, vāḷā cāpi, siriṃsapā, |
corā c'; eva, pisācā ca, daḍḍho, tadubhayena ca,
vuḷho dakena, vuṭṭhāsi, bahutarā ca, dāyakā, |
lūkhapaṇītasappāya-bhesajj'-upaṭṭhakena ca,
itthi, vesī, kumārī ca, paṇḍako, ñātakena ca, |
rājā, corā, dhuttā, nidhi, bhedā, aṭṭhavidhena ca,
5 vajā, satthā ca, nāvā ca, susire, viṭabhāya ca, |
ajjhokāse vassāvāso, asenāsanakena ca,
chavakuṭikā, chatte ca, cāṭiyā ca upenti te, |
katikā, paṭisuṇitvā, bahiddhā ca uposathā,
purimikā, pacchimikā, yathānayena yojaye, |
akaraṇīyo pakkamati, sakaraṇīyo tath'; eva ca,
dvīhatīhā ca puna, sattāhakaraṇīyena ca, |
sattāhanāgatā c'; eva, āgaccheyya na eyya vā,
vatthuddāne antarikā tantimaggaṃ nisāmaye 'ti. |
imamhi khandhake vatthu dvepaṇṇāsa.
[page 157]
157
MAHĀVAGGA.
IV.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana sa-
mayena sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū Kosalesu
janapadesu aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. atha
kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kena nu kho mayaṃ
upāyena samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ
vassaṃ vaseyyāma na ca piṇḍakena kilameyyāmā 'ti. ||1||
atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: sace kho mayaṃ
aññamaññaṃ n'; eva ālapeyyāma na sallapeyyāma, yo paṭha-
maṃ gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkameyya, so āsanaṃ paññāpeyya,
pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipeyya,
avakkārapātiṃ dhovitvā upaṭṭhāpeyya, pāniyaṃ paribhoja-
niyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeyya, ||2|| yo pacchā gāmato piṇḍāya paṭi-
kkameyya, sac'; assa bhuttāvaseso, sace ākaṅkheyya, bhuñje-
yya, no ce ākaṅkheyya, appaharite vā chaḍḍeyya appāṇake
vā udake opilāpeyya, so āsanaṃ uddhareyya, pādodakaṃ pā-
dapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmeyya, avakkārapātiṃ dho-
vitvā paṭisāmeyya, pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ paṭisāmeyya,
bhattaggaṃ sammajjeyya, ||3|| yo passeyya pāniyaghaṭaṃ
vā paribhojaniyaghaṭaṃ vā vaccaghaṭaṃ vā rittaṃ tucchaṃ,
so upaṭṭhāpeyya, sac'; assa avisayhaṃ hatthavikārena, duti-
yaṃ āmantetvā hatthavilaṅghakena upaṭṭhāpeyya, na tv eva
tappaccayā vācaṃ bhindeyya, evaṃ kho mayaṃ samaggā
sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vaseyyāma na
ca piṇḍakena kilameyyāmā 'ti. ||4|| atha kho te bhikkhū
aññamaññaṃ n'; eva ālapiṃsu na sallapiṃsu. yo paṭhamaṃ
gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati, so āsanaṃ paññāpeti, pādoda-
kaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipati, avakkāra-
pātiṃ dhovitvā upaṭṭhāpeti, pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ upa-
[page 158]
158 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 1. 5-11.
ṭṭhāpeti. ||5|| yo pacchā gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati, sace
hoti bhuttāvaseso, sace ākaṅkhati, bhuñjati, no ce ākaṅkhati,
appaharite vā chaḍḍeti appāṇake vā udake opilāpeti, so āsa-
naṃ uddharati pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭi-
sāmeti, avakkārapātiṃ dhovitvā paṭisāmeti, pāniyaṃ pari-
bhojaniyaṃ paṭisāmeti, bhattaggaṃ sammajjati. ||6|| yo
passati pāniyaghaṭaṃ vā paribhojaniyaghaṭaṃ vā vaccagha-
ṭaṃ vā rittaṃ tucchaṃ, so upaṭṭhāpeti. sac'; assa hoti avi-
sayhaṃ hatthavikārena, dutiyaṃ āmantetvā hatthavilaṅgha-
kena upaṭṭhāpeti, na tv eva tappaccayā vācaṃ bhindati. ||7||
āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ vassaṃ vutthānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bha-
gavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamituṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū
vassaṃ vutthā temāsaccayena senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacī-
varaṃ ādāya yena Sāvatthī tena pakkamiṃsu. anupubbena
yena Sāvatthī Jetavanaṃ Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo, yena
bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'
etaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi
saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. ||8|| atha kho bhagavā te bhi-
kkhū etad avoca: kacci bhikkhave khamanīyaṃ, kacci yā-
panīyaṃ, kacci samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsu-
kaṃ vassaṃ vasittha na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā 'ti. kha-
manīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, samaggā ca mayaṃ
bhante sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ va-
simhā na ca piṇḍakena kilamimhā 'ti. ||9|| jānantāpi tathā-
gatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā pu-
cchanti, kalaṃ viditvā {na} pucchanti, atthasaṃhitaṃ tathāgatā
pucchanti no anatthasaṃhitaṃ, anatthasaṃhite setughāto
tathāgatānaṃ. dvīhi ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū
paṭipucchanti, dhammaṃ vā desessāma, {sāvakānaṃ} vā si-
kkhāpadaṃ paññāpessāmā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū
etad avoca: yathākathaṃ pana tumhe bhikkhave samaggā
sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasittha na ca
piṇḍakena kilamitthā 'ti. ||10|| idha mayaṃ bhante samba-
hulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū Kosalesu janapadesu añña-
tarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ upagacchimhā. tesaṃ no bhante
amhākaṃ etad ahosi: kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena samaggā
sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vaseyyāma na
[page 159]
IV. 1. 11-14.] MAHĀVAGGA. 159
ca piṇḍakena kilameyyāmā 'ti. tesaṃ no bhante amhākaṃ
etad ahosi: sace kho mayam . . . evaṃ kho mayaṃ sam-
aggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ va-
seyyāma na ca piṇḍakena kilameyyāmā 'ti. atha kho mayaṃ
bhante aññamaññaṃ n'; eva ālapimhā na sallapimhā. yo
paṭhamaṃ gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati, so āsanaṃ paññā-
peti, pādodakaṃ . . . vācaṃ bhindati. evaṃ kho mayaṃ
bhante samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vas-
saṃ vasimhā na ca piṇḍakena kilamimhā 'ti. ||11|| atha kho
bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: aphāsuñ ñeva kira 'me bhi-
kkhave moghapurisā vutthā samānā phāsu '; mha vutthā 'ti
paṭijānanti, pasusaṃvāsañ ñeva kira 'me bhikkhave mogha-
purisā vutthā samānā phāsu 'mha vutthā 'ti paṭijānanti, eḷa-
kasaṃvāsañ ñeva kira 'me bhikkhave moghapurisā vutthā
samānā phāsu '; mha vutthā 'ti paṭijānanti, pamattasaṃvāsañ
ñeva kira 'me bhikkhave moghapurisā vutthā samānā phāsu
'mha vutthā 'ti paṭijānanti. kathaṃ hi nām'; ime bhikkhave
moghapurisā mūgabbataṃ titthiyasamādānaṃ samādiyissan-
ti. ||12|| n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya.
vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na
bhikkhave mūgabbataṃ titthiyasamādānaṃ samādiyitabbaṃ.
yo samādiyeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave
vassaṃ vutthānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tīhi ṭhānehi pavāretuṃ
diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. sā vo bhavissati aññam-
aññānulomatā āpattivuṭṭhānatā vinayapurekkhāratā. ||13||
evañ ca pana bhikkhave pavāretabbaṃ. vyattena bhi-
kkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. ajja pavāraṇā. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ saṃ-
gho pavāreyyā 'ti. therena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarā-
saṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā
evam assa vacanīyo: saṃghaṃ āvuso pavāremi diṭṭhena vā
sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā, vadantu maṃ āyasmanto anu-
kampaṃ upādāya, passanto paṭikarissāmi. dutiyam pi . . .
tatiyam pi āvuso saṃghaṃ pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā
parisaṅkāya vā, vadantu maṃ āyasmanto anukampaṃ upā-
dāya, passanto paṭikarissāmīti. navakena bhikkhunā ekaṃ-
saṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ pa-
ggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: saṃghaṃ bhante pavāremi
[page 160]
160 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 1. 14-3. 3.
diṭṭhena vā . . . dutiyam pi . . . tatiyam pi . . . passanto
paṭikarissāmīti. ||14||1||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū there-
su bhikkhūsu ukkuṭikaṃ nisinnesu pavārayamānesu āsanesu
acchanti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti
vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū theresu
bhikkhūsu ukkuṭikaṃ nisinnesu pavārayamānesu āsanesu
acchissantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave chabbaggiyā bhikkhū
theresu . . . acchantīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi bu-
ddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā
theresu . . . acchissanti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ
vā pasādāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: na bhikkhave theresu bhikkhūsu ukkuṭikaṃ ni-
sinnesu pavārayamānesu āsanesu acchitabbaṃ. yo accheyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave sabbeh'; eva
ukkuṭikaṃ nisinnehi pavāretun ti. ||1|| tena kho
pana samayena aññataro thero jarādubbalo yāva sabbe pavā-
rentīti ukkuṭikaṃ nisinno āgamayamāno mucchito papati.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave
tadantarā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdituṃ yāva pavāreti, pavāretvā
āsane nisīditun ti. ||2||2||
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kati nu kho pavāraṇā
'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. dve 'mā bhikkhave
pavāraṇā cātuddasikā pannarasikā ca. imā kho bhikkhave
dve pavāraṇā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi:
kati nu kho pavāraṇakammānīti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. cattār'; imāni bhikkhave pavāraṇakammā-
ni, adhammena vaggaṃ pavāraṇakammaṃ . . . (= II.14.
2,3. Read pavāraṇakammaṃ instead of uposathakammaṃ)
. . . sikkhitabban ti. ||2|| atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū
āmantesi: sannipatatha bhikkhave, saṃgho pavāressatīti.
evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
atthi bhante bhikkhu gilāno, so anāgato 'ti. anujānāmi
bhikkhave gilānena bhikkhunā pavāraṇaṃ dātuṃ. evañ
ca pana bhikkhave dātabbā. tena gilānena bhikkhunā ekaṃ
[page 161]
IV. 3. 3-4. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 161
bhikkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā
ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanī-
yo: pavāraṇaṃ dammi, pavāraṇaṃ me hara, mam'; atthāya
pavārehīti. kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vā-
cāya viññāpeti, dinnā hoti pavāraṇā. na kāyena viññāpeti,
na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na dinnā
hoti pavāraṇā. ||3|| evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusa-
laṃ. no ce labhetha, so bhikkhave gilāno bhikkhu mañcena
vā pīṭhena vā saṃghamajjhe ānetvā pavāretabbaṃ. sace
bhikkhave gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: sace
kho mayaṃ gilānaṃ ṭhānā cāvessāma, ābādho vā abhiva-
ḍḍhissati kālaṃkiriyā vā bhavissatīti, na bhikkhave gilāno
ṭhānā cāvetabbo, saṃghena tattha gantvā pavāretabbaṃ, na
tv eva vaggena saṃghena pavāretabbaṃ. pavāreyya ce,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||4|| pavāraṇāhārako ce bhikkhave di-
nnāya pavāraṇāya . . . (= II.22.3,4. Read pavāraṇā,
pavāraṇāya, pavāraṇāhārako instead of pārisuddhi, pāri-
suddhiyā, pārisuddhihārako) . . . pavāraṇāhārakassa āpatti
dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave tadahu pavāraṇāya pavā-
raṇaṃ dentena chandam pi dātuṃ santi saṃghassa karaṇīyan
ti. ||5||3||
tena kho pana samayena aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ tadahu pa-
vāraṇāya ñātakā gaṇhiṃsu. bhagavato etam atthaṃ aro-
cesuṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhuṃ tadahu pavāraṇāya
ñātakā gaṇhanti. te ñātakā bhikkhūhi evam assu vacanīyā:
iṅgha tumhe āyasmanto imaṃ bhikkhuṃ muhuttaṃ muñca-
tha yāvāyaṃ bhikkhu pavāretīti. ||1|| evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha,
icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce labhetha, te ñātakā bhikkhūhi evam
assu vacanīyā: iṅgha tumhe āyasmanto muhuttaṃ ekam-
antaṃ hotha yāvāyaṃ bhikkhu pavāraṇaṃ detīti. evaṃ
ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce labhetha, te ñāta-
kā bhikkhūhi evam assu vacanīyā: iṅgha tumhe āyasmanto
imaṃ bhikkhuṃ muhuttaṃ nissīmaṃ netha yāva saṃgho
pavāretīti. evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce
labhetha, na tv eva vaggena saṃghena pavāretabbaṃ. pa-
vāreyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave
bhikkhuṃ tadahu pavāraṇāya rājāno gaṇhanti, corā gaṇ-
[page 162]
162 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 4. 3-5. 4.
hanti, dhuttā gaṇhanti, bhikkhū paccatthikā gaṇhanti. te
bhikkhū paccatthikā bhikkhūhi evam assu vacanīyā: iṅgha
. . . (comp. 1.2) . . . na tv eva vaggena saṃghena pavā-
retabbaṃ. pavāreyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3||4||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavā-
raṇāya pañca bhikkhū viharanti. atha kho tesaṃ bhi-
kkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ saṃghena pavā-
retabban ti, mayañ c'; amhā pañca janā. kathaṃ nu kho
amhehi pavāretabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave pañcannaṃ saṃghe pavāretun ti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavā-
raṇāya cattāro bhikkhū viharanti. atha kho tesaṃ bhi-
kkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā anuññātaṃ pañcannaṃ
saṃghe pavāretuṃ, mayañ c'; amhā cattāro janā. kathaṃ
nu kho amhehi pavāretabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave catunnaṃ aññamaññaṃ
pavāretuṃ. ||2|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave pavāretabbaṃ:
vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena te bhikkhū ñāpetabbā: su-
ṇantu me āyasmanto. ajja pavāraṇā. yad'; āyasmantānaṃ
pattakallaṃ mayaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāreyyāmā 'ti. therena
bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisī-
ditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā te bhikkhū evam assu vacanīyā:
ahaṃ āvuso āyasmante pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā pa-
risaṅkāya vā, vadantu maṃ āyasmanto anukampaṃ upādāya,
passanto paṭikarissāmi. dutiyam pi . . . tatiyam pi āvuso
. . . paṭikarissāmīti. navakena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarā-
saṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā te
bhikkhū evam assu vacanīyā: ahaṃ bhante āyasmante pavā-
remi diṭṭhena vā . . . dutiyam pi . . . tatiyam pi . . . pa-
ṭikarissāmīti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ
āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya tayo bhikkhū viharanti. atha
kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā anuññātaṃ
pañcannaṃ saṃghe pavāretuṃ, catunnaṃ aññamaññaṃ pa-
vāretuṃ, mayañ c'; amhā tayo janā. kathaṃ nu kho amhehi
pavāretabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujā-
nāmi bhikkhave tiṇṇannaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ. evañ
ca pana bhikkhave pavāretabbaṃ. vyattena . . . (= 3)
[page 163]
IV. 5. 4-9.] MAHĀVAGGA. 163
. . . paṭikarissāmīti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena aññata-
rasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya dve bhikkhū viharanti.
atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā anuññā-
taṃ pañcannaṃ saṃghe pavāretuṃ, catunnaṃ aññamaññaṃ
pavāretuṃ, tiṇṇannaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ, mayañ c'
amhā dve janā. kathaṃ nu kho amhehi pavāretabban ti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave
dvinnaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ. ||5|| evañ ca pana bhi-
kkhave pavāretabbaṃ. therena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarā-
saṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā
navo bhikkhu evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ āvuso āyas-
mantaṃ pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā,
vadatu maṃ āyasmā anukampaṃ upādāya, passanto paṭika-
rissāmi. dutiyam pi . . . tatiyam pi āvuso . . . paṭikarissā-
mīti. navakena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ . . . paggahetvā thero
bhikkhu evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ bhante āyasmantaṃ pa-
vāremi diṭṭhena vā . . . dutiyam pi . . . tatiyam pi . . .
paṭikarissāmīti. ||6|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ
āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya eko bhikkhu viharati. atha kho
tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā anuññātaṃ pañca-
nnaṃ saṃghe pavāretuṃ, catunnaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāre-
tuṃ, tiṇṇannaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ, dvinnaṃ aññam-
aññaṃ pavāretuṃ, ahañ c'; amhi ekako. kathaṃ nu kho
mayā pavāretabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
||7|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavā-
raṇāya eko bhikkhu viharati. tena bhikkhave bhikkhunā
yattha bhikkhū paṭikkamanti upaṭṭhānasālāya vā maṇḍape
vā rukkhamūle vā, sa deso sammajjitvā pāniyaṃ paribhojani-
yaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā āsanaṃ paññāpetvā padīpaṃ katvā nisīdi-
tabbaṃ. sace aññe bhikkhū āgacchanti, tehi saddhiṃ pavā-
retabbaṃ, no ce āgacchanti, ajja me pavāraṇā 'ti adhiṭṭhā-
tabbaṃ. no ce adhiṭṭhaheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||8||
tatra bhikkhave yattha pañca bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa
pavāraṇaṃ āharitvā catūhi saṃghe pavāretabbaṃ. pavā-
reyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. tatra bhikkhave yattha
cattāro bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pavāraṇaṃ āharitvā
tīhi aññamaññaṃ pavāretabbaṃ. pavāreyyuṃ ce, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. tatra bhikkhave yattha tayo bhikkhū viharanti,
[page 164]
164 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 5. 9-7. 2.
na ekassa pavāraṇaṃ āharitvā dvīhi aññamaññaṃ pavāre-
tabbaṃ. pavāreyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. tatra bhi-
kkhave yattha dve bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pavāraṇaṃ
āharitvā ekena adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. adhiṭṭhaheyya ce, āpatti
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||9||5||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu tadahu pavā-
raṇāya āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno
etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na sāpattikena pavāre-
tabban ti, ahañ c'; amhi āpattiṃ āpanno. kathaṃ nu kho
mayā paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
idha pana . . . (comp. II.27.1,2. Read tadahu pavāraṇāya
instead of tadah'; uposathe) . . . paṭikarissāmīti vatvā pavā-
retabbaṃ, na tv eva tappaccayā pavāraṇāya antarāyo kātabbo
'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pavāra-
yamāno āpattiṃ sarati. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad
ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na sāpattikena pavāretabban ti,
ahañ c'; amhi āpattiṃ āpanno. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭi-
pajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. idha
pana bhikkhave bhikkhu pavārayamāno āpattiṃ sarati. tena
bhikkhave bhikkhunā sāmantā bhikkhu evam assa vacanīyo:
ahaṃ āvuso itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno, ito vuṭṭhahitvā
taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmīti vatvā pavāretabbaṃ, na tv eva
tappaccayā pavāraṇāya antarāyo kātabbo. ||2|| idha pana
bhikkhave bhikkhu pavārayamāno āpattiyā vematiko
hoti. tena bhikkhave bhikkhunā . . . (comp. II.27.4-8)
. . . paṭikarissatīti vatvā pavāretabbaṃ, na tv eva tappacca-
yā pavāraṇāya antarāyo kātabbo 'ti. ||3||6||
paṭhamabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavā-
raṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatiṃsu pañca vā
atirekā vā, te na jāniṃsu atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāga-
tā 'ti. te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samagga-
saññino pavāresuṃ. tehi pavāriyamāne ath'; aññe āvāsikā
bhikkhū āgacchiṃsu bahutarā. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āro-
cesuṃ. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tad-
ahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti
[page 165]
IV. 7. 2-8. 2] MAHĀVAGGA. 165
pañca vā atirekā vā, te na jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā
bhikkhū anāgatā 'ti. te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino
vaggā samaggasaññino pavārenti. tehi pavāriyamāne
ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhi-
kkhave bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ anāpatti.
||2|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavā-
raṇāya . . . tehi pavāriyamāne ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū
āgacchanti samasamā. pavāritā supavāritā, avasesehi pavā-
retabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana bhikkhave añña-
tarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya . . . tehi pavāriyamāne
ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. pavā-
ritāsupavāritā, avasesehi pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ anāpatti.
||3|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pa-
vāraṇāya . . . tehi pavāritamatte ath'; aññe āvāsikā
bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi
puna pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana . . .
tehi pavāritamatte ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti
samasamā. pavāritā supavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāre-
tabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana . . . tehi pavā-
ritamatte ath'; aññe āvasikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thoka-
tarā. pavāritā supavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ,
pavāritānaṃ anāpatti. ||4|| idha pana . . . tehi pavāri-
tamatte avuṭṭhitāya parisāya ath'; aññe . . . (= 4)
. . . pavāritānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana . . . tehi pavāri-
tamatte ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya . . . (= 4)
. . . pavāritānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana . . . tehi pavāri-
tamatte sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya . . . (= 4)
. . . pavāritānaṃ anāpatti. ||5||
anāpattipannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||7||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavā-
raṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti pañca vā
atirekā vā, te jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā
'ti. te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā vaggasaññino
pavārenti. tehi pavāriyamāne ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhi-
kkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi
puna pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1||
idha pana . . . tehi pavāriyamāne ath'; aññe āvāsikā
[page 166]
166 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 8. 2-11. 1.
bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. pavāritā supavāritā, ava-
sesehi pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. idha
pana . . . tehi pavāriyamāne ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū
āgacchanti thokatarā. pavāritā supavāritā, avasesehi pa-
vāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2|| idha pana
. . . tehi pavāritamatte --la-- avuṭṭhitāya parisāya -- la --
ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya --la-- sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya
parisāya ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā
--la-- samasamā --la-- thokatarā. pavāritā supavāritā,
tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukka-
ṭassa. ||3||
vaggāvaggasaññinopannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||8||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāra-
ṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti pañca vā
atirekā vā, te jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā
'ti. te kappati nu kho amhākaṃ pavāretuṃ na nu kho
kappatīti vematikā pavārenti. tehi pavāriyamāne ath'
aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhi-
kkhave bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ āpatti
dukkaṭassa. ||1|| idha pana . . . (comp. IV.8.2,3) . . .
tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukka-
ṭassa. ||2||
vematikāpannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||9||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāra-
ṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti pañca vā
atirekā vā, te jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā
'ti. te kappat'; eva amhākaṃ pavāretuṃ, n'; amhākaṃ na
kappatīti kukkuccapakatā pavārenti. tehi pavāriya-
māne ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā.
tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ
āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1|| idha pana . . . (comp. IV.8.2,3)
. . . tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukka-
ṭassa. ||2||
kukkuccapakatāpannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||10||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavā-
[page 167]
IV. 11. 1-14. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 167
raṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti pañca vā
atirekā vā, te jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā
'ti. te nassante te vinassante te ko tehi attho 'ti bheda-
purekkhārā pavārenti. tehi pavāriyamāne ath'; aññe
āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave
bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ apatti thullacca-
yassa. ||1|| idha pana . . . (comp. IV.8.2,3. Read āpatti
thullaccayassa instead of āpatti dukkaṭassa; in the case of
āgacchanti samasamā read pavāritā supavāritā, avasesehi pa-
vāretabbaṃ) . . . tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ
āpatti thullaccayassa. ||2||
bhedapurekkhārāpannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||11||
pañcasattatikaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāra-
ṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti pañca vā
atirekā vā, te jānanti aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ
okkamantīti. te jānanti aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosī-
maṃ okkantā 'ti. te passanti aññe āvāsike bhikkhū
antosīmaṃ okkamante. te passanti aññe āvāsike bhi-
kkhū antosīmaṃ okkante. te suṇanti aññe āvāsikā bhi-
kkhū antosīmaṃ okkamantīti. te suṇanti aññe āvāsikā
bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkantā 'ti. āvāsikena āvāsikā eka-
satapañcasattati tikanayato, āvāsikena āgantukā, āgantukena
āvāsikā, āgantukena āgantukā, peyyālamukhena satta tikasa-
tāni honti. ||1||12||
idha pana bhikkhave āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cātudda-
so hoti, āgantukānaṃ pannaraso . . . (= II.34.1-35,5.
Read pavāretabbaṃ, pavārenti, tadahu pavāraṇāya instead of
uposatho kātabbo, uposathaṃ karonti, tadah'; uposathe) . . .
ajj'; eva gantun ti. ||1||13||
na bhikkhave bhikkhuniyā nisinnaparisāya pavāre-
tabbaṃ. yo pavāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na bhikkhave
sikkhamānāya, na sāmaṇerassa, na sāmaṇeriyā, na sikkhaṃ
paccakkhātakassa, na antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannakassa ni-
sinnaparisāya pavāretabbaṃ. yo pavāreyya, āpatti dukka-
[page 168]
168 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 14. 1-15. 3.
ṭassa. ||1|| na āpattiyā adassane ukkhittakassa nisinnapari-
sāya pavāretabbaṃ. yo pavāreyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo.
na āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittakassa, na pāpikāya diṭṭhi-
yā appaṭinissagge ukkhittakassa nisinnaparisāya pavāre-
tabbaṃ. yo pavāreyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo. ||2|| na
paṇḍakassa nisinnaparisāya pavāretabbaṃ. yo pavāreyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. na theyyasaṃvāsakassa, na titthiyapa-
kkantakassa, na tiracchānagatassa, na mātughātakassa, na
pitughātakassa, na arahantaghātakassa, na bhikkhunīdūsa-
kassa, na saṃghabhedakassa, na lohituppādakassa, na ubhato-
vyañjanakassa nisinnaparisāya pavāretabbaṃ. yo pavāreyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||3|| na bhikkhave pārivāsikassa pavāra-
ṇādānena pavāretabbaṃ aññatra avuṭṭhitāya parisāya. na
ca bhikkhave apavāraṇāya pavāretabbaṃ aññatra saṃgha-
sāmaggiyā 'ti. ||4||14||
tena kho pana samayena Kosalesu janapadesu aññata-
rasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya savarabhayakaṃ ahosi.
bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu tevācikaṃ pavāretuṃ. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave dvevāci-
kaṃ pavāretun ti. bāḷhataraṃ savarabhayakaṃ ahosi.
bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu dvevācikaṃ pavāretuṃ. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave ekavāci-
kaṃ pavāretun ti. bāḷhataraṃ savarabhayakaṃ ahosi.
bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu ekavācikaṃ pavāretuṃ. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesum. anujānāmi bhikkhave samāna-
vassikaṃ pavāretun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena
aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya manussehi dānaṃ
dentehi yebhuyyena ratti khepitā hoti. atha kho tesaṃ bhi-
kkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: manussehi dānaṃ dentehi yebhuyyena
ratti khepitā. sace saṃgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, apavārito
'va saṃgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. kathaṃ
nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse
tadahu pavāraṇāya manussehi dānaṃ dentehi yebhuyyena
ratti khepitā hoti. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ma-
nussehi . . . vibhāyissatīti, vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena
saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. manussehi
[page 169]
IV. 15. 3-7.] MAHĀVAGGA. 169
dānaṃ dentehi yebhuyyena ratti khepitā. sace saṃgho te-
vācikaṃ pavāressati, apavārito 'va saṃgho bhavissati, athā-
yaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho
dvevācikaṃ ekavācikaṃ samānavassikaṃ pavāreyyā 'ti. ||3||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇā-
ya bhikkhūhi dhammaṃ bhaṇantehi suttantikehi suttantaṃ
saṃgāyantehi vinayadharehi vinayaṃ vinicchinantehi dha-
mmakathikehi dhammaṃ sākacchantehi bhikkhūhi kalahaṃ
karontehi yebhuyyena ratti khepitā hoti. tatra ce bhikkhū-
naṃ evaṃ hoti: bhikkhūhi kalahaṃ karontehi yebhuyyena
ratti khepitā. sace saṃgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, apavārito
'va saṃgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissatīti, vyatte-
na bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me
bhante saṃgho. bhikkhūhi kalahaṃ . . . khepitā. sace
saṃgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, apavārito 'va saṃgho bha-
vissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. yadi saṃghassa patta-
kallaṃ, saṃgho dvevācikaṃ ekavācikaṃ samānavassikaṃ pa-
vāreyyā 'ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena Kosalesu
janapadesu aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya mahā
bhikkhusaṃgho sannipatito hoti parittañ ca anovassikaṃ
hoti mahā ca megho uggato hoti. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhū-
naṃ etad ahosi: ayaṃ kho mahā bhikkhusaṃgho sannipatito
parittañ ca anovassikaṃ mahā ca megho uggato. sace
saṃgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, apavārito 'va saṃgho bha-
vissati, athāyaṃ megho pavassissati. kathaṃ nu kho amhe-
hi paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||5||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya
mahā bhikkhusaṃgho sannipatito hoti parittañ ca anovassi-
kaṃ hoti mahā ca megho uggato hoti. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ
evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho mahā . . . (= 5) . . . pavassissatīti,
vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me
bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ mahā . . . pavassissati. yadi saṃghassa
pattakallaṃ, saṃgho dvevācikaṃ ekavācikaṃ samānavassi-
kaṃ pavāreyyā 'ti. ||6|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ
āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya rājantarāyo hoti --la-- corantarā-
yo h., agyantarāyo h., udakant. h., manussant. h., amanussant.
h., vāḷant. h., siriṃsapant. h., jīvitant. h., brahmacariyanta-
rāyo hoti. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho brah-
[page 170]
170 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 15. 7-16. 4.
macariyantarāyo. sace saṃgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, apa-
vārito 'va saṃgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ brahmacariyantarāyo
bhavissatīti, vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpe-
tabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ brahmacariyanta-
rāyo. sace saṃgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, apavārito 'va
saṃgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ brahmacariyantarāyo bhavissa-
ti. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho dvevācikaṃ eka-
vācikaṃ samānavassikaṃ pavāreyyā 'ti. ||7||15||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sā-
pattikā pavārenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na
bhikkhave sāpattikena pavāretabbaṃ. yo pavā-
reyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave yo sāpa-
ttiko pavāreti, tassa okāsaṃ kārāpetvā āpattiyā codetun
ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhi-
kkhū okāsaṃ kārāpiyamānā na icchanti okāsaṃ kātuṃ.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave
okāsaṃ akarontassa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapetuṃ. evañ ca
pana bhikkhave ṭhapetabbā. tadahu pavāraṇāya cātuddase
vā pannarase vā tasmiṃ puggale sammukhībhūte saṃgha-
majjhe udāharitabbaṃ: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. itthan-
nāmo puggalo sāpattiko, tassa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemi, na
tasmiṃ sammukhībhūte pavāretabban ti ṭhapitā hoti pavā-
raṇā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhi-
kkhū pur'; amhākaṃ pesalā bhikkhū pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapentī-
ti paṭigacc'; eva suddhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anāpattikānaṃ
avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapenti pavāritānam pi
pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
na bhikkhave suddhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anāpattikānaṃ ava-
tthusmiṃ akāraṇe pavāraṇā ṭhapetabbā. yo ṭhapeyya, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. na bhikkhave pavāritānam pi pavāraṇā ṭhape-
tabbā. yo ṭhapeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||3|| evaṃ kho bhi-
kkhave ṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā, evaṃ aṭṭhapitā. kathañ ca
bhikkhave aṭṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā. tevācikāya ce bhikkhave
pavāraṇāya bhāsitāya lapitāya pariyositāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭha-
peti, aṭṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā. dvevācikāya ce bhikkhave,
ekavācikāya ce bhikkhave, samānavassikāya ce bhikkhave pa-
vāraṇāya bhāsitāya lapitāya pariyositāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti,
[page 171]
IV. 16. 4-10.] MAHĀVAGGA. 171
aṭṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā. evaṃ kho bhikkhave aṭṭhapitā
hoti pavāraṇā. ||4|| kathañ ca bhikkhave ṭhapitā hoti pavā-
raṇā. tevācikāya ce bhikkhave pavāraṇāya bhāsitāya lapitā-
ya apariyositāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, ṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā.
dvevācikāya ce bhikkhave, ekavācikāya ce bhikkhave, samā-
navassikāya ce bhikkhave pavāraṇāya bhāsitāya lapitāya
apariyositāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, ṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā.
evaṃ kho bhikkhave ṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā. ||5|| idha pana
bhikkhave tadahu pavāraṇāya bhikkhu bhikkhussa pavā-
raṇaṃ ṭhapeti. taṃ ce bhikkhuṃ aññe bhikkhū jānanti
ayaṃ kho āyasmā aparisuddhakāyasamācāro aparisuddhava-
cīsamācāro aparisuddhāajīvo bālo avyatto na paṭibalo anu-
yuñjiyamāno anuyogaṃ dātun ti, alaṃ bhikkhu, mā bhaṇḍa-
naṃ mā kalahaṃ mā viggahaṃ mā vivādan ti omadditvā
saṃghena pavāretabbaṃ. ||6|| idha pana bhikkhave tadahu
pavāraṇāya bhikkhu bhikkhussa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti. taṃ ce
bhikkhuṃ aññe bhikkhū jānanti ayaṃ kho āyasmā pari-
suddhakāyasamācāro aparisuddhavacīsamācāro aparisuddha-
ājīvo bālo avyatto na paṭibalo anuyuñjiyamāno anuyogaṃ
dātun ti, alaṃ bhikkhu . . . pavāretabbaṃ. ||7|| idha pana
bhikkhave tadahu pavāraṇāya bhikkhu bhikkhussa pavāra-
ṇaṃ ṭhapeti. taṃ ce bhikkhuṃ aññe bhikkhū jānanti ayaṃ
kho āyasmā parisuddhakāyasamācāro parisuddhavacīsamā-
cāro aparisuddhāajīvo bālo avyatto na paṭibalo anuyuñjiya-
māno anuyogaṃ dātun ti, alaṃ bhikkhu . . . pavāretabbaṃ.
||8|| idha pana bhikkhave tadahu pavāraṇāya bhikkhu bhi-
kkhussa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti. taṃ ce bhikkhuṃ aññe bhi-
kkhū jānanti ayaṃ kho āyasmā parisuddhakāyasamācāro
parisuddhavacīsamācāro parisuddhāajīvo bālo avyatto na
paṭibalo anuyuñjiyamāno anuyogaṃ dātun ti, alaṃ bhi-
kkhu . . . pavāretabbaṃ. ||9|| idha pana bhikkhave tad-
ahu pavāraṇāya bhikkhu bhikkhussa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhape-
ti. taṃ ce bhikkhuṃ aññe bhikkhū jānanti ayaṃ kho
āyasmā parisuddhakāyasamācāro parisuddhavacīsamācāro pa-
risuddhāajīvo paṇḍito vyatto paṭibalo anuyuñjiyamāno
anuyogaṃ dātun ti, so evam assa vacanīyo: yaṃ kho
tvaṃ āvuso imassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapesi, kimhi
naṃ ṭhapesi, sīlavipattiyā ṭhapesi, ācāravipattiyā ṭhapesi,
[page 172]
172 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 16. 10-15.
diṭṭhivipattiyā ṭhapesīti. ||10|| so ce evaṃ vadeyya: sī-
lavipattiyā ṭhapemi, ācāravip. ṭh., diṭṭhivip. ṭhapemīti,
so evam assa vacanīyo: jānāti panāyasmā sīlavipattiṃ,
jānāti ācāravipattiṃ, jānāti diṭṭhivipattin ti. so ce evaṃ
vadeyya: jānāmi kho ahaṃ āvuso sīlavipattiṃ, jānāmi ācā-
ravipattiṃ, jānāmi diṭṭhivipattin ti, so evam assa vacanī-
yo: katamā panāvuso sīlavipatti, katamā ācāravipatti, katamā
diṭṭhivipattīti. ||11|| so ce evaṃ vadeyya: cattāri ca pārāji-
kāni terasa saṃghādisesā ayaṃ sīlavipatti, thullaccayaṃ pā-
cittiyaṃ pāṭidesanīyaṃ dukkaṭaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ ayaṃ ācāra-
vipatti, micchādiṭṭhi antaggāhikā diṭṭhi ayaṃ diṭṭhivipattīti,
so evam assa vacanīyo: yaṃ kho tvaṃ āvuso imassa bhi-
kkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapesi, diṭṭhena ṭhapesi, sutena ṭhapesi,
parisaṅkāya ṭhapesīti. ||12|| so ce evaṃ vadeyya: diṭṭhena vā
ṭhapemi, sutena vā ṭhapemi, parisaṅkāya vā ṭhapemīti, so
evam assa vacanīyo: yaṃ kho tvaṃ āvuso imassa bhikkhu-
no diṭṭhena pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapesi, kiṃ te diṭṭhaṃ, kinti te
diṭṭhaṃ, kadā te diṭṭhaṃ, kattha te diṭṭhaṃ, pārājikaṃ ajjhā-
pajjanto diṭṭho, saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho, thulla-
ccayaṃ pācittiyaṃ pāṭidesanīyaṃ dukkaṭaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ
ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho, kattha ca tvaṃ ahosi, kattha cāyaṃ
bhikkhu ahosi, kiṃ ca tvaṃ karosi, kiṃ cāyaṃ bhikkhu
karotīti. ||13|| so ce evaṃ vadeyya: na kho ahaṃ āvuso
imassa bhikkhuno diṭṭhena pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemi, api ca su-
tena pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemīti, so evam assa vacanīyo: yaṃ kho
tvaṃ āvuso imassa bhikkhuno sutena pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapesi,
kiṃ te sutaṃ, kinti te sutaṃ, kadā te sutaṃ, kattha te sutaṃ,
pārājikaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti sutaṃ, saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpanno
'ti sutaṃ, thullaccayaṃ pācittiyaṃ pāṭidesanīyaṃ {dukkaṭaṃ}
dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti sutaṃ, bhikkhussa sutaṃ, bhi-
kkhuniyā s., sikkhamānāya s., sāmaṇerassa s., sāmaṇeriyā s.,
upāsakassa s., upāsikāya s., rājūnaṃ s., rājamahāmattānaṃ
s., titthiyānaṃ s., titthiyasāvakānaṃ sutan ti. ||14|| so ce
evaṃ vadeyya: na kho ahaṃ āvuso imassa bhikkhuno sute-
na pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemi, api ca parisaṅkāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭha-
pemīti, so evam assa vacanīyo: yaṃ kho tvaṃ āvuso imassa
bhikkhuno parisaṅkāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapesi, kiṃ parisaṅkasi,
kinti parisaṅkasi, kadā parisaṅkasi, kattha parisaṅkasi, pārā-
[page 173]
IV. 16. 15-20.] MAHĀVAGGA. 173
jikaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti parisaṅkasi, saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpanno
'ti parisaṅkasi, thullaccayaṃ pācittiyaṃ pāṭidesanīyaṃ du-
kkaṭaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti parisaṅkasi, bhikkhussa
sutvā parisaṅkasi . . . titthiyasāvakānaṃ sutvā parisaṅka-
sīti. ||15|| so ce evaṃ vadeyya: na kho ahaṃ āvuso imassa
bhikkhuno parisaṅkāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemi, api ca ahaṃ na
jānāmi kena ahaṃ imassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemīti,
so ce bhikkhave codako bhikkhu anuyogena viññūnaṃ sa-
brahmacārīnaṃ cittaṃ na ārādheti ananuvādo cudito bhi-
kkhū 'ti alaṃ vacanāya. so ce bhikkhave codako bhikkhu
anuyogena viññūnaṃ {sabrahmacārīnaṃ} cittaṃ ārādheti sā-
nuvādo cudito bhikkhū 'ti alaṃ vacanāya. ||16|| so ce bhi-
kkhave codako bhikkhu amūlakena pārājikena anuddhaṃsi-
taṃ paṭijānāti, saṃghādisesaṃ ropetvā saṃghena pavāre-
tabbaṃ. so ce bhikkhave codako bhikkhu amūlakena saṃ-
ghādisesena anuddhaṃsitaṃ paṭijānāti, yathādhammaṃ kārā-
petvā saṃghena pavāretabbaṃ. so ce bhikkhave codako
bhikkhu amūlakena thullaccayena pācittiyena pāṭidesanīyena
dukkaṭena dubbhāsitena anuddhaṃsitaṃ paṭijānāti, yathā-
dhammaṃ kārāpetvā saṃghena pavāretabbaṃ. ||17|| so ce
bhikkhave cudito bhikkhu pārājikaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti paṭijānā-
ti, nāsetvā saṃghena pavāretabbaṃ. so ce bhikkhave cudito
bhikkhu saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti paṭijānāti, saṃghādi-
sesaṃ ropetvā saṃghena pavāretabbaṃ. so ce bhikkhave
cudito bhikkhu thullaccayaṃ pācittiyaṃ pāṭidesanīyaṃ
dukkaṭaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti paṭijānāti, yathā-
dhammaṃ kārāpetvā saṃghena pavāretabbaṃ. ||18|| idha
pana bhikkhave bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya thullaccayaṃ
ajjhāpanno hoti. ekacce bhikkhū thullaccayadiṭṭhino honti,
ekacce bhikkhū saṃghādisesadiṭṭhino honti. ye te bhi-
kkhave bhikkhū thullaccayadiṭṭhino, tehi so bhikkhave
bhikkhu ekamantaṃ apanetvā yathādhammaṃ kārāpetvā
saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam assa vacanīyo: yaṃ kho so
āvuso bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno, sāssa yathādhammaṃ paṭika-
tā. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho pavāreyyā 'ti. ||19||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya thullacca-
yaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti. ekacce bhikkhū thullaccayadiṭṭhino
honti, ekacce bhikkhū pācittiyadiṭṭhino honti. ekacce bhi-
[page 174]
174 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 16. 20-26.
kkhū thullaccayadiṭṭhino honti, ekacce bhikkhū pāṭidesanī-
yadiṭṭhino honti. ek. bh. thullaccayad. h., ek. bh. dukka-
ṭad. h., ek. bh. thullaccayad. h., ek. bh. dubbhāsitad. h.
ye te bhikkhave bhikkhū thullaccayadiṭṭhino, tehi . . .
(= 19) . . . saṃgho pavāreyyā 'ti. ||20|| idha pana bhi-
kkhave bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya pācittiyaṃ ajjhāpanno
hoti, pāṭidesanīyaṃ ajjhāp. hoti, dukkaṭaṃ ajjhāp. hoti,
dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāp. hoti. ekacce bhikkhū dubbhāsitadiṭṭhi-
no honti, ekacce bhikkhū saṃghādisesadiṭṭhino honti. ye te
bhikkhave bhikkhū dubbhāsitadiṭṭhino, tehi . . . (= 19)
. . . saṃgho pavāreyyā 'ti. ||21|| idha pana bhikkhave
bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti.
ekacce bhikkhū dubbhāsitadiṭṭhino honti, ek. bh. thullacca-
yad. h., ek. bh. dubbhāsitad. h., ek. bh. pācittiyad. h., ek.
bh. dubbhāsitad. h., ek. bh. pāṭidesanīyad. h., ek. bh. du-
bbhāsitad. h., ek. bh. dukkaṭad. honti. ye te bhikkhave bhi-
kkhū dubbhāsitadiṭṭhino, tehi . . . saṃgho pavāreyyā 'ti. ||22||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya saṃgha-
majjhe udāhareyya: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. idaṃ
vatthuṃ paññāyati na puggalo. yadi saṃghassa patta-
kallaṃ, vatthuṃ ṭhapetvā saṃgho pavāreyyā 'ti. so evam
assa vacanīyo: bhagavatā kho āvuso visuddhānaṃ pavāraṇā
paññattā. sace vatthuṃ paññāyati na puggalo, idān'; eva
naṃ vadehīti. ||23|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu tadahu
pavāraṇāya saṃghamajjhe udāhareyya: suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. ayaṃ puggalo paññāyati na vatthuṃ. yadi saṃ-
ghassa pattakallaṃ, puggalaṃ ṭhapetvā saṃgho pavāreyyā
'ti. so evam assa vacanīyo: bhagavatā kho āvuso samaggā-
naṃ pavāraṇā paññattā. sace puggalo paññāyati na vatthuṃ,
idān'; eva naṃ vadehīti. ||24|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu
tadahu pavāraṇāya saṃghamajjhe udāhareyya: suṇātu me
bhante saṃgho. idaṃ vatthuñ ca puggalo ca paññāyati.
yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, vatthuñ ca puggalañ ca ṭhapetvā
saṃgho pavāreyyā 'ti. so evam assa vacanīyo: bhagavatā kho
āvuso visuddhānañ ca samaggānañ ca pavāraṇā paññattā.
sace vatthuñ ca puggalo ca paññāyati, idān'; eva naṃ vadehī-
ti. ||25|| pubbe ce bhikkhave pavāraṇāya vatthuṃ paññāya-
ti, pacchā puggalo, kallaṃ vacanāya. pubbe ce bhikkhave
[page 175]
IV. 16. 26-17. 4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 175
pavāraṇāya puggalo paññāyati, pacchā vatthuṃ, kallaṃ va-
canāya. pubbe ce bhikkhave pavāraṇāya vatthuñ ca pugga-
lo ca paññāyati, taṃ ce katāya pavāraṇāya ukkoṭeti, ukkoṭa-
nakaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||26||16||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā
bhikkhū Kosalesu janapadesu aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ
upagacchiṃsu. tesaṃ sāmantā aññe bhikkhū bhaṇḍana-
kārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṃghe
adhikaraṇakārakā vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu mayaṃ tesaṃ bhi-
kkhūnaṃ vassaṃ vutthānaṃ pavāraṇāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭha-
pessāmā 'ti. assosuṃ kho te bhikkhū: amhākaṃ kira
sāmantā aññe bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . adhika-
raṇakārakā vassaṃ upagatā mayaṃ . . . ṭhapessāmā 'ti.
kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave sam-
bahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū aññatarasmiṃ āvāse
vassaṃ upagacchanti. tesaṃ sāmantā aññe bhikkhū bhaṇḍa-
nakārakā . . . adhikaraṇakārakā vassaṃ upagacchanti ma-
yaṃ . . . ṭhapessāmā 'ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave tehi bhi-
kkhūhi dve tayo uposathe cātuddasike kātuṃ kathaṃ mayaṃ
tehi bhikkhūhi paṭhamataraṃ pavāreyyāmā 'ti. te ce bhi-
kkhave bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . adhikaraṇakārakā
āvāsaṃ āgacchanti, tehi bhikkhave āvāsikehi bhikkhūhi la-
huṃ-lahuṃ sannipatitvā pavāretabbaṃ, pavāretvā vattabbā:
pavāritā kho mayaṃ āvuso, yathāyasmantā maññanti tathā
karontū 'ti. ||2|| te ce bhikkhave bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā
. . . adhikaraṇakārakā asaṃvihitā taṃ āvāsaṃ āgacchanti,
tehi bhikkhave āvāsikehi bhikkhūhi āsanaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ,
pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ,
paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, pāniyena pu-
cchitabbā, tesaṃ vikkhitvā nissīmaṃ gantvā pavāretabbaṃ,
pavāretvā vattabbā: pavāritā kho mayaṃ āvuso, yathā-
yasmantā maññanti tathā karontū 'ti. ||3|| evañ ce taṃ
labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce labhetha, āvāsikena bhi-
kkhunā vyattena paṭibalena āvāsikā bhikkhū ñāpetabbā: su-
ṇantu me āyasmantā āvāsikā. yad'; āyasmantānaṃ patta-
kallaṃ, idāni uposathaṃ kareyyāma pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyyā-
[page 176]
176 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 17. 4-I8. 1.
ma, āgame kāḷe pavāreyyāmā 'ti. te ce bhikkhave bhikkhū
bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . adhikaraṇakārakā te bhikkhū evaṃ
vadeyyuṃ: sādh'; āvuso idān'; eva no pavārethā 'ti, te evaṃ
assu vacanīyā: anissarā kho tumhe āvuso amhākaṃ pavāra-
ṇāya, na tāva mayaṃ pavāressāmā 'ti. ||4|| te ce bhikkhave
bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . adhikaraṇakārakā taṃ kāḷaṃ
anuvaseyyuṃ, āvāsikena bhikkhave bhikkhunā vyattena
paṭibalena āvāsikā bhikkhū ñāpetabbā: suṇantu me āyas-
mantā . . . uddiseyyāma, āgame juṇhe pavāreyyāmā 'ti. te
ce bhikkhave bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . adhikaraṇakā-
rakā te bhikkhū evaṃ vadeyyuṃ: sādh'; āvuso idān'; eva no
pavārethā 'ti, te evaṃ assu vacanīyā: anissarā kho tumhe
āvuso amhākaṃ pavāraṇāya, na tāva mayaṃ pavāressāmā 'ti.
||5|| te ce bhikkhave bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . adhi-
karaṇakārakā tam pi juṇhaṃ anuvaseyyuṃ, tehi bhikkhave
bhikkhūhi sabbeh'; eva āgame juṇhe komudiyā cātumāsiniyā
akāmā pavāretabbaṃ. ||6|| tehi ce bhikkhave bhikkhūhi
pavāriyamāne gilāno agilānassa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, so evam
assa vacanīyo: āyasmā kho gilāno, gilāno ca ananuyogakkha-
mo vutto bhagavatā. āgamehi āvuso yāva ārogo hosi, ārogo
ākaṅkhamāno codessasīti. evaṃ ce vuccamāno codeti, anāda-
riye pācittiyaṃ. ||7|| tehi ce bhikkhave bhikkhūhi pavāriya-
māne agilāno gilānassa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, so evam assa va-
canīyo: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu gilāno, gilāno ca ananuyo-
gakkhamo vutto bhagavatā. āgamehi āvuso yāvāyaṃ bhi-
kkhu ārogo hoti, ārogaṃ ākaṅkhamāno codessasīti. evaṃ ce
vuccamāno codeti, anādariye pācittiyaṃ. ||8|| tehi ce bhi-
kkhave bhikkhūhi pavāriyamāne gilāno gilānassa pavāraṇaṃ
ṭhapeti, so evam assa vacanīyo: āyasmantā kho gilānā, gilā-
no ca ananuyogakkhamo vutto bhagavatā. āgamehi āvuso
yāva ārogā hotha, ārogaṃ ākaṅkhamāno codessasīti. evaṃ
ce vuccamāno codeti, anādariye pacittiyaṃ. ||9|| tehi ce bhi-
kkhave bhikkhūhi pavāriyamāne agilāno agilānassa pavā-
raṇaṃ ṭhapeti, ubho saṃghena samanuyuñjitvā samanuggā-
hitvā yathādhammaṃ kārāpetvā saṃghena pavāretabban
ti. ||10||17||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā
[page 177]
IV. 18. 1-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 177
bhikkhū Kosalesu janapadesu aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ
upagacchiṃsu. tesaṃ samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ avi-
vadamānānaṃ viharataṃ aññataro phāsuvihāro adhigato
hoti. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: amhā-
kaṃ kho samaggānaṃ . . . adhigato. sace mayaṃ idāni
pavāressāma, siyāpi bhikkhū pavāretvā cārikaṃ pakkame-
yyuṃ, evaṃ mayaṃ imamhā phāsuvihārā paribāhirā bha-
vissāma. kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagava-
to etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave samba-
hulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ
upagacchanti. tesaṃ samaggānaṃ . . . adhigato hoti. tatra
ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: amhākaṃ kho samaggānaṃ . . .
paribāhirā bhavissāmā 'ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave tehi bhi-
kkhūhi pavāraṇāsaṃgahaṃ kātuṃ. ||2|| evañ ca pana
bhikkhave kātabbo. sabbeh'; eva ekajjhaṃ sannipatitabbaṃ,
sannipatitvā vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpe-
tabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. amhākaṃ samaggānaṃ
sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ viharataṃ aññataro phā-
suvihāro adhigato. sace mayaṃ idāni pavāressāma, siyāpi
bhikkhū pavāretvā cārikaṃ pakkameyyuṃ, evaṃ mayaṃ
imamhā phāsuvihārā paribāhirā bhavissāma. yadi saṃghassa
pattakallaṃ, saṃgho pavāraṇāsaṃgahaṃ kareyya, idāni upo-
sathaṃ kareyya pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyya, āgame komudiyā
cātumāsiniyā saṃgho pavāreyya. esā ñatti. ||3|| suṇātu me
bhante saṃgho. amhākaṃ samaggānaṃ . . . paribāhirā bha-
vissāma. saṃgho pavāraṇāsaṃgahaṃ karoti, idāni uposa-
thaṃ karissati pātimokkhaṃ uddisissati, āgame komudiyā
cātumāsiniyā pavāressati. yassāyasmato khamati pavāraṇā-
saṃgahassa karaṇaṃ idāni uposathaṃ karissati pātimokkhaṃ
uddisissati, āgame komudiyā cātumāsiniyā pavāressati, so
tuṇh'; assa. yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. kato {saṃghe-
na} pavāraṇāsaṃgaho idāni uposathaṃ karissati pātimokkhaṃ
uddisissati, āgame komudiyā cātumāsiniyā pavāressati. kha-
mati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||4||
tehi ce bhikkhave bhikkhūhi kate pavāraṇāsaṃgahe añña-
taro bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya: icchām'; ahaṃ āvuso janapa-
dacārikaṃ pakkamituṃ, atthi me janapade karaṇīyan ti, so
evam assa vacanīyo: sādh'; āvuso pavāretvā gacchāhīti. so
[page 178]
178 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 18. 5-6.
ce bhikkhave bhikkhu pavārayamāno aññatarassa bhikkhuno
pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, so evam assa vacanīyo: anissaro kho me
tvaṃ āvuso pavāraṇāya, na tāvāhaṃ pavāressāmīti. tassa ce
bhikkhave bhikkhuno pavārayamānassa aññataro bhikkhu
tassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, ubho saṃghena samanu-
yuñjitvā samanuggāhitvā yathādhammaṃ kārāpetabbā. ||5||
so ce bhikkhave bhikkhu janapade taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā
punad eva anto komudiyā cātumāsiniyā taṃ āvāsaṃ āgaccha-
ti, tehi ce bhikkhave bhikkhūhi pavāriyamāne aññataro bhi-
kkhu tassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, so evam assa va-
canīyo: anissaro kho me tvaṃ āvuso pavāraṇāya, pavārito
ahan ti. tehi ce bhikkhave bhikkhūhi pavāriyamāne so
bhikkhu aññatarassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, ubho
saṃghena samanuyuñjitvā samanuggāhitvā yathādhammaṃ
kārāpetvā saṃghena pavāretabban ti. ||6||18||
pavāraṇakkhandhakaṃ catutthaṃ.
imamhi khandhake vatthu chacattārisā. tassa uddānaṃ:
vassaṃ vutthā Kosalesu agamuṃ satthu dassanaṃ
aphāsupasusaṃvāsaṃ aññamaññānulomatā, |
pavārentāpaṇā, dve ca, kammaṃ, gilāna-ñātakā,
rājā, corā ca, dhuttā ca, bhikkhū paccatthikā tathā, |
pañca, catu, tayo, dve,'ko, āpanno, vemati, sari,
sabbo saṃgho, vematiko, bahū samā ca thokikā, |
āvāsikā, cātuddasā, liṅga-saṃvāsakā ubho,
gantabbaṃ, na nisinnāya, chandadān', apavāraṇā, |
savarehi, khepitā, megho, antarā ca, pavāraṇā, |
5 na karonti, pur'; amhākaṃ, aṭṭhapitā ca, bhikkhuno, |
kimhi vā 'ti katamañ ca diṭṭhena sutasaṅkāya,
codako cuditako ca, thullaccaya-vatthu-bhaṇḍanaṃ, |
pavāraṇāsaṃgaho ca, anissaro, pavāraye 'ti.
[page 179]
179
MAHĀVAGGA.
V.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati
Gijjhakūṭe pabbate. tena kho pana samayena rājā Mā-
gadho Seniyo Bimbisāro asītiyā gāmasahassesu issarā-
dhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāreti. tena kho pana samayena Campā-
yaṃ Soṇo nāma Koḷiviso seṭṭhiputto sukhumālo hoti,
tassa pādatalesu lomāni jātāni honti. atha kho rājā Māga-
dho Seniyo Bimbisāro tāni asītiṃ gāmikasahassāni sannipā-
tāpetvā kenacid eva karaṇīyena Soṇassa Koḷivisassa santike
dūtaṃ pāhesi, āgacchatu Soṇo icchāmi Soṇassa āgatan ti. ||1||
atha kho Soṇassa Koḷivisassa mātāpitaro Soṇaṃ Koḷivisaṃ
etad avocuṃ: rājā te tāta Soṇa pāde dakkhitukāmo. mā
kho tvaṃ tāta Soṇa yena rājā tena pāde abhippasāreyyāsi,
rañño purato pallaṅkena nisīda, nisinnassa te rājā pāde
dakkhissatīti. atha kho Soṇaṃ Koḷivisaṃ sivikāya ānesuṃ.
atha kho Soṇo Koḷiviso yena rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisā-
ro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ
Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ abhivādetvā rañño purato pallaṅkena
nisīdi. addasa kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro Soṇassa
Koḷivisassa pādatalesu lomāni jātāni. ||2|| atha kho rājā
Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro tāni asītiṃ gāmikasahassāni
diṭṭhadhammike atthe anusāsitvā uyyojesi: tumhe khv'; attha
bhaṇe mayā diṭṭhadhammike atthe anusāsitā, gacchatha taṃ
bhagavantaṃ payirupāsatha, so no bhagavā samparāyike
atthe anusāsissatīti. atha kho tāni asīti gāmikasahassāni
yena Gijjhakūṭo pabbato ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu. ||3|| tena
kho pana samayena āyasmā Sāgato bhagavato upaṭṭhāko
hoti. atha kho tāni asīti gāmikasahassāni yenāyasmā Sāgato
ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Sāgataṃ
[page 180]
180 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 1. 4-9.
etad avocuṃ: imāni bhante asīti gāmikasahassāni idh'
upasaṃkantāni bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. sādhu mayaṃ
bhante labheyyāma bhagavantaṃ dassanāyā 'ti. tena hi
tumhe āyasmanto muhuttaṃ idh'; eva tāva hotha yāvāhaṃ
bhagavantaṃ paṭivedemīti. ||4|| atha kho āyasmā Sāgato
tesaṃ asītiyā gāmikasahassānaṃ purato pekkhamānānaṃ pā-
ṭikāya nimujjitvā bhagavato purato ummujjitvā bhagavantaṃ
etad avoca: imāni bhante asīti gāmikasahassāni idh'; upa-
saṃkantāni bhagavantaṃ dassanāya, yassa dāni bhante bha-
gavā kālaṃ maññatīti. tena hi tvaṃ Sāgata vihārapacchā-
yāyaṃ āsanaṃ paññāpehīti. ||5|| evaṃ bhante 'ti kho
āyasmā Sāgato bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā pīṭhaṃ gahetvā bha-
gavato purato nimujjitvā tesaṃ asītiyā gāmikasahassānaṃ
purato pekkhamānānaṃ pāṭikāya ummujjitvā vihārapacchā-
yāyaṃ āsanaṃ paññāpesi. atha kho bhagavā vihārā nikkha-
mitvā vihārapacchāyāyaṃ paññatte āsane nisīdi. ||6|| atha
kho tāni asīti gāmikasahassāni yena bhagavā ten'; upa-
saṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ {nisīdiṃsu}. atha kho tāni asīti gāmikasahassāni
āyasmantaṃ yeva Sāgataṃ samannāharanti, no tathā bhaga-
vantaṃ. atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ āsītiyā gāmikasahassānaṃ
cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya āyasmantaṃ Sāgataṃ āman-
tesi: tena hi tvaṃ Sāgata bhiyyosomattāya uttarimanussa-
dhammaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassehīti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho
āyasmā Sāgato bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā
ākāse antalikkhe caṅkamati pi tiṭṭhati pi nisīdati pi seyyam
pi kappeti dhūpāyati pi pajjalati pi antaradhāyati pi. ||7||
atha kho āyasmā Sāgato ākāse antalikkhe anekavihitaṃ utta-
rimanussadhammaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā bhagavato
pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: satthā me
bhante bhagavā, sāvako 'ham asmi, satthā me bhante bha-
gavā, sāvako 'ham asmīti. atha kho tāni asīti gāmikasa-
hassāni acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, sāvako pi
nāma evaṃ mahiddhiko bhavissati evaṃ mahānubhāvo, aho
nūna satthā 'ti bhagavantaṃ yeva samannāharanti, no tathā
āyasmantaṃ Sāgataṃ. ||8|| atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ asītiyā
gāmikasahassānaṃ cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya anu-
pubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ: dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ
[page 181]
V. 1. 9-12.] MAHĀVAGGA. 181
saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ ne-
kkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. yadā te bhagavā aññāsi
kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte,
atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pa-
kāsesi, dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. seyyathā-
pi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammad eva
rajanaṃ {paṭigaṇheyya,} evam eva tesaṃ asītiyā gāmikasa-
hassānaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhamma-
cakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ
taṃ nirodhadhamman ti. ||9|| te diṭṭhadhammā patta-
dhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā
vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthu sā-
sane bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhi-
kkantaṃ bhante, seyyathāpi bhante nikkujjitaṃ vā ukku-
jjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ
ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhu-
manto rūpāni dakkhintīti, evam eva bhagavatā anekapariyā-
yena dhammo pakāsito. ete mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ
saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca, upā-
sake no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṃ gate
'ti. ||10|| atha kho Soṇassa Koḷivisassa etad ahosi: yathā
-yathā kho ahaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, na
yidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekan-
taparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. yaṃ
nūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyyan ti. atha kho tāni asīti
gāmikasahassāni bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumo-
ditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ
katvā pakkamiṃsu. ||11|| atha kho Soṇo Koḷiviso acirapa-
kkantesu tesu asītiyā gāmikasahassesu yena bhagavā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekam-
antaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Soṇo Koḷiviso bha-
gavantaṃ etad avoca: yathā-yathāhaṃ bhante bhagavatā
dhammaṃ desitaṃ . . . brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. icchām'
ahaṃ bhante kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchā-
detvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ, pabbājetu maṃ
bhante bhagavā 'ti. alattha kho Soṇo Koḷiviso bhagavato
santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ. acirūpasampanno
[page 182]
182 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 1. 12-16.
ca panāyasmā Soṇo Sītavane viharati. ||12|| tassa accāra-
ddhaviriyassa caṅkamato pādā bhijjiṃsu, caṅkamo lohitena
phuṭo hoti seyyathāpi gavāghātanaṃ. atha kho āyasmato
Soṇassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko
udapādi: ye kho keci bhagavato sāvakā āraddhaviriyā viha-
ranti, ahaṃ tesaṃ aññataro, atha ca pana me nānupādāya
āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati, saṃvijjanti kho pana me kule bho-
gā. sakkā bhoge ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca kātuṃ. yaṃ
nūnāhaṃ hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjeyyaṃ puññāni ca
kareyyan ti. ||13|| atha kho bhagavā āyasmato Soṇassa ce-
tasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso
sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ
sammiñjeyya, evam eva Gijjhakūṭe pabbate antarahito Sīta-
vane pāturahosi. atha kho bhagavā sambahulehi bhikkhūhi
saddhiṃ senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto yenāyasmato Soṇassa
caṅkamo ten'; upasaṃkami. addasa kho bhagavā āyasmato
Soṇassa caṅkamaṃ lohitena phuṭaṃ, disvāna bhikkhū āman-
tesi: kassa nv āyaṃ bhikkhave caṅkamo lohitena phuṭo
seyyathāpi gavāghātanan ti. āyasmato bhante Soṇassa accā-
raddhaviriyassa caṅkamato pādā bhijjiṃsu, tassāyaṃ caṅka-
mo lohitena phuṭo seyyathāpi {gavāghātanan} ti. ||14|| atha
kho bhagavā yenāyasmato Soṇassa vihāro ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. āyasmāpi kho Soṇo
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ
nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Soṇaṃ bhagavā etad avoca: nanu
te Soṇa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko
udapādi: ye kho keci . . . puññāni ca kareyyan ti. evaṃ
bhante 'ti. taṃ kiṃ maññasi Soṇa, kusalo tvaṃ pubbe agā-
rikabhūto vīṇāya tantissare 'ti. evaṃ bhante. taṃ kiṃ
maññasi Soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo accāyatā honti, api nu
te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatī vā hoti kammaññā vā 'ti.
no h'; etaṃ bhante. ||15|| taṃ kiṃ maññasi Soṇa, yadā te
vīṇāya tantiyo atisithilā honti, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye
{saravatī} vā hoti kammaññā vā 'ti. no h'; etaṃ bhante. taṃ
kiṃ maññasi Soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo n'; eva accāyatā
honti nātisithilā same guṇe patiṭṭhitā, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ
samaye saravatī va hoti kammaññā vā 'ti. evaṃ bhante.
evam eva kho Soṇa accāraddhaviriyaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvatta-
[page 183]
V. 1. 16-22.] MAHĀVAGGA. 183
ti, atilīnaviriyaṃ kosajjāya saṃvattati. ||16|| tasmāt iha
tvaṃ Soṇa viriyasamataṃ adhiṭṭhaha indriyānaṃ ca sa-
mataṃ paṭivijjha tattha ca nimittaṃ gaṇhāhīti. evaṃ
bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Soṇo bhagavato paccassosi. atha kho
bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Soṇaṃ iminā ovādena ovaditvā seyya-
thāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya
pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Sītavane āyasma-
to Soṇassa sammukhe antarahito Gijjhakūṭe pabbate pātur-
ahosi. ||17|| atha kho āyasmā Soṇo aparena samayena vi-
riyasamataṃ adhiṭṭhāsi indriyānaṃ ca samataṃ paṭivijjhi
tattha ca nimittaṃ aggahesi. atha kho āyasmā Soṇo eko
vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na cirass'
eva yass'; atthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā anagāri-
yaṃ pabbajanti, tad anuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ
diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja
vihāsi, khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ,
nāparaṃ itthattāyā 'ti abbhaññāsi, aññataro ca panāyasmā
Soṇo arahataṃ ahosi. ||18|| atha kho āyasmato Soṇassa ara-
hattaṃ pattassa etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhagavato santike
aññaṃ vyākareyyan ti. atha kho āyasmā Soṇo yena bhaga-
vā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivā-
detvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
Soṇo bhagavantam etad avoca: ||19|| yo so bhante bhikkhu
arahaṃ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppa-
ttasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano sammadaññāvimutto,
so cha ṭṭhānāni adhimutto hoti: nekkhammādhimutto hoti,
pavivekādhimutto hoti, avyāpajjhādhimutto hoti, upādāna-
kkhayādhimutto hoti, taṇhakkhayādhimutto hoti, asammohā-
dhimutto hoti. ||20|| siyā kho pana bhante idh'; ekaccassa
āyasmato evam assa: kevalaṃ saddhāmattakaṃ nūna ayam
āyasmā nissāya nekkhammādhimutto 'ti. na kho pan'; etaṃ
bhante evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. khīṇāsavo bhante bhikkhu vusi-
tavā katakaraṇīyo karaṇīyam attānaṃ asamanupassanto ka-
tassa vā paṭicayaṃ khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā nekkhammā-
dhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā nekkhammādhi-
mutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā nekkhammādhimutto
hoti. ||21|| siyā kho pana bhante idh'; ekaccassa āyasmato
evam assa: lābhasakkārasilokaṃ nūna ayam āyasmā nikā-
[page 184]
184 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 1. 22-27.
mayamāno pavivekādhimutto 'ti. na kho pan'; etaṃ . . .
khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā pavivekādhimutto hoti, khayā do-
sassa vītadosattā pavivekādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vī-
tamohattā pavivekādhimutto hoti. ||22|| siyā kho pana
bhante idh'; ekaccassa āyasmato evam assa: sīlabbataparā-
māsaṃ nūna ayam āyasmā sārato paccāgacchanto avyāpajjhā-
dhimutto 'ti. na kho pan'; etaṃ . . . khayā rāgassa vītarā-
gattā avyāpajjhādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā
avyāpajjhādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā avyā-
pajjhādhimutto hoti, ||23|| khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā
upādānakkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā
upādānakkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā
upādānakkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā
taṇhakkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā taṇha-
kkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā taṇhakkha-
yādhimutto hoti, khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā asammohādhi-
mutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā asammohādhimutto
hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā asammohādhimutto hoti.
||24|| evaṃ sammāvimuttacittassa bhante bhikkhuno bhusā
ce pi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpāthaṃ āgacchanti,
n'; ev'; assa cittaṃ pariyādiyanti, amissikatam ev'; assa cittaṃ
hoti ṭhitaṃ ānejjappattaṃ vayañ c'; assānupassati. bhusā ce
pi sotaviññeyyā saddā, ghānaviññeyyā gandhā, {jivhāviññeyyā}
rasā, {kāyaviññeyyā} phoṭṭhabbā, manoviññeyyā dhammā ma-
nassa āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, n'; ev'; assa cittaṃ pariyādiyanti,
amissikatam ev'; assa cittaṃ hoti ṭhitaṃ ānejjappattaṃ
vayañ c'; assānupassati. ||25|| seyyathāpi bhante selo pabba-
to acchiddo asusiro ekaghano puratthimāya ce pi disāya
āgaccheyya bhusā vātavuṭṭhi, n'; eva naṃ saṃkampeyya na
sampakampeyya na sampavedheyya, pacchimāya ce pi disāya
--la-- uttarāya ce pi disāya --la-- dakkhiṇāya ce pi disā-
ya . . . na sampavedheyya, evam eva kho bhante evaṃ
sammāvimuttacittassa bhikkhuno bhusā ce pi cakkhuviññe-
yyā rūpā . . . {manoviññeyyā} dhammā manassa āpāthaṃ
āgacchanti, n'; ev'; assa cittam . . . vayañ c'; assānupassa-
tīti. ||26||
nekkhammaṃ adhimuttassa pavivekañ ca cetaso
avyāpajjhādhimuttassa upādānakkhayassa ca |
[page 185]
V. 1. 27-2. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 185
taṇhakkhayādhimuttassa asammohañ ca cetaso
disvā āyatanuppādaṃ sammā cittaṃ vimuccati. |
tassa sammāvimuttassa santacittassa bhikkhuno
katassa paṭicayo n'; atthi karaṇīyañ ca na vijjati. |
selo yathā ekaghano vātena na samīrati,
evaṃ rūpā rasā saddā gandhā phassā ca kevalā |
iṭṭhā dhammā aniṭṭhā ca na pavedhenti tādino.
ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ vippamuttaṃ vayañ c'; assānupassatīti. ||27||
atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: evaṃ kho bhikkhave
kulaputtā aññaṃ vyākaronti. attho ca vutto attā ca anupanīto.
atha ca pan'; idh'; ekacce moghapurisā hasamānakaṃ maññe
aññaṃ vyākaronti, te pacchā vighātaṃ āpajjantīti. ||28|| atha
kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Soṇaṃ āmantesi: tvaṃ kho 'si
Soṇa sukhumālo. anujānāmi te Soṇa ekapalāsikaṃ upāhanan
ti. ahaṃ kho bhante asītisakaṭavāhe hiraññaṃ ohāya agā-
rasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito sattahatthikañ ca anīkaṃ. tassa
me bhavissanti vattāro: Soṇo Koḷiviso asītisakaṭavāhe
hiraññaṃ ohāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito sattahatthi-
kañ ca anīkaṃ, so dān'; āyaṃ ekapalāsikāsu upāhanāsu satto
'ti. ||29|| sace bhagavā bhikkhusaṃghassa anujānissati,
aham pi paribhuñjissāmi, no ce bhagavā bhikkhusaṃghassa
anujānissati, aham pi na paribhuñjissāmīti. atha kho bha-
gavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āman-
tesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave ekapalāsikaṃ upāhanaṃ. na
bhikkhave diguṇā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na tiguṇā upāhanā
dhāretabbā, na gaṇaṃgaṇūpāhanā dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||30||1||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sabba-
nīlikā upāhanāyo dhārenti --la-- sabbapītikā upāhanāyo
dhārenti, sabbalohitikā up. dh., sabbamañjeṭṭhikā up. dh.,
sabbakaṇhā up. dh., sabbamahāraṅgarattā up. dh., sabbama-
hānāmarattā up. dhārenti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vi-
pācenti: seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave sabbanīlikā upāhanā dhā-
retabbā, na sabbapītikā upāhanā dhāretabbā . . . na sabba-
mahānāmarattā upāhanā dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggi-
[page 186]
186 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 2. 2-3. 2.
yā bhikkhū nīlakavaṭṭikā upāhanāyo dhārenti, pītakavaṭṭikā
up. dh., lohitakavaṭṭikā up. dh., mañjeṭṭhakavaṭṭikā up. dh.,
kaṇhavaṭṭikā up. dh., mahāraṅgarattavaṭṭikā up. dh., mahā-
nāmarattavaṭṭikā up. dhārenti. manussā ujjhāyanti khī-
yanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave nīlakavaṭṭikā
upāhanā dhāretabbā . . . na mahānāmarattavaṭṭikā upāhanā
dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2|| tena
kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū khallakabaddhā
upāhanāyo dhārenti, puṭabaddhā up. dhārenti, pāliguṇṭhimā
up. dh., tūlapuṇṇikā up. dh., tittirapattikā up. dh., meṇḍavi-
sāṇabandhikā up. dh., ajavisāṇabandhikā up. dh., vicchikālikā
up. dh., morapicchaparisibbitā up. dh., citrā up. dhārenti.
manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi gihikā-
mabhogino 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhi-
kkhave khallakabaddhā upāhanā dhāretabbā . . . na citrā
upāhanā dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sīha-
cammaparikkhaṭā upāhanāyo dhārenti, vyagghacammapari-
kkhaṭā up. dh., dīpicammap. up. dh., ajinacammap. up. dh.,
uddacammap. up. dh., majjāricammap. up. dh., kāḷaka-
cammap. up. dh., ulūkacammap. up. dhārenti. manussā
ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino
'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave sī-
hacammaparikkhaṭā upāhanā dhāretabbā . . . na ulūka-
cammap. up. dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā
'ti. ||4||2||
atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīva-
raṃ ādāya Rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi aññatarena bhikkhu-
nā pacchāsamaṇena. atha kho so bhikkhu khañjamāno bha-
gavantaṃ piṭṭhito-piṭṭhito anubandhi. addasa kho aññataro
upāsako gaṇaṃgaṇūpāhanaṃ ārohitvā bhagavantaṃ dūrato
'va āgacchantaṃ, disvā upāhanā orohitvā yena bhagavā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā yena
so bhikkhu ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ
abhivādetvā etad avoca: ||1|| kissa bhante ayyo khañjatīti.
pādā me āvuso phālitā 'ti. handa bhante upāhanāyo 'ti.
[page 187]
V. 3. 2-5. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 187
alaṃ āvuso paṭikkhittā bhagavatā gaṇaṃgaṇūpāhanā 'ti.
gaṇhāh'; etā bhikkhu upāhanāyo 'ti. atha kho bhagavā
etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi:
anujānāmi bhikkhave omukkaṃ gaṇaṃgaṇūpāhanaṃ. na
bhikkhave navā gaṇaṃgaṇūpāhanā dhāretabbā. yo dhā-
reyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2||3||
tena kho pana samayena bhagavā ajjhokāse anupā-
hano caṅkamati. satthā anupāhano caṅkamatīti therāpi
bhikkhū anupāhanā caṅkamanti. chabbaggiyā bhikkhū
satthari anupāhane caṅkamamāne theresu pi bhikkhūsu
anupāhanesu caṅkamamānesu saupāhanā caṅkamanti. ye
te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti:
kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū satthari anupā-
hane caṅkamamāne theresu pi bhikkhūsu anupāhanesu
caṅkamamānesu saupāhanā caṅkamissantīti. ||1|| atha kho
te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira
bhikkhave chabbaggiyā bhikkhū satthari . . . saupāha-
nā caṅkamantīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho
bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā sattha-
ri . . . saupāhanā caṅkamissanti. ime hi nāma bhikkhave
gihī odātavasanā abhijīvanikassa sippassa kāraṇā ācariyesu sa-
gāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttikā viharissanti. ||2|| idha
kho taṃ bhikkhave sobhetha yaṃ tumhe evaṃ svākkhāte
dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā ācariyesu ācariyamattesu
upajjhāyesu upajjhāyamattesu sagāravā sappatissā sabhāga-
vuttikā vihareyyātha. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā
pasādāya --la-- vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: na bhikkhave ācariyesu ācariyamattesu upajjhā-
yesu upajjhāyamattesu anupāhanesu caṅkamamānesu sau-
pāhanena caṅkamitabbaṃ. yo caṅkameyya, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. na ca bhikkhave ajjhārāme upāhanā dhāre-
tabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3||4||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno pādakhī-
lābādho hoti. taṃ bhikkhuṃ pariggahetvā uccāram pi
passāvam pi nikkhāmenti. addasa kho bhagavā senāsana-
cārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto te bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ pariggahetvā
[page 188]
188 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 5. 1-6. 4.
uccāram pi passāvam pi nikkhāmente, disvāna yena te bhi-
kkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te bhikkhū etad
avoca: ||1|| kiṃ imassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno ābādho 'ti.
imassa bhante āyasmato pādakhīlābādho, imaṃ mayaṃ pa-
riggahetvā uccāram pi passāvam pi nikkhāmemā 'ti. atha
kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave yassa pādā vā dukkhā pādā
vā phālitā pādakhīlā vā ābādho upāhanaṃ dhāretun ti.
||2||5||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū adhotehi pādehi mañcam
pi pīṭham pi abhirūhanti, cīvaram pi senāsanam pi dussati.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave
idāni mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā abhirūhissāmīti upāhanaṃ
dhāretun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū rattiyā
uposathaggam pi sannisajjam pi gacchantā andhakāre khā-
num pi kaṇṭakam pi akkamanti, pādā dukkhā honti. bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave ajjhā-
rāme upāhanaṃ dhāretuṃ ukkaṃ padīpaṃ kattaradaṇḍan ti.
||2|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū
rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya kaṭṭhapādukāyo abhi-
rūhitvā ajjhokāse caṅkamanti uccāsaddā mahāsaddā khaṭa-
khaṭasaddā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathentā seyyath'
īdaṃ: rājakathaṃ, corakathaṃ, mahāmattak., senāk., bha-
yak., yuddhak., annak., pānak., vatthak., sayanak., mālāk.,
gandhak., ñātik., yānak., gāmak., nigamak., nagarak., jana-
padak., itthik., sūrak., visikhāk., kumbhaṭṭhānak., pubbape-
tak., nānatthak., lokakkhāyikaṃ samuddakkhāyikaṃ itibha-
vābhavakathaṃ iti vā kīṭakam pi akkamitvā mārenti bhikkhū
pi samādhimhā cāventi. ||3|| ye te bhikkhū appicchā te
ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā
bhikkhū rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya kaṭṭhapādukā-
yo abhirūhitvā ajjhokāse caṅkamissanti uccāsaddā . . . akka-
mitvā māressanti bhikkhū pi samādhimhā cāvessantīti. atha
kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ
kira bhikkhave chabbaggiyā bhikkhū rattiyā paccūsasam-
ayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya kaṭṭhapādukāyo abhirūhitvā ajjhokāse
caṅkamanti uccāsaddā . . . akkamitvā mārenti bhikkhū pi
[page 189]
V. 6. 4-8. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 189
samādhimhā cāventīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahitvā dha-
mmikathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave ka-
ṭṭhapādukā dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā
'ti. ||4||6||
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā
yena Bārāṇasī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cāri-
kaṃ caramāno yena Bārāṇasī tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bha-
gavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati Isipatane migadāye. tena
kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā
kaṭṭhapādukā paṭikkhittā 'ti tālataruṇe chedāpetvā tālapatta-
pādukāyo dhārenti, tāni tālataruṇāni chinnāni milāyanti.
manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma sa-
maṇā Sakyaputtiyā tālataruṇe chedāpetvā tālapattapādukāyo
dhāressanti, tāni tālataruṇāni chinnāni milāyanti. ekindri-
yaṃ samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā jīvaṃ viheṭhentīti. ||1|| assosuṃ
kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantā-
naṃ vipācentānaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave chabbaggiyā bhi-
kkhū tālataruṇe chedāpetvā tālapattapādukāyo dhārenti, tāni
tālataruṇāni chinnāni milāyantīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. viga-
rahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave mogha-
purisā tālataruṇe chedāpetvā tālapattapādukāyo dhāressanti,
tāni tālataruṇāni chinnāni milāyanti. jīvasaññino hi bhi-
kkhave manussā rukkhasmiṃ. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appa-
sannānaṃ vā pasādāya --la-- vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ
katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave tālapattapādukā
dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2|| tena
kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā tā-
lapattapādukā paṭikkhittā 'ti veḷutaruṇe chedāpetvā veḷu-
pattapādukāyo dhārenti, tāni . . . (= 1.2. Read veḷu-
instead of tāla-) . . . na bhikkhave veḷupattapādukā dhāre-
tabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3||7||
atha kho bhagavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viha-
ritvā yena Bhaddiyaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbe-
na cārikaṃ caramāno yena Bhaddiyaṃ tad avasari. tatra
sudaṃ bhagavā Bhaddiye viharati Jātiyāvane. tena
[page 190]
190 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 8. 1-9. 1.
kho pana samayena Bhaddiyā bhikkhū anekavihitaṃ pādu-
kaṃ maṇḍanānuyogam anuyuttā viharanti, tiṇapādukaṃ ka-
ronti pi kārāpenti pi, muñjapād. k. pi k. pi, babbajapād.
k. pi k. pi, hintālapād. k. pi k. pi, kamalapād. k. pi k. pi,
kambalapād. k. pi k. pi, riñcanti uddesaṃ paripucchaṃ
adhisīlaṃ adhicittaṃ adhipaññaṃ. ||1|| ye te bhikkhū appi-
cchā, te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma
Bhaddiyā bhikkhū anekavihitaṃ pādukaṃ maṇḍanānuyogam
anuyuttā viharissanti, tiṇapādukaṃ karissanti pi kārāpessanti
pi . . . riñcissanti uddesaṃ paripucchaṃ adhisīlaṃ adhi-
cittaṃ adhipaññan ti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave Bhaddiyā bhikkhū
anekavihitaṃ pādukaṃ maṇḍanānuyogam anuyuttā viha-
ranti, tiṇapādukaṃ karonti pi kārāpenti pi --la-- riñcanti
uddesaṃ . . . adhipaññan ti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi
buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapu-
risā anekavihitaṃ pādukaṃ maṇḍanānuyogam anuyuttā vi-
harissanti, tiṇapādukaṃ karissanti pi kārāpessanti pi -- la --
riñcissanti uddesaṃ paripucchaṃ adhisīlaṃ adhicittaṃ adhi-
paññaṃ. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. ||2||
vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na
bhikkhave tiṇapādukā dhāretabbā, na muñjapādukā dhāre-
tabbā, na babbajap. dh., na hintālap. dh., na kamalap. dh.,
na kambalap. dh., na sovaṇṇamayā p. dh., na rūpiyamayā p.
dh., na maṇimayā p. dh., na veḷuriyamayā p. dh., na phali-
kamayā p. dh., na kaṃsamayā p. dh., na kācamayā p. dh., na
tipumayā p. dh., na sīsamayā p. dh., na tambalohamayā p.
dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na ca bhi-
kkhave kāci saṃkamanīyā pādukā dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave tisso pādukāyo
dhuvaṭṭhāniyā asaṃkamanīyāyo, vaccapādukaṃ, passāvapā-
dukaṃ, ācamanapādukan ti. ||3||8||
atha kho bhagavā Bhaddiye yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā
yena Sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cāri-
kaṃ caramāno yena Sāvatthi tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bha-
gavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍi-
kassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā
[page 191]
V. 9. 1-10. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 191
bhikkhū Aciravatiyā nadiyā gāvīnaṃ tarantīnaṃ visāṇesu pi
gaṇhanti, kaṇṇesu pi gaṇhanti, gīvāya pi gaṇhanti, cheppā-
ya pi gaṇhanti, piṭṭhim pi abhirūhanti, rattacittāpi aṅgajā-
taṃ chupanti, vacchatarī pi ogāhetvā mārenti. ||1|| manussā
ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā
Sakyaputtiyā gāvīnaṃ tarantīnaṃ visāṇesu pi gahessanti
--gha-- seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. assosuṃ kho
bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vi-
pācentānaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave --la-- saccaṃ bhagavā.
||2|| vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi:
na bhikkhave gāvīnaṃ visāṇesu gahetabbaṃ, na kaṇṇesu ga-
hetabbaṃ, na gīvāya gahetabbaṃ, na cheppāya gahetabbaṃ,
na piṭṭhī abhirūhitabbā. yo abhirūheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
na ca bhikkhave rattacittena aṅgajātaṃ chupitabbaṃ. yo
chupeyya, āpatti thullaccayassa. na vacchatarī māretabbā.
yo māreyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo 'ti. ||3|| tena kho
pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū yānena yāyanti,
itthiyuttena pi purisantarena, purisayuttena pi itthantarena.
manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi Gaṅgā-
mahiyāyā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhi-
kkhave yānena yāyitabbaṃ. yo yāyeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā
'ti. ||4||9||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Kosalesu
janapadesu Sāvatthiṃ gacchanto bhagavantaṃ dassanāya
antarā magge gilāno hoti. atha kho so bhikkhu maggā
okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. manussā taṃ
bhikkhuṃ disvā etad avocuṃ: kahaṃ ayyo bhante gamissa-
tīti. Sāvatthiṃ kho ahaṃ āvuso gamissāmi bhagavantaṃ
dassanāyā 'ti. ||1|| ehi bhante gamissāmā 'ti. nāhaṃ āvuso
sakkomi, gilāno 'mhīti. ehi bhante yānaṃ abhirūhā 'ti. alaṃ
āvuso paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā yānan ti kukkuccāyanto yā-
naṃ nābhirūhi. atha kho so bhikkhu Sāvatthiṃ gantvā
bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhū bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave gilānassa yānan ti.
||2|| atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: itthiyuttaṃ nu kho
purisayuttaṃ nu kho 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
[page 192]
192 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 10. 3-7.
anujānāmi bhikkhave purisayuttaṃ hatthavaṭṭakan ti. tena
kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno yānugghātena
bāḷhataraṃ aphāsu ahosi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave sivikaṃ pāṭaṅkin ti. ||3|| tena kho
pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccāsayanamahāsaya-
nāni dhārenti seyyath'; īdaṃ: āsandiṃ, pallaṅkaṃ, {goṇakaṃ,}
cittakaṃ, paṭikaṃ, paṭalikaṃ, tūlikaṃ, vikatikaṃ, uddhalo-
miṃ, ekantalomiṃ, kaṭṭhissaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kuttakaṃ, hattha-
ttharaṃ, assattharaṃ, rathattharaṃ, ajinappaveṇiṃ, kadali-
migapavarapaccattharaṇaṃ, sauttaracchadaṃ, ubhatolohita-
kūpadhānaṃ. manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā
ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino
'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||4|| na bhikkhave
uccāsayanamahāsayanāni dhāretabbāni seyyath'; īdaṃ:
āsandi, pallaṅko, goṇako, cittakā, paṭikā, paṭalikā, tūlikā, vi-
katikā, uddhalomī, ekantalomī, kaṭṭhissaṃ, koseyyaṃ, ku-
ttakaṃ, hatthattharaṃ, assattharaṃ, rathattharaṃ, aji-
nappaveṇi, kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṃ, sauttaraccha-
daṃ, ubhatolohitakūpadhānaṃ. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukka-
ṭassā 'ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā
bhikkhū bhagavatā uccāsayanamahāsayanāni paṭikkhittānīti
mahācammāni dhārenti, sīhacammaṃ, vyagghacammaṃ, dī-
picammaṃ. tāni mañcappamāṇena pi chinnāni honti, pī-
ṭhappamāṇena pi chinnāni honti, anto pi mañce paññattāni
honti, bahi pi mañce paññattāni honti, anto pi pīṭhe pañña-
ttāni honti, bahi pi pīṭhe paññattāni honti. manussā vihā-
racārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti:
seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave mahācammāni dhāretabbāni, sī-
hacammaṃ, vyagghacammaṃ, dīpicammaṃ. yo dhāreyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||6|| tena kho pana samayena cha-
bbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā mahācammāni paṭikkhittā-
nīti gocammāni dhārenti. tāni mañcappamāṇena pi chinnā-
ni honti . . . bahi pi pīṭhe paññattāni honti. aññataro
pāpabhikkhu aññatarassa pāpupāsakassa kulūpako hoti. atha
kho so pāpabhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīva-
raṃ ādāya yena tassa {pāpupāsakassa} nivesanaṃ ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. atha kho
[page 193]
V. 10. 7-10.] MAHĀVAGGA. 193
so pāpupāsako yena so pāpabhikkhu ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā taṃ pāpabhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdi. ||7|| tena kho pana samayena tassa {pāpupāsakassa}
vacchako hoti taruṇako abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko citro
seyyathāpi dīpicchāpo. atha kho so pāpabhikkhu taṃ va-
cchakaṃ sakkaccaṃ upanijjhāyati. atha kho so pāpupāsako
taṃ pāpabhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kissa bhante ayyo imaṃ va-
cchakaṃ sakkaccaṃ upanijjhāyatīti. attho me āvuso imassa
vacchakassa cammenā 'ti. atha kho so pāpupāsako taṃ
vacchakaṃ vadhitvā cammaṃ vidhūnitvā tassa pāpabhi-
kkhuno pādāsi. atha kho so pāpabhikkhu taṃ cammaṃ
saṃghāṭiyā paṭicchādetvā agamāsi. ||8|| atha kho sā gāvī
vacchagiddhinī taṃ pāpabhikkhuṃ piṭṭhito-piṭṭhito anu-
bandhi. bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu: kissa ty āyaṃ āvuso gāvī
piṭṭhito-piṭṭhito anubaddhā 'ti. aham pi kho āvuso na jānā-
mi kena my āyaṃ gāvī piṭṭhito-piṭṭhito anubaddhā 'ti. tena
kho pana samayena tassa pāpabhikkhuno saṃghāṭī lohitena
makkhitā hoti. bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu: ayaṃ pana te avuso
saṃghāṭī kiṃ katā 'ti. atha kho so pāpabhikkhu bhikkhū-
naṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. kiṃ pana tvaṃ āvuso pāṇātipāte
samādapesīti. evaṃ āvuso 'ti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā, te
ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhu
pāṇātipāte samādapessati. nanu bhagavatā anekapariyāyena
pāṇātipāto garahito pāṇātipātā veramaṇī pasatthā 'ti. atha
kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||9|| atha
kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhu-
saṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā taṃ pāpabhikkhuṃ paṭipucchi:
saccaṃ kira tvaṃ bhikkhu pāṇātipāte samādapesīti. saccaṃ
bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa pāṇātipāte
samādapessasi. nanu mayā moghapurisa anekapariyāye-
na pāṇātipāto garahito, pāṇātipātā veramaṇī pasatthā. n'
etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. vigara-
hitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhi-
kkhave pāṇātipāte samādapetabbaṃ. yo samādapeyya, ya-
thādhammo kāretabbo. na bhikkhave gocammaṃ dhāre-
tabbaṃ. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na ca bhikkhave
kiñci cammaṃ dhāretabbaṃ. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukka-
ṭassā 'ti. ||10||10||
[page 194]
194 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 11. 1-13. 2.
tena kho pana samayena manussānaṃ mañcam pi pīṭham
pi cammonaddhāni honti cammavinaddhāni. bhikkhū ku-
kkuccāyantā nābhinisīdanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āroce-
suṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave gihivikataṃ abhinisīdituṃ, na
tv eva abhinipajjitun ti. tena kho pana samayena vihārā
cammabandhehi ogumphiyanti. bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nā-
bhinisīdanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi
bhikkhave bandhanamattaṃ abhinisīditun ti. ||1||11||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saupā-
hanā gāmaṃ pavisanti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipā-
centi: seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave saupāhanena gāmo pavisi-
tabbo. yo paviseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena kho pana
samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti, na sakkoti upāhane-
na vinā gāmaṃ pavisituṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āroce-
suṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave gilānena bhikkhunā saupāha-
nena gāmaṃ pavisitun ti. ||1||12||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Mahākaccāno Avantī-
su viharati Kuraraghare Papāte pabbate. tena kho pana
samayena Soṇo upāsako Kuṭikaṇṇo āyasmato Mahākaccā-
nassa upaṭṭhāko hoti. atha kho Soṇo upāsako Kuṭikaṇṇo
yenāyasmā Mahākaccāno ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
āyasmantaṃ Mahākaccānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Soṇo upāsako Kuṭikaṇṇo āyasmantaṃ
Mahākaccānaṃ etad avoca: yathā-yathāhaṃ bhante ayyena
Mahākaccānena dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, na yidaṃ su-
karaṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantapari-
suddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. icchām'
ahaṃ bhante kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchā-
detvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ, pabbājetu maṃ
bhante ayyo Mahākaccāno 'ti. ||1|| dukkaraṃ kho Soṇa yā-
vajīvaṃ ekaseyyaṃ ekabhattaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, iṅgha tvaṃ
Soṇa tatth'; eva agārikabhūto buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ anuyuñja
kālayuttaṃ ekaseyyaṃ ekabhattaṃ brahmacariyan ti. atha
kho Soṇassa upāsakassa Kuṭikaṇṇassa yo ahosi pabbajjābhi-
saṃkhāro so paṭippassambhi. dutiyam pi kho Soṇo upāsako
[page 195]
V. 13. 2-6.] MAHĀVAGGA. 195
Kuṭikaṇṇo --la-- tatiyam pi kho Soṇo up. Kuṭ. yenāyasmā
Mahākaccāno ten'; upasaṃkami . . . pabbājetu maṃ bhante
ayyo Mahākaccāno 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Mahākaccāno
Soṇaṃ upāsakaṃ Kuṭikaṇṇaṃ pabbājesi. tena kho pana
samayena Avantidakkhiṇāpatho appabhikkhuko hoti. atha
kho āyasmā Mahākaccāno tiṇṇaṃ vassānaṃ accayena kicche-
na kasirena tato-tato dasavaggaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipā-
tāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Soṇaṃ upasampādesi. ||2|| atha kho
āyasmato Soṇassa vassaṃ vutthassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa
evaṃ cetaso parivatakko udapādi: suto yeva kho me so bha-
gavā ediso ca ediso cā 'ti na ca mayā sammukhā diṭṭho. ga-
ccheyyāhaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya arahantaṃ sammā-
sambuddhaṃ sace maṃ upajjhāyo anujāneyyā 'ti. atha kho
āyasmā Soṇo sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenā-
yasmā Mahākaccāno ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā ayas-
mantaṃ Mahākaccānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekam-
antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Soṇo āyasmantaṃ Mahākaccā-
naṃ etad avoca: ||3|| idha mayhaṃ bhante rahogatassa
paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: suto yeva
kho me so bhagavā ediso ca ediso cā 'ti, na ca mayā sammu-
khā diṭṭho. gaccheyyāhaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya
arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ sace maṃ upajjhāyo anujāne-
yyā 'ti. gaccheyyāhaṃ bhante taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya
arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ sace maṃ upajjhāyo anujānā-
tīti. sādhu sādhu Soṇa, gaccha tvaṃ Soṇa taṃ bhagavantaṃ
dassanāya arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ. ||4|| dakkhissasi
tvaṃ Soṇa taṃ bhagavantaṃ pāsādikaṃ pasādanīyaṃ santin-
driyaṃ santamānasaṃ uttamadamathasamathaṃ anuppattaṃ
dantaṃ guttaṃ yatindriyaṃ nāgaṃ. tena hi tvaṃ Soṇa
mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vanda upajjhāyo me
bhante āyasmā Mahākaccāno bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī-
ti, evañ ca vadehi: Avantidakkhiṇāpatho bhante appa-
bhikkhuko, tiṇṇaṃ me vassānaṃ accayena kicchena kasirena
tato-tato dasavaggaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā upa-
sampadaṃ alatthaṃ. app eva nāma bhagavā Avantidakkhi-
ṇāpathe appatarena gaṇena upasampadaṃ anujāneyya. ||5||
Avantidakkhiṇāpathe bhante kaṇhuttarā bhūmi kharā go-
kaṇṭakahatā. app eva nāma bhagavā Avantidakkhiṇāpa-
[page 196]
196 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 13. 6-9.
the gaṇaṃgaṇūpāhanaṃ anujāneyya. Avantidakkhiṇāpathe
bhante nahānagarukā manussā udakasuddhikā. app eva nā-
ma bhagavā Avantidakkhiṇāpathe dhuvanahānaṃ anujā-
neyya. Avantidakkhiṇāpathe bhante cammāni attharaṇāni
eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ. seyyathāpi bhante
majjhimesu janapadesu eragu moragu majjhāru jantu, evam
eva kho bhante Avantidakkhiṇāpathe cammāni attharaṇāni
eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ. app eva nāma
bhagavā Avantidakkhiṇāpathe cammāni attharaṇāni anujā-
neyya eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ. ||6|| etarahi
bhante manussā nissīmagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvaraṃ denti
imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa demā 'ti, te āgantvā ārocenti
itthannāmehi te āvuso manussehi cīvaraṃ dinnan ti, te ku-
kkuccāyantā na sādiyanti mā no nissaggiyaṃ ahosīti. app
eva nāma bhagavā cīvare pariyāyaṃ ācikkheyyā 'ti. evaṃ
bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Soṇo āyasmato Mahākaccānassa paṭi-
suṇitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṃ Mahākaccānaṃ abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṃ katvā senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaraṃ
ādāya yena Sāvatthi tena pakkāmi. ||7|| anupubbena yena
Sāvatthi Jetavanaṃ Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo yena
bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. atha kho bhagavā āyasman-
taṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: imassānanda āgantukassa bhi-
kkhuno senāsanaṃ paññāpehīti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando
yassa kho maṃ bhagavā āṇāpeti imassa Ānanda āgantukassa
bhikkhuno senāsanaṃ paññāpehīti, icchati bhagavā tena bhi-
kkhunā saddhiṃ ekavihāre vatthuṃ, icchati bhagavā āyas-
matā Soṇena saddhiṃ ekavihāre vatthun ti yasmiṃ vihāre
bhagavā viharati tasmiṃ vihāre āyasmato Soṇassa senāsanaṃ
paññāpesi. ||8|| atha kho bhagavā bahud eva rattiṃ ajjho-
kāse vītināmetvā vihāraṃ pāvisi. āyasmāpi kho Soṇo bahud
eva rattiṃ ajjhokāse vītināmetvā vihāraṃ pāvisi. atha kho
bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṃ
Soṇaṃ ajjhesi: paṭibhātu taṃ bhikkhu dhammo bhāsitun
ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Soṇo bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā
sabbān'; eva aṭṭhakavaggikāni sarena abhāsi. atha kho bha-
gavā āyasmato Soṇassa sarabhaññapariyosāne abbhanumodi:
sādhu sādhu bhikkhu suggahitāni kho te bhikkhu aṭṭhaka-
[page 197]
V. 13. 9-13.] MAHĀVAGGA. 197
vaggikāni sumanasikatāni sūpadhāritāni kalyāṇiyāpi 'si vā-
cāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya aneḷagalāya atthassa viññāpa-
niyā. kativasso si tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. ekavasso ahaṃ bhagavā
'ti. ||9|| kissa pana tvaṃ bhikkhu evaṃ ciraṃ akāsīti. ci-
raṃ diṭṭho me bhante kāmesu ādīnavo, api ca sambādhā gha-
rāvāsā bahukiccā bahukaraṇīyā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etam
atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi:
disvā ādīnavaṃ loke ñatvā dhammaṃ nirūpadhi
ariyo na ramati pāpe sāsane ramati sucīti. ||10||
atha kho āyasmā Soṇo paṭisammodati kho maṃ bhagavā,
ayaṃ khv assa kālo yaṃ me upajjhāyo paridassīti uṭṭhāyāsa-
nā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā
nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: upajjhāyo me bhante
āyasmā Mahākaccāno bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati evañ
ca vadati: Avantidakkhiṇāpatho . . . pariyāyaṃ ācikkheyyā
'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe
dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: Avantidakkhi-
ṇāpatho bhikkhave appabhikkhuko. anujānāmi bhikkhave
sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu vinayadharapañcame-
na gaṇena upasampadaṃ. ||11|| tatr'; ime paccantimā
janapadā: puratthimāya disāya Kajaṅgalaṃ nāma ni-
gamo, tassa parena Mahāsālā, tato parā paccantimā ja-
napadā, orato majjhe. puratthimadakkhiṇāya disāya Salla-
vatī nāma nadī, tato parā paccantimā janapadā, orato
majjhe. dakkhiṇāya disāya Setakaṇṇikaṃ nāma nigamo,
tato parā paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe. pacchimāya
disāya Thūnaṃ nāma brāhmaṇagāmo, tato parā paccanti-
mā janapadā, orato majjhe. uttarāya disāya Usīraddhajo
nāma pabbato, tato parā paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe.
anujānāmi bhikkhave evarūpesu paccantimesu janapadesu
vinayadharapañcamena gaṇena upasampadaṃ. ||12|| Avanti-
dakkhiṇāpathe bhikkhave kaṇhuttarā bhūmi kharā gokaṇṭa-
kahatā. anujānāmi bhikkhave sabbapaccantimesu janapade-
su gaṇaṃgaṇūpāhanaṃ. Avantidakkhiṇāpathe bhikkhave
nahānagarukā manussā udakasuddhikā. anujānāmi bhikkha-
ve sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu dhuvanahānaṃ. Avanti-
dakkhiṇāpathe bhikkhave cammāni attharaṇāni eḷakacammaṃ
[page 198]
198 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 13. 13.
ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ. seyyathāpi bhikkhave majjhi-
mesu janapadesu eragu moragu majjhāru jantu, evam eva
kho bhikkhave Avantidakkhiṇāpathe cammāni attharaṇāni
eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ. anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu cammāni attharaṇāni
eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ. idha pana bhi-
kkhave manussā nissīmagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvaraṃ denti
imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa demā 'ti. anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave sādituṃ. na tāva taṃ gaṇanūpagaṃ yāva na ha-
tthaṃ gacchatīti. ||13||13||
cammakkhandhakaṃ pañcamaṃ.
imamhi khandhake vatthu tesaṭṭhi. tass'; uddānaṃ:
rājā Māgadho Soṇo ca asītisahassissaro
Sāgato Gijjhakūṭasmiṃ bahuṃ dassesi uttariṃ |
pabbajjāraddha-bhijjiṃsu vīṇaṃ ekapalāsikaṃ,
nīlā, pītā, lohitikā, mañjeṭṭhā, kaṇham eva ca, |
mahāraṅga-mahānāmā vaṭṭikā ca paṭikkhipi,
khallakā, puṭa-pālī ca, tūla-tittira-meṇḍ'-ajā, |
vicchikā mora-citrā ca, sīha-vyagghā ca, dīpikā,
ajin'-uddā, majjārī ca, kāḷa-luvaparikkhaṭā, |
{phālit'-upāhanā,} khīlā,'dhota-khānu-khaṭakhaṭā,
5 tāla-veḷu-tiṇaṃ c'; eva, muñja-babbaja-hintalā, |
kamala-kambala-sovaṇṇā, rūpikā, maṇi, veḷuriyā,
phalikā, kaṃsa-kācā ca, tipu-sīsañ ca, tambakā, |
gāvī, yānaṃ, gilāno ca, purisayutta-sivikā,
sayanāni, mahācammā, gocammehi ca pāpako, |
gihīnaṃ, cammabaddhehi, pavisanti, gilāyano,
Mahākaccāyano Soṇo saren'; aṭṭhakavaggikaṃ |
upasampadaṃ pañcagaṇaṃ gaṇaṃgaṇā dhuvasinā
cammattharaṇānuññāsi na tāva gaṇanūpagaṃ
adās'; ime vare pañca Soṇattherassa nāyako 'ti.
[page 199]
199
MAHĀVAGGA.
VI.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana sam-
ayena bhikkhūnaṃ sāradikena ābādhena phuṭṭhānaṃ yāgu
pi pītā uggacchati bhattam pi bhuttaṃ uggacchati, te tena
kisā honti lūkhā dubbaṇṇā uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā {dhamani-}
santhatagattā. addasa kho bhagavā te bhikkhū kise lūkhe
dubbaṇṇe uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāte {dhamanisanthatagatte,}
disvāna āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: kiṃ nu kho
Ānanda etarahi bhikkhū kisā lūkhā . . . dhamanisanthata-
gatte 'ti. etarahi bhante bhikkhūnaṃ sāradikena ābādhena
phuṭṭhānaṃ yāgu pi pītā uggacchati bhattam pi bhuttaṃ
uggacchati, te tena kisā lūkhā dubbaṇṇā uppaṇḍuppaṇḍuka-
jātā dhamanisanthatagattā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavato ra-
hogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:
etarahi kho bhikkhūnaṃ sāradikena ābādhena phuṭṭhānaṃ
--la-- dhamanisanthatagattā. kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ bhikkhū-
naṃ bhesajjaṃ anujāneyyaṃ, yaṃ bhesajjañ c'; eva assa bhe-
sajjasammatañ ca lokassa āhārattañ ca phareyya na ca oḷāriko
āhāro paññāyeyyā 'ti. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi:
imāni kho pañca bhesajjāni seyyath'; īdaṃ sappi navanītaṃ
telaṃ madhu phāṇitaṃ bhesajjāni c'; eva bhesajjasammatāni
ca lokassa āhārattañ ca pharanti na ca oḷāriko āhāro paññā-
yati. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ imāni pañca bhesajjāni
anujāneyyaṃ kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjitun ti. ||2||
atha kho bhagavā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito
etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi:
idha mayhaṃ bhikkhave rahogatassa . . . paññāyeyyā 'ti.
tassa mayhaṃ bhikkhave etad ahosi: imāni kho pañca bhe-
[page 200]
200 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 1. 3-3. 1.
sajjāni --la-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ imāni pañca
bhesajjāni anujāneyyaṃ kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñji-
tun ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave tāni pañca bhesajjāni kāle
paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjitun ti. ||3|| tena kho pana sam-
ayena bhikkhū tāni pañca bhesajjāni kāle paṭiggahetvā
kāle paribhuñjanti. tesaṃ yāni pi tāni pākatikāni lūkhāni
bhojanāni tāni pi na cchādenti, pag eva senesikāni. te tena
c'; eva sāradikena ābādhena phuṭṭhā iminā ca bhattācchanda-
kena tadubhayena bhiyyosomattāya kisā honti lūkhā du-
bbaṇṇā uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā dhamanisanthatagattā. addasa
kho bhagavā te bhikkhū bhiyyosomattāya --la-- dhama-
nisanthatagatte, disvāna āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
kiṃ nu kho Ānanda etarahi bhikkhū bhiyyosomattāya
kisā --la-- dhamanisanthatagattā 'ti. ||4|| etarahi bhante
bhikkhū tāni ca pañca bhesajjāni kāle . . . tadubhayena
bhiyyosomattāya kisā lūkhā dubbaṇṇā uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā
dhamanisanthatagattā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne
dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave tāni pañca bhesajjāni paṭiggahetvā kāle pi vikāle pi
paribhuñjitun ti. ||5||1||
tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vasehi
bhesajjehi attho hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave vasāni bhesajjāni acchavasaṃ maccha-
vasaṃ susukāvasaṃ sūkaravasaṃ gadrabhavasaṃ kāle pa-
ṭiggahitaṃ kāle nipakkaṃ kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ telaparibhogena
paribhuñjituṃ. ||1|| vikāle ce bhikkhave paṭiggahitaṃ, vi-
kāle nipakkaṃ, vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya,
āpatti tiṇṇaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. kāle ce bhikkhave paṭiggahi-
taṃ, vikāle nipakkaṃ, vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce pari-
bhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. kāle ce bhikkhave
paṭiggahitaṃ, kāle nipakkaṃ, vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce
paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. kāle ce bhikkhave pa-
ṭiggahitaṃ, kāle nipakkaṃ, kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce pari-
bhuñjeyya, anāpattīti. ||2||2||
tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ mūlehi
bhesajjehi attho hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
[page 201]
VI. 3. 1-7. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 201
anujānāmi bhikkhave mūlāni bhesajjāni haliddaṃ siṅgi-
veraṃ vacaṃ vacatthaṃ ativisaṃ kaṭukarohiṇiṃ usīraṃ
bhaddamuttakaṃ yāni vā pan'; aññāni pi atthi mūlāni bhe-
sajjāni, n'; eva khādaniye khādaniyattaṃ pharanti, na bho-
janiye bhojaniyattaṃ pharanti, tāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ
pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ. asati paccaye pa-
ribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana
samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ mūlehi bhesajjehi piṭṭhehi
attho hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi
bhikkhave nisadaṃ nisadapotan ti. ||2||3||
tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ kasāvehi
bhesajjehi attho hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave kasāvāni bhesajjāni nimbakasāvaṃ
kuṭajak. pakkavak. nattamālak. yāni vā pan'; aññāni pi atthi
kasāvabhesajjāni, n'; eva khādaniye khādaniyattaṃ pharanti
na bhojaniye bhojaniyattaṃ pharanti, tāni paṭiggahetvā yā-
vajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ. asati
paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||4||
tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṇṇehi
bhesajjehi attho hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave paṇṇāni bhesajjāni nimbapaṇṇaṃ
kuṭajap. paṭolap. sulasip. kappāsikap. yāni vā pan'; aññāni
pi atthi paṇṇāni bhesajjāni, n'; eva khādaniye khādaniyattaṃ
pharanti na bhojaniye bhojaniyattaṃ pharanti -- la --.
||1||5||
tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phalehi
bhesajjehi attho hoti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave phalāni
bhesajjāni vilaṅgaṃ pippalaṃ maricaṃ harītakaṃ vibhīta-
kaṃ āmalakaṃ goṭhaphalaṃ yāni vā pan'; aññāni pi atthi
phalāni bhesajjāni, n'; eva khādaniye khādaniyattaṃ pha-
ranti, na bhojaniye bhojaniyattaṃ pharanti --la--. ||1||6||
tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ jatūhi
bhesajjehi attho hoti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave jatūni
bhesajjāni hiṅgu hiṅgujatu hiṅgusipāṭikaṃ takaṃ takapattiṃ
[page 202]
202 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 7. 1-10. 2.
takapaṇṇiṃ sajjulasaṃ yāni vā pan'; aññāni pi atthi jatūni
bhesajjāni, n'; eva khādaniye khādaniyattaṃ pharanti -- la --.
||1||7||
tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ loṇehi
bhesajjehi attho hoti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave loṇāni
bhesajjāni sāmuddaṃ kāḷaloṇaṃ sindhavaṃ ubbhidaṃ bilaṃ
yāni vā pan'; aññāni pi atthi loṇāni bhesajjāni, n'; eva khā-
daniye khādaniyattaṃ pharanti, na bhojaniye bhojaniyattaṃ
pharanti, tāni {paṭiggahetvā} yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati pa-
ccaye paribhuñjituṃ. asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||8||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Ānandassa upajjhā-
yassa āyasmato Belaṭṭhasīsassa thullakacchābādho hoti.
tassa lasikāya cīvarāni kāye lagganti. tāni bhikkhū uda-
kena temetvā-temetvā apakaḍḍhanti. addasa kho bhagavā
senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto te bhikkhū tāni cīvarāni uda-
kena temetvā-temetvā apakaḍḍhante, disvāna yena te bhi-
kkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te bhikkhū etad
avoca: kiṃ imassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno ābādho 'ti. imassa
bhante āyasmato thullakacchābādho, lasikāya cīvarāni kāye
lagganti, tāni mayaṃ udakena temetvā-temetvā apakaḍḍhā-
mā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammi-
kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave
yassa kaṇḍu vā piḷakā vā assāvo vā thullakacchā vā ābādho
kāyo vā duggandho, cuṇṇāni bhesajjāni, agilānassa cha-
kanaṃ mattikaṃ rajananipakkaṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave
udukkhalaṃ musalan ti. ||2||9||
tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cuṇṇehi
bhesajjehi cālitehi attho hoti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave
cuṇṇacālanin ti. saṇhehi attho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave
dussacālanin ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa
bhikkhuno amanussikābādho hoti. taṃ ācariyupajjhāyā
upaṭṭhahantā nāsakkhiṃsu ārogaṃ kātuṃ. so sūkarasūnaṃ
gantvā āmakamaṃsaṃ khādi āmakalohitaṃ pivi, tassa so
amanussikābādho paṭippassambhi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
[page 203]
VI. 10. 2-12. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 203
ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave amanussikābādhe āmaka-
maṃsaṃ āmakalohitan ti. ||2||10||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno cakkhu-
rogābādho hoti. taṃ bhikkhuṃ pariggahetvā uccāram pi
passāvam pi nikkhāmenti. addasa kho bhagavā senāsana-
cārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto te bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ pariggahetvā
uccāram pi passāvam pi nikkhāmente, disvāna yena te bhi-
kkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te bhikkhū etad
avoca: kiṃ imassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno ābādho 'ti. ||1||
imassa bhante āyasmato cakkhurogābādho, imaṃ mayaṃ
pariggahetvā uccāram pi passāvam pi nikkhāmemā 'ti. atha
kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave añjanaṃ kāḷañjanaṃ ra-
sañjanaṃ sotañjanaṃ gerukaṃ kapallan ti. añjanupapisanehi
attho hoti --gha-- anujānāmi bhikkhave candanaṃ taga-
raṃ kāḷānusāriyaṃ tālīsaṃ bhaddamuttakan ti. ||2||11||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū piṭṭhāni añjanāni thāli-
kesu pi sarāvakesu pi nikkhipanti. tiṇacuṇṇehi pi paṃsu-
kehi pi okiriyanti --gha-- anujānāmi bhikkhave añjanin
ti. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccā-
vacā añjaniyo dhārenti sovaṇṇamayaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ. ma-
nussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi gihikāma-
bhogino 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhi-
kkhave uccāvacā añjanī dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave aṭṭhimayaṃ dantamayaṃ
visāṇamayaṃ naḷamayaṃ veḷumayaṃ kaṭṭhamayaṃ jatuma-
yaṃ phalamayaṃ lohamayaṃ saṅkhanābhimayan ti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena añjanī apārutā honti. tiṇacuṇṇehi
pi paṃsukehi pi okiriyanti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave
apidhānan ti. apidhānaṃ nipatati. anujānāmi bhikkhave
suttakena bandhitvā añjaniyā bandhitun ti. añjanī nipatati.
anujānāmi bhikkhave suttakena sibbetun ti. ||2|| tena kho
pana samayena bhikkhū aṅguliyā añjanti. akkhīni dukkhā-
ni honti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave añjanisalākan ti.
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccāvacā
añjanisalākāyo dhārenti sovaṇṇamayaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ. ma-
[page 204]
204 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 12. 3-14. 1.
nussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi gihikāma-
bhogino 'ti --la-- na bhikkhave uccāvacā añjanisalākā
dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave aṭṭhimayaṃ --la-- saṅkhanābhimayan ti. ||3|| tena
kho pana samayena añjanisalākā bhūmiyaṃ patitā pharusā
hoti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave salākodhāniyan ti.
tenakho pana samayena bhikkhū añjanim pi añjanisalākam pi
hatthena pariharanti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave añjani-
thavikan ti. aṃsabandhako na hoti --la-- anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave aṃsabandhakaṃ bandhanasuttakan ti. ||4||12||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Pilindavacchassa
sīsābhitāpo hoti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave muddhani
telakan ti. na kkhamanīyo hoti --la-- anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave natthukamman ti. natthu galati --la-- anu-
jānāmi bhikkhave natthukaraṇin ti. tena kho pana sam-
ayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccāvacā natthukaraṇiyo
dhārenti sovaṇṇamayaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ. manussā ujjhāyanti
khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. na
bhikkhave uccāvacā natthukaraṇī dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave aṭṭhimayaṃ -- la --
saṅkhanābhimayan ti. ||1|| natthuṃ visamaṃ āsiñcanti.
anujānāmi bhikkhave yamakanatthukaraṇin ti. na
kkhamanīyo hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave dhūmaṃ pātun
ti. tañ ñeva vaṭṭiṃ ālimpetvā pivanti. kaṇṭhaṃ dahati
--la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave dhūmanettan ti. tena kho
pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccāvacāni dhū-
manettāni dhārenti . . . (comp. 1.) . . . saṅkhanābhima-
yan ti. tena kho pana samayena dhūmanettāni apārutāni
honti, pāṇakā pavisanti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave api-
dhānan ti. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū dhūmanettāni
hatthena pariharanti. anujānāmi bhikkhave dhūmanetta-
thavikan ti. ekato ghaṃsiyanti --la-- anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave yamakathavikan ti. aṃsabandhako na hoti
--la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave aṃsabandhakaṃ bandha-
nasuttakan ti. ||2||13||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Pilindavacchassa
[page 205]
VI. 14. 1-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 205
vātābādho hoti. vejjā evaṃ āhaṃsu: telaṃ pacitabban ti.
anujānāmi bhikkhave telapākan ti. tasmiṃ kho pana te-
lapāke majjaṃ pakkhipitabbaṃ hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave
telapāke majjaṃ pakkhipitun ti. tena kho pana samayena
chabbaggiyā bhikkhū atipakkhittamajjāni telāni pacanti.
tāni pivitvā majjanti. na bhikkhave atipakkhittamajjaṃ te-
laṃ pātabbaṃ. yo piveyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo. anu-
jānāmi bhikkhave yasmiṃ telapāke majjassa na vaṇṇo na
gandho na raso paññāyati, evarūpaṃ majjapakkhittaṃ telaṃ
pātun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ bahuṃ
atipakkhittamajjaṃ telaṃ pakkaṃ hoti. atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ
etad ahosi: kathaṃ nu kho atipakkhittamajje tele paṭipajji-
tabban ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave abbhañjanaṃ adhiṭṭhā-
tun ti. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Pilinda-
vacchassa bahutaraṃ telaṃ pakkaṃ hoti, telabhājanaṃ na
saṃvijjati. anujānāmi bhikkhave tīṇi tumbāni lohatumbaṃ
kaṭṭhatumbaṃ phalatumban ti. ||2|| tena kho pana sam-
ayena āyasmato Pilindavacchassa aṅgavāto hoti. anu-
jānāmi bhikkhave sedakamman ti. na kkhamanīyo hoti.
anujānāmi bhikkhave sambhārasedan ti. na kkhamanīyo
hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave mahāsedan ti. na kkhama-
nīyo hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave bhaṅgodakan ti. na
kkhamanīyo hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave udakakoṭṭhakan ti.
||3|| tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Pilindavacchassa
pabbavāto hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave lohitaṃ mocetun
ti. na kkhamanīyo hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave lohitaṃ
mocetvā visāṇena gahetun ti. tena kho pana samayena
āyasmato Pilindavacchassa pādā phālitā honti. anujā-
nāmi bhikkhave pādabbhañjanan ti. na kkhamanīyo hoti.
anujānāmi bhikkhave pajjaṃ abhisaṃkharitun ti. tena
kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno gaṇḍābādho hoti.
anujānāmi bhikkhave satthakammaṃ. kasāvodakena attho
hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave kasāvodakan ti. tilakakke-
na attho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave tilakakkan ti. ||4||
kabaḷikāya attho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave kabaḷikan
ti. vaṇabandhanacolena attho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave
vaṇabandhanacolan ti. vaṇo kaṇḍuvati. anujānāmi
bhikkhave sāsapakuṭṭena phositun ti. vaṇo kilijjittha.
[page 206]
206 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 14. 5-15. 1.
anujānāmi bhikkhave dhūmaṃ kātun ti. vaṇamaṃsaṃ
vuṭṭhāti. anujānāmi bhikkhave loṇasakkharikāya
chinditun ti. vaṇo na rūhati. anujānāmi bhikkhave va-
ṇatelan ti. telaṃ galati. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āroce-
suṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave vikāsikaṃ sabbaṃ vaṇapaṭi-
kamman ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu
ahinā daṭṭho hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anu-
jānāmi bhikkhave cattāri mahāvikaṭāni dātuṃ gūthaṃ
muttaṃ chārikaṃ mattikan ti. atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad
ahosi: appaṭiggahitāni nu kho udāhu paṭiggahetabbānīti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave
sati kappiyakārake paṭiggahāpetuṃ, asati kappiyakārake
sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjitun ti. tena kho pana samayena
aññatarena bhikkhunā visaṃ pītaṃ hoti. anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave gūthaṃ pāyetun ti. atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad
ahosi: appaṭiggahito nu kho udāhu paṭiggahāpetabbo 'ti.
anujānāmi bhikkhave yaṃ karonto paṭiggaṇhāti sv eva
paṭiggaho kato, na puna paṭiggahāpetabbo 'ti. ||6|| tena
kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno gharadinnakā-
bādho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave sītāloḷiṃ pāyetun ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu duṭṭhagahaṇiko
hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave āmisakhāraṃ pāyetun ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno paṇḍuro-
gābādho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave muttaharītakaṃ
pāyetun ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno
chavidosābādho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave gandhālepaṃ
kātun ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu abhi-
sannakāyo hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave virecanaṃ pātun
ti. acchakañjiyā attho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave accha-
kañjikan ti. akaṭayūsena attho hoti. anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave akaṭayūsan ti. kaṭākaṭena attho hoti. anujānāmi
bhikkhave kaṭākaṭan ti. paṭicchādaniyena attho hoti.
anujānāmi bhikkhave paṭicchādaniyan ti. ||7||14||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Pilindavaccho Rāja-
gahe pabbhāraṃ sodhāpeti leṇaṃ kattukāmo. atha kho
rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro yenāyasmā Pilinda-
vaccho ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Pilin-
[page 207]
VI. 15. 1-4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 207
davacchaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ
nisinno kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro āyasmantaṃ
Pilindavacchaṃ etad avoca: kiṃ bhante thero kārāpetīti.
pabbhāraṃ mahārāja sodhāpemi leṇaṃ kattukāmo 'ti. attho
bhante ayyassa ārāmikenā 'ti. na kho mahārāja bhagavatā
ārāmiko anuññāto 'ti. tena hi bhante bhagavantaṃ paṭi-
pucchitvā mama āroceyyāthā 'ti. evaṃ mahārājā 'ti kho
āyasmā Pilindavaccho rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbi-
sārassa paccassosi. ||1|| atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho
rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya
sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. atha kho
rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro āyasmatā Pilindavacchena
dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampa-
haṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṃ Pilindavacchaṃ abhivā-
detvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho āyasmā
Pilindavaccho bhagavato santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: rājā bhante
Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro ārāmikaṃ dātukāmo. kathaṃ
nu kho bhante paṭipajjitabban ti. atha kho bhagavā
etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi:
anujānāmi bhikkhave ārāmikan ti. ||2|| dutiyam pi kho
rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro yenāyasmā Pilindavaccho
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Pilindava-
cchaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno
kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro āyasmantaṃ Pilinda-
vacchaṃ etad avoca: anuññāto bhante bhagavatā ārāmiko
'ti. evaṃ mahārājā 'ti. tena hi bhante ayyassa ārāmikaṃ
dammīti. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro āyasma-
to Pilindavacchassa ārāmikaṃ paṭisuṇitvā vissaritvā cirena
satiṃ paṭilabhitvā aññataraṃ sabbatthakaṃ mahāmattaṃ
āmantesi: yo mayā bhaṇe ayyassa ārāmiko paṭissuto dinno
so ārāmiko 'ti. na kho deva ayyassa ārāmiko dinno 'ti.
kīvaciraṃ nu kho bhaṇe ito hitaṃ hotīti. ||3|| atha kho so
mahāmatto rattiyo vigaṇetvā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ
Bimbisāraṃ etad avoca: pañca deva rattisatānīti. tena hi
bhaṇe ayyassa pañca ārāmikasatāni dethā 'ti. evaṃ devā 'ti
kho so mahāmatto rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa
paṭisuṇitvā āyasmato Pilindavacchassa pañca ārāmikasatāni
pādāsi, pāṭiyekko gāmo nivisi. Ārāmikagāmo 'ti pi naṃ
[page 208]
208 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 15. 4-7.
āhaṃsu, Pilindagāmo 'ti pi naṃ āhaṃsu. tena kho pana
samayena āyasmā Pilindavaccho tasmiṃ gāmake kulūpako
hoti. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho {pubbaṇhasamayaṃ}
nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Pilindagāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
||4|| tena kho pana samayena tasmiṃ gāmake ussavo hoti,
dārikā alaṃkatā mālākitā kīḷanti. atha kho āyasmā Pilinda-
vaccho Pilindagāmake sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caramāno yena
aññatarassa ārāmikassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. tena kho pana samayena
tassā ārāmikiniyā dhītā aññe dārake alaṃkate mālākite passitvā
rodati: mālaṃ me detha, alaṃkāraṃ me dethā 'ti. atha kho
āyasmā Pilindavaccho taṃ ārāmikiniṃ etad avoca: kissāyaṃ
dārikā rodatīti. ayaṃ bhante dārikā aññe dārake alaṃkate
mālākite passitvā rodati: mālaṃ me detha, alaṃkāraṃ me
dethā 'ti. kuto amhākaṃ duggatānaṃ mālā, kuto alaṃkāro
'ti. ||5|| atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho aññataraṃ tiṇaṇḍu-
pakaṃ gahetvā taṃ ārāmikiniṃ etad avoca: hand'; imaṃ
tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ tassā dārikāya sīse paṭimuñcā 'ti. atha kho
sā ārāmikinī taṃ {tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ} gahetvā tassā dārikāya sīse
paṭimuñci. sā ahosi suvaṇṇamālā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsā-
dikā, n'; atthi tādisā rañño pi antepure suvaṇṇamālā. ma-
nussā rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa ārocesuṃ:
amukassa deva ārāmikassa ghare suvaṇṇamālā abhirūpā
dassanīyā pāsādikā, n'; atthi tādisā devassa pi antepure su-
vaṇṇamālā. kuto tassa duggatassa. nissaṃsayaṃ corikāya
ābhatā 'ti. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro taṃ
ārāmikakulaṃ bandhāpesi. ||6|| dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Pi-
lindavaccho pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya
Pilindagāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Pilindagāmake sapadānaṃ
piṇḍāya caramāno yena tassa ārāmikassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paṭivissake pucchi: kahaṃ imaṃ
ārāmikakulaṃ gatan ti. etissā bhante suvaṇṇamālāya kāra-
ṇā raññā bandhāpitan ti. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho ye-
na rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa nivesanaṃ ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. atha kho
rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro yenāyasmā Pilindavaccho
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Pilindava-
cchaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ
[page 209]
VI. 15. 7-16. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 209
kho rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ āyasmā Pi-
lindavaccho etad avoca: ||7|| kissa mahārāja ārāmikakulaṃ
bandhāpitan ti. tassa bhante ārāmikassa ghare suvaṇṇamālā
abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā, n'; atthi tādisā amhākam pi
antepure suvaṇṇamālā. kuto tassa duggatassa. nissaṃsayaṃ
corikāya ābhatā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho rañño
Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa pāsādaṃ suvaṇṇan ti
adhimucci, so ahosi sabbo sovaṇṇamayo. idaṃ pana te ma-
hārāja tāvabahuṃ suvaṇṇaṃ kuto 'ti. aññātaṃ bhante,
ayyassa eso iddhānubhāvo 'ti taṃ ārāmikakulaṃ muñcāpesi.
||8|| manussā ayyena kira Pilindavacchena sarājikāya pari-
sāya uttarimanussadhammaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassitan ti
attamanā abhippasannā āyasmato Pilindavacchassa pañca
bhesajjāni abhihariṃsu seyyath'; īdaṃ: sappiṃ navanītaṃ
telaṃ madhuṃ phāṇitan ti. pakatiyāpi ca āyasmā Pilinda-
vaccho lābhī hoti, pañcannaṃ bhesajjānaṃ laddhaṃ-laddhaṃ
parisāya vissajjesi. parisā c'; assa hoti bāhullikā, laddhaṃ
-laddhaṃ kolambe pi ghaṭe pi pūretvā paṭisāmeti, parissāva-
nāni pi thavikāyo pi pūretvā vātapānesu lagganti, tāni olīna-
vilīnāni tiṭṭhanti, undurehi pi vihārā okiṇṇavikiṇṇā honti.
manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khī-
yanti vipācenti: antokoṭṭhāgārikā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā
seyyathāpi rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro 'ti. ||9|| assosuṃ
kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantā-
naṃ vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti
khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū evarūpāya bā-
hullāya cetessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū evarū-
pāya bāhullāya cetentīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahitvā
dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: yāni kho pana
tāni gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭisāyaniyāni bhesajjāni
seyyath'; īdaṃ: sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu phāṇitaṃ, tā-
ni paṭiggahetvā sattāhaparamaṃ sannidhikārakaṃ
paribhuñjitabbāni, taṃ atikkāmayato yathādhammo kā-
retabbo 'ti. ||10||15||
bhesajjānuññātabhāṇavāraṃ paṭhamaṃ.
atha kho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viha-
[page 210]
210 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 16. 1-17. 2.
ritvā yena Rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. addasa kho
āyasmā Kaṅkhārevato antarā magge guḷakaraṇaṃ okka-
mitvā guḷe piṭṭham pi chārikam pi pakkhipante, disvāna
akappiyo guḷo sāmiso, na kappati guḷo vikāle paribhuñjitun
ti kukkuccāyanto sapariso guḷaṃ na paribhuñjati, ye pi 'ssa
sotabbaṃ maññanti, te pi guḷaṃ na paribhuñjanti. bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. kimatthiyā bhikkhave guḷe
piṭṭham pi chārikam pi pakkhipantīti. thaddhanatthāya
bhagavā 'ti. sace bhikkhave thaddhanatthāya guḷe piṭṭham
pi chārikam pi pakkhipanti so ca guḷo tv eva saṃkhaṃ
gacchati, anujānāmi bhikkhave yathāsukhaṃ guḷaṃ pari-
bhuñjitun ti. ||1|| addasa kho āyasmā Kaṅkhārevato
antarā magge vacce muggaṃ jātaṃ, passitvā akappiyā
muggā, pakkāpi muggā jāyantīti kukkuccāyanto sapariso
muggaṃ na paribhuñjati, ye pi 'ssa sotabbaṃ maññanti, te
pi muggaṃ na paribhuñjanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āro-
cesuṃ. sace bhikkhave pakkāpi muggā jāyanti, anujānāmi
bhikkhave yathāsukhaṃ muggaṃ paribhuñjitun ti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno udaravātā-
bādho hoti, so loṇasovīrakaṃ apāyi, tassa so udaravātābādho
paṭippassambhi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujā-
nāmi bhikkhave gilānassa loṇasovīrakaṃ, agilānassa
udakasambhinnaṃ pānaparibhogena paribhuñjitun ti. ||3||16||
atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena
Rājagahaṃ tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana
samayena bhagavato udaravātābādho hoti. atha kho āyasmā
Ānando pubbe pi bhagavato udaravātābādho tekaṭulāya
yāguyā phāsu hotīti sāmaṃ tilam pi taṇḍulam pi muggam
pi paññāpetvā anto vāsetvā anto sāmaṃ pacitvā bhagavato
upanāmesi pivatu bhagavā tekaṭulayāgun ti. ||1|| jānantāpi
tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā
pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti, atthasaṃhitaṃ tathā-
gatā pucchanti no anatthasaṃhitaṃ, anatthasaṃhite setu-
ghāto tathāgatānaṃ. dvīhi ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto
bhikkhū paṭipucchanti, dhammaṃ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṃ
vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpessāmā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā āyas-
[page 211]
VI. 17. 2-7.] MAHĀVAGGA. 211
mantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: kut'; āyaṃ Ānanda yāgū 'ti.
atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi.
||2|| vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ Ānanda
ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ aka-
raṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ Ānanda evarūpāya bāhullāya
cetessasi. yad api Ānanda anto vutthaṃ tad api akappiyaṃ,
yad api anto pakkaṃ tad api akappiyaṃ, yad api sāmaṃ
pakkaṃ tad api akappiyaṃ. n'; etaṃ Ānanda appasannānaṃ
vā pasādāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: na bhikkhave anto vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ
sāmaṃ pakkaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. yo paribhuñjeyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||3|| anto ce bhikkhave vutthaṃ anto
pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti tiṇṇaṃ
dukkaṭānaṃ. anto ce bhikkhave vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ
aññehi pakkaṃ, tañ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ
dukkaṭānaṃ. anto ce bhikkhave vutthaṃ bahi pakkaṃ
sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukka-
ṭānaṃ. ||4|| bahi ce bhikkhave vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ
sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukka-
ṭānaṃ. anto ce bhikkhave vutthaṃ bahi pakkaṃ aññehi
pakkaṃ, tañ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. bahi ce
bhikkhave vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ aññehi pakkaṃ, tañ ce
paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. bahi ce bhikkhave vu-
tthaṃ bahi pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañ ce paribhuñjeyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. bahi ce bhikkhave vutthaṃ bahi pakkaṃ
aññehi pakkaṃ, tañ ce paribhuñjeyya, anāpattīti. ||5|| tena
kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhagavatā sāmaṃpāko paṭi-
kkhitto 'ti punapāke kukkuccāyanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave punapākaṃ pacitun ti.
||6|| tena kho pana samayena Rājagahaṃ dubbhikkhaṃ ho-
ti. manussā loṇam pi telam pi taṇḍulam pi khādaniyam pi
ārāmaṃ āharanti, tāni bhikkhū bahi vāsenti, ukkapiṇḍakāpi
khādanti corāpi haranti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave anto vāsetun ti. anto vāsetvā bahi
pācenti, damakā parivārenti. bhikkhū avissatthā pari-
bhuñjanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi
bhikkhave anto pacitun ti. dubbhikkhe kappiyakārakā
bahutaraṃ haranti, appataraṃ bhikkhūnaṃ denti. bhaga-
[page 212]
212 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 17. 7-18. 1.
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sāmaṃ
pacituṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave anto vutthaṃ anto
pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkan ti. ||7|| tena kho pana sama-
yena sambahulā bhikkhū Kāsīsu vassaṃ vutthā Rājaga-
haṃ gacchantā bhagavantaṃ dassanāya antarā magge na
labhiṃsu lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ
pāripūriṃ, bahuñ ca phalakhādaniyaṃ ahosi, kappiyakārako
ca na ahosi. atha kho te bhikkhū kilantarūpā yena Rāja-
gahaṃ Veḷuvanaṃ Kalandakanivāpo yena bhagavā
ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivā-
detvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ buddhā-
naṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭi-
sammodituṃ. atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etad avoca:
kacci bhikkhave khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci 'ttha
appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgatā, kuto ca tumhe bhikkhave
āgacchathā 'ti. ||8|| khamanīyam bhagavā, idha mayaṃ
bhante Kāsīsu vassaṃ vutthā Rājagahaṃ āgacchantā bha-
gavantaṃ dassanāya antarā magge na labhimhā lūkhassa vā
paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, bahuñ ca
phalakhādaniyaṃ ahosi, kappiyakārako ca na ahosi, tena
mayaṃ kilantarūpā addhānaṃ āgatā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā
etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi:
anujānāmi bhikkhave yattha phalakhādaniyaṃ passati kappi-
yakārako ca na hoti, sāmaṃ gahetvā haritvā kappiya-
kārakaṃ passitvā bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipitvā paṭiggahāpetvā
paribhuñjituṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave uggahitaṃ pa-
ṭiggahitun ti. ||9||17||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa navā
ca tilā navañ ca madhuṃ uppannā honti. atha kho tassa
brāhmaṇassa etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ nave ca tile navañ
ca madhuṃ buddhapamukhassa bhikkhusaṃghassa dadeyyan
ti. atha kho so brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. sammodanī-
yaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi, ekam-
antaṃ ṭhito kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
adhivāsetu me bhante bhavaṃ Gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ
saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhi-
[page 213]
VI. 18. 1-19. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 213
bhāvena. atha kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ
viditvā pakkāmi. ||1|| atha kho so brāhmaṇo tassā rattiyā
accayena paṇītam khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā
bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo bho Gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ
bhattan ti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā
pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena tassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ
bhikkhusaṃghena. atha kho so brāhmaṇo buddhapamu-
khaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena
sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ
onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ
kho taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā
samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pa-
kkāmi. ||2|| atha kho tassa brāhmaṇassa acirapakkantassa
bhagavato etad ahosi: yesaṃ kho mayā atthāya buddhapa-
mukho bhikkhusaṃgho nimantito nave ca tile navañ ca
madhuṃ dassāmīti, te mayā pamuṭṭhā dātuṃ. yaṃ nūnā-
haṃ nave ca tile navañ ca madhuṃ kolambehi ca ghaṭehi
ca ārāmaṃ harāpeyyan ti. atha kho so brāhmaṇo nave
ca tile navañ ca madhuṃ kolambehi ca ghaṭehi ca ārāmaṃ
āharāpetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi, ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so brāhmaṇo bha-
gavantaṃ etad avoca: ||3|| yesaṃ kho mayā bho Gotama
atthāya buddhapamukho bhikkhusaṃgho nimantito nave ca
tile navañ ca madhuṃ dassāmīti, te mayā pamuṭṭhā dātuṃ.
paṭigaṇhātu me bhavaṃ Gotamo nave ca tile navañ ca
madhun ti. tena hi brāhmaṇa bhikkhūnaṃ dehīti. tena
kho pana samayena bhikkhū dubbhikkhe appamattake pi
pavārenti paṭisaṃkhāpi paṭikkhipanti, sabbo ca saṃgho pa-
vārito hoti, bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭigaṇhanti. paṭi-
gaṇhatha bhikkhave paribhuñjatha. anujānāmi bhikkhave
tato nīhataṃ bhuttāvinā pavāritena anatirittaṃ pari-
bhuñjitun ti. ||4||18||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Upanandassa Sa-
kyaputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ saṃghass'; atthāya khādani-
yaṃ pāhesi: ayyassa Upanandassa dassetvā saṃghassa dā-
tabban ti. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Upanando
[page 214]
214 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 19. 1-20. 2.
Sakyaputto gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho hoti. atha kho te ma-
nussā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhū pucchiṃsu: kahaṃ bhante
ayyo Upanando 'ti. esāvuso āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto
gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho 'ti. idaṃ bhante khādaniyaṃ
ayyassa Upanandassa dassetvā saṃghassa dātabban ti. bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. tena hi bhikkhave paṭigga-
hetvā nikkhipatha yāva Upanando āgacchatīti. ||1|| atha
kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto purebhattaṃ kulāni pa-
yirupāsitvā divā āgacchi. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū
dubbhikkhe appamattake pi pavārenti paṭisaṃkhāpi paṭi-
kkhipanti, sabbo ca saṃgho pavārito hoti, bhikkhū kukku-
ccāyantā na paṭigaṇhanti. paṭigaṇhatha bhikkhave pari-
bhuñjatha. anujānāmi bhikkhave purebhattaṃ paṭi-
ggahitaṃ bhuttāvinā pavāritena anatirittaṃ paribhuñjitun
ti. ||2||19||
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā
yena Sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ
caramāno yena Sāvatthi tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa
ārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Sāriputtassa
kāyaḍāhābādho hoti. atha kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallā-
no yenāyasmā Sāriputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtaṃ etad avoca: pubbe te āvuso Sāri-
putta kāyaḍāhābādho kena phāsu hotīti. bhisehi ca me
āvuso muḷālikāhi cā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno
seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasā-
reyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Jetavane
antarahito Mandākiniyā pokkharaṇiyā tīre pāturahosi.
||1|| addasa kho aññataro nāgo āyasmantaṃ Mahāmoggallā-
naṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna āyasmantaṃ Mahā-
moggallānaṃ etad avoca: etu kho bhante ayyo Mahāmogga-
llāno, svāgataṃ bhante ayyassa Mahāmoggallānassa, kena
bhante ayyassa attho, kiṃ dammīti. bhisehi ca me āvuso
attho muḷālikāhi cā 'ti. atha kho so nāgo aññataraṃ nāgaṃ
āṇāpesi: tena hi bhaṇe ayyassa bhise ca muḷālikāyo ca yāvad-
atthaṃ dehīti. atha kho so nāgo Mandākiniṃ pokkhara-
ṇiṃ ogāhetvā soṇḍāya bhisañ ca muḷāliñ ca abbāhitvā suvi-
[page 215]
VI. 20. 2-22. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 215
kkhālitaṃ vikkhāletvā bhaṇḍikaṃ bandhitvā yenāyasmā Ma-
hāmoggallāno ten'; upasaṃkami. ||2|| atha kho āyasmā
Mahāmoggallāno seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñji-
taṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya,
evam eva Mandākiniyā pokkharaṇiyā tīre antarahito Jeta-
vane pāturahosi, so pi kho nāgo Mandākiniyā pokkharaṇiyā
tīre antarahito Jetavane pāturahosi. atha kho so nāgo
āyasmato Mahāmoggallānassa bhise ca muḷālikāyo ca pa-
ṭiggahāpetvā Jetavane antarahito Mandākiniyā pokkhara-
ṇiyā tīre pāturahosi. atha kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno
āyasmato Sāriputtassa bhise ca muḷālikāyo ca upanāmesi.
atha kho āyasmato Sāriputtassa bhise ca muḷālikāyo ca pa-
ribhuttassa kāyaḍāhābādho paṭippassambhi. bahū bhisā ca
muḷālikāyo ca avasiṭṭhā honti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena
bhikkhū dubbhikkhe appamattake pi pavārenti paṭisaṃkhāpi
paṭikkhipanti, sabbo ca saṃgho pavārito hoti, bhikkhū ku-
kkuccāyantā na paṭigaṇhanti. paṭigaṇhatha bhikkhave pari-
bhuñjatha. anujānāmi bhikkhave vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkha-
raṭṭhaṃ bhuttāvinā pavāritena anatirittaṃ paribhuñjitun
ti. ||4||20||
tena kho pana samayena Sāvatthiyaṃ bahuṃ phalakhā-
daniyaṃ ussannaṃ hoti kappiyakārako ca na hoti. bhikkhū
kukkuccāyantā phalaṃ na paribhuñjanti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave abījaṃ nibbatta-
bījaṃ akatakappaṃ phalaṃ paribhuñjitun ti. ||1||21||
atha kho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viha-
ritvā yena Rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbe-
na cārikaṃ caramāno yena Rājagahaṃ tad avasari. tatra
sudaṃ bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalanda-
kanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno
bhagandalābādho hoti. Ākāsagotto vejjo satthakammaṃ
karoti. atha kho bhagavā senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto yena
tassa bhikkhuno vihāro ten'; upasaṃkami. ||1|| addasa kho
Ākāsagotto vejjo bhagavantaṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, dis-
vāna bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: āgacchatu bhavaṃ Gotamo
imassa bhikkhuno vaccamaggaṃ passatu seyyathāpi godhā-
[page 216]
216 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 22. 2-23. 2.
mukhan ti. atha kho bhagavā mamaṃ khv'; āyaṃ moghapuri-
so uppaṇḍetīti tuṇhibhūto 'va paṭinivattitvā etasmiṃ nidāne
etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū
paṭipucchi: atthi kira bhikkhave amukasmiṃ vihāre bhikkhu
gilāno 'ti. atthi bhagavā 'ti. kiṃ tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno
ābādho 'ti. tassa bhante āyasmato bhagandalābādho, Ākā-
sagotto vejjo satthakammaṃ karotīti. ||2|| vigarahi buddho
bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ bhikkhave tassa moghapurisassa
ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ aka-
raṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma so bhikkhave moghapuriso
sambādhe satthakammaṃ kārāpessatīti. sambādhe bhikkha-
ve sukhumā chavi, duropayo vaṇo, dupparihāraṃ satthaṃ.
n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. vigara-
hitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhi-
kkhave sambādhe satthakammaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ. yo
kārāpeyya, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||3|| tena kho pana
samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā sattha-
kammaṃ paṭikkhittan ti vatthikammaṃ kārāpenti. ye
te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti:
kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vatthikammaṃ kārā-
pessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave chabbaggiyā bhikkhū
vatthikammaṃ kārāpentīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahitvā
dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave
sambādhassa sāmantā dvaṅgulā satthakammaṃ vā
vatthikammaṃ vā kārāpetabbaṃ. yo kārāpeyya, āpatti
thullaccayassā 'ti. ||4||22||
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā
yena Bārāṇasī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cāri-
kaṃ caramāno yena Bārāṇasī tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bha-
gavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati Isipatane migadāye. tena
kho pana samayena Bārāṇasiyaṃ Suppiyo ca upāsako
Suppiyā ca upāsikā ubhatopasannā honti dāyakā kārakā
saṃghupaṭṭhākā. atha kho Suppiyā upāsikā ārāmaṃ gantvā
vihārena vihāraṃ pariveṇena pariveṇaṃ upasaṃkamitvā bhi-
kkhū pucchati: ko bhante gilāno, kassa kiṃ āhariyyatū
'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarena bhikkhunā
[page 217]
VI. 23. 2-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 217
virecanaṃ pītaṃ hoti. atha kho so bhikkhu Suppiyaṃ
upāsikaṃ etad avoca: mayā kho bhagini virecanaṃ pītaṃ,
attho me paṭicchādaniyenā 'ti. suṭṭhu ayya āhariyissatīti
gharaṃ gantvā antevāsiṃ āṇāpesi: gaccha bhaṇe pavatta-
maṃsaṃ jānāhīti. evaṃ ayye 'ti kho so puriso Suppiyāya
upāsikāya paṭisuṇitvā kevalakappaṃ Bārāṇasiṃ āhiṇḍanto
na addasa pavattamaṃsaṃ. atha kho so puriso yena Suppiyā
upāsikā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Suppiyaṃ upāsi-
kaṃ etad avoca: n'; atth'; ayye pavattamaṃsaṃ, māghāto
ajjā 'ti. ||2|| atha kho Suppiyāya upāsikāya etad ahosi:
tassa kho gilānassa bhikkhuno paṭicchādaniyaṃ alabhantassa
ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati kālaṃkiriyā vā bhavissati, na kho
me taṃ paṭirūpaṃ yāhaṃ paṭisuṇitvā na harāpeyyan ti po-
tthanikaṃ gahetvā ūrumaṃsaṃ ukkantitvā dāsiyā adāsi:
handa je imaṃ maṃsaṃ sampādetvā amukasmiṃ vihāre bhi-
kkhu gilāno tassa dajjehi, yo ca maṃ pucchati gilānā 'ti paṭi-
vedehīti uttarāsaṅgena ūruṃ veṭhetvā ovarakaṃ pavisitvā
mañcake nipajji. ||3|| atha kho Suppiyo upāsako gharaṃ gan-
tvā dāsiṃ pucchi: kahaṃ Suppiyā 'ti. esāyya ovarake nipannā
'ti. atha kho Suppiyo upāsako yena Suppiyā upāsikā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Suppiyaṃ upāsikaṃ etad avoca:
kissa nipannāsīti. gilān'; amhīti. kin te ābādho 'ti. atha
kho Suppiyā upāsikā Suppiyassa upāsakassa etam atthaṃ
ārocesi. atha kho Suppiyo upāsako acchariyaṃ vata bho
abbhutaṃ vata bho yāva saddhāyaṃ Suppiyā pasannā, yatra
hi nāma attano pi maṃsāni pariccattāni, kim pana imāya
aññaṃ kiñci adeyyaṃ bhavissatīti haṭṭho udaggo yena bha-
gavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhi-
vādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ||4|| ekamantaṃ nisinno kho
Suppiyo upāsako bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: adhivāsetu me
bhante bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃ-
ghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho
Suppiyo upāsako bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
atha kho Suppiyo upāsako tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ
khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ
ārocāpesi: kālo bhante niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. atha kho bha-
gavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena
[page 218]
218 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 23. 5-10.
Suppiyassa upāsakassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena.
||5|| atha kho Suppiyo upāsako yena bhagavā ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekam-
antaṃ aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Suppiyaṃ upāsakaṃ
bhagavā etad avoca: kahaṃ Suppiyā 'ti. gilānā bhagavā
'ti. tena hi āgacchatū 'ti. na bhagavā ussahatīti. tena hi
pariggahetvāpi ānethā 'ti. atha kho Suppiyo upāsako Suppi-
yaṃ upāsikaṃ pariggahetvā ānesi. tassā saha dassanena
bhagavato tāvamahā vaṇo rūḷho ahosi succhavi lomajāto.
||6|| atha kho Suppiyo ca upāsako Suppiyā ca upāsikā
acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho tathāgatassa mahi-
ddhikatā mahānubhāvatā, yatra hi nāma saha dassanena
bhagavato tāvamahā vaṇo rūḷho bhavissati succhavi loma-
jāto 'ti haṭṭhā udaggā buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ
paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā
sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekam-
antaṃ nisīdiṃsu. atha kho bhagavā Suppiyaṃ upāsakaṃ
Suppiyañ ca upāsikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samā-
dapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
||7|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe
bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi: ko
bhikkhave Suppiyaṃ upāsikaṃ maṃsaṃ viññāpesīti. evaṃ
vutte so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ahaṃ kho
bhante Suppiyaṃ upāsikaṃ maṃsaṃ viññāpesin ti. āhari-
yittha bhikkhū 'ti. āhariyittha bhagavā 'ti. paribhuñji tvaṃ
bhikkhū 'ti. paribhuñj'; āhaṃ bhagavā 'ti. paṭivekkhi tvaṃ
bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā paṭivekkhin ti. ||8|| vigarahi
buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa appaṭi-
vekkhitvā maṃsaṃ paribhuñjissasi. {manussamaṃsaṃ} kho ta-
yā moghapurisa paribhuttaṃ. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appa-
sannānaṃ vā pasādāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhi-
kkhū āmantesi: santi bhikkhave manussā saddhā pasannā, te-
hi attano pi maṃsāni pariccattāni. na bhikkhave manussa-
maṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti
thullaccayassa. na ca bhikkhave appaṭivekkhitvā maṃ-
saṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukka-
ṭassā 'ti. ||9|| tena kho pana samayena rañño hatthī ma-
[page 219]
VI. 23. 10-13.] MAHĀVAGGA. 219
ranti. manussā dubbhikkhe hatthimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti,
bhikkhūnaṃ piṇḍāya carantānaṃ hatthimaṃsaṃ denti, bhi-
kkhū hatthimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti. manussā ujjhāyanti
khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā
hatthimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjissanti. rājaṅgaṃ hatthī, sace rājā
jāneyya, na nesaṃ attamano assā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave hatthimaṃsaṃ paribhuñji-
tabbaṃ. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||10||
tena kho pana samayena rañño assā maranti. manussā
dubbhikkhe assamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti, bhikkhūnaṃ piṇḍā-
ya carantānaṃ assamaṃsaṃ denti, bhikkhū assamaṃsaṃ
paribhuñjanti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti:
kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā assamaṃsaṃ pari-
bhuñjissanti. rājaṅgaṃ assā, sace rājā jāneyya, na nesaṃ
attamano assā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na
bhikkhave assamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. yo pari-
bhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||11|| tena kho pana
samayena manussā dubbhikkhe sunakhamaṃsaṃ paribhuñ-
janti, bhikkhūnaṃ piṇḍāya carantānaṃ sunakhamaṃsaṃ
denti, bhikkhū sunakhamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti. manussā
ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā
Sakyaputtiyā sunakhamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjissanti, jeguccho
sunakho paṭikkūlo 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
na bhikkhave sunakhamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ.
yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||12|| tena kho
pana samayena manussā dubbhikkhe ahimaṃsaṃ paribhuñ-
janti, bhikkhūnaṃ piṇḍāya carantānaṃ ahimaṃsaṃ denti,
bhikkhū ahimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti. manussā ujjhāyanti
khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā
ahimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjissanti, jeguccho ahi paṭikkūlo 'ti.
Supasso pi nāgarājā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi.
ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Supasso nāgarājā bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca: santi bhante nāgā assaddhā appasannā, te appamattake
pi bhikkhū viheṭheyyuṃ. sādhu bhante ayyā ahimaṃsaṃ
na paribhuñjeyyun ti. atha kho bhagavā Supassaṃ nāgarā-
jānaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi --la-- padakkhi-
ṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne
[page 220]
220 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI.23.13-24.3.
dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave
ahimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. yo paribhuñjeyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||13|| tena kho pana samayena luddakā
sīhaṃ hantvā maṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti, bhikkhūnaṃ piṇḍāya
carantānaṃ sīhamaṃsaṃ denti. bhikkhū sīhamaṃsaṃ pari-
bhuñjitvā araññe viharanti, sīhā sīhamaṃsagandhena bhi-
kkhū paripātenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na
bhikkhave sīhamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. yo pari-
bhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||14|| tena kho pana sama-
yena luddakā vyagghaṃ hantvā, dīpiṃ hantvā, acchaṃ
hantvā, taracchaṃ hantvā maṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti, bhikkhū-
naṃ piṇḍāya carantānaṃ taracchamaṃsaṃ denti. bhikkhū
taracchamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitvā araññe viharanti, taracchā
taracchamaṃsagandhena bhikkhū paripātenti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave taracchamaṃsaṃ
paribhuñjitabbam. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā
'ti. ||15||23||
atha kho bhagavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viha-
ritvā yena Andhakavindaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi ma-
hatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi.
tena kho pana samayena jānapadā manussā bahuṃ loṇam pi te-
lam pi taṇḍulam pi khadaniyam pi sakaṭesu āropetvā buddha-
pamukhassa bhikkhusaṃghassa piṭṭhito-piṭṭhito anubaddhā
honti yadā paṭipāṭiṃ labhissāma tadā bhattaṃ karissāmā 'ti,
pañcamattāni ca vighāsādasatāni. atha kho bhagavā anupu-
bbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Andhakavindaṃ tad avasari.
||1|| atha kho aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa paṭipāṭiṃ alabhan-
tassa etad ahosi: atītāni kho me dve māsāni buddhapamukhaṃ
bhikkhusaṃghaṃ anubaddhassa yadā paṭipāṭiṃ labhissāmi
tadā bhattaṃ karissāmīti, na ca me paṭipāṭi labbhati, ahañ
c'; amhi ekako, bahu ca me gharāvāsattho hāyati. yaṃ
nūnāhaṃ bhattaggaṃ olokeyyaṃ, yaṃ bhattagge na addasaṃ
taṃ paṭiyādeyyan ti. atha kho so brāhmaṇo bhattaggaṃ
olokento dve nāddasa yāguñ ca madhugoḷakañ ca. ||2|| atha
kho so brāhmaṇo yenāyasmā Ānando ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad avoca: idha me
bho Ānanda paṭipāṭiṃ alabhantassa etad ahosi: atītāni kho
[page 221]
VI. 24. 3-6.] MAHĀVAGGA. 221
me dve māsāni buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ anuba-
ddhassa yadā paṭipāṭiṃ labhissāmi tadā bhattaṃ karissāmīti,
na ca me paṭipāṭi labbhati, ahañ c'; amhi ekako, bahu ca me
gharāvāsattho hāyati. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhattaggaṃ olokeyyaṃ,
yaṃ bhattagge na addasaṃ taṃ paṭiyādeyyan ti. so kho
ahaṃ bho Ānanda bhattaggaṃ olokento dve na addasaṃ
yāguñ ca madhugoḷakañ ca. sac'; āhaṃ bho Ānanda paṭi-
yādeyyaṃ yāguñ ca madhugoḷakañ ca, paṭigaṇheyya me
bhavaṃ Gotamo 'ti. tena hi brāhmaṇa bhagavantaṃ pu-
cchissāmīti. ||3|| atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesi. tena h'; Ānanda paṭiyādetū 'ti. tena hi
brāhmaṇa paṭiyādehīti. atha kho so brāhmaṇo tassā rattiyā
accayena pahūtaṃ yāguñ ca madhugoḷakañ ca paṭiyādāpetvā
bhagavato upanāmesi: paṭigaṇhātu me bhavaṃ Gotamo
yāguñ ca madhugoḷakañ cā 'ti. tena hi brāhmaṇa bhikkhū-
naṃ dehīti. bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭigaṇhanti. pa-
ṭigaṇhatha bhikkhave paribhuñjathā 'ti. atha kho so brāh-
maṇo buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ pahūtāya yāguyā
ca madhugoḷakena ca sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā
bhagavantaṃ dhotahatthaṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ ni-
sīdi. ||4|| ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ bhaga-
vā etad avoca: das'; ime brāhmaṇa ānisaṃsā yāguyā, katame
dasa. yaguṃ dento āyuṃ deti, vaṇṇaṃ deti, sukhaṃ deti, ba-
laṃ deti, paṭibhānaṃ deti, yāgu pītā khudaṃ paṭihanati, pi-
pāsaṃ vinodeti, vātaṃ anulometi, vatthiṃ sodheti, āmāvase-
saṃ pāceti. ime kho brāhmaṇa dasānisaṃsā yāguyā 'ti. ||5||
yo saññatānaṃ paradattabhojinaṃ kālena sakkaccaṃ dadāti
yāguṃ
das'; assa ṭhānāni {anuppavecchati:} āyuñ ca vaṇṇañ ca
sukhaṃ balañ ca, |
paṭibhānam assa {upajāyati} tato, khudaṃ pipāsañ ca vyapa-
neti vātaṃ,
sodheti vatthiṃ, pariṇāmeti bhattaṃ. bhesajjam etaṃ
sugatena vaṇṇitaṃ. |
tasmā hi yāguṃ alam eva dātum niccaṃ manussena
sukhatthikena
dibbāni vā patthayatā sukhāni manussasobhāgyataṃ icchatā
vā 'ti. ||6||
[page 222]
222 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 24. 7-25. 4.
atha kho bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ imāhi gāthāhi anumo-
ditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ
nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi
bhikkhave yāguñ ca madhugoḷakañ cā 'ti. ||7||24||
assosuṃ kho manussā: bhagavatā kira yāgu anuññātā
madhugoḷakañ cā 'ti. te kālass'; eva bhojjayāguṃ paṭiyādenti
madhugoḷakañ ca. bhikkhū kālass'; eva bhojjayāguyā dhātā
madhugoḷakena ca bhattagge na cittarūpaṃ bhuñjanti. tena
kho pana samayena aññatarena taruṇapasannena mahāmatte-
na svātanāya buddhapamukho bhikkhusaṃgho nimantito
hoti. atha kho tassa taruṇapasannassa mahāmattassa etad
ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ aḍḍhatelasannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ
aḍḍhatelasāni maṃsapātīsatāni paṭiyādeyyaṃ ekamekassa
bhikkhuno ekamekaṃ maṃsapātiṃ upanāmeyyan ti. ||1||
atha kho so taruṇapasanno mahāmatto tassā rattiyā accayena
paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā aḍḍhatela-
sāni ca maṃsapātīsatāni bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo
bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇha-
samayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena tassa taruṇapa-
sannassa mahāmattassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃ-
kamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena. ||2||
atha kho so taruṇapasanno mahāmatto bhattagge bhikkhū pa-
rivisati. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: thokaṃ āvuso dehi thokaṃ
āvuso dehīti. mā kho tumhe bhante ayaṃ taruṇapasanno ma-
hāmatto 'ti thokaṃ-thokaṃ paṭigaṇhatha. bahuṃ me khādani-
yaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ aḍḍhatelasāni ca maṃsapātīsatā-
ni, ekamekassa bhikkhuno ekamekaṃ maṃsapātiṃ upanāme-
ssāmīti. paṭigaṇhatha bhante yāvadatthan ti. na kho mayaṃ
āvuso etaṃkāraṇā thokaṃ-thokaṃ paṭigaṇhāma, api ca mayaṃ
kālass'; eva bhojjayāguyā dhātā madhugoḷakena ca, tena mayaṃ
thokaṃ-thokaṃ paṭigaṇhāmā 'ti. ||3|| atha kho so taruṇapa-
sanno mahāmatto ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: kathaṃ hi
nāma bhaddantā mayā nimantitā aññassa bhojjayāguṃ pa-
ribhuñjissanti, na cāhaṃ na paṭibalo yāvadatthaṃ dātun ti
kupito anattamano āsādanāpekkho bhikkhūnaṃ patte pūrento
agamāsi bhuñjatha vā haratha vā 'ti. atha kho so taruṇa-
pasanno mahāmatto buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ pa-
[page 223]
VI. 25. 4-7.] MAHĀVAGGA. 223
ṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampa-
vāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ
nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taruṇapasannaṃ mahā-
mattaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā
samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||4|| atha
kho tassa taruṇapasannassa mahāmattassa acirapakkantassa
bhagavato ahud eva kukkuccaṃ ahu vippaṭisāro: alābhā vata
me, na vata me lābhā, dulladdhaṃ vata me, na vata me su-
laddhaṃ, yo 'haṃ kupito anattamano āsādanāpekkho bhi-
kkhūnaṃ patte pūrento agamāsiṃ bhuñjatha vā haratha vā
'ti. kiṃ nu kho mayā bahuṃ pasūtaṃ puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ
vā 'ti. atha kho so taruṇapasanno mahāmatto yena bhagavā
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so taruṇapa-
sanno mahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: idha mayhaṃ
bhante acirapakkantassa bhagavato ahud eva kukkuccaṃ
ahu vippaṭisāro: alābhā vata me, na vata me lābhā, dulla-
ddhaṃ vata me, na vata me suladdhaṃ, yo 'haṃ kupito
anattamano āsādanāpekkho bhikkhūnaṃ patte pūrento aga-
māsiṃ bhuñjatha vā haratha vā 'ti. kiṃ nu kho mayā
bahuṃ pasūtaṃ puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā 'ti. kiṃ nu kho
mayā bhante bahuṃ pasūtaṃ puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā 'ti. ||5||
yadaggena tayā āvuso svātanāya buddhapamukho bhikkhu-
saṃgho nimantito, tadaggena te bahuṃ puññaṃ pasū-
taṃ, yadaggena te ekamekena bhikkhunā ekamekaṃ si-
tthaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ, tadaggena te bahuṃ puññaṃ pasū-
taṃ, saggā te āraddhā 'ti. atha kho so taruṇapasanno
mahāmatto lābhā kira me, suladdhaṃ kira me, bahuṃ kira
mayā puññaṃ pasūtaṃ, saggā kira me āraddhā 'ti haṭṭho
udaggo uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ
katvā pakkāmi. ||6|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne
etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū
paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū aññatra ni-
mantitā aññassa bhojjayāguṃ paribhuñjantīti. saccaṃ bha-
gavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma te bhi-
kkhave moghapurisā aññatra nimantitā aññassa bhojjayāguṃ
paribhuñjissanti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pa-
sādāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmante-
[page 224]
224 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 25. 7-26. 4.
si: na bhikkhave aññatra nimantitena aññassa bho-
jjayāgu paribhuñjitabbā. yo paribhuñjeyya, yathā-
dhammo kāretabbo 'ti. ||7||25||
atha kho bhagavā Andhakavinde yathābhirantaṃ vi-
haritvā yena Rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā
bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. te-
na kho pana samayena Belaṭṭho Kaccāno Rājagahā
Andhakavindaṃ addhānamaggapaṭipanno hoti pañca-
mattehi sakaṭasatehi sabbeh'; eva guḷakumbhapūrehi. addasa
kho bhagavā Belaṭṭhaṃ Kaccānaṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ,
disvāna maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi.
||1|| atha kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno yena bhagavā ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekam-
antaṃ aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno
bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: icchām'; ahaṃ bhante ekamekassa
bhikkhuno ekamekaṃ guḷakumbhaṃ dātun ti. tena hi tvaṃ
Kaccāna ekaṃ yeva guḷakumbhaṃ āharā 'ti. evaṃ bhante
'ti kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā ekaṃ yeva
guḷakumbhaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: āhaṭo bhante guḷa-
kumbho, kathāhaṃ bhante paṭipajjāmīti. tena hi tvaṃ
Kaccāna bhikkhūnaṃ guḷaṃ dehīti. ||2|| evaṃ bhante 'ti
kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā bhikkhūnaṃ
guḷaṃ datvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: dinno bhante bhi-
kkhūnaṃ guḷo bahu cāyaṃ guḷo avasiṭṭho, kathāhaṃ bhante
paṭipajjāmīti. tena hi tvaṃ Kaccāna bhikkhūnaṃ guḷaṃ
yāvadatthaṃ dehīti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno
bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā bhikkhūnaṃ guḷaṃ yāvadatthaṃ da-
tvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: dinno bhante bhikkhūnaṃ
guḷo yāvadattho bahu cāyaṃ guḷo avasiṭṭho, kathāhaṃ bhante
paṭipajjāmīti. tena hi tvaṃ Kaccāna bhikkhū guḷehi santa-
ppehīti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno bhagavato
paṭisuṇitvā bhikkhū guḷehi santappesi. ekacce bhikkhū
patte pi pūresuṃ parissāvanāni pi thavikāyo pi pūresuṃ. ||3||
atha kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno bhikkhū guḷehi santappetvā bha-
gavantaṃ etad avoca: santappitā bhante bhikkhū guḷehi bahu
cāyaṃ guḷo avasiṭṭho, kathāhaṃ bhante paṭipajjāmīti. tena
[page 225]
VI. 26. 4-8.] MAHĀVAGGA. 225
hi tvaṃ Kaccāna vighāsādānaṃ guḷaṃ dehīti. evaṃ bhante
'ti kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā vighāsādā-
naṃ guḷaṃ datvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: dinno bhante
vighāsādānaṃ guḷo bahu cāyaṃ guḷo avasiṭṭho, kathāhaṃ
bhante paṭipajjāmīti. tena hi tvaṃ Kaccāna vighāsādānaṃ
yāvadatthaṃ guḷaṃ dehīti. ||4|| evaṃ bhante 'ti kho Be-
laṭṭho Kaccāno bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā vighāsādānaṃ yāvad-
atthaṃ guḷaṃ datvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: dinno bhante
vighāsādānaṃ guḷo yāvadattho bahu cāyaṃ guḷo avasiṭṭho,
kathāhaṃ bhante paṭipajjāmīti. tena hi tvaṃ Kaccāna vi-
ghāsāde guḷehi santappehīti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho Belaṭṭho
Kaccāno bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā vighāsāde guḷehi santappesi.
ekacce vighāsādā kolambe pi ghaṭe pi pūresuṃ piṭakāni pi
ucchaṅge pi pūresuṃ. ||5|| atha kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno vi-
ghāsāde guḷehi santappetvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: santa-
ppitā bhante vighāsādā guḷehi bahu cāyaṃ guḷo avasiṭṭho,
kathāhaṃ bhante paṭipajjāmīti. nāhaṃ taṃ Kaccāna passā-
mi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇi-
yā pajāya sadevamanussāya yassa so guḷo paribhutto sammā
pariṇāmaṃ gaccheyya aññatra tathāgatassa vā tathāgatasā-
vakassa vā. tena hi tvaṃ Kaccāna taṃ guḷaṃ appaharite vā
chaḍḍehi appāṇake vā udake opilāpehīti. evaṃ bhante 'ti
kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā taṃ guḷaṃ
appāṇake udake opilāpesi. ||6|| atha kho so guḷo udake pa-
kkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati saṃdhūpāyati sampadhūpāya-
ti. seyyathāpi nāma phālo divasaṃ santatto udake pakkhitto
cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati saṃdhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati, evam
eva so guḷo udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati saṃdhū-
pāyati sampadhūpāyati. atha kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno saṃ-
viggo lomahaṭṭhajāto yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ||7||
ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho Belaṭṭhassa Kaccānassa bhagavā
anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ: dānakathaṃ sīlaka-
thaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ
nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. yadā bhagavā aññāsi Be-
laṭṭhaṃ Kaccānaṃ kallacittaṃ muducittaṃ vinīvaraṇacittaṃ
udaggacittaṃ pasannacittaṃ, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃ-
sikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi --la-- evam eva Bela-
[page 226]
226 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 26. 8-28. 2
ṭṭhassa Kaccānassa tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ
dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ
sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman ti. ||8|| atha kho Belaṭṭho
Kaccāno diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyo-
gāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajja-
ppatto aparappaccayo satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhikkantaṃ bhante, seyyathāpi bhante
nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya --la-- evam eva bhagavatā ane-
kapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. es'; āhaṃ bhante bhaga-
vantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca,
upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ sara-
ṇaṃ gatan ti. ||9||26||
atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena
Rājagahaṃ tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana
samayena Rājagahe guḷo ussanno hoti. bhikkhū gilānass'
eva bhagavatā guḷo anuññāto no agilānassā 'ti kukkuccā-
yantā guḷaṃ na bhuñjanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āroce-
suṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave gilānassa guḷaṃ, agilānassa
guḷodakan ti. ||1||27||
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā
yena Pāṭaligāmo tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhu-
saṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. atha kho
bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Pāṭaligāmo
tad avasari. assosuṃ kho Pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā: bhagavā
kira Pāṭaligāmaṃ anuppatto 'ti. atha kho Pāṭaligāmikā
upāsakā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, ekamantaṃ
nisinne kho Pāṭaligāmike upāsake bhagavā dhammiyā ka-
thāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. ||1||
atha kho Pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathā-
ya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhaga-
vantaṃ etad avocuṃ: adhivāsetu no bhante bhagavā āvasa-
thāgāraṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā
tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho Pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato
adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
[page 227]
VI. 28. 2-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 227
padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃ-
su, upasaṃkamitvā sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ āvasathāgāraṃ
santharitvā āsanāni paññāpetvā udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā
telapadīpaṃ āropetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu,
upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ
aṭṭhaṃsu. ||2|| ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho Pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā
bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ bhante
āvasathāgāraṃ, āsanāni paññattāni, udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpi-
to, telapadīpo āropito, yassa dāni bhante bhagavā kālaṃ
maññatīti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā
pattacīvaraṃ ādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena yena āvasa-
thāgāraṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā pāde pakkhā-
letvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā majjhimaṃ thambhaṃ nissāya
puratthimābhimukho nisīdi. bhikkhusaṃgho pi kho pāde
pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ
nissāya puratthimābhimukho nisīdi bhagavantaṃ yeva pura-
kkhatvā. Pāṭaligāmikāpi kho upāsakā pāde pakkhāletvā
āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya pa-
cchimābhimukhā nisīdiṃsu bhagavantaṃ yeva purakkha-
tvā. ||3||
atha kho bhagavā Pāṭaligāmike upāsake āmantesi: pañc'
ime gahapatayo ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. katame
pañca. idha gahapatayo dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikara-
ṇaṃ mahatiṃ bhogajāniṃ nigacchati, ayaṃ paṭhamo ādīnavo
dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo dussī-
lassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, ayaṃ
dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. puna ca paraṃ ga-
hapatayo dussīlo sīlavipanno yañ ñad eva parisaṃ upasaṃka-
mati yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gaha-
patiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ avisārado upasaṃkamati
maṅkubhūto, ayaṃ tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho
kālaṃ karoti, ayaṃ catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā
paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upa-
pajjati, ayaṃ pañcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. ime
kho gahapatayo pañca ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. ||4||
pañc'; ime gahapatayo ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
[page 228]
228 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 28. 5-8.
katame pañca. idha gahapatayo sīlavā sīlasampanno appa-
mādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati,
ayaṃ paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. puna ca
paraṃ gahapatayo sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo
abbhuggacchati, ayaṃ dutiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadā-
ya. puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo sīlavā sīlasampanno yañ ñad
eva parisaṃ upasaṃkamati yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāh-
maṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ visā-
rado upasaṃkamati amaṅkubhūto, ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso sī-
lavato sīlasampadāya. puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo sīlavā
sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, ayaṃ catuttho āni-
saṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo
sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati, ayaṃ pañcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato
sīlasampadāya. ime kho gahapatayo pañca ānisaṃsā sīlavato
sīlasampadāyā 'ti. ||5||
atha kho bhagavā Pāṭaligāmike upāsake bahud eva rattiṃ
dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā
sampahaṃsetvā uyyojesi: abhikkantā kho gahapatayo ratti,
yassa dāni kālaṃ maññathā 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho Pāṭali-
gāmikā upāsakā bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhaga-
vantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. ||6||
atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu Pāṭaligāmikesu upāsa-
kesu suññāgāraṃ pāvisi. tena kho pana samayena Suni-
dhavassakārā Magadhamahāmattā Pāṭaligāme na-
garaṃ māpenti Vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. addasa kho bhagavā
rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya dibbena cakkhunā vi-
suddhena atikkantamānusakena sambahulā devatāyo Pāṭali-
gāme vatthūni parigaṇhantiyo. yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā
devatā vatthūni parigaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha rājū-
naṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ,
yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni parigaṇhanti,
majjhimānaṃ tattha rājūnaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni na-
manti nivesanāni māpetuṃ, yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā
vatthūni parigaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha rājūnaṃ rājamahā-
mattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. ||7|| atha
kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: ke nu kho
te Ānanda Pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpentīti. Sunidhavassakā-
[page 229]
VI. 28. 8-11.] MAHĀVAGGA. 229
rā bhante Magadhamahāmattā Pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti
Vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāyā 'ti. seyyathāpi Ānanda devehi Tāva-
tiṃsehi saddhiṃ mantetvā evam eva kho Ānanda Sunidha-
vassakārā Magadhamahāmattā Pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti
Vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. idhāhaṃ Ānanda rattiyā paccūsasam-
ayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya addasaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena
atikkantamānusakena sambahulā devatāyo . . . nīcānaṃ
tattha rājūnaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanā-
ni māpetuṃ. yāvatā Ānanda ariyaṃ āyatanaṃ yāvatā va-
ṇippatho idaṃ agganagaraṃ bhavissati Pāṭaliputtaṃ puṭa-
bhedanaṃ. Pāṭaliputtassa kho Ānanda tayo antarāyā bha-
vissanti, aggito vā udakato vā abbhantarato vā mithubhedā
'ti. ||8||
atha kho Sunidhavassakārā Magadhamahāmattā yena bha-
gavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavatā sa-
ddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vīti-
sāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu, ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho Sunidha-
vassakārā Magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ:
adhivāsetu no bhavaṃ Gotamo ajjatanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ
bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena.
atha kho Sunidhavassakārā Magadhamahāmattā bhagavato
adhivāsanaṃ viditvā pakkamiṃsu. ||9|| atha kho Sunidha-
vassakārā Magadhamahāmattā paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojani-
yaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesuṃ: kālo bho
Gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇha-
samayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Sunidhavassa-
kārānaṃ Magadhamahāmattānaṃ parivesanā ten'; upasaṃka-
mi, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhu-
saṃghena. atha kho Sunidhavassakārā Magadhamahāmattā
buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena
bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ
bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, ekaman-
taṃ nisinne kho Sunidhavassakāre Magadhamahāmatte bha-
gavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi: ||10||
yasmiṃ padese kappeti vāsaṃ paṇḍitajātiyo,
sīlavantettha bhojetvā saññate brahmacariye |
yā tattha devatā āsuṃ tāsaṃ dakkhiṇam ādise,
tā pūjitā pūjayanti, mānitā mānayanti naṃ, |
[page 230]
230 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 28. 11-29. 2.
tato naṃ anukampanti mātā puttaṃ va orasaṃ.
devatānukampito poso sadā bhadrāni passatīti.
atha kho bhagavā Sunidhavassakāre Magadhamahāmatte
imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||11|| tena
kho pana samayena Sunidhavassakārā Magadhamahāmattā
bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito-piṭṭhito anubaddhā honti, yen'; ajja sa-
maṇo Gotamo dvārena nikkhamissati taṃ Gotamadvāraṃ
nāma bhavissati, yena titthena Gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttarissati
taṃ Gotamatitthaṃ nāma bhavissatīti. atha kho bhaga-
vā yena dvārena nikkhami taṃ Gotamadvāraṃ nāma ahosi.
atha kho bhagavā yena Gaṅgā nadī ten'; upasaṃkami. tena
kho pana samayena Gaṅgā nadī pūrā hoti samatitthikā kāka-
peyyā. manussā aññe nāvaṃ pariyesanti aññe uḷumpaṃ
pariyesanti aññe kullaṃ bandhanti orā pāraṃ gantukāmā.
||12|| addasa kho bhagavā te manusse aññe nāvaṃ pariye-
sante aññe uḷumpaṃ pariyesante aññe kullaṃ bandhante orā
pāraṃ gantukāme, disvāna seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso
sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samm-
iñjeyya, evam eva Gaṅgāya nadiyā orimatīre antarahito pā-
rimatīre paccuṭṭhāsi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena. atha kho
bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ
udānesi:
ye taranti aṇṇavaṃ saraṃ setuṃ katvāna vissajja pallalāni,
kullaṃ hi jano bandhati, tiṇṇā medhāvino janā 'ti. ||13||28||
atha kho bhagavā yena Koṭigāmo ten'; upasaṃkami. tatra
sudaṃ bhagavā Koṭigāme viharati. tatra kho bhagavā
bhikkhū āmantesi: catunnaṃ bhikkhave ariyasaccānaṃ an-
anubodhā appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ sandhā-
vitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca. katamesaṃ
catunnaṃ. dukkhassa bhikkhave ariyasaccassa ananubodhā
appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīghaṃ addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃ-
saritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca. dukkhasamudayassa ari-
yasaccassa, dukkhanirodhassa ariyasaccassa, dukkhanirodha-
gāminipaṭipadāariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam
idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'
eva tumhākañ ca. ||1|| tayidaṃ bhikkhave dukkhaṃ ariya-
[page 231]
VI. 29. 2-30. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 231
saccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhasamudayaṃ ariya-
saccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhaṃ ariya-
saccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminī
{paṭipadā} ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ucchinnā
bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo 'ti.
catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ yathābhūtaṃ adassanā
saṃsitaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ tāsu-tāsv eva jātisu. |
tāni etāni diṭṭhāni, bhavanetti samūhatā,
ucchinnaṃ mūlaṃ dukkhassa, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo
'ti. ||2||29||
assosi kho Ambapālī gaṇikā: bhagavā kira Koṭigā-
maṃ anuppatto 'ti. atha kho Ambapālī gaṇikā bhadrāni
-bhadrāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhadraṃ yānaṃ abhirūhitvā
bhadrehi-bhadrehi yānehi Vesāliyā niyyāsi bhagavantaṃ
dassanāya. yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā
paccorohitvā pattikā 'va yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
||1|| ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ bha-
gavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi
sampahaṃsesi. atha kho Ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavatā dha-
mmiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampa-
haṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: adhivāsetu me bhante
bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti.
adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho Ambapālī gaṇi-
kā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. ||2|| assosuṃ kho
Vesālikā Licchavī: bhagavā kira Koṭigāmaṃ anuppatto
'ti. atha kho Vesālikā Licchavī bhadrāni-bhadrāni yānāni
yojāpetvā bhadraṃ-bhadraṃ yānaṃ abhirūhitvā bhadrehi
-bhadrehi yānehi Vesāliyā niyyāsuṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya.
appekacce Licchavī nīlā honti nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṃ-
kārā, appekacce Licchavī pītā honti pītavaṇṇā pītavatthā pī-
tālaṃkārā, appekacce Licchavī lohitakā honti lohitvaṇṇā
lohitavatthā lohitālaṃkārā, appekacce Licchavī odātā honti
odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṃkārā. atha kho Ambapālī
gaṇikā daharānaṃ-daharānaṃ Licchavīnaṃ īsāya īsaṃ yuge-
na yugaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ paṭivaṭṭesi. ||3||
[page 232]
232 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 30. 4-6.
atha kho te Licchavī Ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ etad avocuṃ:
kissa je Ambapāli daharānaṃ-daharānaṃ Licchavīnaṃ īsāya
īsaṃ yugena yugaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ
paṭivaṭṭesīti. tathā hi pana mayā ayyaputtā svātanāya
buddhapamukho bhikkhusaṃgho nimantito 'ti. dehi je
Ambapāli amhākaṃ etaṃ bhattaṃ satasahassenā 'ti. sace pi
ayyaputtā Vesāliṃ sāhāraṃ dajjeyyātha, n'; eva dajjāhaṃ
taṃ bhattan ti. atha kho te Licchavī aṅgulī poṭhesuṃ:
jit'; amhā vata bho ambakāya, parājit'; amhā vata bho
ambakāyā 'ti. ||4|| atha kho te Licchavī yena bhagavā
ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu. addasa kho bhagavā te Licchavī dū-
rato 'va āgacchante, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi: yehi bhi-
kkhave bhikkhūhi devā Tāvatiṃsā adiṭṭhapubbā, oloketha
bhikkhave Licchaviparisaṃ apaloketha bhikkhave Licchavi-
parisaṃ upasaṃharatha bhikkhave Licchaviparisaṃ Tāvatiṃ-
saparisan ti. atha kho te Licchavī yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi
yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikā 'va yena bhagavā
ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivā-
detvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te
Licchavī bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi
samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. atha kho te Licchavī bhagavatā
dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampa-
haṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: adhivāsetu no bhante
bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti.
adhivuttho 'mhi Licchavī svātanāya Ambapāliyā gaṇikāya
bhattan ti. atha kho te Licchavī aṅgulī poṭhesuṃ: jit'
amhā vata kho ambakāya, parājit'; amhā vata bho ambakāyā
'ti. atha kho te Licchavī bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā
anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhi-
ṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. ||5|| atha kho bhagavā Koṭigāme
yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Nātikā ten'; upasaṃkami.
tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Ñātike viharati Giñjakāvasathe.
atha kho Ambapālī gaṇikā tassā rattiyā accayena sake ārāme
paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato
kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. atha
kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādā-
ya yena Ambapāliyā gaṇikāya parivesanā ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhu-
[page 233]
VI. 30. 6-31. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 233
saṃghena. atha kho Ambapālī gaṇikā buddhapamukhaṃ
bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena saha-
tthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onī-
tapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho
Ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: imāhaṃ bhante
Ambapālivanaṃ buddhapamukhassa bhikkhusaṃghassa
dammīti. paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṃ. atha kho bhagavā
Ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā . . .
sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Mahāvanaṃ ten'; upa-
saṃkami. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Ma-
hāvane Kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. ||6||30||
Licchavibhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena abhiññātā-abhiññātā Licchavī
santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa
vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, saṃghassa
vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. tena kho pana samayena Sīho senāpati
nigaṇṭhasāvako tassaṃ parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti. atha kho
Sīhassa senāpatissa etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ kho so bhagavā
arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bhavissati, tathā h'; ime abhiññātā
-abhiññātā Licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā aneka-
pariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ
bhāsanti, saṃghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ taṃ
bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkameyyaṃ arahantaṃ sa-
mmāsambuddhan ti. ||1|| atha kho Sīho senāpati yena nigaṇṭho
Nātaputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṃ
Nātaputtaṃ etad avoca: icchām'; ahaṃ bhante samaṇaṃ
Gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamitun ti. kiṃ pana tvaṃ
Sīha kiriyavādo samāno akiriyavādaṃ samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ
dassanāya upasaṃkamissasi. samaṇo hi Sīha Gotamo akiri-
yavādo akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti tena ca sāvake vinetīti.
atha kho Sīhassa senāpatissa yo ahosi gamikābhisaṃkhāro
bhagavantaṃ dassanāya so paṭippassambhi. ||2|| dutiyam pi
kho abhiññātā-abhiññātā Licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā
sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti,
dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, saṃghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti.
dutiyam pi kho Sīhassa senāpatissa etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ
. . . sammāsambuddhan ti. dutiyam pi kho Sīho senāpati
[page 234]
234 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 31. 3-6.
yena nigaṇṭho Nātaputto . . . vineti. dutiyam pi kho Sī-
hassa senāpatissa . . . paṭippassambhi. tatiyam pi kho
abhiññātā . . . vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. tatiyam pi kho Sīhassa
senāpatissa etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ . . . saṃghassa vaṇṇaṃ
bhāsanti. kiṃ hi me karissanti nigaṇṭhā apalokitā vā an-
apalokitvā vā. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ anapaloketvā 'va nigaṇṭhe taṃ
bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkameyyaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-
sambuddhan ti. ||3|| atha kho Sīho senāpati pañcahi ratha-
satehi divādivassa Vesāliyā niyyāsi bhagavantaṃ dassanā-
ya. yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā paccoro-
hitvā pattiko 'va yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃka-
mitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekam-
antaṃ nisinno kho Sīho senāpati bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
sutaṃ metaṃ bhante: akiriyavādo samaṇo Gotamo, akiriyāya
dhammaṃ deseti tena ca sāvake vinetīti. ye te bhante evam
āhaṃsu: akiriyavādo samaṇo Gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṃ
deseti tena ca sāvake vinetīti, kacci te bhante bhagavato
vuttavādī na ca bhagavantaṃ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti
dhammassa ca anudhammaṃ vyākaronti. na ca koci saha-
dhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchati, anabbha-
kkhātukāmā hi mayaṃ bhante bhagavantan ti. ||4||
atthi Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamā-
no vadeyya: akiriyavādo samaṇo Gotamo, akiriyāya dha-
mmaṃ deseti tena ca sāvake vinetīti. atthi Sīha pariyāyo yena
maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: kiriyavādo sa-
maṇo {Gotamo,} kiriyāya . . . vinetīti. atthi Sīha pariyāyo
yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: ucchedavādo samaṇo Gotamo,
ucchedāya . . . vinetīti. atthi Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ
. . . vadeyya: jegucchī samaṇo Gotamo, jegucchitāya . . .
vinetīti. atthi Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: ve-
nayiko samaṇo Gotamo, vinayāya . . . vinetīti. atthi Sīha
pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: tapassī samaṇo Gotamo,
tapassitāya . . . vinetīti. atthi Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ
. . . vadeyya: apagabbho samaṇo Gotamo, apagabbhatāya
. . . vinetīti. atthi Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya:
assattho samaṇo Gotamo, assāsāya . . . vinetīti. ||5|| kata-
mo ca Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno
vadeyya: akiriyavādo samaṇo Gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṃ
[page 235]
VI. 31. 6-8.] MAHĀVAGGA. 235
deseti tena ca sāvake vinetīti. ahaṃ hi Sīha akiriyaṃ vadā-
mi kāyaduccaritassa vacīduccaritassa manoduccaritassa ane-
kavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ akiriyaṃ
vadāmi. ayaṃ kho Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya:
akiriyavādo samaṇo Gotamo, akiriyāya . . . vinetīti. kata-
mo ca Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: kiriyavādo
samaṇo Gotamo, kiriyāya . . . vinetīti. ahaṃ hi Sīha kiri-
yaṃ vadāmi kāyasucaritassa vacīsucaritassa manosucaritassa
anekavihitānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ kiriyaṃ vadāmi.
ayaṃ kho Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: kiriyavā-
do samaṇo Gotamo, kiriyāya . . . vinetīti. ||6|| katamo ca
Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: ucchedavādo sama-
ṇo Gotamo, ucchedāya . . . vinetīti. ahaṃ hi Sīha ucche-
daṃ vadāmi rāgassa dosassa mohassa anekavihitānaṃ pāpa-
kānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ucchedaṃ vadāmi. ayaṃ
kho Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: ucchedavādo
samaṇo {Gotamo,} ucchedāya . . . vinetīti. katamo ca Sīha
pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: jegucchī samaṇo Gotamo,
jegucchitāya . . . vinetīti. ahaṃ hi Sīha jigucchāmi kāya-
duccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena anekavihitānaṃ
pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā jegucchitā-
ya dhammaṃ desemi. ayaṃ kho Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ
. . . vadeyya: jegucchī samaṇo Gotamo, jegucchitāya . . .
vinetīti. ||7|| katamo ca Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . va-
deyya: venayiko samaṇo Gotamo, vinayāya . . . vinetīti.
ahaṃ hi Sīha vinayāya dhammaṃ desemi rāgassa dosassa mo-
hassa anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ
vinayāya dhammaṃ desemi. ayaṃ kho Sīha pariyāyo yena
maṃ . . . vadeyya: venayiko samaṇo Gotamo, vinayāya
. . . vinetīti. katamo ca Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . va-
deyya: tapassī samaṇo Gotamo, tapassitāya . . . vinetīti.
tapanīy'; āhaṃ Sīha pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi kāya-
duccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ. yassa kho Sīha
tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tā-
lā vatthukatā anabhāvaṃ gatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā taṃ
ahaṃ tapassīti vadāmi. tathāgatassa kho Sīha tapanīyā pā-
pakā akusalā dhammā . . . anuppādadhammā. ayaṃ kho
Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: tapassī samaṇo
[page 236]
236 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 31. 8-11.
Gotamo, tapassitāya . . . vinetīti. ||8|| katamo ca Sīha pa-
riyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: apagabbho samaṇo Gotamo,
apagabbhatāya . . . vinetīti. yassa kho Sīha āyatiṃ gabbha-
seyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālā va-
tthukatā anabhāvaṃ gatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, tam
ahaṃ apagabbho 'ti vadāmi. tathāgatassa kho Sīha āyatiṃ
gabbhaseyyā . . . anuppādadhammā. ayaṃ kho Sīha pari-
yāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: apagabbho samaṇo Gotamo,
apagabbhatāya . . . vinetīti. katamo ca Sīha pariyāyo yena
maṃ . . . vadeyya: assattho samaṇo Gotamo, assāsāya . . .
vinetīti. ahaṃ hi Sīha assattho paramena assāsena assāsāya
ca dhammaṃ desemi tena ca sāvake vinemi. ayaṃ kho Sīha
pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: assattho samaṇo Gotamo,
assāsāya dhammaṃ deseti tena ca sāvake vinetīti. ||9|| evaṃ
vutte Sīho senāpati bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: abhikkantaṃ
bhante --la-- upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge
pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti. anuvijjakāraṃ kho Sīha karo-
hi, anuvijjakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu hotī-
ti. iminā p'; āhaṃ bhante bhagavato bhiyyosomattāya atta-
mano abhiraddho yaṃ maṃ bhagavā evam āha: anuvijjakā-
raṃ kho Sīha karohi, anuvijjakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussā-
naṃ sādhu hotīti. mamaṃ hi bhante aññatitthiyā sāvakaṃ
labhitvā kevalakappaṃ Vesāliṃ patākaṃ parihareyyuṃ Sīho
amhākaṃ senāpati sāvakattaṃ upagato 'ti. atha ca pana
maṃ bhagavā evam āha: anuvijjakāraṃ kho Sīha karohi,
anuvijjakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu hotīti.
es'; āhaṃ bhante dutiyam pi bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi
dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca, upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā
dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti. ||10|| dīgha-
rattaṃ kho te Sīha nigaṇṭhānaṃ opānabhūtaṃ kulaṃ yena
nesaṃ upagatānaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ dātabbaṃ maññeyyāsīti.
iminā p'; āhaṃ bhante bhagavato bhiyyosomattāya attamano
abhiraddho yaṃ maṃ bhagavā evam āha: dīgharattaṃ kho
te Sīha nigaṇṭhānaṃ opānabhūtaṃ kulaṃ yena nesaṃ upa-
gatānaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ dātabbaṃ maññeyyāsīti. sutaṃ metaṃ
bhante: samaṇo Gotamo evam āha: mayham eva dānaṃ
dātabbaṃ, na aññesaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, mayham eva sāva-
kānaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, na aññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ dānaṃ dā-
[page 237]
VI. 31. 11-14.] MAHĀVAGGA. 237
tabbaṃ, mayham eva dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, na aññesaṃ
dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, mayham eva sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ ma-
happhalaṃ, na aññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalan ti.
atha ca pana maṃ bhagavā nigaṇṭhesu pi dāne samādapeti.
api ca bhante mayam ettha kālaṃ jānissāma. es'; āhaṃ
bhante tatiyam pi bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi . . . sa-
raṇaṃ gatan ti. ||11|| atha kho bhagavā Sīhassa senāpatissa
anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ: dānakathaṃ -- la --
aparappaccayo satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
adhivāsetu me bhante bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ sa-
ddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhā-
vena. atha kho Sīho senāpati bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ vi-
ditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ
katvā pakkāmi. atha kho Sīho senāpati aññataraṃ purisaṃ
āṇāpesi: gaccha bhaṇe pavattamaṃsaṃ jānāhīti. atha kho
Sīho senāpati tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ
bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo
bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇha-
samayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Sīhassa senāpa-
tissa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte
āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena. ||12|| tena kho
pana samayena sambahulā nigaṇṭhā Vesāliyaṃ rathiyāya
rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ bāhā paggayha kandan-
ti: ajja Sīhena senāpatinā thullaṃ pasuṃ vadhitvā sama-
ṇassa Gotamassa bhattaṃ kataṃ, taṃ samaṇo Gotamo jānaṃ
uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamman ti. atha
kho aññataro puriso yena Sīho senāpati ten'; {upasaṃka-
mi}, upasaṃkamitvā Sīhassa senāpatissa upakaṇṇake ārocesi:
yagghe bhante jāneyyāsi, ete sambahulā nigaṇṭhā Vesāliyaṃ
rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ bāhā paggay-
ha kandanti: ajja . . . uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati
paṭiccakamman ti. alaṃ ayyo dīgharattam pi te āyasmantā
avaṇṇakāmā buddhassa avaṇṇakāmā dhammassa avaṇṇakāmā
saṃghassa, na ca pana te āyasmantā jīranti taṃ bhagavantaṃ
asatā tucchā musā 'va abhūtena abbhācikkhantā, na ca ma-
yaṃ jīvitahetu pi sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropeyyāmā 'ti.
||13|| atha kho Sīho senāpati buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhu-
saṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santa-
[page 238]
238 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 31. 14-33. 1.
ppetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapā-
ṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Sīhaṃ
senāpatiṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā . . .
sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā
etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na
bhikkhave jānaṃ uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñji-
tabbam. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi
bhikkhave tikoṭiparisuddhaṃ macchamaṃsaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ
asutaṃ aparisaṅkitan ti. ||14||31||
tena kho pana samayena Vesālī subhikkhā hoti susassā
sulabhapiṇḍā sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. atha
kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso pa-
rivitakko udapādi: yāni tāni mayā bhikkhūnaṃ anuññā-
tāni dubbhikkhe dussasse dullabhapiṇḍe anto vutthaṃ anto
pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ uggahitapaṭiggahitakaṃ tato nīha-
taṃ purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhaṃ,
ajjāpi nu kho tāni bhikkhū paribhuñjantīti. atha kho
bhagavā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṃ
Ānandaṃ āmantesi: yāni tāni Ānanda mayā bhikkhū-
naṃ anuññātāni . . . paribhuñjantīti. paribhuñjanti bha-
gavā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ
pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: yāni
tāni bhikkhave mayā bhikkhūnaṃ anuññātāni dubbhikkhe
dussasse dullabhapiṇḍe anto vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pa-
kkaṃ uggahitapaṭiggahitakaṃ tato nīhataṃ purebhattaṃ pa-
ṭiggahitaṃ vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhaṃ, tān'; āhaṃ ajjatagge
paṭikkhipāmi. na bhikkhave anto vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ sā-
maṃ pakkaṃ uggahitapaṭiggahitakaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. yo
paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na ca bhikkhave tato nī-
hataṃ purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhaṃ
bhuttāvinā pavāritena anatirittaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. yo
paribhuñjeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo 'ti. ||2||32||
tena kho pana samayena jānapadā manussā bahuṃ loṇam
pi telam pi taṇḍulam pi khādaniyam pi sakaṭesu āropetvā
bahārāmakoṭṭhake sakaṭaparivaṭṭaṃ karitvā acchanti yadā
{paṭipāṭiṃ} labhissāma tadā bhattaṃ karissāmā 'ti, mahā ca
[page 239]
VI. 33. 1-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 239
megho uggato hoti. atha kho te manussā yenāyasmā
Ānando ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ
Ānandaṃ etad avocuṃ: idha bhante Ānanda bahuṃ loṇam
pi telam pi taṇḍulam pi khādaniyam pi sakaṭesu āropetvā
tiṭṭhanti mahā ca megho uggato. kathaṃ nu kho bhante
Ānanda paṭipajjitabban ti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagava-
to etam atthaṃ ārocesi. ||1|| tena h'; Ānanda saṃgho paccanti-
maṃ vihāraṃ kappiyabhūmiṃ sammannitvā tattha vāse-
tu yaṃ saṃgho ākaṅkhati vihāraṃ vā aḍḍhayogaṃ vā pāsā-
daṃ vā hammiyaṃ vā guhaṃ vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave
sammannitabbo: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñā-
petabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa patta-
kallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ vihāraṃ kappiyabhūmiṃ sam-
manneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. saṃgho
itthannāmaṃ vihāraṃ kappiyabhūmiṃ sammannati. yassā-
yasmato khamati itthannāmassa vihārassa kappiyabhūmiyā
sammuti, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya.
sammato saṃghena itthannāmo vihāro kappiyabhūmi. kha-
mati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena manussā tatth'; eva sammutiyā ka-
ppiyabhūmiyā yāguyo pacanti bhattāni pacanti sūpāni sampā-
denti maṃsāni koṭṭenti kaṭṭhāni phālenti. assosi kho bha-
gavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya uccāsaddaṃ mahā-
saddaṃ kākoravasaddaṃ, sutvāna āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ
āmantesi: kiṃ nu kho so Ānanda uccāsaddo mahāsaddo
kākoravasaddo 'ti. ||3|| etarahi bhante manussā tatth'; eva
sammutiyā kappiyabhūmiyā yāguyo pacanti bhattāni pacanti
sūpāni sampādenti maṃsāni koṭṭenti kaṭṭhāni phālenti, so
eso bhagavā uccāsaddo mahāsaddo kākoravasaddo 'ti. atha
kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: na bhikkhave sammutī kappiyabhūmipari-
bhuñjitabbā. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujā-
nāmi bhikkhave tisso kappiyabhūmiyo ussāvanantikaṃ
gonisādikaṃ gahapatin ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena
āyasmā Yasojo gilāno hoti, tass'; atthāya bhesajjāni āhari-
yyanti, tāni bhikkhū bahi ṭṭhapenti. ukkapiṇḍakāpi
khādanti corāpi haranti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave sammutiṃ kappiyabhūmiṃ pa-
[page 240]
240 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 33. 5-34. 5.
ribhuñjituṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave catasso kappiya-
bhūmiyo ussāvanantikaṃ gonisādikaṃ gahapatiṃ sammu-
tin ti. ||5||33||
catuvīsatibhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena Bhaddiyanagare Meṇḍako
gahapati paṭivasati, tassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo hoti: sīsaṃ
nahāyitvā dhaññāgāraṃ sammajjāpetvā bahidvāre 'va nisī-
dati, antalikkhā dhaññassa dhārā opatitvā dhaññāgāraṃ pū-
reti. bhariyāya evarūpo iddhānubhāvo hoti: ekañ ñeva
āḷhakathālikaṃ upanisīditvā ekañ ca sūpavyañjanakaṃ dāsa-
kammakaraporisaṃ bhattena parivisati, na tāva taṃ khīyati
yāva sā na vuṭṭhāti. puttassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo hoti:
ekañ ñeva sahassatthavikaṃ gahetvā dāsakammakaraporisassa
chammāsikaṃ vetanaṃ deti, na tāva taṃ khīyati yāv'; assa
hatthagatā. ||1|| suṇisāya evarūpo iddhānubhāvo hoti: ekañ
ñeva catudoṇikaṃ piṭakaṃ upanisīditvā dāsakammakarapori-
sassa chammāsikaṃ bhattaṃ deti, na tāva taṃ khīyati yāva sā
na vuṭṭhāti. dāsassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo hoti: ekena
naṅgalena kasantassa satta sītāyo gacchanti. ||2|| assosi kho
rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro: amhākaṃ kira vijite
Bhaddiyanagare Meṇḍako gahapati paṭivasati, tassa evarūpo
iddhānubhāvo: sīsaṃ nahāyitvā dhaññāgāraṃ sammajjāpetvā
bahidvāre nisīdati, antalikkhā dhaññassa dhārā opatitvā
dhaññāgāraṃ pūreti. bhariyāya evarūpo iddhānubhāvo:
ekañ ñeva āḷhakathālikaṃ upanisīditvā ekañ ca sūpavyañja-
nakaṃ dāsakammakaraporisaṃ bhattena parivisati, na tāva
taṃ khīyati yāva sā na vuṭṭhāti. puttassa evarūpo iddhānu-
bhāvo: ekañ ñeva sahassatthavikaṃ gahetvā dāsakammaka-
raporisassa chammāsikaṃ vetanaṃ deti, na tāva taṃ khīyati
yāv'; assa hatthagatā. ||3|| suṇisāya evarūpo iddhānubhāvo:
ekañ ñeva catudoṇikaṃ piṭakaṃ upanisīditvā dāsakammaka-
raporisassa chammāsikaṃ bhattaṃ deti, na tāva taṃ khīyati
yāva sā na vuṭṭhāti. dāsassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo: ekena
naṅgalena kasantassa satta sītāyo gacchantīti. ||4|| atha kho
rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro aññataraṃ sabbatthakaṃ
mahāmattaṃ āmantesi: amhākaṃ kira bhaṇe vijite Bhaddi-
yanagare Meṇḍako gahapati paṭivasati, tassa evarūpo iddhā-
[page 241]
VI. 34. 5-9.] MAHĀVAGGA. 241
nubhāvo: sīsaṃ . . . satta sītāyo gacchanti. gaccha bhaṇe
jānāhi, yathā mayā sāmaṃ diṭṭho evaṃ tava diṭṭho bhavissa-
tīti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho so mahāmatto rañño Māgadhassa
Seniyassa Bimbisārassa paṭisuṇitvā caturaṅginiyā senāya ye-
na Bhaddiyaṃ tena pāyāsi. ||5|| anupubbena yena Bhaddi-
yaṃ yena Meṇḍako gahapati ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃka-
mitvā Meṇḍakaṃ gahapatiṃ etad avoca: ahaṃ hi gahapati
raññā āṇatto: amhākaṃ kira bhaṇe vijite . . . diṭṭho bha-
vissatīti. passāma te gahapati iddhānubhāvan ti. atha kho
Meṇḍako gahapati sīsaṃ nahāyitvā dhaññāgāraṃ sammajjā-
petvā bahidvāre nisīdi, antalikkhā dhaññassa dhārā opatitvā
dhaññāgāraṃ pūresi. diṭṭho te gahapati iddhānubhāvo,
bhariyāya te iddhānubhāvaṃ passissāmā 'ti. ||6|| atha kho
Meṇḍako gahapati bhariyaṃ āṇāpesi: tena hi caturaṅginiṃ
senaṃ bhattena parivisāhīti. atha kho Meṇḍakassa gahapa-
tissa bhariyā ekañ ñeva āḷhakathālikaṃ upanisīditvā ekañ ca
sūpavyañjanakaṃ caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ bhattena parivisi, na
tāva taṃ khīyati yāva sā na vuṭṭhāti. diṭṭho te gahapati
bhariyāya pi iddhānubhāvo, puttassa te iddhānubhāvaṃ pa-
ssissāmā 'ti. ||7|| atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati puttaṃ āṇāpe-
si: tena hi tāta caturaṅginiyā senāya chammāsikaṃ vetanaṃ
dehīti. atha kho Meṇḍakassa gahapatissa putto ekañ ñeva
sahassatthavikaṃ gahetvā caturaṅginiyā senāya chammāsi-
kaṃ vetanaṃ adāsi, na tāva taṃ khīyati yāv'; assa hattha-
gatā. diṭṭho te gahapati puttassa pi iddhānubhavo, su-
ṇisāya te iddhānubhāvaṃ passissāmā 'ti. ||8|| atha kho
Meṇḍako gahapati suṇisaṃ āṇāpesi: tena hi caturaṅginiyā
senāya chammāsikaṃ bhattaṃ dehīti. atha kho Meṇḍakassa
gahapatissa suṇisā ekañ ñeva catudoṇikaṃ piṭakaṃ upanisī-
ditvā caturaṅginiyā senāya chammāsikaṃ bhattaṃ adāsi, na
tāva taṃ khīyati yāva sā na vuṭṭhāti. diṭṭho te gahapati su-
ṇisāya pi iddhānubhāvo, dāsassa te iddhānubhāvaṃ passissā-
mā 'ti. mayhaṃ kho sāmi dāsassa iddhānubhāvo khette
passitabbo 'ti. alaṃ gahapati diṭṭho te dāsassa pi iddhānu-
bhāvo 'ti. atha kho so mahāmatto caturaṅginiyā senāya pu-
nad eva Rājagahaṃ paccāgacchi, yena rājā Māgadho Seni-
yo Bimbisāro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā rañño Māga-
dhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa etam atthaṃ ārocesi. ||9||
[page 242]
242 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 34. 10-13.
atha kho bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā
yena Bhaddiyaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhu-
saṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. atha kho
bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Bhaddiyaṃ
tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Bhaddiye viharati
Jātiyāvane. ||10|| assosi kho Meṇḍako gahapati: sa-
maṇo khalu bho Gotamo Sakyaputto Sakyakulā pabbajito
Bhaddiyaṃ anuppatto Bhaddiye viharati Jātiyāvane. taṃ
kho pana bhagavantaṃ Gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo
abbhuggato iti pi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadamma-
sārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā, so imaṃ
lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāh-
maṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā
pavedeti, so dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhe kalyāṇaṃ
pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ satthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ
parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. sādhu kho pana ta-
thārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotīti. ||11|| atha kho
Meṇḍako gahapati bhadrāni-bhadrāni yānāni yojāpetvā bha-
draṃ yānaṃ abhirūhitvā bhadrehi-bhadrehi yānehi Bhaddiyā
niyyāsi bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. addasaṃsu kho sambahulā
titthiyā Meṇḍakaṃ gahapatiṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, dis-
vāna Meṇḍakaṃ gahapatiṃ etad avocuṃ: kahaṃ tvaṃ ga-
hapati gacchasīti. gacchām'; ahaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ sa-
maṇaṃ Gotamaṃ dassanāyā 'ti. kiṃ pana tvaṃ gahapati
kiriyavādo samāno akiriyavādaṃ samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ dassa-
nāya upasaṃkamissasi, samaṇo hi gahapati Gotamo akiriyavā-
do akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti tena ca sāvake vinetīti. ||12||
atha kho Meṇḍakassa gahapatissa etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ
kho so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bhavissati yathā
yime titthiyā usuyyantīti, yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena
gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattiko 'va yena bhagavā ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekam-
antaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho Meṇḍakassa ga-
hapatissa bhagavā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ:
dānakathaṃ --la-- aparappaccayo satthu sāsane bhaga-
vantaṃ etad avoca: abhikkantaṃ bhante --gha-- upāsa-
kaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ
[page 243]
VI. 34. 13-18.] MAHĀVAGGA. 243
gatan ti, adhivāsetu ca me bhante bhagavā svātanāya bha-
ttaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā
tuṇhibhāvena. ||13|| atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati bhagavato
adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati
tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭi-
yādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ
bhattan ti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā
pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Meṇḍakassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi sa-
ddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena. ||14|| atha kho Meṇḍakassa gaha-
patissa bhariyā ca putto ca suṇisā ca dāso ca yena bhagavā
ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivā-
detvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbika-
thaṃ kathesi --la-- aparappaccayā satthu sāsane bhaga-
vantaṃ etad avocuṃ:--gha-- ete mayaṃ bhante bhaga-
vantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca,
upāsake no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṃ gate
'ti. ||15|| atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati buddhapamukhaṃ
bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena saha-
tthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onī-
tapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho
Meṇḍako gahapati bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: yāva bhante
bhagavā Bhaddiye viharati, tāva ahaṃ buddhapamukhassa
bhikkhusaṃghassa dhuvabhattenā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā
Meṇḍakaṃ gahapatiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā . . .
sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||16||
atha kho bhagavā Bhaddiye yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā
Meṇḍakaṃ gahapatiṃ anāpucchā yena Aṅguttarāpo tena
cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍha-
telasehi bhikkhusatehi. assosi kho Meṇḍako gahapati: bha-
gavā kira yena Aṅguttarāpo tena cārikaṃ pakkanto mahatā
. . . bhikkhusatehīti. atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati dāse ca
kammakare ca āṇāpesi: tena hi bhaṇe bahuṃ loṇam pi telam
pi taṇḍulam pi khādaniyam pi sakaṭesu āropetvā āgacchatha,
aḍḍhatelasāni ca gopālakasatāni aḍḍhatelasāni dhenusatāni
ādāya āgacchantu, yattha bhagavantaṃ passissāma tattha
taruṇena khīrena bhojessāmā 'ti. ||17|| atha kho Meṇḍako
[page 244]
244 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 34. 18-21.
gahapati bhagavantaṃ antarā magge kantāre sambhāvesi.
atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhā-
si. ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Meṇḍako gahapati bhagavantaṃ
etad avoca: adhivāsetu me bhante bhagavā svātanāya bha-
ttaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā
tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati bhagavato
adhivāsanaṃ viditvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ
katvā pakkāmi. atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati tassā rattiyā
accayena paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā
bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan
ti. ||18|| atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā
pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Meṇḍakassa gahapatissa parivesanā
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi sa-
ddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena. atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati aḍḍha-
telasāni gopālakasatāni āṇāpesi: tena hi bhaṇe ekamekaṃ
dhenuṃ gahetvā ekamekassa bhikkhuno upatiṭṭhatha taruṇe-
na khīrena bhojessāmā 'ti. atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati
buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena
bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi taruṇena ca
khīrena. bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā khīraṃ na paṭigaṇhanti.
paṭigaṇhatha bhikkhave paribhuñjathā 'ti. ||19|| atha kho
Meṇḍako gahapati buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ pa-
ṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampa-
vāretvā taruṇena ca khīrena bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onīta-
pattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho
Meṇḍako gahapati bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: santi bhante
maggā kantārā appodakā appabhakkhā na sukarā apātheyye-
na gantuṃ. sādhu bhante bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ pātheyyaṃ
anujānātū 'ti. atha kho bhagavā Meṇḍakaṃ gahapatiṃ
dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā . . . sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhā-
yāsanā pakkāmi. ||20|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne
dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave pañca gorase khīraṃ dadhiṃ takkaṃ navanītaṃ
sappiṃ. santi bhikkhave maggā kantārā appodakā appa-
bhakkhā na sukarā apātheyyena gantuṃ. anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave pātheyyaṃ pariyesituṃ, taṇḍulo taṇḍulatthikena,
muggo muggatthikena, māso māsatthikena, loṇaṃ loṇatthi-
[page 245]
VI. 34. 21-35. 4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 245
kena, guḷo guḷatthikena, telaṃ telatthikena, sappi sappitthi-
kena. santi bhikkhave manussā saddhā pasannā, te kappiya-
kārakānaṃ hatthe hiraññaṃ upanikkhipanti iminā ayyassa
yaṃ kappiyaṃ taṃ dethā 'ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave yaṃ
tato kappiyaṃ taṃ sādituṃ. na tv evāhaṃ bhikkhave kena-
ci pariyāyena jātarūparajataṃ sāditabbaṃ pariyesitabban ti
vadāmīti. ||21||34||
atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena
Āpaṇaṃ tad avasari. assosi kho Keniyo jaṭilo: samaṇo
khalu bho Gotamo Sakyaputto Sakyakulā pabbajito Āpaṇaṃ
anuppatto Āpaṇe viharati. taṃ kho pana bhagavantaṃ
Gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato --la-- sādhu
kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotīti. atha
kho Keniyassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ sama-
ṇassa Gotamassa harāpeyyan ti. ||1|| atha kho Keniyassa
jaṭilassa etad ahosi: ye pi kho te brāhmaṇānaṃ pubbakā
isayo mantānaṃ kattāro mantānaṃ pavattāro yesam idaṃ
etarahi brāhmaṇā porāṇaṃ mantapadaṃ gītaṃ pavuttaṃ
samihitaṃ tad anugāyanti tad anubhāsanti bhāsitaṃ anubhā-
santi vācitam anuvācenti, seyyath'; īdaṃ: Aṭṭhako Vāma-
ko Vāmadevo Vessāmitto Yamataggi Aṅgiraso
Bhāradvājo Vāseṭṭho Kassapo Bhagu, rattūparatā
viratā vikālabhojanā, te evarūpāni pānāni sādiyiṃsu, ||2||
samaṇo pi Gotamo rattūparato virato vikālabhojanā, arahati
samaṇo pi Gotamo evarūpāni pānāni saditun ti, pahūtaṃ pā-
naṃ paṭiyādāpetvā kājehi gāhāpetvā yena bhagavā ten'; {upa-
saṃkami,} upasaṃkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sam-
modanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ
aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Keniyo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ
etad avoca: paṭigaṇhātu me bhavaṃ Gotamo pānan ti. tena
hi Keniya bhikkhūnaṃ dehīti. bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na
paṭigaṇhanti. paṭigaṇhatha bhikkhave paribhuñjathā 'ti.
||3|| atha kho Keniyo jaṭilo buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhu-
saṃghaṃ pahūtehi pānehi sahatthā santappetvā sampavā-
retvā bhagavantaṃ dhotahatthaṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekaman-
taṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Keniyaṃ jaṭilaṃ bha-
gavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi . . . sampahaṃsesi. atha
[page 246]
246 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 35. 4-8.
kho Keniyo jaṭilo bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito
. . . sampahaṃsito bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: adhivāsetu me
bhavaṃ Gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghe-
nā 'ti. ||4|| mahā kho Keniya bhikkhusaṃgho aḍḍhatelasāni
bhikkhusatāni tvañ ca brāhmaṇesu abhippasanno 'ti. duti-
yam pi kho Keniyo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: kiñ cāpi
bho Gotama mahā bhikkhusaṃgho aḍḍhatelasāni bhikkhusa-
tāni ahañ ca brāhmaṇesu abhippasanno. adhivāsetu me . . .
bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. mahā kho . . . abhippasanno 'ti.
tatiyam pi kho Keniyo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: kiñ
cāpi . . . saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhaga-
vā tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho Keniyo jaṭilo bhagavato adhivā-
sanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||5|| atha kho bhagavā
etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi:
anujānāmi bhikkhave aṭṭha pānāni: ambapānaṃ jambupā-
naṃ {cocapānaṃ} mocapānaṃ madhup. muddikāp. sālukap.
phārusakapānaṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sabbaṃ phalara-
saṃ ṭhapetvā dhaññaphalarasaṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave
sabbaṃ pattarasaṃ ṭhapetvā ḍākarasaṃ. anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave sabbaṃ puppharasaṃ ṭhapetvā madhukapuppha-
rasaṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave ucchurasan ti. ||6||
atha kho Keniyo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena sake assame
paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato
kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo bho Gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti.
atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ
ādāya yena Keniyassa jaṭilassa assamo ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghe-
na. atha kho Keniyo jaṭilo buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhu-
saṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santa-
ppetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapā-
ṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ||7|| ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho
Keniyaṃ jaṭilaṃ bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:
aggihuttamukhā yaññā, sāvitthī chandaso mukhaṃ,
rājā mukhaṃ manussānaṃ, nadīnaṃ sāgaro mukhaṃ, |
nakkhattānaṃ mukhaṃ cando, ādicco tapataṃ mukhaṃ,
puññaṃ ākaṅkhamānānaṃ saṃgho ve jayataṃ mukhan ti.
atha kho bhagavā Keniyaṃ jaṭilaṃ imāhi gāthāhi anumodi-
tvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||8||35||
[page 247]
VI. 36. 1-4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 247
atha kho bhagavā Āpaṇe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena
Kusinārā tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena
saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. assosuṃ kho Kosi-
nārakā Mallā: bhagavā kira Kusināraṃ {āgacchati} mahatā
bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehīti.
te saṃgaraṃ akaṃsu: yo bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ na ka-
rissati pañca satāni daṇḍo 'ti. tena kho pana samayena
Rojo Mallo āyasmato Ānandassa sahāyo hoti. atha kho
bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Kusinārā tad
avasari. ||1|| atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā bhagavato paccu-
ggamanaṃ akaṃsu. atha kho Rojo Mallo bhagavato paccu-
ggamanaṃ karitvā yenāyasmā Ānando ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantam Ānandaṃ abhivādetvā ekaman-
taṃ aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Rojaṃ Mallaṃ āyasmā
Ānando etad avoca: uḷāraṃ kho te idaṃ āvuso Roja yaṃ
tvaṃ bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ akāsīti. nāhaṃ bhante
Ānanda bahukato buddhena vā dhammena vā saṃghena vā,
api ca ñātīhi saṃgaro kato yo bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ na
karissati pañca satāni daṇḍo 'ti. sa kho ahaṃ bhante Ānanda
ñātīnaṃ daṇḍabhayā evāhaṃ bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ
akāsin ti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando anattamano ahosi: ka-
thaṃ hi nāma Rojo Mallo evaṃ vakkhatīti. ||2|| atha kho
āyasmā Ānando yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃka-
mitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekam-
antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
ayaṃ bhante Rojo Mallo abhiññāto ñātamanusso. mahiddhi-
yo kho pana evarūpānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ imasmiṃ dha-
mmavinaye pasādo. sādhu bhante bhagavā tathā karotu yathā
Rojo Mallo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye pasīdeyyā 'ti. na kho
taṃ Ānanda dukkaraṃ tathāgatena yathā Rojo Mallo ima-
smiṃ dhammavinaye pasīdeyyā 'ti. ||3|| atha kho bhagavā
Rojaṃ Mallaṃ mettena cittena pharitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ
pāvisi. atha kho Rojo Mallo bhagavatā mettena cittena
phuṭṭho seyyathāpi nāma gāvī taruṇavacchā evam eva vihā-
rena vihāraṃ pariveṇena pariveṇaṃ upasaṃkamitvā bhikkhū
pucchati: kahaṃ nu kho bhante etarahi so bhagavā viharati
arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, dassanakāmā hi mayaṃ taṃ bha-
gavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhan ti. es'; āvuso Roja
[page 248]
248 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 36. 4-7.
vihāro saṃvutadvāro, tena appasaddo upasaṃkamitvā atara-
māno ālindaṃ pavisitvā ukkāsitvā aggaḷaṃ ākoṭehi, viva-
rissati te bhagavā dvāran ti. ||4|| atha kho Rojo Mallo yena
so vihāro saṃvutadvāro tena appasaddo upasaṃkamitvā ata-
ramāno ālindaṃ pavisitvā ukkāsitvā aggaḷaṃ ākoṭesi, vivari
bhagavā dvāraṃ. atha kho Rojo Mallo vihāraṃ pavisitvā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ
nisinnassa kho Rojassa Mallassa bhagavā anupubbikathaṃ
kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ: dānakathaṃ --la-- aparappaccayo
satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: sādhu bhante ayyā
mamañ ñeva paṭigaṇheyyuṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilāna-
paccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ no aññesan ti. yesaṃ kho Roja
sekhena ñāṇena sekhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho seyyathā-
pi tayā tesam pi evaṃ hoti: aho nūna ayyā amhākañ ñeva
paṭigaṇheyyuṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesa-
jjaparikkhāraṃ no aññesan ti. tena hi Roja tava c'; eva pa-
ṭigaṇhissanti aññesañ cā 'ti. ||5||
tena kho pana samayena Kusinārāyaṃ paṇītānaṃ bha-
ttānaṃ bhattapaṭipāṭi adhiṭṭhitā hoti. atha kho Rojassa
Mallassa paṭipāṭiṃ alabhantassa etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ
bhattaggaṃ olokeyyaṃ, yaṃ bhattagge nāddasaṃ taṃ pa-
ṭiyādeyyan ti. atha kho Rojo Mallo bhattaggaṃ olokento
dve nāddasa ḍākañ ca piṭṭhakhādaniyañ ca. atha kho
Rojo Mallo yenāyasmā Ānando ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad avoca: idha me
bhante Ānanda paṭipāṭiṃ alabhantassa etad ahosi: yaṃ
nūnāhaṃ bhattaggaṃ olokeyyaṃ, yaṃ bhattagge nāddasaṃ
taṃ paṭiyādeyyan ti. so kho ahaṃ bhante Ānanda bhatta-
ggaṃ olokento dve nāddasaṃ ḍākañ ca piṭṭhakhādaniyañ ca.
sac'; āhaṃ bhante Ānanda paṭiyādeyyaṃ ḍākañ ca piṭṭhakhā-
daniyañ ca, paṭigaṇheyya me bhagavā 'ti. tena hi Roja
bhagavantaṃ paṭipucchissāmīti. ||6|| atha kho āyasmā
Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. tena h'; Ānanda
paṭiyādetū 'ti. tena hi Roja paṭiyādehīti. atha kho Rojo
Mallo tassā rattiyā accayena pahūtaṃ ḍākañ ca piṭṭhakhāda-
niyañ ca paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato upanāmesi paṭigaṇhātu
me bhante bhagavā ḍākañ ca piṭṭhakhādaniyañ cā 'ti. tena
hi Roja bhikkhūnaṃ dehīti. bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na pa-
[page 249]
VI. 36. 7-37. 4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 249
ṭigaṇhanti. paṭigaṇhatha bhikkhave paribhuñjathā.'ti ||7||
atha kho Rojo Mallo buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ
pahūtehi ḍākehi ca piṭṭhakhādaniyehi ca sahatthā santappe-
tvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ dhotahatthaṃ onītapattapā-
ṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Rojaṃ
Mallaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā . . . sampa-
haṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ
nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi
bhikkhave sabbañ ca ḍākam sabbañ ca piṭṭhakhādani-
yan ti. ||8||36||
atha kho bhagavā Kusinārāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viha-
ritvā yena Ātumā tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhu-
saṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. tena kho
pana samayena aññataro vuḍḍhapabbajito Ātumāyaṃ paṭiva-
sati nahāpitapubbo, tassa dve dārakā honti mañjukā paṭi-
bhāneyyakā dakkhā pariyodātasippā sake ācariyake nahāpi-
takamme. ||1|| assosi kho so vuḍḍhapabbajito: bhagavā
kira Ātumaṃ āgacchati mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ
aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehīti. atha kho so vuḍḍhapabbajito
te dārake etad avoca: bhagavā kira tāta Ātumaṃ āgacchati
mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusa-
tehi. gacchatha tumhe tāta khurabhaṇḍaṃ ādāya nāḷiyā-
vāpakena anugharakaṃ-anugharakaṃ āhiṇḍatha loṇam pi
telam pi taṇḍulam pi khādaniyam pi saṃharatha, bhagavato
āgatassa yāgupānaṃ karissāmā 'ti. ||2|| evaṃ tātā 'ti kho te
dārakā tassa vuḍḍhapabbajitassa paṭisuṇitvā khurabhaṇḍaṃ
ādāya nāḷiyāvāpakena anugharakaṃ-anugharakaṃ āhiṇḍanti
loṇam pi telam pi taṇḍulam pi khādaniyam pi saṃharantā.
manussā te dārake mañjuke paṭibhāneyyake passitvā ye pi
na kārāpetukāmā te pi kārāpenti kārāpetvāpi bahuṃ denti.
atha kho te dārakā bahuṃ loṇam pi telam pi taṇḍulam pi
khādaniyam pi saṃhariṃsu. ||3||
atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena
Ātumā tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Ātumāyaṃ vi-
harati Bhūsāgāre. atha kho so vuḍḍhapabbajito tassā
rattiyā accayena pahūtaṃ yāguṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato
upanāmesi paṭigaṇhātu me bhante bhagavā yāgun ti. jā-
[page 250]
250 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 37. 4-40 1.
nantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti --la-- sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhā-
padaṃ paññāpessāmā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā taṃ vuḍḍha-
pabbajitaṃ etad avoca: kut'; āyaṃ bhikkhu yāgū 'ti. atha
kho so vuḍḍhapabbajito bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. ||4||
vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ moghapurisa ana-
nulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇī-
yaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa pabbajito akappi-
ye samādapessasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā
pasādāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āman-
tesi: na bhikkhave pabbajitena akappiye samādape-
tabbaṃ. yo samādapeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na ca bhi-
kkhave nahāpitapubbena khurabhaṇḍaṃ pariharitabbaṃ.
yo parihareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||5||37||
atha kho bhagavā Ātumāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ vihari-
tvā yena Sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena
cārikaṃ caramāno yena Sāvatthi tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ
bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anātha-
piṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena Sāvatthiyaṃ
bahuṃ phalakhādaniyaṃ ussannaṃ hoti. atha kho bhikkhū-
naṃ etad ahosi: kiṃ nu kho bhagavatā phalakhādaniyaṃ
anuññātaṃ kiṃ ananuññātan ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sabbaṃ phalakhādani-
yan ti. ||1||38||
tena kho pana samayena saṃghikāni bījāni puggalikāya
bhūmiyā ropiyanti, puggalikāni bījāni saṃghikāya bhūmi-
yā ropiyanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saṃghi-
kāni bhikkhave bījāni puggalikāya bhūmiyā ropitāni
bhāgaṃ datvā paribhuñjitabbāni, puggalikāni bījāni
saṃghikāya bhūmiyā ropitāni bhāgaṃ datvā paribhuñji-
tabbānīti. ||1||39||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ kismiñci-kismiñci
ṭhāne kukkuccaṃ uppajjati: kiṃ nu kho bhagavatā anuññā-
taṃ kiṃ ananuññātan ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
yaṃ bhikkhave mayā idaṃ na kappatīti appaṭikkhittaṃ, tañ
ce akappiyaṃ anulometi kappiyaṃ paṭibāhati, taṃ vo na
kappati. yaṃ bhikkhave mayā idaṃ na kappatīti appa-
[page 251]
VI. 40. 1-3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 251
ṭikkhittaṃ, {tañ} ce kappiyaṃ anulometi akappiyaṃ paṭibāha-
ti, taṃ vo kappati. yañ ca bhikkhave mayā idaṃ kappatīti
ananuññātaṃ, tañ ce akappiyaṃ anulometi kappiyaṃ paṭibā-
hati, taṃ vo na kappati. yaṃ bhikkhave mayā idaṃ
kappatīti ananuññātaṃ, tañ ce kappiyaṃ anulometi akappi-
yaṃ paṭibāhati, taṃ vo kappatīti. ||1||
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kappati nu kho yā-
vakālikena yāmakālikaṃ na nu kho kappati. kappati nu
kho yāvakālikena sattāhakālikaṃ na nu kho kappati. ka-
ppati nu kho yāvakālikena yāvajīvikaṃ na nu kho kappati.
kappati nu kho yāmakālikena sattāhakālikaṃ na nu kho
kappati. kappati nu kho yāmakālikena yāvajīvikaṃ na nu
kho kappati. kappati nu kho sattāhakālikena yāvajīvikaṃ
na nu kho kappatīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||2||
yāvakālikena bhikkhave yāmakālikaṃ tadahu paṭiggahi-
taṃ kāle kappati vikāle na kappati. yāvakālikena bhi-
kkhave sattāhakālikaṃ tadahu paṭiggahitaṃ kāle kappati
vikāle na kappati. yāvakālikena bhikkhave yāvajīvikaṃ
tadahu paṭiggahitaṃ kāle kappati vikāle na kappati.
yāmakālikena bhikkhave sattāhakālikaṃ t. p. yāme
kappati yāmātikkante na kappati. yāmakālikena bhikk-
have yāvajīvikaṃ t. p. yāme kappati yāmātikkante na
kappati. sattāhakālikena bhikkhave yāvajīvikaṃ sattā-
haṃ kappati sattāhātikkante na kappatīti. ||3||40||
bhesajjakkhandhakaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.
imamhi khandhake vatthuṃ ekasataṃ chavatthuṃ. tassa
uddānaṃ:
sāradike, vikāle pi, vasaṃ, mūle, piṭṭhehi ca,
kasāvehi, paṇṇa-phalaṃ, jatu-loṇaṃ, chakanaṃ ca, |
cuṇṇaṃ, cālinī, {maṃsañ} ca, añjanaṃ, upapisanaṃ,
añjanī, ucca-parutā, salākā, salākodhani, |
thavikaṃ, bandhakaṃ, suttaṃ, muddhani telaṃ, natthu ca,
natthukaraṇī, dhūmañ ca, nettañ, cā,'pidhānaṃ, thavi, |
telapākesu, majjañ ca, atikkhitta-abbhañjanaṃ,
tumbaṃ, sedaṃ, sambhārañ ca, mahā-bhaṅgodakaṃ tathā, |
dakakoṭṭhaṃ, lohitañ ca, visāṇaṃ, pādabbhañjanaṃ,
5 pajjaṃ, satthaṃ, kasāvañ ca, tilakakka-kabaḷikaṃ, |
[page 252]
252 MAHĀVAGGA.
colaṃ, sāsapakuṭṭañ ca, dhūma-sakkharikāya ca,
vaṇatelaṃ, vikāsikaṃ, vikatañ ca, paṭiggahaṃ, |
gūthaṃ, karonto, loḷiñ ca, khāraṃ, muttaharītakī,
gandhā, virecanañ c'; eva, acchā,'kaṭa-kaṭākaṭaṃ, |
paṭicchādani-pabbhārā, ārāmi, sattahena ca,
guḷaṃ, muggaṃ, sovīrañ ca, sāmapākā, punā pace, |
punānuññāsi, dubbhikkhe, phalañ ca, tila-khādani,
purebhattaṃ, kāyaḍāho, nibbattañ ca, bhagandalaṃ, |
vatthikammañ ca, Suppi ca, manussamaṃsam eva ca,
10 hatthi, assā,sunakho ca, ahi, sīha-vyaggha-dīpikaṃ, |
accha-taracchamaṃsañ ca, paṭipāṭi ca, yāgu ca,
taruṇaṃ aññatra, guḷaṃ, Sunidh'-āvasathāgāraṃ, |
Ambapālī ca, Licchavī, Gaṅgā, Koṭi saccakathā,
uddissakataṃ, subhikkhaṃ punad eva paṭikkhipi, |
megho, Yasojo, Meṇḍako ca, gorasaṃ pātheyyakena ca,
Keni, ambo, jambu, coca-moca-madhu,muddikā, sālukaṃ, |
phārusakā, ḍāka-piṭṭhaṃ, Ātumāyaṃ nahāpito,
Sāvatthiyaṃ phala-bījaṃ, kasmiṃ ṭhāne ca, kāliko 'ti.
[page 253]
253
MAHĀVAGGA.
VII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena tiṃsamattā Pāṭheyyakā bhikkhū sabbe āra-
ññakā sabbe piṇḍapātikā sabbe paṃsukūlikā sabbe tecīvarikā
Sāvatthiṃ gacchantā bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upakaṭṭhāya
vassūpanāyikāya nāsakkhiṃsu Sāvatthiyaṃ vassūpanāyikaṃ
sambhāvetuṃ, antarā magge Sākete vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu.
te ukkaṇṭhitarūpā vassaṃ vasiṃsu: āsanneva no bhagavā vi-
harati ito chasu yojanesu na ca mayaṃ labhāma bhaga-
vantaṃ dassanāyā 'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṃ vutthā
temāsaccayena katāya pavāraṇāya deve vassante udakasaṃga-
he udakacikkhalle okapuṇṇehi cīvarehi kilantarūpā yena Sā-
vatthi Jetavanaṃ Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo yena bhagavā
ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivā-
detvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. ||1|| āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ
buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ
paṭisammodituṃ. atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etad avoca:
kacci bhikkhave khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci sam-
aggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ va-
sittha na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā 'ti. khamanīyaṃ bha-
gavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, samaggā ca mayaṃ bhante sam-
modamānā avivadamānā vassaṃ vasimhā na ca piṇḍakena
kilamimhā. idha mayaṃ bhante tiṃsamattā Pāṭheyyakā
bhikkhū Sāvatthiṃ āgacchantā bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upa-
kaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya nāsakkhimhā Sāvatthiyaṃ vassū-
panāyikaṃ sambhāvetuṃ, antarā magge Sākete vassaṃ upa-
gacchimhā. te mayaṃ bhante ukkaṇṭhitarūpā vassaṃ va-
[page 254]
254 MAHĀVAGGA. [VII. 1. 2-5.
simhā: āsanneva no bhagavā viharati ito chasu yojanesu na
ca mayaṃ labhāma bhagavantaṃ dassanāyā 'ti. atha kho
mayaṃ bhante vassaṃ vutthā temāsaccayena katāya pavāra-
ṇāya deve vassante udakasaṃgahe udakacikkhalle okapuṇṇe-
hi cīvarehi kilantarūpā addhānaṃ āgatā 'ti. ||2|| atha kho
bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave vassaṃ vutthānaṃ bhikkhū-
naṃ kaṭhinaṃ attharituṃ. atthatakaṭhinānaṃ vo bhi-
kkhave pañca kappissanti anāmantacāro asamādānacāro gaṇa-
bhojanaṃ yāvadatthacīvaraṃ yo ca tattha cīvaruppādo so
nesaṃ bhavissati. atthatakaṭhinānaṃ vo bhikkhave imāni
pañca kappissanti. evañ ca pana bhikkhave kaṭhinaṃ attha-
ritabbaṃ: ||3|| vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñā-
petabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. idaṃ saṃghassa kaṭhi-
nadussaṃ uppannaṃ. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho
imaṃ kaṭhinadussaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dadeyya ka-
ṭhinaṃ attharituṃ. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
idaṃ saṃghassa kaṭhinadussaṃ uppannaṃ. saṃgho imaṃ
kaṭhinadussaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno deti kaṭhinaṃ
attharituṃ. yassāyasmato khamati imassa kaṭhinadussassa
itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dānaṃ kaṭhinaṃ attharituṃ so
tuṇh'; assa. yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. dinnaṃ idaṃ
saṃghena kaṭhinadussaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno kaṭhinaṃ
attharituṃ. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ
dhārayāmīti. ||4|| evaṃ kho bhikkhave atthataṃ hoti kaṭhi-
naṃ, evaṃ anatthataṃ. kathañ ca bhikkhave anatthataṃ
hoti kaṭhinaṃ. na ullikhitamattena atthataṃ hoti kaṭhi-
naṃ, na dhovanamattena atthataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ, na cīvara-
vicāraṇamattena atth. h. kaṭh., na cchedanamattena atth. h.
k., na bandhanamattena atth. h. k., na ovaṭṭikakaraṇama-
ttena atth. h. k., na kaṇḍusakaraṇamattena atth. h. k., na
daḷhikammakaraṇamattena atth. h. k., na anuvātakaraṇa-
mattena atth. h. k., na paribhaṇḍakaraṇamattena atth. h. k.,
na ovaddheyyakaraṇamattena atth. h. k., na kambalamadda-
namattena atth. h. k., na nimittakatena atth. h. k., na pari-
kathākatena atth. h. k., na kukkukatena atth. h. k., na
sannidhikatena atth. h. k., na nissaggiyena atth. h. k., na
akappakatena atth. h. k., na aññatra saṃghāṭiya atth. h. k.,
[page 255]
VII. 1. 5-2. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 255
na aññatra uttarāsaṅgena atth. h. k., na aññatra antaravāsa-
kena atth. h. k., na aññatra pañcakena vā atirekapañcakena
vā tadah'; eva sañchinnena samaṇḍalīkatena atth. h. k., na
aññatra puggalassa atthārā atth. h. kaṭhinaṃ. sammā c'; eva
atthataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ tañ ce nissīmaṭṭho anumodati evam
pi anatthataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ. evaṃ kho bhikkhave anattha-
taṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ. ||5|| kathañ ca bhikkhave atthataṃ hoti
kaṭhinaṃ. ahatena atthataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ, ahatakappena
atth. h. k., pilotikāya atth. h. k., paṃsukūlena atth. h. k.,
pāpaṇikena atth. h. k., animittakatena atth. h. k., aparika-
thākatena atth. h. k., akukkukatena atth. h. k., asannidhika-
tena atth. h. k., anissaggiyena atth. h. k., kappakatena atth.
h. k., saṃghāṭiyā atth. h. k., uttarāsaṅgena atth. h. k., anta-
ravāsakena atth. h. k., pañcakena vā atirekapañcakena vā
tadah'; eva sañchinnena samaṇḍalīkatena atth. h. k., pugga-
lassa atthārā atth. h. k., sammā c'; eva atthataṃ hoti kaṭhi-
naṃ tañ ce sīmaṭṭho anumodati evam pi atthataṃ hoti kaṭhi-
naṃ. evaṃ kho bhikkhave atthataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ. ||6||
kathañ ca bhikkhave ubbhataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ. aṭṭh'; imā
bhikkhave mātikā kaṭhinassa ubbhārāya pakkamananti-
kā niṭṭhānantikā sanniṭṭhānantikā nāsanantikā savanantikā
āsāvacchedikā sīmātikkantikā sahubbhārā 'ti. ||7||1||
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino katacīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati na
paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno pakkamanantiko kaṭhinu-
ddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati,
tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kā-
ressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhi-
kkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthataka-
ṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ
hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa
bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu attha-
takaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa
evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti,
so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassa-
ti. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||1|| bhi-
kkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati paccessan ti,
so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro suṇāti:
[page 256]
256 MAHĀVAGGA. [VII. 2. 2-3. 2.
ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kaṭhinan ti. tassa bhikkhuno
savanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīva-
raṃ ādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ
cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ paccessan ti bahi-
ddhā kaṭhinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti. tassa bhikkhuno sīmā-
tikkantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ
ādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ
kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ paccessan ti sambhuṇāti ka-
ṭhinuddhāraṃ. tassa bhikkhuno saha bhikkhūhi kaṭhinu-
ddhāro. ||2||2||
ādāyasattakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino katacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati
na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno pakkamanantiko kaṭhinud-
dhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakka-
mati, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīva-
raṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa
bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthata-
kaṭhino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa
evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti.
tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu
atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati, tassa bahisī-
magatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na
paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ
kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhin-
uddhāro. ||1|| bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ samādāya
pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti,
so katacīvaro suṇāti: ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kaṭhinan
ti. tassa bhikkhuno savanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu
atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so
bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ
paccessan ti bahiddhā kaṭhinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti. tassa
bhikkhuno sīmātikkantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu attha-
takaṭhino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so ba-
hisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ
paccessan ti sambhuṇāti kaṭhinuddhāraṃ. tassa bhikkhuno
saha bhikkhūhi kaṭhinuddhāro. ||2||3||
samādāyasattakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
[page 257]
VII. 4. 1-6. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 257
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino vippakatacīvaraṃ ādāya pakka-
mati, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ
cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti.
tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko . . . (= ch.2; read vippaka-
tacīvaraṃ ādāya instead of cīvaraṃ ādāya; the pakkaman-
antiko kaṭhinuddhāro is omitted.) . . . saha bhikkhūhi
kaṭhinuddhāro. ||1||4||
ādāyachakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pa-
kkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ
cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti.
tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko . . . (= ch.3; read vippaka-
tacīvaraṃ samādāya instead of cīvaraṃ samādāya; the pakka-
manantiko kaṭhinuddhāro is omitted.) . . . saha bhikkhūhi
kaṭhinuddhāro. ||1||5||
samādāyachakkaṃ.
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati, tassa
bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ
na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno
niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīva-
raṃ ādāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti:
n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa bhi-
kkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthata-
kaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa
evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan
ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ
nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||1||
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati na pa-
ccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ
cīvaraṃ kāressan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno
niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīva-
raṃ ādāya pakkamati na paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa
evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressan ti. tassa bhi-
kkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthata-
kaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati na paccessan ti, tassa
bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressan
[page 258]
258 MAHĀVAGGA. [VII. 6. 2-4.
ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ
nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||2||
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati anadhi-
ṭṭhitena, n'; ev'; assa hoti paccessan ti, na pan'; assa hoti na
paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ
cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti.
tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu
atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena, n'
ev'; assa hoti paccessan ti, na pan'; assa hoti na paccessan ti,
tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ
kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko
kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pa-
kkamati anadhiṭṭhitena, n'; ev'; assa hoti paccessan ti, na pan'
assa hoti na paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti:
idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīva-
raṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa
bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||3|| bhikkhu atthata-
kaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, tassa bahisī-
magatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na
paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhān-
antiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ
ādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ
hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa
bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu attha-
takaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, tassa bahisī-
magatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na
paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ
kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhi-
nuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakka-
mati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so
katacīvaro suṇāti: ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kaṭhinan ti.
tassa bhikkhuno savanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu attha-
takaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisī-
magato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ paccessan
ti bahiddhā kaṭhinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti. tassa bhikkhuno
sīmātikkantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cī-
varaṃ ādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ
cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ paccessan ti sambhu-
[page 259]
VII. 6. 4-8. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 259
ṇāti kaṭhinuddhāraṃ. tassa bhikkhuno saha bhikkhūhi
kaṭhinuddhāro. ||4||6||
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati
--pa-- ādāyapakkamanavārasadisaṃ evaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ
--la-- bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino vippakatacīvaraṃ ādāya
pakkamati --la-- samādāyapakkamanavārasadisaṃ evaṃ
vitthāretabbaṃ --la-- bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino vippakata-
cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati . . . (= ch.6; read vippaka-
tacīvaraṃ samādāya instead of cīvaraṃ ādāya.) . . . saha
bhikkhūhi kaṭhinuddhāro. ||1||7||
ādāyabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati, so bahisīma-
gato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati anāsāya labhati āsāya na
labhati, tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na
paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhān-
antiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya
. . . tassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na pa-
ccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro.
. . . tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na pa-
ccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramā-
naṃ nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhi-
kkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmaga-
tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissaṃ na
paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati, tassa sā cīvarāsā
upacchijjati. tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kaṭhinuddhāro.
||1|| bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati na pa-
ccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati
anāsāya labhati āsāya na labhati, tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'
imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa
bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthata-
kaṭhino . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressan
ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . .
tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressan ti, so taṃ
cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati.
tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu attha-
takaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati na paccessan ti, tassa bahisī-
[page 260]
260 MAHĀVAGGA. [VII. 8. 2-9. 2.
magatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissan
ti, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati, tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchi-
jjati. tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||2||
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena,
n'; ev'; assa hoti paccessan ti, na pan'; assa hoti na paccessan
ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati anāsāya
labhati āsāya na labhati, tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ
cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti.
tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ
hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa
bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ
hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so
taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati.
tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu attha-
takaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena, n'; ev'; assa
hoti paccessan ti, na pan'; assa hoti na paccessan ti, tassa
bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payir-
upāsissaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati, tassa
sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko
kaṭhinuddhāro. ||3||8||
anāsādoḷasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati paccessan ti,
so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati āsāya labhati
anāsāya na labhati, tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ
kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa
bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ
hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressan na paccessan ti. tassa
bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ
hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so
taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati.
tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu attha-
takaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati paccessan ti, tassa bahisī-
magatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupā-
sissaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati, tassa
sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko
kaṭhinuddhāro. ||1|| bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya
pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato suṇāti: ubbhataṃ
[page 261]
VII. 9. 2-3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 261
kira tasmiṃ āvāse kaṭhinanti, tassa evaṃ hoti: yato tasmiṃ
āvāse ubbhataṃ kaṭhinaṃ idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupā-
sissan ti, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati āsāya labhati anāsāya
na labhati, tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na
paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhān-
antiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ
cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanni-
ṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'
imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ
kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa
bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthataka-
ṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato
suṇāti: ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kaṭhinan ti, tassa evaṃ
hoti: yato tasmiṃ āvāse ubbhataṃ kaṭhinaṃ idh'; ev'; imaṃ
cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ
payirupāsati, tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. tassa bhikkhuno
āsāvacchediko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||2|| bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino
cīvarāsāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ
cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati āsāya labhati anāsāya na labhati, so
taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro suṇāti: ubbhataṃ kira
tasmiṃ āvāse kaṭhinan ti. tassa bhikkhuno savanantiko
kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakka-
mati paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'
imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ
cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati, tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. tassa
bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthata-
kaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato
taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati āsāya labhati anāsāya na labhati,
so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ paccessan ti
bahiddhā kaṭhinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti. tassa bhikkhuno sī-
mātikkantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvar-
āsāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarā-
saṃ payirupāsati āsāya labhati anāsāya na labhati, so taṃ
cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ paccessan ti sambhu-
ṇāti kaṭhinuddhāraṃ. tassa bhikkhuno saha bhikkhūhi
kaṭhinuddhāro. ||3||9||
āsādoḷasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
[page 262]
262 MAHĀVAGGA. [VII. 10. 1-3.
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino kenacid eva karaṇīyena pakkamati,
tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ
payirupāsati anāsāya labhati āsāya na labhati, tassa evaṃ
hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so
taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhi-
nuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāre-
ssaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko
kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ
kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ
cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko
kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino kenacid eva kara-
ṇīyena pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati,
tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissaṃ na
paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati, tassa sā cīvarāsā
upacchijjati. tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kaṭhinuddhāro.
||1|| bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino kenacid eva karaṇīyena pa-
kkamati na paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā
uppajjati, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati anāsāya labhati
āsāya na labhati, tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ
kāressan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhān-
antiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīva-
raṃ kāressan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinu-
ddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressan
ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ
nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhi-
kkhu atthatakaṭhino kenacid eva karaṇīyena pakkamati na
paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati, tassa
evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissan ti, so
taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati, tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati.
tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||2|| bhikkhu
atthatakaṭhino kenacid eva karaṇīyena pakkamati anadhiṭṭhi-
tena, n'; ev'; assa hoti paccessan ti, na pan'; assa hoti na pacce-
ssan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati, so taṃ
cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati anāsāya labhati āsāya na labhati,
tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na pacce-
ssan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānan-
tiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ
cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanni-
[page 263]
VII. 10. 3-11. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 263
ṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'
imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ
kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhi-
kkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino
kenacid eva karaṇīyena pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena, n'; ev'; assa
hoti paccessan ti, na pan'; assa hoti na paccessan ti, tassa
bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati, tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'
imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ
cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati, tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. tassa
bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||3||10||
karaṇīyadoḷasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino disaṃgamiko pakkamati cīvara-
paṭivisaṃ apacinayamāno, tam enaṃ disaṃgataṃ bhikkhū
pucchanti: kahaṃ tvaṃ āvuso vassaṃ vuttho kattha ca te
cīvarapaṭiviso 'ti. so evaṃ vadeti: amukasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ
vuttho 'mhi tattha ca me cīvarapaṭiviso ti. te evaṃ vadanti:
gacchāvuso taṃ cīvaraṃ āhara, mayan te idha cīvaraṃ ka-
rissāmā 'ti. so taṃ āvāsaṃ gantvā bhikkhū pucchati:
kahaṃ me āvuso cīvarapaṭiviso 'ti. te evaṃ vadanti: ayan
te āvuso cīvarapaṭiviso, kahaṃ gamissasīti. so evaṃ vadeti:
amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi tattha me bhikkhū cīvaraṃ
karissantīti. te evaṃ vadanti: alaṃ āvuso mā agamāsi,
mayan te idha cīvaraṃ karissāmā 'ti: tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'
ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ
kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhi-
kkhu atthatakaṭhino disaṃgamiko pakkamati --la-- tassa
bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu attha-
takaṭhino disaṃgamiko pakkamati --la-- tassa bhikkhuno
nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||1|| bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino
disaṃgamiko pakkamati cīvarapaṭivisaṃ apacinayamāno . . .
ayan te āvuso cīvarapaṭiviso 'ti. so taṃ cīvaraṃ ādāya taṃ
āvāsaṃ gacchati, tam enaṃ antarā magge bhikkhū pucch-
anti: āvuso kahaṃ gamissasīti. so evaṃ vadeti: amukaṃ
nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi, tattha me bhikkhū cīvaraṃ ka-
rissantīti. te evaṃ vadanti: alaṃ āvuso mā agamāsi, mayan
te idha cīvaraṃ karissāmā 'ti. tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ
cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti.
[page 264]
264 MAHĀVAGGA. [VII. 11. 2-12. 1.
tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ
hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa
bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . idh'; ev'
imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ
kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaram kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhi-
kkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||2|| bhikkhu atthata-
kaṭhino disaṃgamiko pakkamati cīvaraṃ apacinayamāno . . .
ayan te āvuso cīvarapaṭiviso 'ti. so taṃ cīvaraṃ ādāya taṃ
āvāsaṃ gacchati, tassa taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchantassa evaṃ hoti:
idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ
cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhin-
uddhāro . . . n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti.
tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . idh'
ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ
kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhi-
kkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||3||11||
apacinanavakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino phāsuvihāriko cīvaraṃ ādāya
pakkamati amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi, tattha me
phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi, no ce me phāsu bhavissati amu-
kaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi, tattha me phāsu bhavissati
vasissāmi, no ce me phāsu bhavissati amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ
gamissāmi, tattha me phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi, no ce me
phāsu bhavissati paccessan ti. tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ
hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so
taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhin-
uddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino phāsuvihāriko . . . pa-
ccessan ti. tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ
cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanni-
ṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino phāsu-
vihāriko . . . paccessan ti. tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ
hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so
taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati.
tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu attha-
takaṭhino phāsuvihāriko . . . paccessan ti. so bahisīmagato
taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ paccessan ti
bahiddhā kaṭhinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti. tassa bhikkhuno sī-
[page 265]
VII. 12. 1-13. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 265
mātikkantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino phā-
suvihāriko . . . paccessan ti. so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ
kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ paccessan ti sambhuṇāti
kaṭhinuddhāraṃ. tassa bhikkhuno saha bhikkhūhi kaṭhin-
uddhāro. ||1||12||
phāsuvihārapañcakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
dve 'me bhikkhave kaṭhinassa palibodhā dve apalibodhā.
katame ca bhikkhave dve kaṭhinassa palibodhā. āvāsapali-
bodho ca cīvarapalibodho ca. kathañ ca bhikkhave āvāsa-
palibodho hoti. idha bhikkhave bhikkhu vassati vātasmiṃ
āvāse sāpekkho vā pakkamati paccessan ti. evaṃ kho
bhikkhave āvāsapalibodho hoti. kathañ ca bhikkhave cīvara-
palibodho hoti. idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ akataṃ
vā hoti vippakataṃ vā cīvarāsā vā anupacchinnā. evaṃ kho
bhikkhave cīvarapalibodho hoti. ime kho bhikkhave dve
kaṭhinassa palibodhā. ||1|| katame ca bhikkhave dve kaṭhi-
nassa apalibodhā. āvāsāpalibodho hoti. idha bhikkhave
kathañ ca bhikkhave āvāsāpalibodho hoti. idha bhikkhave
bhikkhu pakkamati tamhā āvāsā cattena vantena muttena
anape kkhena na paccessan ti. evaṃ kho bhikkhave āvāsa-
apalibodho hoti. kathañ ca bhikkhave cīvarāpalibodho
hoti. idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ kataṃ vā hoti
naṭṭhaṃ vā vinaṭṭhaṃ vā daḍḍhaṃ vā cīvarāsā vā upacchi-
nnā. evaṃ kho bhikkhave cīvarāpalibodho hoti. ime kho
bhikkhave dve kaṭhinassa apalibodhā 'ti. ||2||13||
kaṭhinakkhandhakaṃ sattamaṃ.
imamhi khandhake vatthu doḷasa, peyyālamukhāni ekasa-
taṃ aṭṭhārasa. tassa uddānaṃ:
tiṃsa Pāṭheyyakā bhikkhū Sāket'; ukkaṇṭhitā vasuṃ
vassaṃ vutth'; okapuṇṇehi agamuṃ jinadassanaṃ. |
idaṃ vatthuṃ kaṭhinassa, kappiyan ti ca pañcakā:
anāmantā asamācārā tath'; eva gaṇabhojanaṃ |
yāvadatthañ ca uppādo atthatānaṃ bhavissati.
ñatti ev'; atthatañ c'; eva, evañ c'; eva anatthataṃ. |
ullikhi dhovanā c'; eva vicāraṇaṃ ca chedanaṃ
bandhan'; ovaṭṭi kaṇḍu ca daḷhikamm'-ānuvātikā |
[page 266]
266 MAHĀVAGGA.
paribhaṇḍaṃ ovaṭṭeyyaṃ maddanā nimitta-kathā
5 kukku sannidhi nissaggi n'; akapp'; aññatra te tayo |
aññatra pañcātireke sañchinnena samaṇḍalī
na aññatra puggalā, sammā nissīmaṭṭho anumodati, |
kaṭhinaṃ anatthataṃ hoti evaṃ buddhena desitaṃ.
ahat'-ākappa-piloti-paṃsu-pāpaṇikāya ca |
animitt'-āparikathā akukku asannidhi ca
anissaggi kappakate tathā ticīvarena ca |
pañcake vātireke vā chinna-samaṇḍalīkate
puggalass'; atthārā, sammā sīmaṭṭho anumodati. |
evaṃ kaṭhinattharaṇaṃ. ubbhārass'; aṭṭha mātikā:
10 pakkamananti niṭṭhānaṃ sanniṭṭhānañ ca nāsanaṃ |
savanaṃ āsāvacchedi sīmā saubbhār'; aṭṭhamī.
katacīvaram ādāya na paccessan ti gacchati, |
tassa taṃ kaṭhinuddhāro hoti pakkamanantiko.
ādāya cīvaraṃ yāti nissīme idha cintayi |
kāressaṃ na paccessan ti niṭṭhāne kaṭhinuddhāro.
ādāya nissīmaṃ n'; eva na paccessan timānaso |
tassa taṃ kaṭhinuddhāro sanniṭṭhānantiko bhave.
ādāya cīvaraṃ yāti nissīme idha cintayi |
kāressaṃ na paccessan ti kayiraṃ tassa nassati,
15 tassa taṃ kaṭhinuddhāro bhavati nāsanantiko. |
ādāya yāti paccessaṃ bahi kāreti cīvaraṃ
cīvarakato suṇāti ubbhataṃ kaṭhinaṃ tahiṃ, |
tassa taṃ kaṭhinuddhāro bhavati savanantiko.
ādāya yāti paccessaṃ bahi kāreti cīvaraṃ |
katacīvaro bahiddhā nāmeti kaṭhinuddhāraṃ,
tassa taṃ kaṭhinuddhāro sīmātikkantiko bhave. |
ādāya yāti paccessaṃ bahi kāreti cīvaraṃ
katacīvaro paccessaṃ sambhoti kaṭhinuddhāraṃ, |
tassa taṃ kaṭhinuddhāro saha bhikkhūhi jāyati.
20 ādāya samādāya ca sattasattavidhi gati. |
pakkamanantikā n'; atthi chaccā vippakatā gati.
ādāya nissīmagataṃ kāressaṃ iti jāyati |
niṭṭhānaṃ sanniṭṭhānañ ca nāsanañ ca ime tayo.
ādāya na paccessan ti bahisīme karomiti |
niṭṭhānaṃ sanniṭṭhānam pi nāsanam pi idaṃ tayo.
anadhiṭṭhitena n'; ev'; assa heṭṭhā {tīṇi} nayā vidhi. |
[page 267]
MAHĀVAGGA. 267
ādāya yāti paccessaṃ bahisīme karomiti
na paccessan ti kāreti, niṭṭhāne kaṭhinuddhāro |
sanniṭṭhānaṃ nāsanañ ca savana-sīmātikkamā
25 saha bhikkhūhi jāyetha, evaṃ pannarasaṃ gati. |
samādāya, vippakatā, samādāya punā tathā,
ime te caturo vārā sabbe pannarasa vidhi. |
anāsāya ca, āsāya, karaṇīyo ca te tayo,
nayato taṃ vijāneyya tayo dvādasa-dvādasa. |
apacinanā nav'; ettha, phāsu pañcavidhā tahiṃ,
palibodh'-āpalibodhā, uddānaṃ nayato katan ti.
[page 268]
268
MAHĀVAGGA.
VIII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati
Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena
Vesālī iddhā c'; eva hoti phītā ca bahujanā ākiṇṇamanussā
subhikkhā ca, satta ca pāsādasahassāni satta ca pāsādasatāni
satta ca pāsādā satta ca kūṭāgārasahassāni satta ca kūṭāgā-
rasatāni satta ca kūṭāgārāni satta ca ārāmasahassāni sata ca
ārāmasatāni satta ca ārāmā satta ca pokkharaṇīsahassāni sata
ca pokkharaṇīsatāni satta ca pokkharaṇiyo. Ambapālikā
gaṇikā abhirūpā hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇa-
pokkharatāya samannāgatā padakkhiṇā nacce ca gīte ca
vādite ca abhisaṭā atthikānaṃ-atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ
paññāsāya ca rattiṃ gacchati tāya ca Vesālī bhiyyosoma-
ttāya upasobhati. ||1|| atha kho Rājagahako negamo Vesā-
liṃ agamāsi kenacid eva karaṇīyena. addasa kho Rājagahako
negamo Vesāliṃ iddhaṃ ca phītaṃ ca bahujanaṃ ākiṇṇama-
nussaṃ subhikkhaṃ ca satta ca pāsādasahassāni . . . satta ca
pokkharaṇiyo Ambapāliṃ ca gaṇikaṃ abhirūpaṃ dassanīyaṃ
pāsādikaṃ . . . upasobhitan ti. atha kho Rājagahako ne-
gamo Vesāliyaṃ taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā punad eva Rājaga-
haṃ paccāgacchi, yena rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seni-
yaṃ Bimbisāraṃ etad avoca: Vesālī deva iddhā ca phītā ca
. . . upasobhati. sādhu deva mayam pi gaṇikaṃ vuṭṭhā-
peyyāmā 'ti. tena hi bhaṇe tādisiṃ kumāriṃ jānāhi
yaṃ tumhe gaṇikaṃ vuṭṭhāpeyyāthā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho
pana samayena Rājagahe Sālavatī nāma kumārī abhirūpā
hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya sama-
nnāgatā. atha kho Rājagahako negamo Sālavatiṃ kumāriṃ
[page 269]
VIII. 1. 3-6.] MAHĀVAGGA. 269
gaṇikaṃ vuṭṭhāpesi. atha kho Sālavatī gaṇikā na cirass'; eva
padakkhiṇā ahosi nacce ca gīte ca vādite ca abhisaṭā atthikā-
naṃ-atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ paṭisatena ca rattiṃ gacchati.
atha kho Sālavatī gaṇikā na cirass'; eva gabbhinī ahosi. atha
kho Sālavatiyā gaṇikāya etad ahosi: itthi kho gabbhinī purisā-
naṃ amanāpā. sace maṃ koci jānissati Sālavatī gaṇikā
gabbhinīti sabbo me sakkāro parihāyissati. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ
gilānā 'ti paṭivedeyyan ti. atha kho Sālavatī gaṇikā dovā-
rikaṃ āṇāpesi: mā bhaṇe dovārika koci puriso pāvisi, yo ca
maṃ pucchati gilānā 'ti paṭivedehīti. evaṃ ayye 'ti kho so
dovāriko Sālavatiyā gaṇikāya paccassosi. ||3|| atha kho
Sālavatī gaṇikā tassa gabbhassa paripākaṃ anvāya puttaṃ
vijāyi. atha kho Sālavatī gaṇikā dāsiṃ āṇāpesi: handa je
imaṃ dārakaṃ kattarasuppe pakkhipitvā nīharitvā saṃkāra-
kūṭe chaḍḍehīti. evaṃ ayye 'ti kho sā dāsī Sālavatiyā
gaṇikāya paṭisuṇitvā taṃ dārakaṃ kattarasuppe pakkhipitvā
nīharitvā saṃkārakūṭe chaḍḍesi. tena kho pana samayena
Abhayo nāma rājakumāro kālass'; eva rājupaṭṭhānaṃ
gacchanto addasa taṃ dārakaṃ kākehi samparikiṇṇaṃ, dis-
vāna manusse pucchi kiṃ etaṃ bhaṇe kākehi samparikiṇṇan
ti. dārako devā 'ti. jīvati bhaṇe 'ti. jīvati devā 'ti. tena
hi bhaṇe taṃ dārakaṃ amhākaṃ antepuraṃ netvā dhātīnaṃ
detha posetun ti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho te manussā Abhayassa rāja-
kumārassa paṭisuṇitvā taṃ dārakaṃ Abhayassa rājakumārassa
antepuraṃ netvā dhātīnaṃ adaṃsu posethā 'ti. tassa jīvatīti
Jīvako 'ti nāmaṃ akaṃsu, kumārena posāpito 'ti Komāra-
bhacco 'ti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. ||4||
atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco na cirass'; eva viññu-
taṃ pāpuṇi. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco yena Abhayo
rājakumāro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Abhayaṃ
rājakumāraṃ etad avoca: kā me deva mātā ko pitā 'ti.
aham pi kho te bhaṇe Jīvaka mātaraṃ na jānāmi, api
cāhaṃ te pitā, mayāpi posāpito 'ti. atha kho Jīvakassa
Komārabhaccassa etad ahosi: imāni kho rājakulāni na
sukarāni asippena upajīvituṃ. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ sippaṃ
sikkheyyan ti. tena kho pana samayena Takkasilāyaṃ
disāpāmokkho vejjo paṭivasati. ||5|| atha kho Jīvako Komā-
rabhacco Abhayaṃ rājakumāraṃ anāpucchā yena Takkasilā
[page 270]
270 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 1. 6-8.
tena pakkāmi, anupubbena yena Takkasilā yena so vejjo ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ vejjaṃ etad avoca: icchām'
ahaṃ ācariya sippaṃ sikkhitun ti. tena hi bhaṇe Jīvaka
sikkhassū 'ti. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco bahuṃ ca
gaṇhāti lahuṃ ca gaṇhāti suṭṭhuṃ ca upadhāreti gahitaṃ
c'; assa na pamussati. atha kho Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa
sattannaṃ vassānaṃ accayena etad ahosi: ahaṃ kho bahuṃ
ca gaṇhāmi lahuṃ ca gaṇhāmi suṭṭhuṃ ca upadhāremi ga-
hitaṃ ca me na pamussati satta ca me vassāni adhīyantassa
na yimassa sippassa anto paññāyati, kadā imassa sippassa
anto paññāyissatīti. ||6|| atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco
yena so vejjo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ vejjaṃ
etad avoca: ahaṃ kho ācariya bahuṃ ca gaṇhāmi lahuṃ ca
gaṇhāmi suṭṭhuṃ ca upadhāremi gahitaṃ ca me na pamussati
satta ca me vassāni adhīyantassa na yimassa sippassa anto
paññāyati, kadā imassa sippassa anto paññāyissatīti. tena
hi bhaṇe Jīvaka khanittiṃ ādāya Takkasilāya samantā
yojanaṃ āhiṇḍanto yaṃ kiñci abhesajjaṃ passeyyāsi taṃ
āharā 'ti. evaṃ ācariyā 'ti kho Jīvako Komārabhacco tassa
vejjassa paṭisuṇitvā khanittiṃ ādāya Takkasilāya samantā
yojanaṃ āhiṇḍanto na kiñci abhesajjaṃ addasa. atha kho
Jīvako Komārabhacco yena so vejjo ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā taṃ vejjaṃ etad avoca: āhiṇḍanto 'mhi ācariya
Takkasilāya samantā yojanaṃ, na kiñci abhesajjaṃ addasan
ti. sikkhito 'si bhaṇe Jīvaka, alan te ettakaṃ jīvikāyā 'ti
Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa parittaṃ pātheyyaṃ pādāsi. ||7||
atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco taṃ parittaṃ pātheyyaṃ
ādāya yena Rājagahaṃ tena pakkāmi. atha kho Jīvakassa
Komārabhaccassa taṃ parittaṃ pātheyyaṃ antarā magge
Sākete parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. atha kho Jīvakassa Komā-
rabhaccassa etad ahosi: ime kho maggā kantārā appodakā
appabhakkhā na sukarā apātheyyena gantuṃ, yaṃ nūnāhaṃ
pātheyyaṃ pariyeseyyan ti. tena kho pana samayena Sākete
seṭṭhibhariyāya sattavassiko sīsābādho hoti, bahū mahantā
-mahantā disāpāmokkhā vejjā āgantvā nāsakkhiṃsu ārogaṃ
kātuṃ, bahuṃ hiraññaṃ ādāya agamaṃsu. atha kho Jīvako
Komārabhacco Sāketaṃ pavisitvā manusse pucchi: ko bhaṇe
gilāno kaṃ tikicchāmīti. etissā ācariya seṭṭhibhariyāya
[page 271]
VIII. 1. 8-12.] MAHĀVAGGA. 271
sattavassiko sīsābādho, gaccha ācariya seṭṭhibhariyaṃ tiki-
cchāhīti. ||8|| atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco yena seṭṭhissa
gahapatissa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
dovārikaṃ āṇāpesi: gaccha bhaṇe dovārika, seṭṭhibhariyāya
pāvada, vejjo ayye āgato so taṃ daṭṭhukāmo 'ti. evaṃ
ācariyā 'ti kho so dovāriko Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa paṭi-
suṇitvā yena {seṭṭhibhariyā} ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
seṭṭhibhariyaṃ etad avoca: vejjo ayye āgato so taṃ daṭṭhu-
kāmo 'ti. kīdiso bhaṇe dovārika vejjo 'ti. daharako ayye
'ti. alaṃ bhaṇe dovārika, kiṃ me daharako vejjo karissati.
bahū mahantā-mahantā disāpāmokkhā vejjā āgantvā nāsa-
kkhiṃsu ārogaṃ kātuṃ, bahuṃ hiraññaṃ ādāya agamaṃsū 'ti.
||9|| atha kho so dovāriko yena Jīvako Komārabhacco ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ etad
avoca: seṭṭhibhariyā ācariya evaṃ āha: alaṃ bhaṇe dovārika
. . . agamaṃsū 'ti. gaccha bhaṇe dovārika, seṭṭhibhariyāya
pāvada: vejjo ayye evaṃ āha: mā kir'; ayye pure kiñci adāsi,
yadā ārogā ahosi, tadā yaṃ iccheyyāsi taṃ dajjeyyāsīti.
evaṃ ācariyā 'ti kho so dovāriko Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa
paṭisuṇitvā yena seṭṭhibhariyā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃ-
kamitvā seṭṭhibhariyaṃ etad avoca: vejjo ayye evaṃ āha
. . . taṃ dajjeyyāsīti. tena hi bhaṇe dovārika vejjo āgacch-
atū 'ti. evaṃ ayye 'ti kho so dovāriko seṭṭhibhariyāya
paṭisuṇitvā yena Jīvako Komārabhacco ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ etad avoca: seṭṭhi-
bhariyā taṃ ācariya pakkosatīti. ||10|| atha kho Jīvako
Komārabhacco yena seṭṭhibhariyā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃ-
kamitvā seṭṭhibhariyāya vikāraṃ sallakkhetvā seṭṭhibhariyaṃ
etad avoca: pasatena ayye sappinā attho 'ti. atha kho
seṭṭhibhariyā Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa pasataṃ sappiṃ
dāpesi. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco taṃ pasataṃ sappiṃ
nānābhesajjehi nippacitvā seṭṭhibhariyaṃ mañcake uttānaṃ
nipajjāpetvā natthuto adāsi. atha kho taṃ sappi natthuto
dinnaṃ mukhato uggacchi. atha kho seṭṭhibhariyā paṭiggahe
nuṭṭhuhitvā dāsiṃ āṇāpesi: handa je imaṃ sappiṃ picunā
gaṇhāhīti. ||11|| atha kho Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa etad
ahosi: acchariyaṃ yāva lūkhāyaṃ gharaṇī yatra hi nāma
imaṃ chaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ sappiṃ picunā gāhāpessati, bahu-
[page 272]
272 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 1. 12-14.
kāni ca me mahagghāni-mahagghāni bhesajjāni upagatāni,
kim pi m'; āyaṃ kiñci deyyadhammaṃ dassatīti. atha kho
seṭṭhibhariyā Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa vikāraṃ salla-
kkhetvā Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ etad avoca: kissa tvaṃ
ācariya vimano 'sīti. idha me etad ahosi: acchariyaṃ yāva
. . . dassatīti. mayaṃ kho ācariya agārikā nāma upajānām'
etassa saṃyamassa, varaṃ etaṃ sappi dāsānaṃ vā kamma-
karānaṃ vā pādabbhañjanaṃ vā padīpakaraṇe vā āsittaṃ.
mā tvaṃ ācariya vimano ahosi, na te deyyadhammo hāyissa-
tīti. ||12|| atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco seṭṭhibhariyāya
sattavassikaṃ sīsābādhaṃ eken'; eva natthukammena apa-
kaḍḍhi. atha kho seṭṭhibhariyā ārogā samānā Jīvakassa
Komārabhaccassa cattāri sahassāni pādāsi, putto mātā me
ārogā ṭhitā 'ti cattāri sahassāni pādāsi, suṇisā sassū me ārogā
ṭhitā 'ti cattāri sahassāni pādāsi, seṭṭhi gahapati bhariyā me
ārogā ṭhitā 'ti cattāri sahassāni pādāsi dāsaṃ ca dāsiṃ ca
assarathaṃ ca. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco tāni soḷasa
sahassāni ādāya dāsaṃ ca dāsiṃ ca assarathaṃ ca yena
Rājagahaṃ tena pakkāmi, anupubbena yena Rājagahaṃ
yena Abhayo rājakumāro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
Abhayaṃ rājakumāraṃ etad avoca: idaṃ me deva paṭhama-
kammaṃ soḷasa sahassāni dāso ca dāsī ca assaratho ca, paṭi-
gaṇhātu me devo posāvanikan ti. alaṃ bhaṇe Jīvaka tuyh'
eva hotu, amhākañ ñeva antepure nivesanaṃ māpehīti. evaṃ
devā 'ti kho Jīvako Komārabhacco Abhayassa rājakumārassa
paṭisuṇitvā Abhayassa rājakumārassa antepure nivesanaṃ
māpesi. ||13||
tena kho pana samayena rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa
Bimbisārassa bhagandalābādho hoti, sāṭakā lohitena
makkhiyanti. deviyo disvā uppaṇḍenti utunī dāni devo,
pupphaṃ devassa uppannaṃ, na cirass'; eva devo vijā-
yissatīti. tena rājā maṅku hoti. atha kho rājā Māgadho
Seniyo Bimbisāro Abhayaṃ rājakumāraṃ etad avoca:
mayhaṃ kho bhaṇe Abhaya tādiso ābādho: sāṭakā lohitena
makkhiyanti, deviyo maṃ disvā uppaṇḍenti . . . vijāyissatīti.
iṅgha bhaṇe Abhaya tādisaṃ vejjaṃ jānāhi yo maṃ tiki-
ccheyyā 'ti. ayaṃ deva amhākaṃ Jīvako vejjo taruṇo
bhadrako, so devaṃ tikicchissatīti. tena hi bhaṇe Abhaya
[page 273]
VIII. 1. 14-17.] MAHĀVAGGA. 273
Jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ āṇāpehi, so maṃ tikicchissatīti. ||14|| atha
kho Abhayo rājakumāro Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ āṇāpesi:
gaccha bhaṇe Jīvaka rājānaṃ tikicchāhīti. evaṃ devā 'ti
kho Jīvako Komārabhacco Abhayassa rājakumārassa paṭisu-
ṇitvā nakhena bhesajjaṃ ādāya yena rājā Māgadho Seniyo
Bimbisāro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā rājānaṃ Mā-
gadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ etad avoca: ābādhaṃ deva
passāmā 'ti. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco rañño Māgadh-
assa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa bhagandalābādhaṃ eken'; eva
ālepena apakaḍḍhi. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbi-
sāro ārogo samāno pañca itthisatāni sabbālaṃkāraṃ bhūsā-
petvā omuñcāpetvā puñjaṃ kārāpetvā Jīvakaṃ Komāra-
bhaccaṃ etad avoca: etaṃ bhaṇe Jīvaka pañcannaṃ itthisa-
tānaṃ sabbālaṃkāraṃ tuyhaṃ hotū 'ti. alaṃ deva adhikāraṃ
me devo saratū 'ti. tena hi bhaṇe Jīvaka maṃ upaṭṭhaha
itthāgāraṃ ca buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ cā 'ti.
evaṃ devā 'ti kho Jīvako Komārabhacco rañño Māgadhassa
Seniyassa Bimbisārassa paccassosi. ||15||
tena kho pana samayena Rājagahakassa seṭṭhissa satta-
vassiko sīsābādho hoti, bahū mahantā-mahantā disāpāmokkhā
vejjā āgantvā nāsakkhiṃsu ārogaṃ kātuṃ, bahuṃ hiraññaṃ
ādāya agamaṃsu. api ca vejjehi paccakkhāto hoti, ekacce
vejjā evaṃ āhaṃsu: pañcamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhi gahapati kā-
laṃ karissatīti, ekacce vejjā evaṃ āhaṃsu: sattamaṃ
divasaṃ seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatīti. atha kho Rā-
jagahakassa negamassa etad ahosi: ayaṃ kho seṭṭhi
gahapati bahūpakāro rañño c'; eva negamassa ca, api ca
vejjehi paccakkhāto, ekacce vejjā evaṃ āhaṃsu: pañcamaṃ
divasaṃ seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatīti, ekacce vejjā evaṃ
āhaṃsu: sattamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatīti,
ayaṃ ca rañño Jīvako vejjo taruṇo bhadrako, yaṃ nūna
mayaṃ rājānaṃ Jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ yāceyyāma seṭṭhiṃ gaha-
patiṃ tikicchitun ti. ||16|| atha kho Rājagahako negamo
yena rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ
etad avoca: ayaṃ deva seṭṭhi gahapati bahūpakāro devassa
c'; eva negamassa ca, api ca vejjehi paccakkhāto . . . karissa-
tīti. sādhu devo Jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ āṇāpetu seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ
[page 274]
274 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 1. 17-19.
tikicchitun ti. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro
Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ āṇāpesi: gaccha bhaṇe Jīvaka
seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ tikicchāhīti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho Jīvako
Komārabhacco rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa
paṭisuṇitvā yena seṭṭhi gahapati ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃka-
mitvā seṭṭhissa gahapatissa vikāraṃ sallakkhetvā seṭṭhiṃ
gahapatiṃ etad avoca: sac'; āhaṃ taṃ gahapati ārogāpeyyaṃ
kiṃ me assa deyyadhammo 'ti. sabbaṃ sāpateyyaṃ ca te
ācariya hotu ahaṃ ca te dāso 'ti. ||17|| sakkhissasi pana
tvaṃ gahapati ekena passena satta māse nipajjitun ti.
sakkom'; ahaṃ ācariya ekena passena satta māse nipajjitun ti.
sakkhissasi pana tvaṃ gahapati dutiyena passena satta māse
nipajjitun ti. sakkom'; ahaṃ ācariya dutiyena passena satta
māse nipajjitun ti. sakkhissasi pana tvaṃ gahapati uttāno
satta māse nipajjitun ti. sakkom'; ahaṃ ācariya uttāno satta
māse nipajjitun ti. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco seṭṭhiṃ
gahapatiṃ mañcake nipajjāpetvā mañcake sambandhitvā
sīsacchaviṃ upphāletvā sibbiniṃ vināmetvā dve pāṇake nīha-
ritvā janassa dassesi: passath'; ayyo ime dve pāṇake ekaṃ
khuddakaṃ ekaṃ mahallakaṃ. ye te ācariyā evaṃ āhaṃsu:
pañcamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatīti teh'
āyaṃ mahallako pāṇako diṭṭho, pañcamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhissa
gahapatissa matthaluṅgaṃ pariyādiyissati, matthaluṅgassa
pariyādānā seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissati, sudiṭṭho tehi
ācariyehi. ye te ācariyā evaṃ āhaṃsu: sattamaṃ divasaṃ
seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatīti teh'; āyaṃ khuddako pāṇako
diṭṭho, sattamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhissa gahapatissa matthaluṅgaṃ
pariyādiyissati, matthaluṅgassa pariyādānā seṭṭhi gahapati
kālaṃ karissati, sudiṭṭho tehi ācariyehīti, sibbiniṃ sampaṭi-
pādetvā sīsacchaviṃ sibbetvā ālepaṃ adāsi. ||18|| atha kho
seṭṭhi gahapati sattāhassa accayena Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ
etad avoca: nāhaṃ ācariya sakkomi ekena passena satta māse
nipajjitun ti. nanu me tvaṃ gahapati paṭisuṇi sakkom'
ahaṃ ācariya ekena passena satta māse nipajjitun ti. saccā-
haṃ ācariya paṭisuṇiṃ, ap'; āhaṃ marissāmi, nāhaṃ sakkomi
ekena passena satta māse nipajjitun ti. tena hi tvaṃ gaha-
pati dutiyena passena satta māse nipajjāhīti. atha kho seṭṭhi
gahapati sattāhassa accayena Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ etad
[page 275]
VIII. 1. 19-21.] MAHĀVAGGA. 275
avoca: nāhaṃ ācariya sakkomi dutiyena passena satta māse
nipajjitun ti. nanu me tvaṃ gahapati paṭisuṇi sakkom'
ahaṃ ācariya dutiyena passena satta māse nipajjitun ti.
saccāhaṃ ācariya paṭisuṇiṃ, ap'; āhaṃ marissāmi, nāhaṃ
ācariya sakkomi dutiyena passena satta māse nipajjitun ti.
tena hi tvaṃ gahapati uttāno satta māse nipajjāhīti. atha kho
seṭṭhi gahapati sattāhassa accayena Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ
etad evoca: nāhaṃ ācariya sakkomi uttāno satta māse
nipajjitun ti. nanu me tvaṃ gahapati paṭisuṇi sakkom'; ahaṃ
ācariya uttāno satta māse nipajjitun ti. saccāhaṃ ācariya
paṭisuṇiṃ, ap'; āhaṃ marissāmi, nāhaṃ sakkomi uttāno satta
māse nipajjitun ti. ||19|| ahaṃ ce taṃ gahapati na va-
deyyaṃ ettakam pi tvaṃ na nipajjeyyāsi, api ca paṭigacc'
eva mayā ñāto tīhi sattāhehi seṭṭhi gahapati ārogo bhavissa-
tīti. uṭṭhehi gahapati ārogo 'si, jānāhi kiṃ me deyya-
dhammo 'ti. sabbaṃ sāpateyyaṃ ca te ācariya hotu ahaṃ ca
te dāso 'ti. alaṃ gahapati mā me tvaṃ sabbaṃ sāpateyyaṃ
adāsi mā ca me dāso, rañño satasahassaṃ dehi mayhaṃ sata-
sahassan ti. atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati ārogo samāno rañño
satasahassaṃ adāsi Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa satasaha-
ssaṃ. ||20||
tena kho pana samayena Bārāṇaseyyakassa seṭṭhi-
puttassa mokkhacikāya kīḷantassa antagaṇṭhābādho hoti yena
yāgu pi pītā na sammāpariṇāmaṃ gacchati bhattam pi
bhuttaṃ na sammāpariṇāmaṃ gacchati uccāro pi passāvo pi
na paguṇo. so tena kiso hoti lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppa-
ṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto. atha kho Bārāṇaseyya-
kassa seṭṭhissa etad ahosi: mayhaṃ kho puttassa kīdiso
ābādho. yāgu pi pītā na sammāpariṇāmaṃ gacchati bhattam
pi bhuttaṃ na sammāpariṇāmaṃ gacchati uccāro pi passāvo
pi na paguṇo, so tena kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍu-
kajāto dhamanisanthatagatto. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ Rājagahaṃ
gantvā rājānaṃ Jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ yāceyyaṃ puttaṃ me tiki-
cchitun ti. atha kho Bārāṇaseyyako seṭṭhi Rājagahaṃ
gantvā yena rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro ten'; upasaṃ-
kami, upasaṃkamitvā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisā-
raṃ etad avoca: mayhaṃ kho deva puttassa tādiso ābādho:
yāgu pi . . . dhamanisanthatagatto. sādhu devo Jīvakaṃ
[page 276]
276 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 1. 21-24.
vejjaṃ āṇāpetu puttaṃ me tikicchitun ti. ||21|| atha kho
rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ
āṇāpesi: gaccha bhaṇe Jīvaka Bārāṇasiṃ gantvā Bārāṇa-
seyyakaṃ seṭṭhiputtaṃ tikicchāhīti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho
Jīvako Komārabhacco rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbi-
sārassa paṭisuṇitvā Bārāṇasiṃ gantvā yena Bārāṇaseyyako
seṭṭhiputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bārāṇaseyya-
kassa seṭṭhiputtassa vikāraṃ sallakkhetvā janaṃ ussāretvā
tirokaraṇiyaṃ parikkhipitvā thambhe ubbandhitvā bhariyaṃ
purato ṭhapetvā udaracchaviṃ upphāletvā antagaṇṭhiṃ nīha-
ritvā bhariyāya dassesi passa te sāmikassa ābādhaṃ, iminā
yāgu pi pītā na sammāpariṇāmaṃ gacchati bhattam pi
bhuttaṃ na sammāpariṇāmaṃ gacchati uccāro pi passāvo pi
na paguṇo, imināyaṃ kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍu-
kajāto dhamanisanthatagatto 'ti, antagaṇṭhiṃ viniveṭhetvā
antāni paṭipavesetvā udaracchaviṃ sibbetvā ālepaṃ adāsi.
atha kho Bārāṇaseyyako seṭṭhiputto na cirass'; eva ārogo
ahosi. atha kho Bārāṇaseyyako seṭṭhi putto me ārogo ṭhito
'ti Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa soḷasa sahassāni pādāsi. atha
kho Jīvako Komārabhacco tāni soḷasa sahassāni ādāya punad
eva Rājagahaṃ paccāgacchi. ||22||
tena kho pana samayena rañño Pajjotassa paṇḍuro-
gābādho hoti. bahū mahantā-mahantā disāpāmokkhā
vejjā āgantvā nāsakkhiṃsu ārogaṃ kātuṃ, bahuṃ hiraññaṃ
ādāya agamaṃsu. atha kho rājā Pajjoto rañño Māga-
dhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi:
mayhaṃ kho tādiso ābādho, sādhu devo Jīvakaṃ
vejjaṃ āṇāpetu, so maṃ tikicchissatīti. atha kho rājā
Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ
āṇāpesi: gaccha bhaṇe Jīvaka Ujjeniṃ gantvā rājānaṃ
Pajjotaṃ tikicchāhīti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho Jīvako Komāra-
bhacco rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa paṭisuṇitvā
Ujjeniṃ gantvā yena rājā Pajjoto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃ-
kamitvā rañño Pajjotassa vikāraṃ sallakkhetvā rājānaṃ
Pajjotaṃ etad avoca: ||23|| sappiṃ deva nippacissāmi, taṃ
devo pivissatīti. alaṃ bhaṇe Jīvaka yaṃ te sakkā vinā
sappinā ārogaṃ kātuṃ taṃ karohi, jegucchaṃ me sappi
paṭikkūlan ti. atha kho Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa etad
[page 277]
VIII. 1. 24-27.] MAHĀVAGGA. 277
ahosi: imassa kho rañño tādiso ābādho na sakkā vinā sappinā
ārogaṃ kātuṃ. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ sappiṃ nippaceyyaṃ kasā-
vavaṇṇaṃ kasāvagandhaṃ kasāvarasan ti. atha kho Jīvako
Komārabhacco nānābhesajjehi sappiṃ nippaci kasāvavaṇṇaṃ
kasāvagandhaṃ kasāvarasaṃ. atha kho Jīvakassa Komāra-
bhaccassa etad ahosi: imassa kho rañño sappi pītaṃ pariṇā-
mentaṃ uddekaṃ dassati. caṇḍ'; āyaṃ rājā ghātāpeyyāsi
maṃ. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ paṭigacc'; eva āpuccheyyan ti. atha
kho Jīvako Komārabhacco yena rājā Pajjoto ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā rājānaṃ Pajjotaṃ etad avoca: ||24|| mayaṃ
kho deva vejjā nāma tādisena muhuttena mūlāni uddharāma
bhesajjāni saṃharāma. sādhu devo vāhanāgāresu ca dvāresu
ca āṇāpetu: yena vāhanena Jīvako icchati tena vāhanena
gacchatu, yena dvārena icchati tena dvārena gacchatu, yaṃ
kālaṃ icchati taṃ kālaṃ gacchatu, yaṃ kālaṃ icchati taṃ
kālaṃ pavisatū 'ti. atha kho rājā Pajjoto vāhanāgāresu ca
dvāresu ca āṇāpesi: yena vāhanena Jīvako icchati tena
vāhanena gacchatu, yena dvārena icchati tena dvārena ga-
cchatu, yaṃ kālaṃ icchati taṃ kālaṃ gacchatu, yaṃ kālaṃ
icchati taṃ kālaṃ pavisatū 'ti. tena kho pana samayena
rañño Pajjotassa Bhaddavatikā nāma hatthinikā paññāsayo-
janikā hoti. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco rañño Pajjotassa
sappiṃ upanāmesi kasāvaṃ devo pivatū 'ti. atha kho Jīvako
Komārabhacco rājānaṃ Pajjotaṃ sappiṃ pāyetvā hatthisālaṃ
gantvā Bhaddavatikāya hatthinikāya nagaramhā nippati.
||25|| atha kho rañño Pajjotassa taṃ sappi pītaṃ
pariṇāmentaṃ uddekaṃ adāsi. atha kho rājā Pajjoto
manusse etad avoca: duṭṭhena bhaṇe Jīvakena sappiṃ pāyito
'mhi. tena hi bhaṇe Jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ vicinathā 'ti. Bhadda-
vatikāya deva hatthinikāya nagaramhā nippatito 'ti. tena
kho pana samayena rañño Pajjotassa Kāko nāma dāso
saṭṭhiyojaniko hoti amanussena paṭicca jāto. atha kho rājā
Pajjoto Kākaṃ dāsam āṇāpesi: gaccha bhaṇe Kāka Jīvakaṃ
vejjaṃ nivattehi rājā taṃ ācariya nivattāpetīti. ete kho
bhaṇe Kāka vejjā nāma bahumāyā, mā c'; assa kiñci paṭigga-
hesīti. ||26|| atha kho Kāko dāso Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ
antarā magge Kosambiyaṃ sambhāvesi pātarāsaṃ karon-
taṃ. atha kho Kāko dāso Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ etad
[page 278]
278 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 1. 27-30.
avoca: rājā taṃ ācariya nivattāpetīti. āgamehi bhaṇe Kāka
yāva bhuñjāma, handa bhaṇe Kāka bhuñjassū 'ti. alaṃ
ācariya raññ'; amhi āṇatto: ete kho bhaṇe Kāka vejjā nāma
bahumāyā mā c'; assa kiñci paṭiggahesīti. tena kho pana
samayena Jīvako Komārabhacco nakhena bhesajjaṃ olum-
petvā āmalakaṃ ca khādati pāniyaṃ ca pivati. atha kho
Jīvako Komārabhacco Kākaṃ dāsaṃ etad avoca: handa
bhaṇe Kāka āmalakaṃ ca khāda pāniyaṃ ca pivassū 'ti. ||27||
atha kho Kāko dāso ayaṃ kho vejjo āmalakaṃ ca khādati
pāniyaṃ ca pivati, na arahati kiñci pāpakaṃ hotun ti
upaḍḍhāmalakaṃ ca khādi pāniyaṃ ca apāyi. tassa taṃ
upaḍḍhāmalakaṃ khādayitaṃ tatth'; eva nicchāresi. atha
kho Kāko dāso Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ etad avoca: atthi
me ācariya jīvitan ti. mā bhaṇe Kāka bhāyi, tvaṃ c'; eva
ārogo bhavissasi, rājā ca caṇḍo, so rājā ghātāpeyyāsi maṃ,
tenāhaṃ na nivattāmīti Bhaddavatikaṃ hatthinikaṃ Kākassa
niyyādetvā yena Rājagahaṃ tena pakkāmi, anupubbena yena
Rājagahaṃ yena rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bim-
bisārassa etam atthaṃ ārocesi. suṭṭhu bhaṇe Jīvaka akāsi yam
pi na nivatto, caṇḍo so rājā ghātāpeyyāsi tan ti. ||28|| atha
kho rājā Pajjoto ārogo samāno Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa
santike dūtaṃ pāhesi, āgacchatu Jīvako varaṃ dassāmī-
ti. alaṃ ayyo adhikāraṃ me devo saratū 'ti. tena kho
pana samayena rañño Pajjotassa Siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ
uppannaṃ hoti bahunnaṃ dussānaṃ bahunnaṃ dussayugānaṃ
bahunnaṃ dussayugasatānaṃ bahunnaṃ dussayugasahassā-
naṃ bahunnaṃ dussayugasatasahassānaṃ aggaṃ ca seṭṭhaṃ
ca mokkhaṃ ca uttamaṃ ca pavaraṃ ca. atha kho rājā
Pajjoto taṃ Siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ Jīvakassa Komāra-
bhaccassa pāhesi. atha kho Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa etad
ahosi: idaṃ kho me Siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ raññā Pajjotena
pahitaṃ bahunnaṃ dussānaṃ . . . pavaraṃ ca, na yimaṃ
añño koci paccārahati aññatra tena bhagavatā arahatā sammā-
sambuddhena raññā vā Māgadhena Seniyena Bimbisārenā 'ti.ḥ
||29||
tena kho pana samayena bhagavato kāyo dosābhisanno
hoti. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
[page 279]
VIII. 1. 30-32.] MAHĀVAGGA. 279
dosābhisanno kho Ānanda tathāgatassa kāyo, icchati tathāgato
virecanaṃ pātun ti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Jīvako
Komārabhacco ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Jīvakaṃ
Komārabhaccaṃ etad avoca: dosābhisanno kho āvuso Jīvaka
tathāgatassa kāyo, icchati tathāgato virecanaṃ pātun ti.
tena hi bhante Ānanda bhagavato kāyaṃ katipāhaṃ sine-
hethā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato kāyaṃ
katipāhaṃ sinehetvā yena Jīvako Komārabhacco ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ etad
avoca: siniddho kho āvuso Jīvaka tathāgatassa kāyo, yassa
dāni kālaṃ maññasīti. ||30|| atha kho Jīvakassa Komāra-
bhaccassa etad ahosi: na kho me taṃ paṭirūpaṃ yo 'haṃ
bhagavato oḷārikaṃ virecanaṃ dadeyyan ti, tīṇi uppala-
hatthāni nānābhesajjehi paribhāvetvā yena bhagavā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃ uppalahatthaṃ bhagavato
upanāmesi imaṃ bhante bhagavā paṭhamaṃ uppalahatthaṃ
upasiṅghatu, idaṃ bhagavantaṃ dasakkhattuṃ virecessatīti.
dutiyam pi uppalahatthaṃ bhagavato upanāmesi imaṃ bhante
bhagavā dutiyaṃ uppalahatthaṃ upasiṅghatu, idaṃ bhaga-
vantaṃ dasakkhattuṃ virecessatīti. tatiyam pi uppalaha-
tthaṃ bhagavato upanāmesi imaṃ bhante bhagavā tatiyaṃ
uppalahatthaṃ upasiṅghatu, idaṃ bhagavantaṃ dasakkha-
ttuṃ virecessatīti, evaṃ bhagavato samatiṃsāya virecanaṃ
bhavissatīti. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco bhagavato sama-
tiṃsāya virecanaṃ datvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhi-
ṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. ||31|| atha kho Jīvakassa Komāra-
bhaccassa bahi dvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhantassa etad ahosi: mayā
kho bhagavato samatiṃsāya virecanaṃ dinnaṃ. dosābhisanno
tathāgatassa kāyo, na bhagavantaṃ samatiṃsakkhattuṃ vire-
cessati, ekūnatiṃsakkhattuṃ bhagavantaṃ virecessati, api
ca bhagavā viritto nahāyissati, nahātaṃ bhagavantaṃ sakiṃ
virecessati, evaṃ bhagavato samatiṃsāya virecanaṃ bhavissa-
tīti. atha kho bhagavā Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa cetasā
cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
idhānanda Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa bahi dvārakoṭṭhakā
nikkhantassa etad ahosi: mayā kho bhagavato . . . bhavissa-
tīti. tena h'; Ānanda uṇhodakaṃ paṭiyādethā 'ti. evaṃ
bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā uṇho-
[page 280]
280 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 1. 32-35.
dakaṃ paṭiyādesi. ||32|| atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco
yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavan-
taṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho
Jīvako Komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: viritto
bhante bhagavā 'ti. viritto 'mhi Jīvakā 'ti. idha mayhaṃ
bhante bahi dvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhantassa etad ahosi: mayā
kho bhagavato . . . bhavissatīti. nahāyatu bhante bhagavā,
nahāyatu sugato 'ti. atha kho bhagavā uṇhodakaṃ nahāyi,
nahātaṃ bhagavantaṃ sakiṃ virecesi, evaṃ bhagavato sama-
tiṃsāya virecanaṃ ahosi. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco
bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: yāva bhante bhagavato kāyo
pakatatto hoti, alaṃ yūsapiṇḍapātenā 'ti. atha kho bhaga-
vato kāyo na cirass'; eva pakatatto ahosi. ||33||
atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco taṃ Siveyyakaṃ dussayu-
gaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ
nisinno kho Jīvako Komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
ekāhaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ varaṃ yācāmīti. atikkantavarā
kho Jīvaka tathāgatā 'ti. yaṃ ca bhante kappati yaṃ ca
anavajjan ti. vadehi Jīvakā 'ti. bhagavā bhante paṃsukū-
liko bhikkhusaṃgho ca. idaṃ me bhante Siveyyakaṃ
dussayugaṃ raññā Pajjotena pahitaṃ bahunnaṃ dussānaṃ
bahunnaṃ dussayugānaṃ bahunnaṃ dussayugasatānaṃ ba-
hunnaṃ dussayugasahassānaṃ bahunnaṃ dussayugasatasa-
hassānaṃ aggaṃ ca seṭṭhaṃ ca mokkhaṃ ca uttamaṃ ca
pavaraṃ ca. paṭigaṇhātu me bhante bhagavā Siveyyakaṃ
dussayugaṃ bhikkhusaṃghassa ca gahapaticīvaraṃ anujā-
nātū 'ti. paṭiggahesi bhagavā Siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ.
atha kho bhagavā Jīvakam Komārabhaccaṃ dhammiyā
kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi.
atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco bhagavatā dhammiyā ka-
thāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyā-
sanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
||34|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ
katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave gahapati-
cīvaraṃ. yo icchati paṃsukūliko hotu, yo icchati gahapati-
cīvaraṃ sādiyatu. itarītarena p'; āhaṃ bhikkhave santuṭṭhiṃ
vaṇṇemīti. assosuṃ kho Rājagahe manussā bhagavatā
[page 281]
VIII. 1. 35-3. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 281
kira bhikkhūnaṃ gahapaticīvaraṃ anuññātan ti, te ca
manussā haṭṭhā ahesuṃ udaggā, idāni kho mayaṃ dānāni
dassāma puññāni karissāma yato bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ
gahapaticīvaraṃ anuññātan ti, ekāhen'; eva Rājagahe bahūni
cīvarasahassāni uppajjiṃsu. assosuṃ kho jānapadā manussā
bhagavatā kira bhikkhūnaṃ gahapaticīvaraṃ anuññātan ti,
te ca manussā haṭṭhā ahesuṃ udaggā, idāni kho mayaṃ
dānāni dassāma puññāni karissāma yato bhagavatā bhikkhū-
naṃ gahapaticīvaraṃ anuññātan ti, janapade pi ekāhen'; eva
bahūni cīvarasahassāni uppajjiṃsu. ||35|| tena kho pana
samayena saṃghassa pāvāro uppanno hoti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pāvāran ti. ko-
seyyapāvāro uppanno hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave koseyya-
pāvāran ti. kojavaṃ uppannaṃ hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave
kojavan ti. ||36||1||
paṭhamakabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena Kāsikarājā Jīvakassa Ko-
mārabhaccassa aḍḍhakāsikaṃ kambalaṃ pāhesi upaḍḍha-
kāsinaṃ khamamānaṃ. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco taṃ
aḍḍhakāsikaṃ kambalaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃ-
kami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Jīvako Komārabhacco bha-
gavantaṃ etad avoca: ayaṃ me bhante aḍḍhakāsiko kambalo
Kāsiraññā pahito upaḍḍhakāsinaṃ khamamāno. paṭigaṇhātu
me bhante bhagavā kambalaṃ yaṃ mama assa dīgharattaṃ
hitāya sukhāyā 'ti. paṭiggahesi bhagavā kambalaṃ. atha
kho bhagavā Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ dhammiyā kathāya
sandassesi --la-- padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho
bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave kambalan ti. ||1||2||
tena kho pana samayena saṃghassa uccāvacāni cīvarāni
uppajjanti. atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kiṃ nu kho
bhagavatā cīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ kiṃ ananuññātan ti bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave cha
cīvarāni khomaṃ kappāsikaṃ koseyyaṃ kambalaṃ sāṇaṃ
bhaṅgan ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena te bhikkhū gaha-
[page 282]
282 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 3. 2-4. 4.
paticīvaraṃ sādiyanti, te kukkuccāyantā paṃsukūlaṃ na
sādiyanti ekaṃ yeva bhagavatā cīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ na dve
'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkha-
ve gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyantena paṃsukūlam pi sādituṃ, tad-
ubhayena p'; āhaṃ bhikkhave santuṭṭhiṃ vaṇṇemīti. ||2||3||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Kosalesu
janapadesu addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti. ekacce bhikkhū
susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, ekacce bhikkhū nāga-
mesuṃ. ye te bhikkhū susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya
te paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu, ye te bhikkhū nāgamesuṃ te evaṃ
āhaṃsu: amhākam pi āvuso bhāgaṃ dethā 'ti. te evaṃ
āhaṃsu: na mayaṃ āvuso tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa
tumhe nāgamitthā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anu-
jānāmi bhikkhave nāgamentānaṃ nākāmā bhāgaṃ dātun ti.
||1|| tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Kosalesu
janapadesu addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti. ekacce bhikkhū
susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, ekacce bhikkhū āga-
mesuṃ. ye te bhikkhū susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya
te paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu, ye te bhikkhū āgamesuṃ te evaṃ
āhaṃsu: amhākam pi āvuso bhāgaṃ dethā 'ti. te evaṃ
āhaṃsu: na mayaṃ āvuso tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa
tumhe na okkamitthā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave āgamentānaṃ akāmā bhāgaṃ dātun
ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Kosa-
lesu janapadesu addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti. ekacce
bhikkhū paṭhamaṃ susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, ekacce
bhikkhū pacchā okkamiṃsu. ye te bhikkhū paṭhamaṃ
susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya te paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu,
ye te bhikkhū pacchā okkamiṃsu te na labhiṃsu, te evaṃ
āhaṃsu: amhākam pi āvuso bhāgaṃ dethā 'ti. te evaṃ
āhaṃsu: na mayaṃ āvuso tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa
tumhe pacchā okkamitthā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pacchā okkantānaṃ nā-
kāmā bhāgaṃ dātun ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena samba-
hulā bhikkhū Kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggapaṭi-
pannā honti. te sadisā susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya,
ekacce bhikkhū paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu, ekacce bhikkhū na
[page 283]
VIII. 4. 4-6. 1] MAHĀVAGGA. 283
labhiṃsu. ye te bhikkhū na labhiṃsu te evaṃ āhaṃsu:
amhākam pi āvuso bhāgaṃ dethā 'ti. te evaṃ āhaṃsu: na
mayaṃ āvuso tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa tumhe na
labhitthā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi
bhikkhave sadisānaṃ okkantānaṃ akāmā bhāgaṃ dātun ti.
||4|| tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Kosalesu
janapadesu addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti. te katikaṃ katvā
susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, ekacce bhikkhū paṃsukū-
lāni labhiṃsu, ekacce bhikkhū na labhiṃsu. ye te bhikkhū
na labhiṃsu te evaṃ āhaṃsu: amhākam pi āvuso bhāgaṃ
dethā 'ti. te evaṃ āhaṃsu: na mayaṃ āvuso tumhākaṃ
bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa tumhe na labhitthā 'ti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave katikaṃ katvā
okkantānaṃ akāmā bhāgaṃ dātun ti. ||5||4||
tena kho pana samayena manussā cīvaraṃ ādāya
ārāmaṃ āgacchanti, te paṭiggāhakaṃ alabhamānā paṭi-
haranti, cīvaraṃ parittaṃ uppajjati. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi
samannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarapaṭiggāhakaṃ samma-
nnituṃ: yo na chandāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na dosāgatiṃ
gaccheyya, na mohāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na bhayāgatiṃ
gaccheyya, gahitāgahitaṃ ca jāneyya. ||1|| evaṃ ca pana
bhikkhave sammannitabbo: paṭhamaṃ bhikkhu yācitabbo,
yācitvā vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo:
suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ
saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarapaṭiggāhakaṃ samma-
nneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. saṃgho
itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarapaṭiggāhakaṃ sammannati.
yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno cīvara-
paṭiggāhakassa sammuti, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati
so bhāseyya. sammato saṃghena itthannāmo bhikkhu cī-
varapaṭiggāhako. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ
etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||2||5||
tena kho pana samayena cīvarapaṭiggāhakā bhikkhū cīva-
raṃ paṭiggahetvā tatth'; eva ujjhitvā pakkamanti, cīvaraṃ
nassati. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi
[page 284]
284 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 6. 1-8. 1.
bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ cīva-
ranidāhakaṃ sammannituṃ: yo na chandāgatiṃ gaccheyya
. . . na bhayāgatiṃ gaccheyya nihitānihitaṃ ca jāneyya. ||1||
evaṃ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo: paṭhamaṃ bhikkhu
yācitabbo, yācitvā vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho
ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa
pattakallaṃ saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvaranidā-
hakaṃ sammanneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvaranidāhakaṃ samma-
nnati. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno
cīvaranidāhakassa sammuti so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati
so bhāseyya. sammato saṃghena itthannāmo bhikkhu
cīvaranidāhako. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ
etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||2||6||
tena kho pana samayena cīvaranidāhakā bhikkhū maṇḍape
pi rukkhamūle pi nimbakose pi cīvaraṃ nidahanti, undurehi
pi upacikāhi pi khajjanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave bhaṇḍāgāraṃ sammannituṃ yaṃ
saṃgho ākaṅkhati vihāraṃ vā aḍḍhayogaṃ vā pāsādaṃ vā
hammiyaṃ vā guhaṃ vā. ||1|| evaṃ ca pana bhikkhave
sammannitabbo: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho
ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa
pattakallaṃ saṃgho itthannāmaṃ vihāraṃ bhaṇḍāgāraṃ
sammanneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. saṃgho
itthannāmaṃ vihāraṃ bhaṇḍāgāraṃ sammannati. yassāyas-
mato khamati itthannāmassa vihārassa bhaṇḍāgārassa sammuti
so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. sammato
saṃghena itthannāmo vihāro bhaṇḍāgāraṃ. khamati saṃ-
ghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||2||7||
tena kho pana samayena saṃghassa bhaṇḍāgāre cīvaraṃ
aguttaṃ hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujā-
nāmi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ
bhaṇḍāgārikaṃ sammannituṃ: yo na chandāgatiṃ ga-
ccheyya . . . na bhayāgatiṃ gaccheyya guttāguttaṃ ca
jāneyya. evaṃ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo -- la --
sammato saṃghena itthannāmo bhikkhu bhaṇḍāgāriko.
[page 285]
VIII. 8. 1-10. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 285
khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
||1|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū
bhaṇḍāgārikaṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āro-
cesuṃ. na bhikkhave bhaṇḍāgāriko vuṭṭhāpetabbo. yo
vuṭṭhāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2||8||
tena kho pana samayena saṃghassa bhaṇḍāgāre cīvaraṃ
ussannaṃ hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujā-
nāmi bhikkhave sammukhībhūtena saṃghena bhājetun ti.
tena kho pana samayena sabbo saṃgho cīvaraṃ bhājento
kolāhalaṃ akāsi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujā-
nāmi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ
cīvarabhājakaṃ sammannituṃ yo na chandāgatiṃ ga-
ccheyya . . . na bhayāgatiṃ gaccheyya bhājitābhājitaṃ ca
jāneyya. evaṃ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo -- la --
sammato saṃghena itthannāmo bhikkhu cīvarabhājako.
khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
||1|| atha kho cīvarabhājakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi:
kathaṃ nu kho cīvaraṃ bhājetabban ti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave paṭhamaṃ uccinitvā
tulayitvā vaṇṇāvaṇṇaṃ katvā bhikkhū gaṇetvā vaggaṃ
bandhitvā cīvarapaṭivisaṃ ṭhapetun ti. atha kho cīvara-
bhājakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kathaṃ nu kho sāma-
ṇerānaṃ cīvarapaṭiviso dātabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sāmaṇerānaṃ upa-
ḍḍhapaṭivisaṃ dātun ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena
aññataro bhikkhu sakena bhāgena uttaritukāmo hoti. bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave utta-
rantassa sakaṃ bhāgaṃ dātun ti. tena kho pana samayena
aññataro bhikkhu atirekabhāgena uttaritukāmo hoti. bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave anukkhepe
dinne atirekabhāgaṃ dātun ti. ||3|| atha kho cīvarabhāja-
kānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kathaṃ nu kho cīvarapaṭi-
viso dātabbo āgatapaṭipāṭiyā nu kho udāhu yathāvuḍḍhan
ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave
vikalake tosetvā kusapātaṃ kātun ti. ||4||9||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū chakanena pi paṇḍu-
[page 286]
286 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 10. 1-11. 2.
mattikāya pi cīvaraṃ rajanti, cīvaraṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ hoti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave cha
rajanāni mūlarajanaṃ khandharajanaṃ tacarajanaṃ patta-
rajanaṃ puppharajanaṃ phalarajanan ti. ||1|| tena kho pana
samayena bhikkhū sītunnakāya cīvaraṃ rajanti, cīvaraṃ
duggandhaṃ hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave rajanaṃ pacituṃ cullarajanakumbhin
ti. rajanaṃ uttariyati. anujānāmi bhikkhave uttarāḷumpaṃ
bandhitun ti. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū na jānanti
rajanaṃ pakkaṃ vā apakkaṃ vā. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave udake vā nakhapiṭṭhikāya
vā thevakaṃ dātun ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena bhi-
kkhū rajanaṃ oropentā kumbhiṃ āvajjanti, kumbhī bhijjati.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave
rajanauḷuṅkaṃ daṇḍakathālikan ti. tena kho pana sama-
yena bhikkhūnaṃ rajanabhājanaṃ na saṃvijjati. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave rajanako-
lambaṃ rajanaghaṭan ti. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū
pātiyāpi patte pi cīvaraṃ sammaddanti, cīvaraṃ paribhijjati.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave
rajanadoṇikan ti. ||3||10||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū chamāya cīvaraṃ pattha-
ranti, cīvaraṃ paṃsukitaṃ hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave tiṇasanthārakan ti. tiṇa-
santhārako upacikāhi khajjati. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave cīvaravaṃsaṃ cīvararajjun
ti. majjhena laggenti, rajanaṃ ubhato galati. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave kaṇṇe bandhi-
tun ti. kaṇṇo jirati. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave kaṇṇasuttakan ti. rajanaṃ ekato
galati. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi
bhikkhave samparivattakaṃ-samparivattakaṃ rajetuṃ na
ca acchinne theve pakkamitun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana sama-
yena cīvaraṃ patthinnaṃ hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave udake osāretun ti. tena
kho pana samayena cīvaraṃ pharusaṃ hoti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pāṇinā āko-
[page 287]
VIII. 11. 2-13. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 287
ṭetun ti. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū acchinnakāni
dhārenti dantakāsāvāni. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipā-
centi: seyyathāpi nāma gihikāmabhogino 'ti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave acchinnakāni cīvarāni
dhāretabbāni. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2||11||
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā
yena Dakkhiṇāgiri tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. addasa kho
bhagavā Magadhakhettaṃ accibandhaṃ pālibandhaṃ
mariyādabandhaṃ siṅghāṭakabandhaṃ, disvāna āyasmantaṃ
Ānandaṃ āmantesi: passasi no tvaṃ Ānanda Magadha-
khettaṃ accibandhaṃ . . . siṅghāṭakabandhan ti. evaṃ
bhante. ussahasi tvaṃ Ānanda bhikkhūnaṃ evarūpāni
cīvarāni saṃvidahitun ti. ussahāmi bhagavā 'ti. atha kho
bhagavā Dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā punad
eva Rājagahaṃ paccāgacchi. atha kho āyasmā Ānando
sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvarāni saṃvidahitvā yena
bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ
etad avoca: passatu me bhante bhagavā cīvarāni saṃvida-
hitānīti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammi-
kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: paṇḍito bhikkhave Ānando,
mahāpañño bhikkhave Ānando, yatra hi nāma mayā saṃkhi-
ttena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ ājānissati, kusim pi
nāma karissati aḍḍhakusim pi nāma karissati maṇḍalam pi
n. k. aḍḍhamaṇḍalam pi n. k. vivaṭṭam pi n. k. anuvi-
vaṭṭam pi n. k. gīveyyakam pi n. k. jaṅgheyyakam pi n. k.
bāhantam pi n. k. chinnakaṃ ca bhavissati sattalūkhaṃ
samaṇasāruppaṃ paccatthikānaṃ ca anabhijjhitaṃ. anujā-
nāmi bhikkhave chinnakaṃ saṃghāṭiṃ chinnakaṃ uttarā-
saṅgaṃ chinnakaṃ antaravāsakan ti. ||2||12||
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā
yena Vesālī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. addasa kho bhagavā
antarā ca Rājagahaṃ antarā ca Vesāliṃ addhānamaggapaṭi-
panno sambahule bhikkhū cīvarehi ubbhaṇḍite sīse pi
cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā khandhe pi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā ka-
ṭiyāpi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā āgacchante, disvāna bhagavato
etad ahosi: atilahuṃ kho ime moghapurisā cīvare bāhullāya
[page 288]
288 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 13. 1-5.
āvattā, yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvare sīmaṃ bandhe-
yyaṃ mariyādaṃ ṭhapeyyan ti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā
anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Vesālī tad avasari. tatra
sudaṃ bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Gotamake cetiye.
tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sītāsu hemantikāsu
rattīsu antaraṭṭhakāsu himapātasamaye rattiṃ ajjhokāse
ekacīvaro nisīdi, na bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ ahosi. nikkhante
paṭhame yāme sītaṃ bhagavantaṃ ahosi. dutiyaṃ bhagavā
cīvaraṃ pārupi, na bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ ahosi. nikkhante
majjhime yāme sītaṃ bhagavantaṃ ahosi. tatiyaṃ bhagavā
cīvaraṃ pārupi, na bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ ahosi. nikkhante
pacchime yāme uddhate aruṇe nandimukhiyā rattiyā sītaṃ
bhagavantaṃ ahosi. catutthaṃ bhagavā cīvaraṃ pārupi, na
bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ ahosi. ||2|| atha kho bhagavato etad
ahosi: ye pi kho te kulaputtā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye
sītālukā sītabhīrukā te pi sakkonti ticīvarena yāpetuṃ. yaṃ
nūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvare sīmaṃ bandheyyaṃ mariyādaṃ
ṭhapeyyaṃ ticīvaraṃ anujāneyyan ti. atha kho bhagavā
etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi:
||3|| idhāhaṃ bhikkhave antarā ca Rājagahaṃ antarā ca
Vesāliṃ addhānamaggapaṭipanno addasaṃ sambahule bhi-
kkhū cīvarehi ubbhaṇḍite sīse pi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā
khandhe pi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā kaṭiyāpi cīvarabhisiṃ
karitvā āgacchante, disvāna me etad ahosi: atilahuṃ kho
ime moghapurisā cīvare bahullāya āvattā, yaṃ nūnāhaṃ
bhikkhūnaṃ cīvare sīmaṃ bandheyyaṃ mariyādaṃ ṭha-
peyyan ti. ||4|| idhāhaṃ bhikkhave sītāsu hemantikāsu
rattīsu antaraṭṭhakāsu himapātasamaye rattiṃ ajjhokāse
ekacīvaro nisīdiṃ, na maṃ sītaṃ ahosi. nikkhante paṭhame
yāme sītaṃ maṃ ahosi. dutiyāhaṃ cīvaraṃ pārupiṃ na
maṃ sītaṃ ahosi. nikkhante majjhime yāme sītaṃ maṃ
ahosi. tatiyāhaṃ cīvaraṃ pārupiṃ, na maṃ sītaṃ ahosi.
nikkhante pacchime yāme uddhate aruṇe nandimukhiyā
rattiyā sītaṃ maṃ ahosi. catutthāhaṃ cīvaraṃ pārupiṃ, na
maṃ sītaṃ ahosi. tassa mayhaṃ bhikkhave etad ahosi: ye pi
kho te kulaputtā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye sītālukā sītabhī-
rukā te pi sakkonti ticīvarena yāpetuṃ. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ
bhikkhūnaṃ cīvare sīmaṃ bandheyyaṃ mariyādaṃ ṭhape-
[page 289]
VIII. 13. 5-14. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 289
yyaṃ ticīvaraṃ anujāneyyan ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave
ticīvaraṃ diguṇaṃ saṃghāṭiṃ ekacciyaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ
ekacciyaṃ antaravāsakan ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena
chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā ticīvaraṃ anuññātan ti
aññen'; eva ticīvarena gāmaṃ pavisanti, aññena ticīvarena
ārāme acchanti, aññena ticīvarena nahānaṃ otaranti. ye te
bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ
hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū atirekacīvaraṃ dhāressantīti.
atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā
bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave atirekacīvaraṃ dhāre-
tabbaṃ. yo dhāreyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo 'ti. ||6||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Ānandassa atirekacīva-
raṃ uppannaṃ hoti āyasmā ca Ānando taṃ cīvaraṃ
āyasmato Sāriputtassa dātukāmo hoti āyasmā ca Sāri-
putto Sākete viharati. atha kho āyasmato Ānandassa etad
ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabban
ti, idaṃ ca me atirekacīvaraṃ uppannaṃ ahaṃ ca imaṃ
cīvaraṃ āyasmato Sāriputtassa dātukāmo āyasmā ca Sāriputto
Sākete viharati. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti.
atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi:
kīvaciraṃ panānanda Sāriputto āgacchissatīti. navamaṃ
vā bhagavā divasaṃ dasamaṃ vā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā
etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi:
anujānāmi bhikkhave dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhā-
retun ti. ||7|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ
atirekacīvaraṃ uppajjati. atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi:
kathaṃ nu kho atirekacīvare paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave atirekacīva-
raṃ vikappetun ti. ||8||13||
atha kho bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā
yena Bārāṇasī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cāri-
kaṃ caramāno yena Bārāṇasī tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ
bhagavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati Isipatane migadāye.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno antaravāsako
chiddo hoti. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhaga-
vatā ticīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ diguṇā saṃghāṭī ekacciyo uttarā-
[page 290]
290 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 14. 1-15. 2.
saṅgo ekacciyo antaravāsako, ayaṃ ca me antaravāsako
chiddo. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ aggaḷaṃ acchupeyyaṃ samantato
dupattaṃ bhavissati majjhe ekacciyan ti. ||1|| atha kho so
bhikkhu aggaḷam acchupesi. addasa kho bhagavā senāsana-
cārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto taṃ bhikkhuṃ aggaḷaṃ acchupentaṃ,
disvāna yena so bhikkhu ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
tam bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu karosīti.
aggaḷam bhagavā acchupemīti. sādhu sādhu bhikkhu, sādhu
kho tvaṃ bhikkhu aggaḷaṃ acchupesīti. atha kho bhagavā
etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi:
anujānāmi bhikkhave ahatānaṃ dussānaṃ ahatakappānaṃ
diguṇaṃ saṃghāṭiṃ ekacciyaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ ekacciyaṃ
antaravāsakaṃ, utuddhaṭānaṃ dussānaṃ catuguṇaṃ saṃghā-
ṭiṃ diguṇaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ diguṇaṃ antaravāsakaṃ. paṃsu-
kūle yāvadatthaṃ pāpaṇike ussāho karaṇīyo. anujānāmi
bhikkhave aggaḷaṃ tunnaṃ ovaṭṭikaṃ kaṇḍusakaṃ daḷhi-
kamman ti. ||2||14||
atha kho bhagavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viha-
ritvā yena Sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena
cārikaṃ caramāno yena Sāvatthi tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ
bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍi-
kassa ārāme. atha kho Visākhā Migāramātā yena
bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho
Visākhaṃ Migāramātaraṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya
sandassesi . . . sampahaṃsesi. atha kho Visākhā Migāra-
mātā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā . . . sampa-
haṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: adhivāsetu me bhante
bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā
'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho Visākhā
Migāramātā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena tassā rattiyā accayena cātuddīpiko
mahāmegho pāvassi. atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
yathā bhikkhave Jetavane vassati evaṃ catūsu dīpesu vassati,
ovassāpetha bhikkhave kāyaṃ, ayaṃ pacchimako cātuddīpiko
mahāmegho 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato
[page 291]
VIII. 15. 2-6.] MAHĀVAGGA. 291
paṭisuṇitvā nikkhittacīvarā kāyaṃ ovassāpenti. ||2|| atha
kho Visākhā Migāramātā paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ
paṭiyādāpetvā dāsiṃ āṇāpesi: gaccha je ārāmaṃ gantvā
kālaṃ ārocehi kālo bhante niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. evaṃ ayye
'ti kho sā dāsī Visākhāya Migāramātuyā paṭisuṇitvā ārāmaṃ
gantvā addasa bhikkhū nikkhittacīvare kāyaṃ ovassāpente,
disvāna n'; atthi ārāme bhikkhū, ājīvakā kāyaṃ ovassāpentīti
yena Visākhā Migāramātā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
Visākhaṃ Migāramātaraṃ etad avoca: n'; atth'; ayye ārāme
bhikkhū, ājīvakā kāyaṃ ovassāpentīti. atha kho Visākhāya
Migāramātuyā paṇḍitāya viyattāya medhāviniyā etad ahosi:
nissaṃsayaṃ kho ayyā nikkhittacīvarā kāyaṃ ovassāpentīti,
sāyaṃ bālā maññittha n'; atthi ārāme bhikkhū, ājāvakā kāyaṃ
ovassāpentīti, dāsiṃ āṇāpesi: gaccha je ārāmaṃ gantvā
kālaṃ ārocehi kālo bhante niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. ||3|| atha
kho te bhikkhū gattāni sītikaritvā kallakāyā cīvarāni ga-
hetvā yathāvihāraṃ pavisiṃsu. atha kho sā dāsī ārāmaṃ
gantvā bhikkhū apassantī n'; atthi ārāme bhikkhū, suñño
ārāmo 'ti yena Visākhā Migāramātā ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā Visākhaṃ Migāramātaraṃ etad avoca: n'; atth'
ayye ārāme bhikkhū, suñño ārāmo 'ti. atha kho Visākhāya
Migāramātuyā paṇḍitāya viyattāya medhāviniyā etad ahosi:
nissaṃsayaṃ kho ayyā gattāni sītikaritvā kallakāyā cīvarāni
gahetvā yathāvihāraṃ paviṭṭhā, sāyaṃ bālā maññittha n'
atthi ārāme bhikkhū, suñño ārāmo 'ti dāsiṃ āṇāpesi: gaccha
je ārāmaṃ gantvā kālaṃ ārocehi kālo bhante niṭṭhitaṃ
bhattan ti. ||4|| atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
sannahatha bhikkhave pattacīvaraṃ, kālo bhattassā 'ti.
evaṃ bhante ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ.
atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ
ādāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bā-
haṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya evam eva
Jetavane antarahito Visākhāya Migāramātuyā koṭṭhake pā-
turahosi. nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane saddhiṃ bhikkhu-
saṃghena. ||5|| atha kho Visākhā Migāramātā acchariyaṃ
vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā
mahānubhāvatā, yatra hi nāma jannukamattesu pi oghesu
pavattamānesu kaṭimattesu pi oghesu pavattamānesu na hi
[page 292]
292 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 15. 6 9.
nāma ekabhikkhussa pi pādā vā cīvarāni vā allāni bhavissan-
tīti haṭṭhā udaggā buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇī-
tena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampa-
vāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ
nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho Visākhā Migāramātā bha-
gavantam etad avoca: aṭṭhāhaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ varāni
yācāmīti. atikkantavarā kho Visākhe tathāgatā 'ti. yāni ca
bhante kappiyāni yāni ca anavajjānīti. vadehi Visākhe 'ti.
||6|| icchām'; ahaṃ bhante saṃghassa yāvajīvaṃ vassika-
sāṭikaṃ dātuṃ, āgantukabhattaṃ dātuṃ, gamikabhattaṃ
dātuṃ, gilānabhattaṃ dātuṃ, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ dātuṃ,
gilānabhesajjaṃ dātuṃ, dhuvayāguṃ dātuṃ, bhikkhunī-
saṃghassa udakasāṭikaṃ dātun ti. kiṃ pana tvaṃ Visākhe
atthavasaṃ sampassamānā tathāgataṃ aṭṭha varāni yācasīti.
idhāhaṃ bhante dāsiṃ āṇāpesiṃ: gaccha je ārāmaṃ gantvā
kālaṃ ārocehi kālo bhante niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti, atha kho sā
bhante dāsī ārāmaṃ gantvā addasa bhikkhū nikkhittacīvare
kāyaṃ ovassāpente, disvāna n'; atthi ārāme bhikkhū, ājīvakā
kāyaṃ ovassāpentīti yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃka-
mitvā maṃ etad avoca n'; atth'; ayye ārāme bhikkhū, ājīvakā
kāyaṃ ovassāpentīti. asuci bhante naggiyaṃ paṭikkūlaṃ.
imāhaṃ bhante atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi saṃghassa
yāvajīvaṃ vassikasāṭikaṃ dātuṃ. ||7|| puna ca paraṃ
bhante āgantuko bhikkhu na vīthikusalo na gocarakusalo
kilanto piṇḍāya carati. so me āgantukabhattaṃ bhuñjitvā
vīthikusalo gocarakusalo akilanto piṇḍāya carissati. imāhaṃ
bhante atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi saṃghassa yāva-
jīvaṃ āgantukabhattaṃ dātuṃ. puna ca paraṃ bhante
gamiko bhikkhu attano bhattaṃ pariyesamāno satthā vā
vihāyissati, yattha vā vāsaṃ gantukāmo bhavissati tattha
vikāle upagacchissati kilanto addhānaṃ gamissati. so me
gamikabhattaṃ bhuñjitvā satthā na vihāyissati, yattha
vāsaṃ gantukāmo bhavissati tattha kālena upagacchissati
akilanto addhānaṃ gamissati. imāhaṃ bhante atthavasaṃ
sampassamānā icchāmi saṃghassa yāvajīvaṃ gamikabhattaṃ
dātuṃ. ||8|| puna ca paraṃ bhante gilānassa bhikkhuno
sappāyāni bhojanāni alabhantassa ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati
kālaṃkiriyā vā bhavissati. tassa me gilānabhattaṃ bhuttassa
[page 293]
VIII. 15. 9-13.] MAHĀVAGGA. 293
ābādho na abhivaḍḍhissati kālaṃkiriyā na bhavissati. imā-
haṃ bhante atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi saṃghassa
yāvajīvaṃ gilānabhattaṃ dātuṃ. puna ca paraṃ bhante
gilānupaṭṭhāko bhikkhu attano bhattaṃ pariyesamāno gilā-
nassa ussūre bhattaṃ nīharissati bhattacchedaṃ karissati.
so me gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ bhuñjitvā gilānassa kālena
bhattaṃ nīharissati bhattacchedaṃ na karissati. imāhaṃ
bhante atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi saṃghassa yāva-
jīvaṃ gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ dātuṃ. ||9|| puna ca paraṃ
bhante gilānassa bhikkhuno sappāyāni bhesajjāni alabhan-
tassa ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati kālaṃkiriyā vā bhavissati.
tassa me gilānabhesajjaṃ paribhuttassa ābādho na abhi-
vaḍḍhissati kālaṃkiriyā na bhavissati. imāhaṃ bhante
atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi saṃghassa yāvajī-
vaṃ gilānabhesajjaṃ dātuṃ. puna ca paraṃ bhante
bhagavatā Andhakavinde dasānisaṃse sampassamānena
yāgu anuññātā. ty āhaṃ bhante ānisaṃse sampassamānā
icchāmi saṃghassa yāvajīvaṃ dhuvayāguṃ dātuṃ. ||10||
idha bhante bhikkhuniyo Aciravatiyā nadiyā vesiyāhi
saddhiṃ naggā ekatitthe nahāyanti. tā bhante vesiyā
bhikkhuniyo uppaṇḍesuṃ: kiṃ nu kho nāma tumhākaṃ
ayye daharānaṃ brahmacariyaṃ ciṇṇena, nanu nāma kāmā
paribhuñjitabbā, yadā jiṇṇā bhavissanti tadā brahmacariyaṃ
carissatha, evaṃ tumhākaṃ ubho antā pariggahitā bha-
vissantīti. tā bhante bhikkhuniyo vesiyāhi uppaṇḍiyamānā
maṅkū ahesuṃ. asuci bhante mātugāmassa naggiyaṃ
jegucchaṃ paṭikkūlaṃ. imāhaṃ bhante atthavasaṃ sam-
passamānā icchāmi bhikkhunīsaṃghassa yāvajīvaṃ udaka-
sāṭikaṃ dātun ti. ||11|| kiṃ pana tvaṃ Visākhe ānisaṃsam
sampassamānā tathāgataṃ aṭṭha varāni yācasīti. idha
bhante disāsu vassaṃ vutthā bhikkhū Sāvatthiṃ āgacchi-
ssanti bhagavantaṃ dassanāya, te bhagavantaṃ upasaṃka-
mitvā pucchissanti: itthannāmo bhante bhikkhu kālaṃkato,
tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo 'ti. taṃ bhagavā vyā-
karissati sotāpattiphale vā sakadāgāmiphale vā anāgāmiphale
vā arahattaphale vā. ty āhaṃ upasaṃkamitvā pucchissāmi:
āgatapubbā nu kho bhante tena ayyena Sāvatthīti. ||12||
sace 'me vakkhanti āgatapubbā tena bhikkhunā Sāvatthīti,
[page 294]
294 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 15. 13-16. 1.
niṭṭhaṃ ettha gacchissāmi nissaṃsayaṃ paribhuttaṃ tena
ayyena vassikasāṭikā vā āgantukabhattaṃ vā gamikabhattaṃ
vā gilānabhattaṃ vā gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā gilānabhe-
sajjaṃ vā dhuvayāgu vā 'ti. tassā me tad anussarantiyā
pāmujjaṃ jāyissati, pamuditāya pīti jāyissati, pītimanāya
kāyo passambhissati, passaddhakāyā sukhaṃ vedayissāmi,
sukhiniyā cittaṃ samādhiyissati, sā me bhavissati indriya-
bhāvanā balabhāvanā bojjhaṅgabhāvanā. imāhaṃ bhante
ānisaṃsaṃ sampassamānā tathāgataṃ aṭṭha varāni yācāmīti.
||13|| sādhu sādhu Visākhe, sādhu kho tvaṃ Visākhe imaṃ
ānisaṃsaṃ sampassamānā tathāgataṃ aṭṭha varāni yācasi.
anujānāmi te Visākhe aṭṭha varānīti. atha kho bhagavā
Visākhaṃ Migāramātaraṃ imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:
yā annapānaṃ atipamoditā sīlūpapannā sugatassa sāvikā
dadāti dānaṃ abhibhuyya maccheraṃ sovaggikaṃ soka-
nudaṃ sukhāvahaṃ, |
dibbaṃ sā labhate āyuṃ āgamma maggaṃ virajaṃ anaṅga-
naṃ,
sā puññakāmā sukhinī anāmayā saggamhi kāyamhi ciraṃ
pamodatīti.
atha kho bhagavā Visākhaṃ Migāramātaraṃ imāhi gāthāhi
anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||14|| atha kho bhagavā
etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi:
anujānāmi bhikkhave vassikasāṭikaṃ āgantukabha-
ttaṃ gamikabhattaṃ gilānabhattaṃ gilānu-
paṭṭhākabhattaṃ gilānabhesajjaṃ dhuvayāguṃ
bhikkhunīsaṃghassa udakasāṭikan ti. ||15||15||
Visākhābhāṇavāraṃ.
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū paṇītāni bhojanāni
bhuñjitvā muṭṭhassatī asampajānā niddaṃ okkamenti, tesaṃ
muṭṭhassatīnaṃ asampajānānaṃ niddaṃ okkamantānaṃ supi-
nantena asuci muccati, senāsanaṃ asucinā makkhiyati. atha
kho bhagavā āyasmatā Ānandena pacchāsamaṇena senāsa-
nacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto addasa senāsanaṃ asucinā makkhitaṃ,
disvāna āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: kiṃ etaṃ Ānanda
senāsanaṃ makkhitan ti. etarahi bhante bhikkhū paṇītāni
[page 295]
VIII. 16. 1-17. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 295
bhojanāni bhuñjitvā muṭṭhassatī asampajānā niddaṃ okka-
menti, tesaṃ . . . asuci muccati, tayidaṃ bhagavā senāsanaṃ
asucinā makkhitan ti. ||1|| evam etaṃ Ānanda evam etaṃ
Ānanda, muccati hi Ānanda muṭṭhassatīnaṃ asampajānānaṃ
niddaṃ okkamantānaṃ supinantena asuci. ye te Ānanda
bhikkhū upaṭṭhitasatī sampajānā niddaṃ okkamenti tesaṃ
asuci na muccati, ye pi te Ānanda puthujjanā kāmesu vīta-
rāgā tesam pi asuci na muccati. aṭṭhānam etaṃ Ānanda
anavakāso yaṃ arahato asuci mucceyyā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā
etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi:
idhāhaṃ bhikkhave Ānandena pacchāsamaṇena senāsanacāri-
kaṃ āhiṇḍanto addasaṃ senāsanaṃ asucinā makkhitaṃ,
disvāna Ānandaṃ āmantesiṃ: kiṃ etaṃ Ānanda . . .
(= 1,2) . . . arahato asuci mucceyyā 'ti. ||2|| pañc'; ime
bhikkhave ādīnavā muṭṭhassatissa asampajānassa niddaṃ
okkamayato: dukkhaṃ supati, dukkhaṃ paṭibujjhati, pāpa-
kaṃ supinaṃ passati, devatā na rakkhanti, asuci muccati.
ime kho bhikkhave pañca ādīnavā muṭṭhassatissa asampajā-
nassa niddaṃ okkamayato. pañc'; ime bhikkhave ānisaṃsā
upaṭṭhitasatissa sampajānassa niddaṃ okkamayato: sukhaṃ
supati, sukhaṃ paṭibujjhati, na pāpakaṃ supinaṃ passati,
devatā rakkhanti, asuci na muccati. ime kho bhikkhave
pañca ānisaṃsā upaṭṭhitasatissa sampajānassa niddaṃ okka-
mayato. anujānāmi bhikkhave kāyaguttiyā cīvaraguttiyā
senāsanaguttiyā nisīdanan ti. ||3|| tena kho pana sama-
yena atikhuddakaṃ nisīdanaṃ na sabbaṃ senāsanaṃ gopeti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave
yāvamahantaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ ākaṅkhati tāvamahantaṃ
paccattharaṇaṃ kātun ti. ||4||16||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Ānandassa upajjhā-
yassa āyasmato Belaṭṭhasīsassa thullakacchābādho hoti.
tassa lasikāya cīvarāni kāye lagganti, tāni bhikkhū udakena
temetvā-temetvā apakaḍḍhanti. addasa kho bhagavā senā-
sanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto te bhikkhū tāni cīvarāni udakena
temetvā-temetvā apakaḍḍhante, disvāna yena te bhikkhū
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te bhikkhū etad avoca:
kiṃ imassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno ābādho 'ti. imassa bhante
[page 296]
296 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 17. 1-20. 2.
āyasmato thullakacchābādho, lasikāya cīvarāni kāye lagganti,
tāni mayaṃ udakena temetvā-temetvā apakaḍḍhāmā 'ti. atha
kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave yassa kaṇḍu vā piḷakā vā
assāvo vā thullakacchu vā ābādho kaṇḍupaṭicchādin ti.
||1||17||
atha kho Visākhā Migāramātā mukhapuñchanacola-
kaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ
nisinnā kho Visākhā Migāramātā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
paṭigaṇhātu me bhante bhagavā mukhapuñchanacolakaṃ yaṃ
mama assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā 'ti. paṭiggahesi
bhagavā mukhapuñchanacolakaṃ. atha kho bhagavā Visā-
khaṃ Migāramātaraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi . . .
sampahaṃsesi. atha kho Visākhā Migāramātā bhagavatā
dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā . . . sampahaṃsitā uṭṭhāyā-
sanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā
bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave mukhapuñcha-
nacolakan ti. ||1||18||
tena kho pana samayena Rojo Mallo āyasmato Ānan-
dassa sahāyo hoti. Rojassa Mallassa khomapilotikā āyasmato
Ānandassa hatthe nikkhittā hoti āyasmato ca Ānandassa
khomapilotikāya attho hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āroce-
suṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatassa
vissāsaṃ gahetuṃ: sandiṭṭho ca hoti sambhatto ca ālapito
ca jīvati ca jānāti gahite me attamano bhavissatīti. anujā-
nāmi bhikkhave imehi pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatassa vissā-
saṃ gahetun ti. ||1||19||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ hoti
ticīvaraṃ attho ca hoti parissāvanehi pi thavikāhi pi.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave
parikkhāracolakan ti. ||1|| atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad
ahosi: yāni tāni bhagavatā anuññātāni ticīvaran ti vā vassi-
kasāṭikā 'ti vā nisīdanan ti vā paccattharaṇan ti vā kaṇḍupa-
[page 297]
VIII. 20. 2-22. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 297
ṭicchādīti vā mukhapuñchanacolakan ti vā parikkhāracolakan
ti vā, sabbāni tāni adhiṭṭhātabbāni nu kho udāhu vikappe-
tabbānīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi
bhikkhave ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ, vassika-
sāṭikaṃ vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ tato paraṃ
vikappetuṃ, nisīdanaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ, pacca-
ttharaṇaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ, kaṇḍupaṭicchādiṃ
yāva ābādhā adhiṭṭhātuṃ tato paraṃ vikappetuṃ, mukha-
puñchanacolakaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ, parikkhāra-
colakaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetun ti. ||2||20||
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kittakaṃ pacchimaṃ nu
kho cīvaraṃ vikappetabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave āyāmena aṭṭhaṅgulaṃ
sugataṅgulena caturaṅgulaṃ vitthataṃ pacchimaṃ cīvaraṃ
vikappetun ti. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Mahā-
kassapassa paṃsukūlakato garuko hoti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave suttalūkhaṃ kātun
ti. vikaṇṇo hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anu-
jānāmi bhikkhave vikaṇṇaṃ uddharitun ti. suttā okiri-
yanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkh-
ave anuvātaṃ paribhaṇḍaṃ āropetun ti. tena kho
pana samayena saṃghāṭiyā pattā lujjanti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave aṭṭhapadakaṃ
kātun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkh-
uno ticīvare kayiramāne sabbaṃ chinnakaṃ na ppahoti.
anujānāmi bhikkhave dve chinnakāni ekaṃ acchinnakan ti.
dve chinnakāni ekaṃ achinnakaṃ na ppahoti. anujānāmi
bhikkhave dve acchinnakāni ekaṃ chinnakan ti. dve
acchinnakāni ekaṃ chinnakaṃ na ppahoti. anujānāmi
bhikkhave anvādhikam pi āropetuṃ. na ca bhikkhave
sabbaṃ acchinnakaṃ dhāretabbaṃ. yo dhāreyya, āpatti
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2||21||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno bahuṃ
cīvaraṃ uppannaṃ hoti so ca taṃ cīvaraṃ mātāpitunnaṃ
dātukāmo hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. mātā-
pitaro hi kho bhikkhave dadamāne kiṃ vadeyyāma. anujā-
[page 298]
298 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 22. 1-24. 1.
nāmi bhikkhave mātāpitunnaṃ dātuṃ. na ca bhikkhave
saddhādeyyaṃ vinipātetabbaṃ. yo vinipāteyya, āpatti dukka-
ṭassā 'ti. ||1||22||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Andhavane
cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
corā taṃ cīvaraṃ avahariṃsu. so bhikkhu duccolo hoti
lūkhacīvaro. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: kissa tvaṃ āvuso
duccolo lūkhacīvaro 'ti. idhāhaṃ āvuso Andhavane cīvaraṃ
nikkhipitvā santaruttarena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃ, corā
taṃ cīvaraṃ avahariṃsu, tenāhaṃ duccolo lūkhacīvaro 'ti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave santar-
uttarena gāmo pavisitabbo. yo paviseyya, āpatti dukka-
ṭassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Ānando
asatiyā santaruttarena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. bhikkhū
āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad avocuṃ: nanu kho āvuso Ānanda
bhagavatā paññattaṃ na santaruttarena gāmo pavisitabbo 'ti.
kissa tvaṃ āvuso santaruttarena gāmaṃ paviṭṭho 'ti. saccaṃ
āvuso bhagavatā paññattaṃ na santaruttarena gāmo pavisi-
tabbo 'ti, api cāhaṃ asatiyā paviṭṭho 'ti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||2|| pañc'; ime bhikkhave paccayā saṃghā-
ṭiyā nikkhepāya: gilāno vā hoti, vassikasaṃketaṃ vā hoti,
nadīpāraṃ gantuṃ vā hoti, aggaḷagutti vihāro vā hoti, attha-
takaṭhinaṃ vā hoti. ime kho bhikkhave pañca paccayā
saṃghāṭiyā nikkhepāya. pañc'; ime bhikkhave paccayā
uttarāsaṅgassa antaravāsakassa nikkhepāya: gilāno vā . . .
atthatakaṭhinaṃ vā hoti. ime kho bhikkhave pañca paccayā
uttarāsaṅgassa antaravāsakassa nikkhepāya. pañc'; ime bhi-
kkhave paccayā vassikasāṭikāya nikkhepāya: gilāno vā hoti,
nissīmaṃ gantuṃ vā hoti, nadīpāraṃ gantuṃ vā hoti,
aggaḷagutti vihāro vā hoti, vassikasāṭikā akatā vā hoti vippa-
katā vā. ime kho bhikkhave pañca paccayā vassikasāṭikāya
nikkhepāyā 'ti. ||3||23||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu eko vassaṃ
vasi. tattha manussā saṃghassa demā 'ti cīvarāni adaṃsu.
atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ
catuvaggo pacchimo saṃgho 'ti, ahaṃ c'; amhi ekako, ime ca
[page 299]
VIII. 24. 1-6.] MAHĀVAGGA. 299
manussā saṃghassa demā 'ti cīvarāni adaṃsu. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ
imāni saṃghikāni cīvarāni Sāvatthiṃ hareyyan ti. atha
kho so bhikkhu tāni cīvarāni ādāya Sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. tuyh'; eva bhikkhu tāni cīvarāni
yāva kaṭhinassa ubbhārāyā 'ti. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave
bhikkhu eko vassaṃ vasati. tattha manussā saṃghassa
demā 'ti cīvarāni denti. anujānāmi bhikkhave tass'; eva tāni
cīvarāni yāva kaṭhinassa ubbhārāyā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana
samayena aññataro bhikkhu utukālaṃ eko vasi. tattha
manussā saṃghassa demā 'ti cīvarāni adaṃsu. atha kho
tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ catuvaggo
pacchimo saṃgho 'ti, ahaṃ c'; amhi ekako, ime ca manussā
saṃghassa demā 'ti cīvarāni adaṃsu. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ imāni
saṃghikāni cīvarāni Sāvatthiṃ hareyyan ti. atha kho
so bhikkhū tāni cīvarāni ādāya Sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhū-
naṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sammukhībhūtena saṃ-
ghena bhājetuṃ. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu utukālaṃ
eko vasati. tattha manussā saṃghassa demā 'ti cīvarāni
denti. anujānāmi bhikkhave tena bhikkhunā tāni cīvarāni
adhiṭṭhātuṃ mayh'; imāni cīvarānīti. tassa ce bhikkhave
bhikkhuno taṃ cīvaraṃ anadhiṭṭhitena añño bhikkhu āga-
cchati, samako dātabbo bhāgo. tehi ce bhikkhave bhikkhūhi
taṃ cīvaraṃ bhājiyamāne apātite kuse añño bhikkhu āga-
cchati, samako dātabbo bhāgo. tehi ce bhikkhave bhikkhūhi
taṃ cīvaraṃ bhājiyamāne pātite kuse añño bhikkhu āga-
cchati, nākāmā dātabbo bhāgo 'ti. ||4|| tena kho pana sama-
yena dve bhātukā therā āyasmā ca Isidāso āyasmā ca
Isibhatto Sāvatthiyaṃ vassaṃ vutthā aññataraṃ gāmak-
āvāsaṃ agamaṃsu. manussā cirassāpi therā āgatā 'ti sacī-
varāni bhattāni adaṃsu. āvāsikā bhikkhū there pucchiṃsu:
imāni bhante saṃghikāni cīvarāni there āgamma uppannāni,
sādiyissanti therā bhāgan ti. therā evaṃ āhaṃsu: yathā
kho mayaṃ āvuso bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāma
tumhākaṃ yeva tāni cīvarāni yāva kaṭhinassa ubbhārāyā 'ti.
||5|| tena kho pana samayena tayo bhikkhū Rājagahe
vassaṃ vasanti. tattha manussā saṃghassa demā 'ti cīvarāni
denti. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā
[page 300]
300 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 24. 6-25. 2.
paññattaṃ catuvaggo pacchimo saṃgho 'ti, mayaṃ c'; amhā
tayo janā, ime ca manussā saṃghassa demā 'ti cīvarāni denti.
kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban ti. tena kho pana
samayena sambahulā therā āyasmā ca Nilavāsī āyasmā
ca Sāṇavāsī āyasmā ca Gopako āyasmā ca Bhagu
āyasmā ca Phalikasandāno Pāṭaliputte viharanti
Kukkuṭārāme. atha kho te bhikkhū Pāṭaliputtaṃ
gantvā there pucchiṃsu. therā evaṃ āhaṃsu: yathā kho
mayaṃ āvuso bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāma tumhā-
kaṃ yeva tāni cīvarāni yāva kaṭhinassa ubbhārāyā 'ti.
||6||24||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Upanando Sakya-
putto Sāvatthiyaṃ vassaṃ vuttho aññataraṃ gāmak-
āvāsaṃ agamāsi. tattha bhikkhū civaraṃ bhājetukāmā
sannipatiṃsu. te evaṃ āhaṃsu: imāni kho āvuso saṃghi-
kāni cīvarāni bhājiyissanti, sādiyissasi bhāgan ti. āmāvuso
sādiyissāmīti tato cīvarabhāgaṃ gahetvā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ
agamāsi. tattha pi bhikkhū cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmā sanni-
patiṃsu. te pi evaṃ āhaṃsu: imāni kho āvuso saṃghikāni
cīvarāni bhājiyissanti, sādiyissasi bhāgan ti. āmāvuso
sādiyissāmīti tato pi cīvarabhāgaṃ gahetvā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ
agamāsi. tattha pi bhikkhū cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmā sanni-
patiṃsu. te pi evaṃ āhaṃsu: imāni kho āvuso saṃghikāni
cīvarāni bhājiyissanti, sādiyissasi bhāgan ti. āmāvuso sādi-
yissāmīti tato pi cīvarabhāgaṃ gahetvā mahantaṃ cīvara-
bhaṇḍikaṃ ādāya punad eva Sāvatthiṃ paccāgacchi. ||1||
bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: mahāpuñño 'si tvaṃ āvuso Upananda,
bahuṃ te cīvaraṃ uppannan ti. kuto me āvuso puññaṃ,
idhāhaṃ āvuso Sāvatthiyaṃ vassaṃ vuttho aññataraṃ gāmak-
āvāsaṃ agamāsiṃ, tattha bhikkhū cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmā
sannipatiṃsu, te maṃ evaṃ āhaṃsu: imāni kho āvuso
saṃghikāni cīvarāni bhājiyissanti, sādiyissasi bhāgan ti.
āmāvuso sādiyissāmīti tato cīvarabhāgaṃ gahetvā aññaṃ
āvāsaṃ agamāsiṃ, tattha pi bhikkhū cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmā
sannipatiṃsu, te pi maṃ evaṃ āhaṃsu: imāni kho āvuso
saṃghikāni cīvarāni bhājiyissanti, sādiyissasi bhāgan ti,
āmāvuso sādiyissāmīti tato pi cīvarabhāgaṃ gahetvā aññaṃ
[page 301]
VIII. 25. 2-26. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 301
āvāsaṃ agamāsiṃ, tattha pi bhikkhū cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmā
sannipatiṃsu, te pi maṃ evaṃ āhaṃsu: imāni . . . sādi-
yissāmīti tato pi cīvarabhāgaṃ aggahesiṃ, evaṃ me bahuṃ
cīvaraṃ uppannan ti. ||2|| kiṃ pana tvaṃ āvuso Upananda
aññatra vassaṃ vuttho aññatra cīvarabhāgaṃ sādiyissasīti.
evaṃ āvuso 'ti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khī-
yanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Upanando Sakya-
putto aññatra vassaṃ vuttho aññatra cīvarabhāgaṃ sādi-
yissatīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira
tvaṃ Upananda aññatra vassaṃ vuttho aññatra cīvarabhāgaṃ
sādiyīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā:
kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa aññatra vassaṃ vuttho
aññatra cīvarabhāgaṃ sādiyissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa
appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhā-
vāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi:
na bhikkhave aññatra vassaṃ vutthena aññatra cīvarabhāgo
sāditabbo. yo sādiyeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3|| tena
kho pana samayena āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto eko
dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṃ vasi evaṃ me bahuṃ cīvaraṃ uppajji-
ssatīti. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kathaṃ
nu kho āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa cīvarapaṭiviso
dātabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. detha
bhikkhave moghapurisassa ekādhippāyaṃ. idha pana
bhikkhave bhikkhu eko dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṃ vasati evaṃ
me bahuṃ cīvaraṃ uppajjissatīti. sace amutra upaḍḍhaṃ
amutra upaḍḍhaṃ vasati, amutra upaḍḍho amutra upaḍḍho
cīvarapaṭiviso dātabbo, yattha vā pana bahutaraṃ vasati
tato cīvarapaṭiviso dātabbo 'ti. ||4||25||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno kucchi-
vikārābādho hoti, so sake muttakarīse palipanno seti. atha
kho bhagavā āyasmatā Ānandena pacchāsamaṇena senā-
sanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto yena tassa bhikkhuno vihāro ten'
upasaṃkami. addasa kho bhagavā taṃ bhikkhuṃ sake
muttakarīse palipannaṃ sayamānaṃ, disvāna yena so bhi-
kkhu ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad
avoca: kiṃ te bhikkhu ābādho 'ti. kucchivikāro me bhagavā
'ti. atthi pana te bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko 'ti. n'; atthi bhagavā
[page 302]
302 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 26. 1-6.
'ti. kissa taṃ bhikkhū na upaṭṭhentīti. ahaṃ kho bhante
bhikkhūnaṃ akārako, tena maṃ bhikkhū na upaṭṭhentīti.
||1|| atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
gacchānanda udakaṃ āhara, imaṃ bhikkhuṃ nahāpessāmā
'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato paṭisu-
ṇitvā udakaṃ āharitvā bhagavā udakaṃ āsiñci āyasmā
Ānando paridhovi, bhagavā sīsato aggahesi āyasmā Ānando
pādato uccāretvā mañcake nipātesuṃ. ||2|| atha kho bhagavā
etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sanni-
pātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi: atthi bhikkhave amukasmiṃ
vihāre bhikkhu gilāno 'ti. atthi bhagavā 'ti. kiṃ tassa
bhikkhave bhikkhuno ābādho 'ti. tassa bhante āyasmato
kucchivikārābādho 'ti. atthi pana bhikkhave tassa bhi-
kkhuno upaṭṭhāko 'ti. n'; atthi bhagavā 'ti. kissa taṃ bhikkhū
na upaṭṭhentīti. eso bhante bhikkhu {bhikkhūnaṃ} akārako,
tena taṃ bhikkhū na upaṭṭhentīti. n'; atthi te bhikkhave
mātā n'; atthi pitā ye te upaṭṭhaheyyuṃ. tumhe ce bhi-
kkhave aññamaññaṃ na upaṭṭhahissatha atha ko carahi
upaṭṭhahissati. yo bhikkhave maṃ upaṭṭhaheyya so gilānaṃ
upaṭṭhaheyya. ||3|| sace upajjhāyo hoti upajjhāyena yāvajī-
vaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānassa āgametabbaṃ. sace
ācariyo hoti ācariyena yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānassa
āgametabbaṃ. sace saddhivihāriko hoti . . . sace antevā-
siko hoti . . . sace samānupajjhāyako hoti . . . sace samānā-
cariyako hoti samānācariyakena yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo,
vuṭṭhānassa āgametabbaṃ. sace na hoti upajjhāyo vā ācariyo
vā saddhivihāriko vā antevāsiko vā samānupajjhāyako vā
samānācariyako vā saṃghena upaṭṭhātabbo. no ce upaṭṭha-
heyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||4|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi
samannāgato gilāno dupaṭṭhāko hoti: asappāyakārī hoti,
sappāye mattaṃ na jānāti, bhesajjaṃ na paṭisevitā hoti,
atthakāmassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa yathābhūtaṃ ābādhaṃ nāvi-
kattā hoti abhikkamantaṃ vā abhikkamatīti paṭikka-
mantaṃ vā paṭikkamatīti ṭhitaṃ vā ṭhito 'ti, uppannānaṃ
sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ
kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhi-
vāsakajātiko hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi
samannāgato gilāno dupaṭṭhāko hoti. ||5|| pañcahi
[page 303]
VIII. 26. 6-27. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 303
bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgato gilāno supaṭṭhāko hoti:
sappāyakārī hoti, sappāye mattaṃ jānāti, bhesajjaṃ paṭi-
sevitā hoti, atthakāmassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa yathābhūtaṃ
ābādhaṃ āvikattā hoti abhikkamantaṃ vā abhikkamatīti
paṭikkamantaṃ vā paṭikkamatīti ṭhitaṃ vā ṭhito 'ti, uppannā-
naṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ
kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivā-
sakajātiko hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi
samannāgato gilāno supaṭṭhāko hoti. ||6|| pañcahi bhi-
kkhave aṅgehi samannāgato gilānupaṭṭhāko nālaṃ gilānaṃ
upaṭṭhātuṃ: na paṭibalo hoti bhesajjaṃ vidhātuṃ, sappāyā-
sappāyaṃ na jānāti asappāyaṃ upanāmeti sappāyaṃ apanā-
meti, āmisantaro gilānaṃ upaṭṭhāti no mettacitto, jegucchi
hoti uccāraṃ vā passāvaṃ vā kheḷaṃ vā vantaṃ vā nīhātuṃ,
na paṭibalo hoti gilānaṃ kālena kālaṃ dhammiyā kathāya
sandassetuṃ . . . sampahaṃsetuṃ. imehi kho bhikkhave
pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgato gilānupaṭṭhāko nālaṃ gilānaṃ
upaṭṭhātuṃ. ||7|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgato
gilānupaṭṭhāko alaṃ gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ: paṭibalo hoti
bhesajjaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ, sappāyāsappāyaṃ jānāti asappāyaṃ
apanāmeti sappāyaṃ upanāmeti, mettacitto gilānaṃ upaṭṭhāti
no āmisantaro, ajegucchi hoti uccāraṃ vā passāvaṃ vā khe-
ḷaṃ vā vantaṃ vā nīhātuṃ, paṭibalo hoti gilānaṃ kālena
kālaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṃ . . . sampahaṃ-
setuṃ. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgato
gilānupaṭṭhāko alaṃ gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātun ti. ||8||26||
tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū Kosalesu jana-
padesu addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti. te aññataraṃ āvāsaṃ
upagacchiṃsu, tattha aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti. atha
kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā kho āvuso
gilānupaṭṭhānaṃ vaṇṇitaṃ, handa mayaṃ āvuso imaṃ
bhikkhuṃ upaṭṭhahemā 'ti, te taṃ upaṭṭhahiṃsu. so tehi
upaṭṭhahiyamāno kālam akāsi. atha kho te bhikkhū tassa
bhikkhuno pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1|| bhikkhussa bhikkhave
kālaṃ kate saṃgho sāmī pattacīvare. api ca gilānupaṭṭhākā
bahūpakārā. anujānāmi bhikkhave saṃghena ticīvaraṃ
[page 304]
304 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 27. 2-4.
ca pattaṃ ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ dātuṃ. evaṃ ca pana
bhikkhave dātabbaṃ: tena gilānupaṭṭhākena bhikkhunā
saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam assa vacanīyo: itthannāmo
bhante bhikkhu kālaṃ kato, idaṃ tassa ticīvaraṃ ca patto cā
'ti. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo:
suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. itthannāmo bhikkhu kālaṃ kato,
idaṃ tassa ticīvaraṃ ca patto ca. yadi saṃghassa patta-
kallaṃ saṃgho imaṃ ticīvaraṃ ca pattaṃ ca gilānupaṭṭhā-
kānaṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
itthannāmo bhikkhu kālaṃ kato, idaṃ tassa ticīvaraṃ ca
patto ca. saṃgho imaṃ ticīvaraṃ ca pattaṃ ca gilānupaṭṭhā-
kānaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati imassa ticīvarassa ca
pattassa ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ dānaṃ so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na
kkhamati so bhāseyya. dinnaṃ idaṃ saṃghena ticīvaraṃ
ca patto ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ khamati saṃghassa, tasmā
tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena
aññataro sāmaṇero kālaṃ kato hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. sāmaṇerassa bhikkhave kālaṃ kate saṃgho sāmī
pattacīvare. api ca gilānupaṭṭhākā bahūpakārā. anujānāmi
bhikkhave saṃghena cīvaraṃ ca pattaṃ ca gilānupaṭṭhā-
kānaṃ dātuṃ. evaṃ ca pana bhikkhave dātabbaṃ: tena
gilānupaṭṭhākena bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam
assa vacanīyo: itthannāmo bhante sāmaṇero kālaṃ kato,
idaṃ tassa cīvaraṃ ca patto cā 'ti. vyattena bhikkhunā
paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
itthannāmo sāmaṇero kālaṃ kato, idaṃ tassa cīvaraṃ ca
patto ca. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho imaṃ
cīvaraṃ ca pattaṃ ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ dadeyya. esā
ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. itthannāmo sāmaṇero
kālaṃ kato, idaṃ tassa cīvaraṃ ca patto ca. saṃgho imaṃ
cīvaraṃ ca pattaṃ ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ deti. yassāyasmato
khamati imassa cīvarassa ca pattassa ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ
dānaṃ so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. dinnaṃ
idaṃ saṃghena cīvaraṃ ca patto ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ.
khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
||3|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu ca sāmaṇero
ca gilānaṃ upaṭṭhahiṃsu. so tehi upaṭṭhahiyamāno kālam
akāsi. atha kho tassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa bhikkhuno etad
[page 305]
VIII. 27. 4-28. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 305
ahosi: kathaṃ nu kho gilānupaṭṭhākassa sāmaṇerassa
cīvarapaṭiviso dātabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āro-
cesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave gilānupaṭṭhākassa sāmaṇe-
rassa samakaṃ paṭivisaṃ dātun ti. ||4|| tena kho pana
samayena aññataro bhikkhu bahubhaṇḍo bahuparikkhā-
ro kālaṃ kato hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
bhikkhussa bhikkhave kālaṃ kate saṃgho sāmī pattacī-
vare. api ca gilānupaṭṭhākā bahūpakārā. anujānāmi
bhikkhave saṃghena ticīvaraṃ ca pattaṃ ca gilānu-
paṭṭhākānaṃ dātuṃ, yaṃ tattha lahubhaṇḍaṃ lahupari-
kkhāraṃ taṃ sammukhībhūtena saṃghena bhājetuṃ, yaṃ
tattha garubhaṇḍaṃ garuparikkhāraṃ taṃ āgatānāga-
tassa cātuddisassa saṃghassa avissajjikaṃ avebhaṅgikan ti.
||5||27||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu naggo hutvā
yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavan-
taṃ etad avoca: bhagavā hi bhante anekapariyāyena appi-
cchassa santuṭṭhassa sallekhassa dhutassa pāsādikassa apaca-
yassa viriyārambhassa vaṇṇavādī. idaṃ bhante naggiyaṃ
anekapariyāyena appicchatāya santuṭṭhiyā sallekhāya dhu-
tattāya pāsādikatāya apacayāya viriyārambhāya saṃvattati.
sādhu bhante bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ naggiyaṃ anujānātū 'ti.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ moghapurisa
ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akara-
ṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa naggiyaṃ
titthiyasamādānaṃ samādiyissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa
appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ
katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave naggiyaṃ titthi-
yasamādānaṃ samādiyitabbaṃ. yo samādiyeyya, āpatti
thullaccayassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro
bhikkhu kusacīraṃ nivāsetvā --la-- vākacīraṃ nivāsetvā,
phalakacīraṃ nivāsetvā, kesakambalaṃ nivāsetvā, vālakamba-
laṃ nivāsetvā, ulūkapakkhaṃ nivāsetvā --la-- ajinakkhi-
paṃ nivāsetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃka-
mitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: bhagavā bhante anekapari-
yāyena appicchassa . . . vaṇṇavādī. idaṃ bhante ajinakkhi-
paṃ anekapariyāyena appicchatāya . . . saṃvattati. sādhu
[page 306]
306 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 28. 2-30. 1.
bhante bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ ajinakkhipaṃ anujānātū 'ti.
vigarahi . . . akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ mogha-
purisa ajinakkhipaṃ titthiyadhajaṃ dhāressasi. n'; etaṃ
moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. {vigarahitvā}
dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave
ajinakkhipaṃ titthiyadhajaṃ dhāretabbaṃ. yo dhāreyya,
āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena
aññataro bhikkhu akkanālaṃ nivāsetvā --la-- potthakaṃ
nivāsetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkami-
tvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: bhagavā bhante aneka-
pariyāyena appicchassa . . . vaṇṇavādī. ayaṃ bhante
potthako anekapariyāyena appicchatāya . . . saṃvatta-
ti. sādhu bhante bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ potthakaṃ anu-
jānātū 'ti. vigarahi . . . akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nā-
ma tvaṃ moghapurisa potthakaṃ nivāsessasi. n'; etaṃ
moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. vigarahitvā
dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave
potthako nivāsetabbo. yo nivāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā
'ti. ||3||28||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sabbanī-
lakāni cīvarāni dhārenti, sabbapītakāni cīvarāni dhārenti,
sabbalohitakāni cīvarāni dhārenti, sabbamañjeṭṭhakāni cīva-
rāni dhārenti, sabbakaṇhāni cīvarāni dhārenti, sabbamahā-
raṅgarattāni cīvarāni dhārenti, sabbamahānāmarattāni cīva-
rāni dhārenti, acchinnadasāni cīvarāni dhārenti, dīghadasāni
cīvarāni dhārenti, pupphadasāni cīvarāni dhārenti, phaṇada-
sāni cīvarāni dhārenti, kañcukaṃ dhārenti, tirīṭakaṃ dhā-
renti, veṭhanaṃ dhārenti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti
vipācenti: seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave sabbanīlakāni cīva-
rāni dhāretabbāni, na sabbapītakāni cīvarāni dhāretabbāni
. . . na kañcukaṃ dhāretabbaṃ, na tirīṭakaṃ dhāretabbaṃ,
na veṭhanaṃ dhāretabbaṃ. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā
'ti. ||1||29||
tena kho pana samayena vassaṃ vutthā bhikkhū anuppanne
[page 307]
VIII. 30. 1-4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 307
cīvare pakkamanti pi, vibbhamanti pi, kālam pi karonti, sā-
maṇerāpi paṭijānanti, sikkhaṃ paccakkhātakāpi paṭijānanti,
antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannakāpi paṭijānanti, ummattakāpi p.,
khittacittāpi p., vedanaṭṭāpi p., āpattiyā adassane ukkhitta-
kāpi p., āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittakāpi p., pāpikāya
diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittakāpi p., paṇḍakāpi p.,
theyyasaṃvāsakāpi p., titthiyapakkantakāpi p., tiracchāna-
gatāpi p., mātughātakāpi p., pitughātakāpi p., arahantaghā-
takāpi p., bhikkhunīdūsakāpi p., saṃghabhedakāpi p.,
lohituppādakāpi p., ubhatovyañjanakāpi paṭijānanti. bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave
vassaṃ vuttho bhikkhu anuppanne cīvare pakkamati. sante
paṭirūpe gāhake dātabbaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ
vuttho bhikkhu anuppanne cīvare vibbhamati, kālaṃ karoti,
sāmaṇero paṭijānāti, sikkhaṃ paccakkhātako paṭijānāti, anti-
mavatthuṃ ajjhāpannako paṭijānāti. saṃgho sāmī. idha
pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vuttho bhikkhu anuppanne cīvare
ummattako paṭijānāti, . . . pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge
ukkhittako paṭijānāti. sante paṭirūpe gāhake dātabbaṃ.
idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vuttho bhikkhu anuppanne
cīvare paṇḍako paṭijānāti, . . . ubhatovyañjanako paṭijānāti.
saṃgho sāmī. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vuttho
bhikkhu uppanne cīvare abhājite pakkamati. sante paṭirūpe
gāhake dātabbaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vuttho
bhikkhu uppanne cīvare abhājite vibbhamati, . . . antima-
vatthuṃ ajjhāpannako paṭijānāti. saṃgho sāmī. idha pana
bhikkhave vassaṃ vuttho bhikkhu uppanne cīvare abhājite
ummattako paṭijānāti, . . . pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge
ukkhittako paṭijānāti. sante paṭirūpe gāhake dātabbaṃ.
idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vuttho bhikkhu uppanne cīvare
abhājite paṇḍako paṭijānāti . . . ubhatovyañjanako paṭijā-
nāti. saṃgho sāmī. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ
vutthānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anuppanne cīvare saṃgho bhijjati.
tattha manussā ekasmiṃ pakkhe udakaṃ denti ekasmiṃ
pakkhe cīvaraṃ denti saṃghassa demā 'ti. saṃghass'; ev'
etaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vutthānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ
anuppanne cīvare saṃgho bhijjati. tattha manussā ekasmiṃ
pakkhe udakaṃ denti, tasmiṃ yeva pakkhe cīvaraṃ denti
[page 308]
308 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 30. 4-31. 2.
saṃghassa demā 'ti. saṃghass'; ev'; etaṃ. ||4|| idha pana
bhikkhave vassaṃ vutthānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anuppanne cīvare
saṃgho bhijjati. tattha manussā ekasmiṃ pakkhe udakaṃ
denti ekasmiṃ pakkhe cīvaraṃ denti pakkhassa demā 'ti.
pakkhass'; ev'; etaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vutthānaṃ
bhikkhūnaṃ anuppanne cīvare saṃgho bhijjati. tattha ma-
nussā ekasmiṃ pakkhe udakaṃ denti, tasmiṃ yeva pakkhe
cīvaraṃ denti pakkhassa demā 'ti. pakkhass'; ev'; etaṃ. ||5||
idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vutthānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ up-
panne cīvare abhājite saṃgho bhijjati. sabbesaṃ samakaṃ
bhājetabban ti. ||6||30||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Revato aññatarassa
bhikkhuno hatthe āyasmato Sāriputtassa cīvaraṃ pāhesi
imaṃ cīvaraṃ therassa dehīti. atha kho so bhikkhu antarā
magge āyasmato Revatassa vissāsā taṃ cīvaraṃ aggahesi.
atha kho āyasmā Revato āyasmatā Sāriputtena samāgantvā
pucchi: ahaṃ bhante therassa cīvaraṃ pāhesiṃ, sampattaṃ
taṃ cīvaran ti. nāhaṃ taṃ āvuso cīvaraṃ passāmīti. atha
kho āyasmā Revato taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: ahaṃ āvuso
āyasmato hatthe therassa cīvaraṃ pāhesiṃ, kahaṃ taṃ
cīvaran ti. ahaṃ bhante āyasmato vissāsā taṃ cīvaraṃ
aggahesin ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1|| idha
pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe cīvaraṃ pahiṇati
imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa dehīti. so antarā magge yo
pahiṇati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, suggahitaṃ. yassa pahiyyati
tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, duggahitaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave
bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe cīvaraṃ pahiṇati imaṃ cīvaraṃ
itthannāmassa dehīti. so antarā magge yassa pahiyyati tassa
vissāsā gaṇhāti, duggahitaṃ. yo pahiṇati tassa vissāsā
gaṇhāti, suggahitaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu . . .
dehīti. so antarā magge suṇāti yo pahiṇati so kālaṃ kato
'ti. tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti, svādhiṭṭhitaṃ. yassa
pahiyyati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, duggahitaṃ. idha pana
bhikkhave bhikkhu . . . dehīti. so antarā magge suṇāti
yassa pahiyyati so kālaṃ kato 'ti. tassa matakacīvaraṃ
adhiṭṭhāti, dvādhiṭṭhitaṃ. yo pahiṇati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti,
suggahitaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu . . . dehīti.
[page 309]
VIII. 31. 2-32. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 309
so antarā magge suṇāti ubho kālaṃ katā 'ti. yo pahiṇati
tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti, svādhiṭṭhitaṃ. yassa pahi-
yyati tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti, dvādhiṭṭhitaṃ. ||2||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe cīvaraṃ
pahiṇati imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa dammīti. so antarā
magge yo pahiṇati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, duggahitaṃ. yassa
pahiyyati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, suggahitaṃ. idha pana
bhikkhave bhikkhu . . . dammīti. so antarā magge yassa
pahiyyati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, suggahitaṃ. yo pahiṇati
tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, duggahitaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave
bhikkhu . . . dammīti. so antarā magge suṇāti yo pahi-
ṇati so kālaṃ kato 'ti. tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti,
dvādhiṭṭhitaṃ. yassa pahiyyati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, sugga-
hitaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu . . . dammīti. so
antarā magge suṇāti yassa pahiyyati so kālaṃ kato 'ti. tassa
matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti, svādhiṭṭhitaṃ. yo pahiṇati tassa
vissāsā gaṇhāti, duggahitaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu
. . . dammīti. so antarā magge suṇāti ubho kālaṃ katā 'ti.
yo pahiṇati tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti, dvādhiṭṭhitaṃ.
yassa pahiyyati tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti, svādhiṭṭhi-
taṃ. ||3||31||
aṭṭh'; imā bhikkhave mātikā cīvarassa uppādā-
ya: sīmāya deti, katikāya deti, bhikkhāpaññattiyā deti,
saṃghassa deti, ubhatosaṃghassa deti, vassaṃ vutthasaṃ-
ghassa deti, ādissa deti, puggalassa deti. sīmāya deti:
yāvatikā bhikkhū antosīmagatā tehi bhājetabbaṃ. katikāya
deti: sambahulā āvāsā samānalābhā honti, ekasmiṃ āvāse
dinne sabbattha dinnaṃ hoti. bhikkhāpaññattiyā deti:
yattha saṃghassa dhuvakārā kariyanti tattha demā 'ti.
saṃghassa deti: sammukhībhūtena saṃghena bhājetabbaṃ.
ubhatosaṃghassa deti: bahukāpi bhikkhū honti ekā bhi-
kkhunī hoti, upaḍḍhaṃ dātabbaṃ. bahukāpi bhikkhu-
niyo honti eko bhikkhu hoti, upaḍḍhaṃ dātabbaṃ. vassaṃ
vutthasaṃghassa deti: yāvatikā bhikkhū tasmiṃ āvā-
se vassaṃ vutthā tehi bhājetabbaṃ. ādissa deti: yāguyā
vā bhatte vā khādaniye vā cīvare vā senāsane vā bhesajje
[page 310]
310 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 32. 1.
vā. puggalassa deti: imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa dammī-
ti. ||1||32||
cīvarakkhandhakaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.
imamhi khandhake vatthu channavuti. tassa uddānaṃ:
Rājagahako negamo disvā Vesāliyaṃ gaṇi
puna Rājagahaṃ gantvā rañño taṃ paṭivedayi. |
putto Sālavatikāya Abhayassa hi atrajo
jīvatīti kumārena saṃkhāto Jīvako iti. |
so hi Takkasilaṃ gantvā uggahetvā mahābhiso
sattavassikāabādhaṃ natthukammena nāsayi, |
rañño bhagandalābādhaṃ ālepena apākaḍḍhi,
mamaṃ ca itthāgāraṃ ca buddhasaṃghaṃ c'; upaṭṭhaha. |
Rājagahako ca seṭṭhi, antagaṇṭhitikicchitaṃ,
5 Pajjotassa mahārogaṃ ghatapānena nāsayi. |
adhikāraṃ ca, Siveyyaṃ, abhisannaṃ sinehati,
tīṇi uppalahatthena samatiṃsavirecanaṃ. |
pakatattaṃ varaṃ yāci, Siveyyaṃ ca paṭiggahi,
cīvaraṃ ca gihidānaṃ anuññāsi tathāgato. |
Rājagahe janapade bahuṃ uppajji cīvaraṃ.
pāvāro, kosikaṃ c'; eva, kojavo, aḍḍhakāsikaṃ, |
uccāvacā ca, santuṭṭhi, nāgames'; āgamesu ca,
paṭhamaṃ pacchā, sadisā, katikā ca, paṭiharuṃ, |
bhaṇḍāgāraṃ, aguttaṃ ca, vuṭṭhāpenti tath'; eva ca,
10 ussannaṃ, kolāhalaṃ ca, kathaṃ bhāje, kathaṃ dade, |
sak'-ātirekabhāgena, paṭiviso kathaṃ dade,
chakanena, sītuṇhi ca, uttarituṃ, na jānare, |
oropento, bhājanaṃ ca, pātiyā ca, chamāya ca,
upacikā, majjhe, jiranti, ekato, patthinnena ca, |
pharus'-āchinn'-accibandhā, addasāsi ubhaṇḍite,
vīmaṃsitvā Sakyamuni anuññāsi ticīvaraṃ, |
aññena atirekena, uppajji, chiddam eva ca,
cātuddīpo, varaṃ yāci dātuṃ vassikasāṭikaṃ |
āgantu-gami-gilānaṃ upaṭṭhākaṃ ca bhesajjaṃ
15 dhuvaṃ udakasāṭiṃ ca, paṇītaṃ, atikhuddakaṃ, |
thullakacchu, mukhaṃ, khomaṃ, paripuṇṇaṃ, adhiṭṭhā-
naṃ,
pacchimaṃ, kato garuko, vikaṇṇo, suttam okiri, |
[page 311]
MAHĀVAGGA. 311
lujjanti, na ppahonti ca, anvādhikaṃ, bahūni ca,
Andhavane, asatiyā, eko vassaṃ, utumhi ca, |
dve bhātukā, Rājagahe, Upanando, puna dvisu,
kucchivikāro, gilāno ubho c'; eva, gilāyanā, |
naggā, kusā, vākacīraṃ, phalako, kesakambalaṃ,
vāla-ulūkapakkhaṃ ca, ajinaṃ, akkanālaṃ ca, |
potthakaṃ, nīla-pītaṃ ca, lohitaṃ, mañjeṭṭhena ca,
20 kaṇhā, mahāraṅga-nāma, acchinnadasikā tathā, |
dīgha-puppha-phaṇadasā, kañcu-tirīṭa-veṭhanaṃ,
anuppanne pakkamati, saṃgho bhijjati tāvade, |
pakkhe dadanti, saṃghassa, āyasmā Revato pahi,
vissāsagāh', ādhiṭṭhāti, aṭṭha cīvaramātikā 'ti.
[page 312]
312
MAHĀVAGGA.
IX.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Campāyaṃ viharati
Gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre. tena kho pana samayena
Kāsīsu janapadesu Vāsabhagāmo nāma hoti, tattha
Kassapagotto nāma bhikkhu āvāsiko hoti tantibaddho
ussukkaṃ āpanno kinti anāgatā ca pesalā bhikkhū āgacche-
yyuṃ āgatā ca pesalā bhikkhū phāsu vihareyyuṃ ayaṃ ca
āvāso vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyyā 'ti. tena kho
pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Kāsīsu cārikaṃ caramānā
yena Vāsabhagāmo tad avasaruṃ. addasa kho Kassapagotto
bhikkhu te bhikkhū dūrato 'va āgacchante, disvāna
āsanaṃ paññāpesi pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathali-
kaṃ upanikkhipi paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi
pāniyena āpucchi nahāne ussukkaṃ akāsi ussukkam pi
akāsi yāguyā khādaniye bhattasmiṃ. atha kho tesaṃ
āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhaddako kho ayaṃ
āvuso āvāsiko bhikkhu, nahāne ussukkaṃ karoti ussukkam pi
karoti yāguyā khādaniye bhattasmiṃ, handa mayaṃ āvuso
idh'; eva Vāsabhagāme nivāsaṃ kappemā 'ti. atha kho te
āgantukā bhikkhū tatth'; eva Vāsabhagāme nivāsaṃ kappe-
suṃ. ||1|| atha kho Kassapagottassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi:
yo kho imesaṃ āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āgantukakilamatho
so paṭippassaddho, ye p'; ime gocare appakataññuno te
dān'; ime gocare pakataññuno. dukkaraṃ kho pana para-
kulesu yāvajīvaṃ ussukkaṃ kātuṃ viññatti ca manussānaṃ
amanāpā. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ na ussukkaṃ kareyyaṃ yāguyā
khādaniye bhattasmin ti. so na ussukkaṃ akāsi yāguyā
khādaniye bhattasmiṃ. atha kho tesaṃ āgantukānaṃ bhi-
[page 313]
IX. 1. 2-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 313
kkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: pubbe khv'; āyaṃ āvuso āvāsiko bhikkhu
nahāne ussukkaṃ akāsi ussukkam pi akāsi yāguyā khā-
daniye bhattasmiṃ, so dān'; āyaṃ na ussukkaṃ karoti yāguyā
khādaniye bhattasmiṃ. duṭṭho dān'; āyaṃ āvuso āvāsiko
bhikkhu, handa mayaṃ āvuso āvāsikaṃ bhikkhuṃ ukkhipāmā
'ti. ||2|| atha kho te āgantukā bhikkhū sannipatitvā Kassa-
pagottaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avocuṃ: pubbe kho tvaṃ āvuso
nahāne ussukkaṃ karosi ussukkam pi karosi yāguyā khā-
daniye bhattasmiṃ, so dāni tvaṃ na ussukkaṃ karosi yāguyā
khādaniye bhattasmiṃ. āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, passas'
etaṃ āpattin ti. n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ
passeyyan ti. atha kho te āgantukā bhikkhū Kassapagottaṃ
bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhipiṃsu. atha kho Kassa-
pagottassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: ahaṃ kho etaṃ na jānāmi
āpatti vā esā anāpatti vā āpanno c'; amhi anāpanno vā
ukkhitto c'; amhi anukkhitto vā dhammikena vā adhammi-
kena vā kuppena vā akuppena vā ṭhānārahena vā aṭṭhānā-
rahena vā. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ Campaṃ gantvā bhagavantaṃ
etaṃ atthaṃ puccheyyan ti. ||3|| atha kho Kassapagotto
bhikkhu senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena
Campā tena pakkāmi, anupubbena yena Campā yena bhagavā
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdi. āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ buddhānaṃ
bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodi-
tuṃ. atha kho bhagavā Kassapagottaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad
avoca: kacci bhikkhu khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci
appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgato, kuto ca tvaṃ bhikkhu
āgacchasīti. khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā,
appakilamathena cāhaṃ bhante addhānaṃ āgato. ||4|| atthi
bhante Kāsīsu janapadesu Vāsabhagāmo nāma, tatthāhaṃ
bhagavā āvāsiko tantibaddho ussukkaṃ āpanno kinti anā-
gatā ca pesalā bhikkhū āgaccheyyuṃ āgatā ca pesalā bhikkhū
phāsu vihareyyuṃ ayaṃ ca āvāso vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ
āpajjeyyā 'ti. atha kho bhante sambahulā bhikkhū Kāsīsu
cārikaṃ caramānā yena Vāsabhagāmo tad avasaruṃ. adda-
saṃ kho ahaṃ bhante bhikkhū dūrato 'va āgacchante,
disvāna āsanaṃ paññāpesiṃ . . . atha kho tesaṃ bhante
āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhaddako . . . atha
[page 314]
314 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 1. 5-8.
kho te bhante āgantukā bhikkhū tatth'; eva Vāsabhagāme
nivāsaṃ kappesuṃ. tassa mayhaṃ bhante etad ahosi: yo
kho . . . bhattasmin ti. so kho ahaṃ bhante na ussukkaṃ
akāsiṃ . . . atha kho tesaṃ bhante āgantukānaṃ . . .
nahāne ussukkaṃ karoti ussukkam pi karoti yāguyā khā-
daniye bhattasmiṃ, so dān'; āyaṃ na ussukkaṃ karoti . . .
atha kho te bhante āgantukā bhikkhū sannipatitvā maṃ etad
avocuṃ: pubbe kho . . . passeyyan ti. atha kho te bhante
āgantukā bhikkhū maṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhipiṃsu. tassa
mayhaṃ bhante etad ahosi: ahaṃ kho . . . puccheyyan ti.
tato ahaṃ bhagavā āgacchāmīti. ||5|| anāpatti esā bhikkhu
n'; esā āpatti, anāpanno 'si na 'si āpanno, anukkhitto 'si na 'si
ukkhitto, adhammikena 'si kammena ukkhitto kuppena aṭṭhā-
nārahena. gaccha tvaṃ bhikkhu tatth'; eva Vāsabhagāme
nivāsaṃ kappehīti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho Kassapagotto
bhikkhu bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena Vāsabhagāmo tena
pakkāmi. ||6|| atha kho tesaṃ āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ
ahud eva kukkuccaṃ ahu vippaṭisāro: alābhā vata no na
vata no lābhā, dulladdhaṃ vata no na vata no suladdhaṃ, ye
mayaṃ suddhaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpattikaṃ avatthusmiṃ akā-
raṇe ukkhipimhā. handa mayaṃ āvuso Campaṃ gantvā
bhagavato santike accayaṃ accayato desemā 'ti. atha kho te
āgantukā bhikkhū senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya
yena Campā tena pakkamiṃsu, anupubbena yena Campā
yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhaga-
vantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. āciṇṇaṃ kho
. . . paṭisammodituṃ. atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etad
avoca: kacci bhikkhave khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ,
kacci appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgatā, kuto ca tumhe
bhikkhave āgacchathā 'ti. khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanī-
yaṃ bhagavā, appakilamathena ca mayaṃ bhante addhā-
naṃ āgatā. atthi bhante Kāsīsu janapadesu Vāsabha-
gāmo nāma, tato mayaṃ bhagavā āgacchāmā 'ti. ||7||
tumhe bhikkhave āvāsikaṃ bhikkhuṃ ukkhipitthā 'ti.
evaṃ bhante 'ti. kismiṃ bhikkhave vatthusmiṃ kā-
raṇe 'ti. avatthusmiṃ bhagavā akāraṇe 'ti. vigarahi
buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ bhikkhave ananulomi-
[page 315]
IX. 1. 8-2. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 315
kaṃ . . . akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe mogha-
purisā suddhaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpattikaṃ avatthusmiṃ akā-
raṇe ukkhipissatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ
vā pasādāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: na bhikkhave suddho bhikkhu anāpattiko ava-
tthusmiṃ akāraṇe ukkhipitabbo. yo ukkhipeyya, āpatti
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||8|| atha kho te bhikkhū uṭṭhāyāsanā
ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā
nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: accayo no bhante
accagamā yathā bāle yathā mūḷhe yathā akusale ye mayaṃ
suddhaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpattikaṃ avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe ukkhi-
pimhā, tesaṃ no bhante bhagavā accayaṃ accayato paṭi-
gaṇhātu āyatiṃ saṃvarāyā 'ti. taggha tumhe bhikkhave
accayo accagamā yathā bāle yathā mūḷhe yathā akusale ye
tumhe suddhaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpattikaṃ avatthusmiṃ akā-
raṇe ukkhipittha. yato ca kho tumhe bhikkhave accayaṃ
accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikarotha taṃ vo mayaṃ
paṭigaṇhāma, vuddhi h'; esā bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye yo
accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikaroti āyatiṃ
saṃvaraṃ āpajjatīti. ||9||1||
tena kho pana samayena Campāyaṃ bhikkhū evarūpāni
kammāni karonti: adhammena vaggakammaṃ karonti,
adhammena samaggakammaṃ karonti, dhammena vaggak.
k., dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggak. k., dhammapaṭirūpakena
samaggak. k., eko pi ekaṃ ukkhipati, eko pi dve ukkhipati,
eko pi sambahule ukkhipati, eko pi saṃghaṃ ukkh., dve pi
ekaṃ ukkhipanti, dve pi dve ukkh., dve pi sambahule ukkh.,
dve pi saṃghaṃ ukkh., sambahulāpi ekaṃ ukkh., sambahu-
lāpi dve ukkh., sambahulāpi sambahule ukkh., sambahulāpi
saṃghaṃ ukkh., saṃgho pi saṃghaṃ ukkhipati. ||1|| ye te
bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ
hi nāma Campāyaṃ bhikkhū evarūpāni kammāni karissanti:
adhammena vaggakammaṃ karissanti, . . . dhammapaṭirū-
pakena samaggakammaṃ karissanti, eko pi ekaṃ ukkhipissati
. . . saṃgho pi saṃghaṃ ukkhipissatīti. atha kho te
bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ arocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira
bhikkhave Campāyaṃ bhikkhū evarūpāni kammāni karonti:
[page 316]
316 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 2. 2-3. 1.
adhammena vaggakammaṃ karonti . . . saṃgho pi saṃghaṃ
ukkhipatīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā:
ananucchaviyaṃ bhikkhave tesaṃ moghapurisānaṃ ananu-
lomikaṃ . . . akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave
moghapurisā evarūpāni kammāni karissanti: adhammena
vaggakammaṃ karissanti . . . saṃgho pi saṃghaṃ ukkhi-
pissati. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya.
vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi. ||2||
adhammena ce bhikkhave vaggakammaṃ akammaṃ na ca
karaṇīyaṃ. adhammena samaggakammaṃ akammaṃ na ca
karaṇīyaṃ . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggakammaṃ
akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ, eko pi ekaṃ ukkhipati akammaṃ
na ca karaṇīyaṃ . . . saṃgho pi saṃghaṃ ukkhipati aka-
mmaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. ||3|| cattār'; imāni bhikkhave
kammāni: adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena sam-
aggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammena sam-
aggakammaṃ. tatra bhikkhave yam idaṃ adhammena
vaggakammaṃ idaṃ bhikkhave kammaṃ adhammattā
vaggattā kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahaṃ. na bhikkhave evarūpaṃ
kammaṃ kātabbaṃ na ca mayā evarūpaṃ kammaṃ anuññā-
taṃ. tatra bhikkhave yam idaṃ adhammena samagga-
kammaṃ idaṃ bhikkhave kammaṃ adhammattā kuppaṃ
. . . anuññātaṃ. tatra bhikkhave yam idaṃ dhammena
vaggakammaṃ idaṃ bhikkhave kammaṃ vaggattā
kuppaṃ . . . anuññātaṃ. tatra bhikkhave yam idaṃ
dhammena samaggakammaṃ idaṃ bhikkhave kammaṃ
dhammattā samaggattā akuppaṃ ṭhānārahaṃ. evarūpaṃ
bhikkhave kammaṃ kātabbaṃ evarūpaṃ ca mayā kammaṃ
anuññātaṃ. tasmāt iha bhikkhave evarūpaṃ kammaṃ
karissāma yad idaṃ dhammena samaggan ti, evañ hi vo
bhikkhave sikkhitabban ti. ||4||2||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū evarū-
pāni kammāni karonti: adhammena vaggakammaṃ karonti,
adhammena samaggakammaṃ k., dhammena vaggak. k.,
dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggak. k., dhammap. samaggak. k.,
ñattivipannam pi kammaṃ karonti anussāvanasampannaṃ,
anussāvanavipannam pi kammaṃ karonti ñattisampannaṃ,
[page 317]
IX. 3. 1-4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 317
ñattivipannam pi anussāvanavipannam pi kammaṃ karonti,
aññatrāpi dhammā kammaṃ karonti aññatrāpi vinayā k. k.,
aññatrāpi satthu sāsanā k. k., paṭikuṭṭhakatam pi kammaṃ
karonti adhammikaṃ kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahaṃ. ye te bhikkhū
appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma
chabbaggiyā bhikkhū evarūpāni kammāni karissanti:
adhammena vaggakammaṃ karissanti . . . paṭikuṭṭhakatam
pi kammaṃ karissanti adh. kup. aṭṭhānārahan ti. atha kho te
bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira
bhikkhave chabbaggiyā bhikkhū evarūpāni kammāni karonti:
adhammena vaggakammaṃ karonti --la-- paṭikuṭṭhakatam
pi kammaṃ karonti adhammikaṃ kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahan ti.
saccaṃ bhagavā. --la-- vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā
bhikkhū āmantesi: ||1|| adhammena ce bhikkhave vagga-
kammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ . . . dhammapaṭirū-
pakena samaggakammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ, ñatti-
vipannaṃ ce bhikkhave kammaṃ anussāvanasampannaṃ
akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ, anussāvanavipannaṃ ce bhikkh-
ave kammaṃ ñattisampannaṃ ak. na ca k., ñattivipannaṃ
ce bhikkhave kammaṃ anussāvanavipannaṃ ak. na ca k.,
aññatrāpi dhammā kammaṃ ak. na ca k., annatrāpi vinayā
kammaṃ ak. na ca k., aññatrāpi satthu sāsanā kammaṃ ak.
na ca k., paṭikuṭṭhakataṃ ce bhikkhave kammaṃ adhammi-
kaṃ kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. ||2||
cha yimāni bhikkhave kammāni: adhammakammaṃ vagga-
kammaṃ samaggakammaṃ dhammapaṭirūpakena vagga-
kammaṃ dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggakammaṃ dhammena
samaggakammaṃ. katamaṃ ca bhikkhave adhamma-
kammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme ekāya ñattiyā
kammaṃ karoti na ca kammavācaṃ anussāveti, adhamma-
kammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme dvīhi ñattīhi
kammaṃ karoti na ca kammavācaṃ anussāveti, adhamma-
kammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme ekāya kamma-
vācāya kammaṃ karoti na ca ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, adhamma-
kammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme dvīhi kamma-
vācāhi kammaṃ karoti na ca ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, adhamma-
kammaṃ. ||3|| ñatticatutthe ce bhikkhave kamme ekāya
ñattiyā kammaṃ karoti na ca kammavācaṃ anussāveti,
[page 318]
318 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 3. 4-7.
adhammakammaṃ. ñatticatutthe ce bhikkhave kamme dvīhi
ñattīhi kammaṃ karoti . . . tīhi ñattīhi kammaṃ karoti . . .
catūhi ñattīhi kammaṃ karoti na ca kammavācaṃ anussāveti,
adhammakammaṃ. ñatticatutthe ce bhikkhave kamme ekāya
kammavācāya kammaṃ karoti . . . dvīhi kammavācāhi
kammaṃ karoti . . . tīhi kammavācāhi kammaṃ karoti . . .
catūhi kammavācāhi kammaṃ karoti na ca ñattiṃ ṭhapeti,
adhammakammaṃ. idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave adhamma-
kammaṃ. ||4|| katamaṃ ca bhikkhave vaggakammaṃ.
ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kamma-
ppattā te anāgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando anāhaṭo
hoti, sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti, vaggakammaṃ. ñatti-
dutiye ce bhikkhave kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā
te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando anāhaṭo hoti,
sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti, vaggakammaṃ. ñattidutiye
ce bhikkhave kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te
āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhī-
bhūtā paṭikkosanti, vaggakammaṃ. ñatticatutthe ce . . .
(the same three cases are repeated here) . . . vaggakammaṃ.
idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave vaggakammaṃ. ||5|| katamaṃ ca
bhikkhave samaggakammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave
kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti,
chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā na
paṭikkosanti, samaggakammaṃ. ñatticatutthe ce . . . na
paṭikkosanti, samaggakammaṃ. idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
samaggakammaṃ. ||6|| katamaṃ ca bhikkhave dhamma-
paṭirūpakena vaggakammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhikkh-
ave kamme paṭhamaṃ kammavācaṃ anussāveti, pacchā
ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te anāgatā
honti, chandārahānaṃ chando anāhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā
paṭikkosanti, dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggakammaṃ. ñatti-
dutiye ce bhikkhave kamme paṭhamaṃ kammavācaṃ anussā-
veti, pacchā ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā
te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando anāhaṭo hoti, sammu-
khībhūtā paṭikkosanti, dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggakammaṃ.
ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme paṭhamaṃ kammavācaṃ
anussāveti, pacchā ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kamma-
ppattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti,
[page 319]
IX.3.7-4.1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 319
sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti, dhammapaṭirūpakena vagga-
kammaṃ. ñatticatutthe ce bhikkhave kamme . . . (the
same three cases are repeated here) . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena
vaggakammaṃ. idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dhammapaṭirūpa-
kena vaggakammaṃ. ||7|| katamaṃ ca bhikkhave dhamma-
paṭirūpakena samaggakammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhi-
kkhave kamme paṭhamaṃ kammavācaṃ anussāveti, pacchā
ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā
honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā na
paṭikkosanti, dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggakammaṃ. ñatti-
catutthe ce . . . na paṭikkosanti, dhammapaṭirūpakena sam-
aggakammaṃ. idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dhammapaṭirū-
pakena samaggakammaṃ. ||8|| katamaṃ ca bhikkhave
dhammena samaggakammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave
kamme paṭhamaṃ ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, pacchā ekāya kammavācāya
kammaṃ karoti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā
honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā
na paṭikkosanti, dhammena samaggakammaṃ. ñatticatutthe
ce bhikkhave kamme paṭhamaṃ ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, pacchā tīhi
kammavācāhi kammaṃ karoti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kamma-
ppattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti,
sammukhībhūtā na paṭikkosanti, dhammena samagga-
kammaṃ. idaṃ vuccati bh. dh. sam. ||9||3||
pañca saṃghā: catuvaggo bhikkhusaṃgho, pañcavaggo
bhikkhusaṃgho, dasavaggo bhikkhusaṃgho, vīsativaggo
bhikkhusaṃgho, atirekavīsativaggo bhikkhusaṃgho. tatra
bhikkhave yv'; āyaṃ catuvaggo bhikkhusaṃgho, ṭha-
petvā tīṇi kammāni upasampadaṃ pavāraṇaṃ abbhānaṃ
dhammena samaggo sabbakammesu kammappatto. tatra
bhikkhave yv'; āyaṃ pañcavaggo bhikkhusaṃgho, ṭhapetvā
dve kammāni majjhimesu janapadesu upasampadaṃ abbhā-
naṃ dhammena samaggo sabbakammesu kammappatto. tatra
bhikkhave yv'; āyaṃ dasavaggo bhikkhusaṃgho, ṭhapetvā
ekaṃ kammaṃ abbhānaṃ dhammena samaggo sabbakammesu
kammappatto. tatra bhikkhave yv'; āyaṃ vīsativaggo
bhikkhusaṃgho, dhammena samaggo sabbakammesu kamma-
ppatto. tatra bhikkhave yv'; āyaṃ atirekavīsativaggo
[page 320]
320 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 4. 1-6.
bhikkhusaṃgho, dhammena samaggo sabbakammesu kamma-
ppatto. ||1|| catuvaggakaraṇaṃ ce bhikkhave kammaṃ
bhikkhunīcatuttho kammaṃ kareyya, akammaṃ na ca
karaṇīyaṃ. catuvaggakaraṇaṃ ce bhikkhave kammaṃ
sikkhamānācatuttho . . . sāmaṇeracatuttho . . . sāmaṇerī-
catuttho . . . sikkhaṃ paccakkhātakacatuttho . . . antima-
vatthuṃ ajjhāpannakacatuttho . . . āpattiyā adassane
ukkhittakacatuttho . . . āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhitta-
kacatuttho . . . pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhitta-
kacatuttho . . . paṇḍakacatuttho . . . theyyasaṃvāsakaca-
tuttho . . . titthiyapakkantakacatuttho . . . tiracchānagata-
catuttho . . . mātughātakacatuttho . . . pitughātakacatuttho
. . . arahantaghātakacatuttho . . . bhikkhunīdūsakacatuttho
. . . saṃghabhedakacatuttho . . . lohituppādakacatuttho
. . . ubhatovyañjanakacatuttho . . . nānāsaṃvāsakacatuttho
. . . nānāsīmāya ṭhitacatuttho . . . iddhiyā vehāse ṭhita-
catuttho . . . yassa saṃgho kammaṃ karoti taṃcatuttho
kammaṃ kareyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyam. ||2|| catu-
vaggakaraṇaṃ.
pañcavaggakaraṇaṃ ce bhikkhave kammaṃ bhikkhunī-
pañcamo kammaṃ kareyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ . . .
yassa saṃgho kammaṃ karoti taṃpañcamo kammaṃ kareyya,
akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. ||3|| pañcavaggakaraṇaṃ.
dasavaggakaraṇaṃ ce bhikkhave kammaṃ bhikkhunīda-
samo kammaṃ kareyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ . . .
yassa saṃgho kammaṃ karoti taṃdasamo kammaṃ kareyya,
akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. ||4|| dasavaggakaraṇaṃ.
vīsativaggakaraṇaṃ ce bhikkhave kammaṃ bhikkhunīvīso
kammaṃ kareyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ . . . yassa
saṃgho kammaṃ karoti taṃvīso kammaṃ kareyya, akammaṃ
na ca karaṇīyaṃ. ||5|| vīsativaggakaraṇaṃ.
pārivāsikacatuttho ce bhikkhave parivāsaṃ dadeyya mū-
lāya {paṭikasseyya} mānattaṃ dadeyya, taṃvīso abbheyya,
akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. mūlāya paṭikassanārahaca-
tuttho ce bhikkhave parivāsaṃ dadeyya mūlāya paṭikasseyya
mānattaṃ dadeyya, taṃvīso abbheyya, akammaṃ na ca
karaṇīyaṃ. mānattārahacatuttho ce bhikkhave parivāsaṃ
dadeyya mūlāya paṭikasseyya mānattaṃ dadeyya, taṃvīso
[page 321]
IX. 4. 6-9.] MAHĀVAGGA. 321
abbheyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. mānattacārikaca-
tuttho ce bhikkhave parivāsaṃ dadeyya mūlāya paṭikasseyya
mānattaṃ dadeyya, taṃvīso abbheyya, akammaṃ na ca
karaṇīyaṃ. abbhānārahacatuttho ce bhikkhave parivāsaṃ
dadeyya mūlāya paṭikasseyya mānattaṃ dadeyya, taṃvīso
abbheyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. ||6||
ekaccassa bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe paṭikkosanā rū-
hati, ekaccassa na rūhati. kassa ca bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe
paṭikkosanā na rūhati. bhikkhuniyā bhikkhave saṃgha-
majjhe paṭikkosanā na rūhati, sikkhamānāya bhikkhave
--la-- sāmaṇerassa bh., sāmaṇeriyā bh., sikkhaṃ paccakkhā-
takassa bh., antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannakassa bh., ummatta-
kassa bh., khittacittassa bh., vedanaṭṭassa bh., āpattiyā
adassane ukkhittakassa bh., āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhitta-
kassa bh., pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittakassa
bh., paṇḍakassa bh., theyyasaṃvāsakassa bh., titthiyapakkan-
takassa bh., tiracchānagatassa bh., mātughātakassa bh., pitu-
ghātakassa bh., arahantaghātakassa bh., bhikkhunīdūsakassa
bh., saṃghabhedakassa bh., lohituppādakassa bh., ubhato-
vyañjanakassa bh., nānāsaṃvāsakassa bh., nānāsīmāya ṭhitassa
bh., iddhiyā vehāse ṭhitassa bh., yassa saṃgho kammaṃ
karoti tassa bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe paṭikkosanā na rūhati.
imesaṃ kho bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe paṭikkosanā na rūhati.
||7|| kassa ca bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe paṭikkosanā rūhati.
bhikkhussa bhikkhave pakatattassa samānasaṃvāsakassa sa-
mānasīmāya ṭhitassa antamaso ānantarikassāpi bhikkhuno
viññāpentassa saṃghamajjhe paṭikkosanā rūhati. imassa
kho bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe paṭikkosanā rūhati. ||8||
dve 'mā bhikkhave nissāraṇā. atthi bhikkhave puggalo
appatto nissāraṇaṃ, taṃ ce saṃgho nissāreti ekacco sunissā-
rito ekacco dunnissārito. katamo ca bhikkhave puggalo
appatto nissāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho nissāreti dunnissārito.
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu suddho hoti anāpattiko, taṃ
ce saṃgho nissāreti dunnissārito. ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
puggalo appatto nissāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho nissāreti dunni-
ssārito. katamo ca bhikkhave puggalo appatto nissāraṇaṃ
taṃ ce saṃgho nissāreti sunissārito. idha pana bhikkhave
bhikkhu bālo hoti avyatto āpattibahulo anapadāno gihi-
[page 322]
322 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 4. 9-5. 1.
saṃsaṭṭho viharati ananulomikehi gihisaṃsaggehi, taṃ ce
saṃgho nissāreti sunissārito. ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
puggalo appatto nissāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho nissāreti sunissā-
rito. ||9||
dve 'mā bhikkhave osāraṇā. atthi bhikkhave puggalo
appatto osāraṇaṃ, taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti ekacco sosārito
ekacco dosārito. katamo ca bhikkhave puggalo appatto
osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti dosārito. paṇḍako bhikkh-
ave appatto osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti dosārito.
theyyasaṃvāsako bhikkhave . . . titthiyapakkantako bhikkh-
ave, tiracchānagato bh., mātughātako bh., pitughātako bh.,
arahantaghātako bh., bhikkhunīdūsako bh., saṃghabhedako
bh., lohituppādako bh., ubhatovyañjanako bhikkhave appatto
osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti dosārito. ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave puggalo appatto osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti
dosārito. ime vuccanti bhikkhave puggalā appattā osāraṇaṃ
taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti dosāritā. ||10|| katamo ca bhikkhave
puggalo appatto osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti sosārito.
hatthacchinno bhikkhave appatto osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho
osāreti sosārito. pādacchinno bhikkhave, hatthapādacchinno
bh., kaṇṇacchinno bh., nāsacchinno bh., kaṇṇanāsacchinno
bh., aṅgulicchinno bh., aḷacchinno bh., kaṇḍaracchinno bh.,
phaṇahatthako bh., khujjo bh., vāmano bh., galagaṇḍi bh.,
lakkhaṇāhato bh., kasāhato bh., likhitako bh., sīpadiko bh.,
pāparogī bh., parisadūsako bh., kāṇo bh., kuṇi bh., khañjo
bh., pakkhahato bh., chinniriyāpatho bh., jarādubbalo bh.,
andho bh., mūgo bh., badhiro bh., andhamūgo bh., andha-
badhiro bh., mūgabadhiro bh., andhamūgabadhiro bhikkhave
appatto osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti sosārito. ayaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave puggalo appatto osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho
osāreti sosārito. ime vuccanti bhikkhave puggalā appattā
osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti sosāritā. ||11||4||
Vāsabhagāmabhāṇavāraṃ paṭhamaṃ.
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa na hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā.
tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā:
āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, passas'; etaṃ āpattin ti. so evaṃ
vadeti: n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ passeyyan ti.
[page 323]
IX. 5. 1-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 323
taṃ saṃgho āpattiyā adassane ukkhipati, adhammakammaṃ.
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa na hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā.
tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā:
āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, paṭikarohi taṃ āpattin ti. so
evaṃ vadeti: n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ paṭika-
reyyan ti. taṃ saṃgho āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhipati,
adhammakammaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa na
hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho
vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: pāpikā te āvuso diṭṭhi,
paṭinissajj'; etaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. so evaṃ vadeti: n'; atthi
me āvuso pāpikā diṭṭhi yam ahaṃ paṭinissajjeyyan ti. taṃ
saṃgho pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhipati, adha-
mmakammaṃ. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa na hoti
āpatti daṭṭhabbā na hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā. tam enaṃ codeti
saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso
āpanno, passas'; etaṃ āpattiṃ, paṭikarohi taṃ āpattin ti. so
evaṃ vadeti: n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ passeyyaṃ,
n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ paṭikareyyan ti. taṃ
saṃgho adassane vā appaṭikamme vā ukkhipati, adhamma-
kammaṃ. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa na hoti
āpatti daṭṭhabbā na hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. tam
enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā:
āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, passas'; etaṃ āpattiṃ, pāpikā
te diṭṭhi, paṭinissajj'; etaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. so evaṃ
vadeti: n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ passeyyaṃ,
n'; atthi me pāpikā diṭṭhi yam ahaṃ paṭinissajjeyyan ti. taṃ
saṃgho adassane vā appaṭinissagge vā ukkhipati, adhamma-
kammaṃ. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa na hoti
āpatti paṭikātabbā na hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. tam
enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: āpattiṃ
tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, paṭikaroh'; etaṃ āpattiṃ, pāpikā te diṭṭhi,
paṭinissajj'; etaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. so evaṃ vadeti: n'
atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ paṭikareyyaṃ, n'; atthi me
pāpikā diṭṭhi yam ahaṃ paṭinissajjeyyan ti. taṃ saṃgho
appaṭikamme vā appaṭinissagge vā ukkhipati, adhamma-
kammaṃ. ||4|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa na hoti
āpatti daṭṭhabbā na hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā na hoti pāpikā
diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā
[page 324]
324 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 5. 5-8.
vā ekapuggalo vā: āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, passas'; etaṃ
āpattiṃ, paṭikarohi taṃ āpattiṃ, pāpikā te diṭṭhi, paṭinissajj'
etaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. so evaṃ vadeti: n'; atthi me
āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ passeyyaṃ, n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti
yam ahaṃ paṭikareyyaṃ, n'; atthi me pāpikā diṭṭhi
yam ahaṃ paṭinissajjeyyan ti. tam saṃgho adassane vā
appaṭikamme vā appaṭinissagge vā ukkhipati, adhamma-
kammaṃ. ||5||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā.
tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā:
āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, passas'; etaṃ āpattin ti. so
evaṃ vadeti: āmāvuso passāmīti. taṃ saṃgho āpattiyā
adassane ukkhipati, adhammakammaṃ. idha pana bhikkh-
ave bhikkhussa hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā. tam enaṃ codeti
saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: āpattiṃ tvaṃ
āvuso āpanno, paṭikarohi taṃ āpattin ti. so evaṃ vadeti:
āmāvuso paṭikarissāmīti. taṃ saṃgho āpattiyā appaṭikamme
ukkhipati, adhammakammaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkh-
ussa hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. tam enaṃ codeti
saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: pāpikā te āvuso
diṭṭhi, paṭinissajj'; etaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. so evaṃ vadeti:
āmāvuso paṭinissajjissāmīti. taṃ saṃgho pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā
appaṭinissagge ukkhipati, adhammakammaṃ. ||6|| idha
pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā hoti āpatti
paṭikātabbā --la-- hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi
paṭinissajjetā, hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi
paṭinissajjetā, hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā
hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho
vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno,
passas'; etaṃ āpattiṃ, paṭikarohi taṃ āpattiṃ, pāpikā te
diṭṭhi, paṭinissajj'; etaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. so evaṃ vadeti:
āmāvuso passāmi, āma paṭikarissāmi, āma paṭinissajjissāmīti.
taṃ saṃgho adassane vā appaṭikamme vā appaṭinissagge vā
ukkhipati, adhammakammaṃ. ||7||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā.
tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā:
āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, passas'; etaṃ āpattin ti. so evaṃ
vadeti: n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ passeyyan ti.
[page 325]
IX. 5. 8-6. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 325
taṃ saṃgho adassane ukkhipati, dhammakammaṃ. idha
pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā. tam
enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: āpattiṃ
tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, paṭikarohi taṃ āpattin ti. so evaṃ
vadeti: n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ paṭikareyyan ti.
taṃ saṃgho appaṭikamme ukkhipati, dhammakammaṃ. idha
pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā.
tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā:
pāpikā te āvuso diṭṭhi, paṭinissajj'; etaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti.
so evaṃ vadeti: n'; atthi me āvuso pāpikā diṭṭhi yam ahaṃ
paṭinissajjeyyan ti. taṃ saṃgho pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appa-
ṭinissagge ukkhipati, dhammakammaṃ. ||8|| idha pana
bhikkhave bhikkhussa hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā hoti āpatti
paṭikātabbā, hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭi-
nissajjetā, hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭi-
nissajjetā, hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā hoti
pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā
sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno,
passas'; etaṃ āpattiṃ, paṭikarohi taṃ āpattiṃ, pāpikā te
diṭṭhi, paṭinissajj'; etaṃ pāpikaṃ {diṭṭhin} ti. so evaṃ vadeti:
n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ passeyyaṃ, n'; atthi me
āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ paṭikareyyaṃ, n'; atthi me pāpikā
diṭṭhi yam ahaṃ paṭinissajjeyyan ti. taṃ saṃgho adassane
vā appaṭikamme vā appaṭinissagge vā ukkhipati, dhamma-
kamman ti. ||9||5||
atha kho āyasmā Upāli yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Upāli bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca: yo nu kho bhante samaggo saṃgho sammukhākara-
ṇīyaṃ kammaṃ asammukhā karoti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho
taṃ bhante vinayakamman ti. adhammakammaṃ taṃ Upāli
avinayakammaṃ. ||1|| yo nu kho bhante samaggo saṃgho
paṭipucchākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ appaṭipucchā karoti, paṭiññā-
yakaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ appaṭiññāya karoti, sativinayārahassa
amūḷhavinayaṃ deti, amūḷhavinayārahassa tassapāpiyyasikā-
kammaṃ karoti, {tassapāpiyyasikākammārahassa} tajjaniya-
kammaṃ karoti, tajjaniyakammārahassa nissayakammaṃ k.,
[page 326]
326 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 6. 2-5.
nissayakammārahassa pabbājaniyakammaṃ k., pabbājaniya-
kammārahassa paṭisāraṇiyakammaṃ k., paṭisāraṇiyakammā-
rahassa ukkhepaniyakammaṃ k., ukkhepaniyakammārahassa
parivāsaṃ deti, parivāsārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati, mūlāya
paṭikassanārahassa mānattaṃ deti, mānattārahaṃ abbheti,
abbhānārahaṃ upasampādeti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ
bhante vinayakamman ti. ||2|| adhammakammaṃ taṃ Upāli
avinayakammaṃ. yo kho Upāli samaggo saṃgho sammu-
khākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ asammukhā karoti, evaṃ kho Upāli
adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana
saṃgho sātisāro hoti. yo kho Upāli samaggo saṃgho paṭi-
pucchākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ appaṭipucchā karoti, paṭiññāya-
karaṇīyaṃ . . . abbhānārahaṃ upasampādeti, evaṃ kho
Upāli adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana
saṃgho sātisāro hotīti. ||3||
yo nu kho bhante samaggo saṃgho sammukhākaraṇīyaṃ
kammaṃ sammukhā karoti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ
bhante vinayakamman ti. dhammakammaṃ taṃ Upāli
vinayakammaṃ. yo nu kho bhante samaggo saṃgho paṭi-
pucchākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ paṭipucchā karoti, paṭiññāya-
karaṇīyaṃ kammaṃ paṭiññāya karoti, sativinayārahassa
sativinayaṃ deti . . . abbhānārahaṃ abbheti, upasampadā-
rahaṃ upasampādeti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ bhante
vinayakamman ti. dhammakammaṃ taṃ Upāli vinaya-
kammaṃ. yo kho Upāli samaggo saṃgho sammukhākara-
ṇīyaṃ kammaṃ sammukhā karoti, evaṃ kho Upāli dhamma-
kammaṃ hoti vinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho anati-
sāro hoti. yo kho Upāli samaggo saṃgho paṭipucchākaraṇīyaṃ
kammaṃ paṭipucchā karoti . . . upasampadārahaṃ upasam-
pādeti, evaṃ kho Upāli dhammakammaṃ hoti vinayakammaṃ
evañ ca pana saṃgho anatisāro hotīti. ||4||
yo nu kho bhante samaggo saṃgho sativinayārahassa
amūḷhavinayaṃ deti amūḷhavinayārahassa sativinayaṃ deti,
dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ bhante vinayakamman ti.
adhammakammaṃ taṃ Upāli avinayakammaṃ. yo nu kho
bhante samaggo saṃgho amūḷhavinayārahassa tassapāpiyya-
sikākammaṃ karoti tassapāpiyyasikākammārahassa amūḷha-
vinayaṃ deti, tassapāpiyyasikākammārahassa tajjaniya-
[page 327]
IX. 6. 5-8.] MAHĀVAGGA. 327
kammaṃ karoti tajjaniyakammārahassa tassapāpiyyasikā-
kammaṃ karoti, tajjaniyakammārahassa nissayakammaṃ
karoti nissayakammārahassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karoti, nissa-
yakammārahassa pabbājaniyakammaṃ karoti pabbājaniya-
kammārahassa nissayakammaṃ karoti, pabbājaniyakammā-
rahassa paṭisāraṇiyakammaṃ karoti paṭisāraṇiyakammāra-
hassa pabbājaniyakammaṃ karoti, paṭisāraṇiyakammārahassa
ukkhepaniyakammaṃ karoti ukkhepaniyakammārahassa paṭi-
sāraṇiyakammaṃ karoti, ukkhepaniyakammārahassa pari-
vāsaṃ deti parivāsārahassa ukkhepaniyakammaṃ karoti,
parivāsārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati mūlāya paṭikassanārahassa
parivāsaṃ deti, mūlāya paṭikassanārahassa mānattaṃ deti
mānattārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati, mānattārahaṃ abbheti
abbhānārahassa mānattaṃ deti, abbhānārahaṃ upasampādeti
upasampadārahaṃ abbheti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ
bhante vinayakamman ti. ||5|| adhammakammaṃ taṃ Upāli
avinayakammaṃ. yo kho Upāli samaggo saṃgho sativinayā-
rahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti amūḷhavinayārahassa sativina-
yaṃ deti, evaṃ kho Upāli adhammakammaṃ hoti avinaya-
kammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho sātisāro hoti. yo kho Upāli
samaggo saṃgho amūḷhavinayārahassa tassapāpiyyasikā-
kammaṃ karoti . . . upasampadārahaṃ abbheti, evaṃ kho
Upāli adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana
saṃgho sātisāro hotīti. ||6||
yo nu kho bhante samaggo saṃgho sativinayārahassa
sativinayaṃ deti amūḷhavinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ
deti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ bhante vinayakamman
ti. dhammakammaṃ taṃ Upāli vinayakammaṃ. yo nu
kho bhante samaggo saṃgho amūḷhavinayārahassa amū-
ḷhavinayaṃ deti, tassapāpiyyasikākammārahassa tassapā-
piyyasikākammaṃ karoti . . . abbhānārahaṃ abbheti,
upasampadārahaṃ upasampādeti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho
taṃ bhante vinayakamman ti. ||7|| dhammakammaṃ taṃ
Upāli vinayakammaṃ. yo kho Upāli samaggo saṃgho
sativinayārahassa sativinayaṃ deti amūḷhavinayārahassa
amūḷhavinayaṃ deti, evaṃ kho Upāli dhammakammaṃ hoti
vinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho anatisāro hoti. yo kho
Upāli samaggo saṃgho amūḷhavinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ
[page 328]
328 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 6. 8-7. 1.
deti . . . upasampadārahaṃ upasampādeti, evaṃ kho Upāli
dhammakammaṃ hoti vinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho
anatisāro hotīti. ||8||
atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: yo kho bhikkhave
samaggo saṃgho sativinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti, evaṃ
kho bhikkhave adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ evañ
ca pana saṃgho sātisāro hoti. yo kho bhikkhave samaggo
saṃgho sativinayārahassa tassapāpiyyasikākammaṃ karoti,
sativinayārahassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karoti . . . sativinayā-
rahaṃ upasampādeti, evaṃ kho bhikkhave adhammakammaṃ
hoti avinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho sātisāro hoti.
yo kho bhikkhave samaggo saṃgho amūḷhavinayārahassa
tassapāpiyyasikākammaṃ karoti, evaṃ kho bhikkhave adha-
mmakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho
sātisāro hoti. yo kho bhikkhave samaggo saṃgho amūḷha-
vinayārahassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karoti . . . amūḷhavinayā-
rahaṃ upasampādeti, amūḷhavinayārahassa sativinayaṃ deti,
evaṃ kho bhikkhave adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ
evañ ca pana saṃgho sātisāro hoti. yo kho bhikkhave
samaggo saṃgho tassapāpiyyasikākammārahassa . . . upa-
sampadārahaṃ abbheti, evaṃ kho bhikkhave adhamma-
kammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho sātisāro
hotīti. ||9||6||
Upālipucchābhāṇavāraṃ dutiyaṃ.
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti
kalahakārako vivādakārako bhassakārako saṃghe adhikara-
ṇakārako. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho
āvuso bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako --la-- saṃghe adhikara-
ṇakārako, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti,
te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karonti adhammena vaggā. so
tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati, tattha bhikkhūnaṃ
evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu saṃghena tajjaniya-
kammaṃ kato adhammena vaggehi, hand'; assa mayaṃ
tajjaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ
karonti adhammena samaggā. so tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ
āvāsaṃ gacchati, tattha pi bhikkhūnaṃ . . . tajjaniya-
kammaṃ kato adhammena samaggehi, hand'; assa mayaṃ
[page 329]
IX. 7. 1-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 329
tajjaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ
karonti dhammena vaggā. so tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ . . .
tajjaniyakammaṃ kato dhammena vaggehi, hand'; assa
mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa tajjaniya-
kammaṃ karonti dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā. so tamhāpi
āvāsā aññaṃ . . . tajjaniyakammaṃ kato dhammapaṭirū-
pakena vaggehi, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ karomā
'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karonti dhammapaṭirūpakena
samaggā. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakā-
rako hoti . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakārako. tatra ce bhikkhū-
naṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako
. . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakārako, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjani-
yakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karonti
adhammena samaggā. so tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ
gacchati, tattha bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso
bhikkhu saṃghena tajjaniyakammaṃ kato adhammena
samaggehi, hand'; assa mayaṃ . . . dhammena vaggā. so
tamhāpi āvāsā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā. so tamhāpi
āvāsā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā. so tamhāpi
āvāsā . . . adhammena vaggā. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave
bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakā-
rako. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso
bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakārako,
hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa tajja-
niyakammaṃ karonti dhammena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirū-
pakena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā . . . adha-
mmena vaggā . . . adhammena samaggā. ||3|| idha pana
bhikkhave bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti . . . saṃghe
adhikaraṇakārako. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ
kho āvuso bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakā-
rako, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa
tajjaniyakammaṃ karonti dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā . . .
dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā . . . adhammena vaggā . . .
adhammena samaggā . . . dhammena vaggā. ||4|| idha pana
bhikkhave bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti . . . saṃghe adhi-
karaṇakārako. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho
āvuso bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakā-
rako, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te
[page 330]
330 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 7. 5-10.
tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karonti dhammapaṭirūpakena sam-
aggā . . . adhammena vaggā . . . adhammena samaggā
. . . dhammena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā. ||5||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bālo hoti avyatto āpattiba-
hulo anapadāno gihisaṃsaṭṭho viharati ananulomikehi
gihisaṃsaggehi. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ
kho āvuso bhikkhu bālo avyatto . . . gihisaṃsaggehi,
hand'; assa mayaṃ nissayakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa
nissayakammaṃ karonti adhammena vaggā. so tamhā
āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati, tattha bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ
hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu saṃghena nissayakammaṃ
kato adhammena vaggehi, hand'; assa mayaṃ nissayakammaṃ
karomā 'ti, te tassa nissayakammaṃ karonti adhammena
samaggā --la-- dhammena vaggā, dhammapaṭirūpakena
vaggā, dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā. yathā heṭṭhā tathā
cakkaṃ kātabbaṃ --la--. ||6|| idha pana bhikkhave
bhikkhu kuladūsako hoti pāpasamācāro. tatra ce bhikkhū-
naṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu kuladūsako
pāpasamācāro, hand'; assa mayaṃ pabbājaniyakammaṃ
karomā 'ti te tassa pabbājaniyakammaṃ karonti adhammena
vaggā . . . (comp. 6) . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā.
cakkaṃ kātabbaṃ. ||7|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu
gihī akkosati paribhāsati. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti:
ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu gihī akkosati paribhāsati, hand'; assa
mayaṃ paṭisāraṇiyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa paṭisāraṇiya-
kammaṃ karonti adhammena vaggā . . . (comp. 6) . . .
dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā. cakkaṃ kātabbaṃ. ||8|| idha
pana bhikkhave bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṃ
passituṃ. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho
āvuso bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṃ passituṃ,
hand'; assa mayaṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhepaniyakammaṃ
karomā 'ti, te tassa āpattiyā adassane ukkhepaniyakammaṃ
karonti adhammena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena sam-
aggā. cakkaṃ kātabbaṃ. ||9|| idha pana bhikkhave
bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṃ paṭikātuṃ.
tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu
āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṃ paṭikātuṃ, hand'; assa
mayaṃ āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepaniyakammaṃ karomā
[page 331]
IX. 7. 10-14.] MAHĀVAGGA. 331
'ti, te tassa āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepaniyakammaṃ
karonti adhammena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena sam-
aggā. cakkaṃ kātabbaṃ. ||10|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu
na icchati pāpikaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissajjituṃ. tatra ce bhi-
kkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu na icchati
pāpikaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissajjituṃ, hand'; assa mayaṃ pāpikāya
diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti,
te tassa pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepaniya-
kammaṃ karonti adhammena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirū-
pakena samaggā. cakkaṃ kātabbaṃ. ||11||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu saṃghena tajjaniyakammaṃ
kato sammāvattati lomaṃ pāteti netthāraṃ vattati tajjani-
yassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. tatra ce bhikkhū-
naṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu saṃghena tajjani-
yakammaṃ kato sammāvattati . . . paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati,
hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā 'ti,
te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti adhammena
vaggā. so tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati, tattha
bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: imassa kho āvuso bhikkhuno
saṃghena tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ adhammena
vaggehi, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassam-
bhemā 'ti. te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti
adhammena samaggā . . . dhammena vaggā . . . dhamma-
paṭirūpakena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā. ||12||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu saṃghena tajjaniyakammaṃ
kato sammāvattati lomaṃ pāteti netthāraṃ vattati tajjani-
yassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. tatra ce bhikkhū-
naṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu . . . yācati, hand'
assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā 'ti, te tassa
tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti adhammena samaggā
. . . (comp. 2-5) . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā. ||13||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu saṃghena nissayakammaṃ
kato sammāvattati lomaṃ pāteti netthāraṃ vattati nissayassa
kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati . . . (comp. 12-13)
. . . idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu saṃghena pabbājani-
yakammaṃ kato . . . paṭisāraṇiyakammaṃ kato . . . āpatti-
yā adassane ukkhepaniyakammaṃ kato . . . āpattiyā appaṭi-
kamme ukkhepaniyakammaṃ kato . . . pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā
[page 332]
332 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 7. 14-18.
appaṭinissagge ukkhepaniyakammaṃ kato . . . cakkaṃ
kātabbaṃ. ||14||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti . . .
saṃghe adhikaraṇakārako. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti:
ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako --la-- saṃghe
adhikaraṇakārako, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ
karomā 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karonti adhammena
vaggā. tatraṭṭho saṃgho vivadati adhammena vaggakammaṃ
adhammena samaggakammaṃ dhammena vaggakammaṃ
dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggakammaṃ dhammapaṭirūpakena
samaggakammaṃ akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ
puna kātabbaṃ kamman ti. tatra bhikkhave ye te bhikkhū
evam āhaṃsu adhammena vaggakamman ti, ye ca te bhikkhū
evam āhaṃsu akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna
kātabbaṃ kamman ti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino.
||15|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti
. . . te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karonti adhammena samaggā.
tatraṭṭho . . . tatra bhikkhave ye te bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu
adhammena samaggakamman ti ye ca te bhikkhū evam
āhaṃsu akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ
kamman ti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino. idha pana
bhikkhave bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti . . . dhammena
vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭi-
rūpakena samaggā . . . ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavā-
dino. ||16||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bālo hoti avyatto āpattiba-
hulo anapadāno gihisaṃsaṭṭho viharati ananulomikehi gihi-
saṃsaggehi. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho
āvuso bhikkhu bālo avyatto . . . gihisaṃsaggehi, hand'; assa
mayaṃ nissayakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa nissayakammaṃ
karonti adhammena vaggā --la-- adhammena samaggā,
dhammena vaggā, dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā, dhammapaṭi-
rūpakena samaggā. tatraṭṭho saṃgho vivadati . . . ime tattha
bhikkhū dhammavādino. ime pañca vārā saṃkhittā.
||17|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu kuladūsako hoti
pāpasamācāro. tatra ce . . . pabbājaniyakammaṃ karomā
'ti . . . ime pañca vārā saṃkhittā. idha pana bhikkhave
bhikkhu gihī akkosati paribhāsati. tatra ce . . . paṭisāraṇi-
[page 333]
IX. 7. 18-20.] MAHĀVAGGA. 333
yakammaṃ karomā 'ti . . . ime pañca vārā saṃkhittā.
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati
āpattiṃ passituṃ. tatra ce . . . āpattiyā adassane ukkhe-
paniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti . . . ime pañca vārā saṃkhittā.
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati
āpattiṃ paṭikātuṃ. tatra ce . . . āpattiyā appaṭikamme
ukkhepaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti . . . ime pañca vārā
saṃkhittā. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu na icchati pā-
pikaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissajjituṃ. tatra ce . . . pāpikāya
diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti . . .
ime pañca vārā saṃkhittā. ||18||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu saṃghena tajjaniyakammaṃ
kato sammāvattati lomaṃ pāteti netthāraṃ vattati tajjaniyassa
kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ
evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu saṃghena tajjaniya-
kammaṃ kato sammāvattati . . . paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati,
hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā 'ti,
te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti adhammena
vaggā. tatraṭṭho saṃgho vivadati . . . ime tattha bhikkhū
dhammavādino. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu saṃghena
tajjaniyakammaṃ kato sammāvattati . . . te tassa tajjaniya-
kammaṃ paṭippassambhenti adhammena samaggā . . .
dhammena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā . . .
dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā . . . ime tattha bhikkhū
dhammavādino. ||19|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu saṃ-
ghena nissayakammaṃ kato . . . pabbājaniyakammaṃ kato
. . . {paṭisāraṇiyakammaṃ} kato . . . āpattiyā adassane
ukkhepaniyakammaṃ kato . . . āpattiyā appaṭikamme
ukkhepaniyakammaṃ kato . . . pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭi-
nissagge ukkhepaniyakammaṃ kato . . . ime tattha bhikkhū
dhammavādino 'ti. ||20||7||
Campeyyakkhandhakaṃ navamaṃ.
imamhi khandhake vatthūni chattiṃsānīti. tassa uddānaṃ:
Campāyaṃ bhagavā āsi, vatthu Vāsabhagāmake,
āgantukānaṃ ussukkaṃ akāsi icchitabbake, |
pakataññuno 'ti ñatvā ussukkaṃ na kari tadā,
ukkhitto na karotīti agamā jinasantike. |
[page 334]
334 MAHĀVAGGA.
adhammena vaggakammaṃ samaggaṃ adhammena ca
dhammena vaggakammaṃ ca paṭirūpakena vaggikaṃ |
paṭirūpakena samaggaṃ, eko ukkhipat'; ekakaṃ
eko ca dve sambahule saṃghaṃ ukkhipat'; ekato, |
duve pi, sambahulāpi, saṃgho saṃghaṃ ca ukkhipi.
5 sabbaññu pavaro sutvā adhamman ti paṭikkhipi. |
ñattivipannaṃ yaṃ kammaṃ sampannaṃ anussāva-
naṃ
anussāvanavipannaṃ sampannaṃ ñattiyā ca yaṃ |
ubhayena vipannaṃ ca aññatradhammam eva ca
vinā satthu paṭikuṭṭhaṃ kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahikaṃ. |
adhamma-vaggaṃ samaggaṃ paṭirūpāni ye duve,
dhammen'; eva ca sāmaggiṃ anuññāsi tathāgato. |
catuvaggo pañcavaggo dasavaggo ca vīsati
parovīsativaggo ca saṃgho pañcavidho tathā. |
ṭhapetvā upasampadaṃ yaṃ ca kammaṃ pavāraṇaṃ
10 abbhānakammena saha catuvaggehi kammiko. |
duve kamme ṭhapetvāna majjhadesupasampadā
abbhānaṃ pañcavaggiko sabbakammesu kammiko. |
abbhān'; ekaṃ ṭhapetvāna ye bhikkhū dasavaggikā.
sabbakammakaro saṃgho vīso sabbatthakammiko. |
bhikkhunī sikkhamānā ca sāmaṇero sāmaṇerikā
paccakkhāt'-antimavatthuṃ ukkhitt'; āpattādassane |
appaṭikamme diṭṭhiyā paṇḍaka-theyyasaṃvāsakaṃ
titthiya-tiracchānagataṃ mātu pitu ca ghātakaṃ |
arahaṃ bhikkhunīdūsiṃ bhedakaṃ lohituppādaṃ vyañja-
naṃ
15 nānāsaṃvāsako c'; eva nānāsīmāya iddhiyā |
yassa saṃgho kare kammaṃ hont'; ete catuvīsati,
sambuddhena paṭikkhittā na h'; ete gaṇapūrakā. |
pārivāsikacatuttho parivāsaṃ dadeyya vā
mūlā-mānattaṃ abbheyya akammaṃ na ca karaṇaṃ. |
mūlā-araha-mānattā abbhānāraham eva ca
na kammakārakā pañca sambuddhena pakāsitā. |
bhikkhunī sikkhamānā ca sāmaṇero sāmaṇerikā
paccakkh'-antima-ummattā khitta-vedan'-adassane |
appaṭikamme diṭṭhiyā paṇḍakāpi ca vyañjanā
20 nānāsaṃvāsakā sīmā vehāsaṃ yassa kamma ca |
[page 335]
MAHĀVAGGA. 335
aṭṭhārasannaṃ etesaṃ paṭikkosa na rūhati,
bhikkhussa pakatattassa rūhati paṭikkosanā. |
suddh'; assa dunnisārito, bālo hi sunissārito.
paṇḍako theyyasaṃvāsaṃ pakkanto tiracchānagato |
mātu pitu arahanta-dūsako saṃghabhedako
lohituppādako c'; eva ubhatovyañjano ca yo |
ekādasannaṃ etesaṃ osāraṇaṃ na yujjati.
hattha-pādā tadubhayaṃ kaṇṇa-nāsā tadubhayā |
aṅguli aḷa-kaṇḍaraṃ phaṇaṃ khujjo ca vāmano
25 gaṇḍi lakkhaṇa-kasā ca likhitako ca sīpadi |
pāpa-parisa-kāṇo ca kuṇi khañjo hato pi ca
iriyāpatha-dubbalo andho mūgo ca badhiro |
andhamūga-badhiro ca mūgabadhiram eva ca
andhabadhiramūgo ca dvattiṃs'; ete anūnakā, |
tesaṃ osāraṇaṃ hoti sambuddhena pakāsitaṃ.
daṭṭhabbā paṭikātabbā nissajjetaṃ na vijjati, |
tassa ukkhepanā kammā satta honti adhammikā,
āpannaṃ anuvattantaṃ satta te pi adhammikā, |
āpannaṃ nānuvattantaṃ sattakammesu dhammikā.
30 sammukhā paṭipucchā ca paṭiññāya ca kārakā |
sati-amūḷha-pāpikā tajjaniyavasena ca
pabbājaniya-paṭisāro ukkhepa-parivāsa ca |
mūla-mānatta-abbhānā tath'; eva upasampadā:
aññaṃ kareyya aññassa soḷas'; ete adhammikā, |
taṃ taṃ kareyya taṃ tassa soḷas'; ete sudhammikā,
paccāropeyya aññañño soḷas'; ete adhammikā, |
dvedvetamūlakan tassa, te pi soḷasa dhammikā,
ekekamūlakaṃ cakkaṃ adhamman ti jino 'bravi. |
akāsi tajjaniyakammaṃ saṃgho bhaṇḍanakārako
35 adhammena vaggakammaṃ, aññaṃ āvāsa gacchi so, |
tattha dhammena samaggā tassa tajjaniyaṃ karuṃ,
aññattha vaggadhammena tassa tajjaniyaṃ karuṃ, |
paṭirūpakena vaggāpi samaggāpi tathā karuṃ.
adhammena samaggā ca, dhammena vaggam eva ca, |
paṭirūpakena vaggā ca, samaggā ca, ime padā,
ekekamūlakaṃ katvā cakka bandhe vicakkhaṇo. |
bālāvyattassa nissayaṃ, pabbāje kuladūsakaṃ,
paṭisāraṇiyakammaṃ kare akkosakassa ca, |
[page 336]
336 MAHĀVAGGA.
adassanāpaṭikamme yo ca diṭṭhiṃ na nissaje
40 tesaṃ ukkhepaniyakammaṃ satthavāhena bhāsitaṃ. |
ukkhepaniyakammānaṃ pañño tajjaniyaṃ naye.
tesaṃ yeva anulomaṃ sammāvattantayācite |
passaddhi tesaṃ kammānaṃ heṭṭhākammanayena ca.
tasmiṃ-tasmiṃ tu kammesu tatraṭṭho ca vivadati |
akataṃ dukkaṭaṃ c'; eva puna kātabbakan ti ca
kamme passaddhiyā cāpi te bhikkhū dhammavādino. |
vipattivyādhite disvā kammappatte mahāmuni
paṭippassaddhim akkhāsi sallakatto va osadhan ti.
[page 337]
337
MAHĀVAGGA.
X.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Kosambiyaṃ viharati
Ghositārāme. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu
āpattiṃ āpanno hoti, so tassā āpattiyā āpattidiṭṭhi hoti, aññe
bhikkhū tassā āpattiyā anāpattidiṭṭhino honti. so aparena
samayena tassā āpattiyā anāpattidiṭṭhi hoti, aññe bhikkhū
tassā āpattiyā āpattidiṭṭhino honti. atha kho te bhikkhū taṃ
bhikkhuṃ etad avocuṃ: āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, passas'
etaṃ āpattin ti. n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ passeyyan
ti. atha kho te bhikkhū sāmaggiṃ labhitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ
āpattiyā adassane ukkhipiṃsu. ||1|| so ca bhikkhu bahussuto
hoti āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo
paṇḍito vyatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo. atha
kho so bhikkhu sandiṭṭhe sambhatte bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā
etad avoca: anāpatti esā āvuso n'; esā āpatti, anāpanno 'mhi
n'; amhi āpanno, anukkhitto 'mhi n'; amhi ukkhitto, adha-
mmiken'; amhi kammena ukkhitto kuppena aṭṭhānārahena,
hotha me āyasmanto dhammato vinayato pakkhā 'ti.
alabhi kho so bhikkhu sandiṭṭhe sambhatte bhikkhū
pakkhe. jānapadānam pi sandiṭṭhānaṃ sambhattānaṃ bhi-
kkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: anāpatti esā āvuso . . . aṭṭhā-
nārahena, hontu me āyasmanto dhammato vinayato pakkhā
'ti. alabhi kho so bhikkhu jānapade pi sandiṭṭhe sambhatte
bhikkhū pakkhe. ||2|| atha kho te ukkhittānuvattakā
bhikkhū yena ukkhepakā bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu,
upasaṃkamitvā ukkhepake bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: anāpatti
esā āvuso n'; esā āpatti, anāpanno eso bhikkhu n'; eso
bhikkhu āpanno, anukkhitto eso bhikkhu n'; eso bhikkhu
[page 338]
338 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 1. 3-6.
ukkhitto, adhammikena kammena ukkhitto kuppena aṭṭhānā-
rahenā 'ti. evaṃ vutte ukkhepakā bhikkhū ukkhittānu-
vattake bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: āpatti esā āvuso n'; esā
anāpatti, āpanno eso bhikkhu n'; eso bhikkhu anāpanno,
ukkhitto eso bhikkhu n'; eso bhikkhu anukkhitto, dhammi-
kena kammena ukkhitto akuppena ṭhānārahena, mā kho
tumhe āyasmanto etaṃ ukkhittakaṃ bhikkhuṃ anuvattittha
anuparivārethā 'ti. evam pi kho te ukkhittānuvattakā
bhikkhū ukkhepakehi bhikkhūhi vuccamānā tath'; eva taṃ
ukkhittakaṃ bhikkhuṃ anuvattiṃsu anuparivāresuṃ. ||3||
atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
idha bhante aññataro bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno ahosi, so tassā
āpattiyā āpattidiṭṭhi ahosi, aññe bhikkhū tassā āpattiyā
anāpattidiṭṭhino ahesuṃ. so aparena samayena tassā āpattiyā
anāpattidiṭṭhi ahosi, aññe bhikkhū tassā āpattiyā āpatti-
diṭṭhino ahesuṃ. atha kho te bhante bhikkhū . . . (= 1)
. . . passeyyanti. atha kho te bhante bhikkhū . . . ukkhi-
piṃsu. so ca bhante bhikkhu bahussuto āgatāgamo . . .
sikkhākāmo. atha kho so bhante bhikkhu . . . alabhi kho so
bhante bhikkhu sandiṭṭhe . . . alabhi kho so bhante bhikkhu
jānapade pi . . . atha kho te bhante ukkhittānuvattakā . . .
evaṃ vutte bhante ukkhepakā . . . evam pi kho te bhante
ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū ukkhepakehi bhikkhūhi vucca-
mānā tath'; eva taṃ ukkhittakaṃ bhikkhuṃ anuvattanti
anuparivārentīti. ||4|| atha kho bhagavā bhinno bhikkhu-
saṃgho bhinno bhikkhusaṃgho 'ti uṭṭhāyāsanā yena ukkhe-
pakā bhikkhū ten'; {upasaṃkami,} upasaṃkamitvā paññatte
āsane nisīdi. nisajja kho bhagavā ukkhepake bhikkhū etad
avoca: mā kho tumhe bhikkhave paṭibhāti no paṭibhāti no
'ti yasmiṃ vā tasmiṃ vā bhikkhuṃ ukkhipitabbaṃ maññittha.
||5|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno hoti, so
tassā āpattiyā anāpattidiṭṭhi hoti, aññe bhikkhū tassā āpattiyā
āpattidiṭṭhino honti. te ce bhikkhave bhikkhū taṃ bhi-
kkhuṃ evaṃ jānanti: ayaṃ kho āyasmā bahussuto āgatā-
gamo . . . sikkhākāmo, sace mayaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ
āpattiyā adassane ukkhipissāma na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā
[page 339]
X. 1. 6-8.] MAHĀVAGGA. 339
saddhiṃ uposathaṃ karissāma vinā iminā bhikkhunā uposa-
thaṃ karissāma, bhavissati saṃghassa tatonidānaṃ bhaṇḍa-
naṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṃghabhedo saṃgharāji saṃgha-
vavatthānaṃ saṃghanānākaraṇan ti, bhedagarukehi bhikkh-
ave bhikkhūhi na so bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhipitabbo.
||6|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno hoti,
so tassā . . . ukkhipissāma na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā
saddhiṃ pavāressāma vinā iminā bhikkhunā pavāressāma, na
mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ saṃghakammaṃ karissāma
vinā iminā bhikkhunā saṃghakammaṃ karissāma, na mayaṃ
iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ āsane nisīdissāma vinā iminā
bhikkhunā āsane nisīdissāma, na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā
saddhiṃ yāgupāne nisīdissāma vinā iminā bhikkhunā yāgu-
pāne nisīdissāma, na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ
bhattagge nisīdissāma vinā iminā bhikkhunā bhattagge nisī-
dissāma, na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ ekacchanne
vasissāma vinā iminā bhikkhunā ekacchanne vasissāma, na
mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ yathāvuḍḍhaṃ abhivāda-
naṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ karissāma
vinā iminā bhikkhunā yathāvuḍḍhaṃ . . . sāmīcikammaṃ
karissāma, bhavissati saṃghassa tatonidānaṃ bhaṇḍanaṃ
kalaho viggaho vivādo saṃghabhedo saṃgharāji saṃghava-
vatthānaṃ saṃghanānākaraṇan ti, bhedagarukehi bhikkhave
bhikkhūhi na so bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhipitabbo 'ti.
||7|| atha kho bhagavā ukkhepakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etam
atthaṃ bhāsitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena ukkhittānuvattakā bhi-
kkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane
nisīdi. nisajja kho bhagavā ukkhittānuvattake bhikkhū
etad avoca: mā kho tumhe bhikkhave āpattiṃ āpajjitvā n'
amhā āpannā 'ti āpattiṃ na paṭikātabbaṃ maññittha. idha
pana bhikkhave bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno hoti, so tassā
āpattiyā anāpattidiṭṭhi hoti, aññe bhikkhū tassā āpattiyā
āpattidiṭṭhino honti. so ce bhikkhave bhikkhu te bhikkhū
evaṃ jānāti: ime kho āyasmantā bahussutā āgatāgamā
dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā paṇḍitā vyattā
medhāvino lajjino kukkuccakā sikkhākāmā, nālaṃ mamaṃ
vā kāraṇā aññesaṃ vā kāraṇā chandā dosā mohā bhayā
agatiṃ gantuṃ, sace maṃ ime bhikkhū āpattiyā adassane
[page 340]
340 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 1. 8-10.
ukkhipissanti na mayā saddhiṃ uposathaṃ karissanti vinā
mayā uposathaṃ karissanti, . . . na mayā saddhiṃ pavā-
ressanti vinā mayā pavāressanti . . . vinā mayā yathā-
vuḍḍhaṃ abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmī-
cikammaṃ karissanti, bhavissati saṃghassa tatonidānaṃ
bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṃghabhedo saṃgharāji
saṃghavavatthānaṃ saṃghanānākaraṇan ti, bhedagarukena
bhikkhave bhikkhunā paresam pi saddhāya āpatti desetabbā
'ti. atha kho bhagavā ukkhittānuvattakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ
etam atthaṃ bhāsitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||8||
tena kho pana samayena ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū tatth'
eva anto sīmāya uposathaṃ karonti saṃghakammaṃ karonti,
ukkhepakā pana bhikkhū nissīmaṃ gantvā uposathaṃ ka-
ronti saṃghakammaṃ karonti. atha kho aññataro ukkhe-
pako bhikkhu yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ
nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: te bhante
ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū tatth'; eva anto sīmāya uposathaṃ
karonti saṃghakammaṃ karonti, mayam pana ukkhepakā
bhikkhū nissīmaṃ gantvā uposathaṃ karoma saṃghakammaṃ
karomā 'ti. te ce bhikkhu ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū tatth'
eva anto sīmāya uposathaṃ karissanti saṃghakammaṃ ka-
rissanti yathā mayā ñatti ca anussāvanā ca paññattā, tesaṃ
tāni kammāni dhammikāni bhavissanti akuppāni ṭhānārahāni.
tumhe ce bhikkhu ukkhepakā bhikkhū tatth'; eva anto sīmāya
uposathaṃ karissatha saṃghakammaṃ karissatha yathā mayā
ñatti ca anussāvanā ca paññattā, tumhākam pi tāni kammāni
dhammikāni bhavissanti akuppāni ṭhānārahāni. ||9|| taṃ
kissa hetu. nānāsaṃvāsakā ete bhikkhū tumhehi tumhe ca
tehi nānāsaṃvāsakā. dve 'mā bhikkhu nānāsaṃvāsakabhū-
miyo: attanā vā attānaṃ nānāsaṃvāsakaṃ karoti samaggo
vā naṃ saṃgho ukkhipati adassane vā appaṭikamme vā
appaṭinissagge vā. imā kho bhikkhu dve nānāsaṃvāsaka-
bhūmiyo. dve 'mā bhikkhu samānasaṃvāsakabhūmiyo:
attanā vā attānaṃ samānasaṃvāsakaṃ karoti samaggo vā
naṃ saṃgho ukkhittaṃ osāreti adassane vā appaṭikamme vā
appaṭinissagge vā. imā kho bhikkhu dve samānasaṃvāsaka-
bhūmiyo 'ti. ||10||1||
[page 341]
X. 2. 1-2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 341
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhattagge antaraghare
bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ ananu-
lomikaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ upadaṃsenti hattha-
parāmāsaṃ karonti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti:
kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā bhattagge antaraghare
. . . upadaṃsessanti hatthaparāmāsaṃ karissantīti. assosuṃ
kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ
vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khī-
yanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū bhattagge antara-
ghare . . . upadaṃsessanti hatthaparāmāsaṃ karissantīti.
atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
saccaṃ kira bhikkhave --la-- saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahitvā
dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: bhinne bhikkhave
saṃghe adhammiyamāne asammodikāya vattamānāya ettā-
vatā na aññamaññaṃ ananulomikaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacī-
kammaṃ upadaṃsessāma hatthaparāmāsaṃ karissāmā 'ti
āsane nisīditabbaṃ. bhinne bhikkhave saṃghe dhammiya-
māne sammodikāya vattamānāya āsanantarikāya nisīditabban
ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū saṃghamajjhe
bhaṇḍanajātā . . . vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi
vitudantā viharanti, te na sakkonti taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpa-
sametuṃ. atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekam-
antaṃ aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so bhikkhu bhaga-
vantaṃ etad avoca: idha bhante bhikkhū saṃghamajjhe . . .
vūpasametuṃ. sādhu bhante bhagavā yena te bhikkhū ten'
upasaṃkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā
tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho bhagavā yena te bhikkhū ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. nisajja
kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etad avoca: alaṃ bhikkhave mā
bhaṇḍanaṃ mā kalahaṃ mā viggahaṃ mā vivādan ti. evaṃ
vutte aññataro adhammavādī bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca: āgametu bhante bhagavā dhammasāmī, appossukko
bhante bhagavā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāraṃ anuyutto viha-
ratu, mayaṃ etena bhaṇḍanena kalahena viggahena vivādena
paññāyissāmā 'ti. dutiyam pi kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etad
avoca: alaṃ bhikkhave . . . mā vivādan ti. dutiyam pi
kho so adhammavādī bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
[page 342]
342 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 2. 2-5.
āgametu bhante . . . paññāyissāmā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā
bhikkhū āmantesi: ||2||
bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave Bārāṇasiyaṃ Brahmadatto
nāma Kāsirājā ahosi aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo ma-
habbalo mahāvāhano mahāvijito paripuṇṇakosakoṭṭhāgāro.
Dīghīti nāma Kosalarājā ahosi daliddo appadhano appa-
bhogo appabalo appavāhano appavijito aparipuṇṇakosakoṭṭhā-
gāro. atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā caturaṅgi-
niṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā Dīghītiṃ Kosalarājānaṃ abbhuyyāsi.
assosi kho bhikkhave Dīghīti Kosalarājā: Brahmadatto kira
Kāsirājā caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā mama abbhuyyāto
'ti. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghītissa Kosalarañño etad ahosi:
Brahmadatto kho Kāsirājā aḍḍho . . . paripuṇṇakosakoṭṭhā-
gāro, ahaṃ pan'; amhi daliddo . . . aparipuṇṇakosakoṭṭhāgāro,
nāhaṃ paṭibalo Brahmadattena Kāsiraññā ekasaṃghātam pi
sahituṃ. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ paṭigacc'; eva nagaramhā nippa-
teyyan ti. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghīti Kosalarājā mahesiṃ
ādāya paṭigacc'; eva nagaramhā nippati. atha kho bhi-
kkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā Dīghītissa Kosalarañño balañ
ca vāhanañ ca janapadañ ca kosañ ca koṭṭhāgārañ ca
abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghīti Kosa-
larājā sapajāpatiko yena Bārāṇasī tena pakkāmi. anu-
pubbena yena Bārāṇasī tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhi-
kkhave Dīghīti Kosalarājā sapajāpatiko Bārāṇasiyaṃ
aññatarasmiṃ paccantime okāse kumbhakāranivesane aññā-
takavesena paribbājakacchannena paṭivasati. ||3|| atha kho
bhikkhave Dīghītissa Kosalarañño mahesī na cirass'; eva
gabbhinī ahosi. tassā evarūpo dohaḷo hoti: icchati suriyassa
uggamanakāle caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannaddhaṃ vammikaṃ
subhummiyaṃ ṭhitaṃ passituṃ khaggānañ ca dhovanaṃ
pātuṃ. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghītissa Kosalarañño mahesī
Dīghītiṃ Kosalarājānaṃ etad avoca: gabbhini 'mhi deva,
tassā me evarūpo dohaḷo uppanno: icchāmi suriyassa . . .
pātun ti. kuto devi amhākaṃ duggatānaṃ caturaṅginī senā
sannaddhā vammikā subhummiyaṃ ṭhitā khaggānañ ca
dhovanan ti. sac'; āhaṃ deva na labhissāmi marissāmīti. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhave Brahmadattassa Kāsi-
rañño purohito brāhmaṇo Dīghītissa Kosalarañño sahāyo
[page 343]
X. 2. 5-7.] MAHĀVAGGA. 343
hoti. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghīti Kosalarājā yena Brahma-
dattassa Kāsirañño purohito brāhmaṇo ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño purohitaṃ brāhma-
ṇaṃ etad avoca: sakhī te samma gabbhinī, tassā evarūpo
dohaḷo uppanno: icchati suriyassa . . . pātun ti. tena hi
devamayam pi deviṃ passāmā 'ti. atha kho bhikkhave
Dīghītissa Kosalarañño mahesī yena Brahmadattassa Kāsi-
rañño purohito brāhmaṇo ten'; upasaṃkami. addasa kho
bhikkhave Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño purohito brāhmaṇo
Dīghītissa Kosalarañño mahesiṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantiṃ,
disvāna uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena
Dīghītissa Kosalarañño mahesī ten'; añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā
tikkhattuṃ udānaṃ udānesi: Kosalarājā vata bho kucchigato,
Kosalarājā vata bho kucchigato 'ti. avimanā devi hohi,
lacchasi suriyassa uggamanakāle caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ
sannaddhaṃ vammikaṃ subhummiyaṃ ṭhitaṃ passituṃ
khaggānañ ca dhovanaṃ pātun ti. ||5|| atha kho bhikkhave
Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño purohito brāhmaṇo yena Brahma-
datto Kāsirājā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Brahma-
dattaṃ Kāsirājānaṃ etad avoca: tathā deva nimittāni
dissanti, sve suriyuggamanakāle caturaṅginī senā sannaddhā
vammikā subhummiyaṃ tiṭṭhatu khaggā ca dhoviyantū 'ti.
atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā manusse āṇāpesi:
yathā bhaṇe purohito brāhmaṇo āha tathā karothā 'ti. alabhi
kho bhikkhave Dīghītissa Kosalarañño mahesī suriyassa
uggamanakāle caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannaddhaṃ vammikaṃ
subhummiyaṃ ṭhitaṃ passituṃ khaggānañ ca dhovanaṃ
pātuṃ. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghītissa Kosalarañño mahesī
tassa gabbhassa paripākaṃ anvāya puttaṃ vijāyi, tassa
Dīghāvū 'ti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghā-
vukumāro na cirass'; eva viññutaṃ pāpuṇi. ||6|| atha kho
bhikkhave Dīghītissa Kosalarañño etad ahosi: ayaṃ kho
Brahmadatto Kāsirājā bahuno amhākaṃ anatthassa kārako,
iminā amhākaṃ balañ ca vāhanañ ca janapado ca koso ca
koṭṭhāgārañ ca acchinnaṃ. sac'; āyaṃ amhe jānissati sabbeva
tayo ghātāpessati. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ Dīghāvukumāraṃ bahi
nagare vāseyyan ti. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghīti Kosalarājā
Dīghāvukumāraṃ bahi nagare vāsesi. atha kho bhikkhave
[page 344]
344 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 2. 7-10.
Dīghāvukumāro bahi nagare paṭivasanto na cirass'; eva sabba-
sippāni sikkhi. ||7|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhave
Dīghītissa Kosalarañño kappako Brahmadatte Kāsiraññe
paṭivasati. addasa kho bhikkhave Dīghītissa Kosalarañño
kappako Dīghītiṃ Kosalarājānaṃ sapajāpatikaṃ Bārāṇasi-
yaṃ aññatarasmiṃ paccantime okāse kumbhakāranivesane
aññātakavesena paribbājakacchannena paṭivasantaṃ, disvāna
yena Brahmadatto Kāsirājā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
Brahmadattaṃ Kāsirājānaṃ etad avoca: Dīghīti deva Kosala-
rājā sapajāpatiko Bārāṇasiyaṃ aññatarasmiṃ paccantime
okāse kumbhakāranivesane aññātakavesena paribbājakaccha-
nnena paṭivasatīti. ||8|| atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto
Kāsirājā manusse āṇāpesi: tena hi bhaṇe Dīghītiṃ Kosala-
rājānaṃ sapajāpatikaṃ ānethā 'ti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho
bhikkhave te manussā Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño paṭissutvā
Dīghītiṃ Kosalarājānaṃ sapajāpatikaṃ ānesuṃ. atha kho
bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā manusse āṇāpesi: tena hi
bhaṇe Dīghītiṃ Kosalarājānaṃ sapajāpatikaṃ daḷhāya
rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khura-
muṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyaṃ
siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena
nikkhāmetvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa catudhā chinditvā ca-
tuddisā bilāni nikkhipathā 'ti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho bhikkhave
te manussā Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño paṭissutvā Dīghītiṃ
Kosalarājānaṃ sapajāpatikaṃ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ
gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassa-
rena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ
parinenti. ||9|| atha kho bhikkhave Dīghāvussa kumārassa
etad ahosi: ciradiṭṭhā kho me mātāpitaro. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ
mātāpitaro passeyyan ti. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghāvu-
kumāro Bārāṇasiṃ pavisitvā addasa mātāpitaro daḷhāya
rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khura-
muṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyaṃ
siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinente, disvāna yena mātāpi-
taro ten'; upasaṃkami. addasa kho bhikkhave Dīghīti
Kosalarājā Dīghāvukumāraṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ,
disvāna Dīghāvukumāraṃ etad avoca: mā kho tvaṃ tāta
Dīghāvu dīghaṃ passa mā rassaṃ, na hi tāta Dīghāvu
[page 345]
X. 2. 10-13.] MAHĀVAGGA. 345
verena verā sammanti, averena hi tāta Dīghāvu verā
sammantīti. ||10|| evaṃ vutte bhikkhave te manussā Dī-
ghītiṃ Kosalarājānaṃ etad avocuṃ: ummattako ayaṃ
Dīghīti Kosalarājā vippalapati, ko imassa Dīghāvu, kaṃ
ayaṃ evam āha: mā kho tvaṃ tāta Dīghāvu dīghaṃ passa
mā rassaṃ, na hi tāta Dīghāvu verena verā sammanti, ave-
rena hi tāta Dīghāvu verā sammantīti. nāhaṃ bhaṇe
ummattako vippalapāmi, api ca yo viññū so vibhāvessatīti.
dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave --la-- tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave
Dīghīti Kosalarājā Dīghāvukumāraṃ etad avoca: mā kho
. . . sammantīti. tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave te manussā
Dīghītiṃ Kosalarājānaṃ etad avocuṃ: ummattako . . . so
vibhāvessatīti. atha kho bhikkhave te manussā Dīghītiṃ
Kosalarājānaṃ sapajāpatikaṃ rathiyāya rathiyaṃ {siṅghāṭa-
kena} siṅghāṭakaṃ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhā-
metvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa catudhā chinditvā catuddisā
bilāni nikkhipitvā gumbaṃ ṭhapetvā pakkamiṃsu. ||11||
atha kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro Bārāṇasiṃ pavisitvā
suraṃ nīharitvā gumbiye pāyesi. yadā te mattā ahesuṃ
patitā atha kaṭṭhāni saṃkaḍḍhitvā citakaṃ karitvā mātāpi-
tunnaṃ sarīraṃ citakaṃ āropetvā aggiṃ datvā pañjaliko
tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ akāsi. tena kho pana
samayena bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā uparipāsādava-
ragato hoti. addasa kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā
Dīghāvukumāraṃ pañjalikaṃ tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhi-
ṇaṃ karontaṃ, disvān'; assa etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ kho so
manusso Dīghītissa Kosalarañño ñāti vā sālohito vā. aho
me anatthako, na hi nāma me koci ārocessatīti. ||12|| atha
kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro araññaṃ gantvā yāvadatthaṃ
kanditvā roditvā vappaṃ puñchitvā Bārāṇasiṃ pavisitvā ante-
purassa sāmantā hatthisālaṃ gantvā hatthācariyaṃ etad
avoca: icchām'; ahaṃ ācariya sippaṃ sikkhitun ti. tena hi
bhaṇe māṇavaka sikkhassū 'ti. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghā-
vukumāro rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya hatthisālā-
yaṃ mañjunā sarena gāyi vīṇañ ca vādesi. assosi kho
bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ
paccuṭṭhāya hatthisālāyaṃ mañjunā sarena gītaṃ vīṇañ ca
vāditaṃ, sutvāna manusse pucchi: ko bhaṇe rattiyā paccūsa-
[page 346]
346 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 2. 13-16.
samayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya hatthisālāyaṃ mañjunā sarena gāyi
vīṇañ ca vādesīti. ||13|| amukassa deva hatthācariyassa ante-
vāsī māṇavako rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya hatthisā-
lāyaṃ mañjunā sarena gāyi vīṇañ ca vādesīti. tena hi bhaṇe
taṃ māṇavakaṃ ānethā 'ti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho bhikkhave te
manussā Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño paṭissutvā Dīghāvu-
kumāraṃ ānesuṃ. tvaṃ bhaṇe māṇavaka rattiyā paccūsa-
samayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya hatthisālāyaṃ mañjunā sarena gāyi
vīṇañ ca vādesīti. evaṃ devā 'ti. tena hi tvaṃ bhaṇe
māṇavaka gāyassu vīṇañ ca vādehīti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho
bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño paṭi-
ssutvā ārādhāpekho mañjunā sarena gāyi vīṇañ ca vādesi.
atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā Dīghāvukumāraṃ
etad avoca: tvaṃ bhaṇe māṇavaka maṃ upaṭṭhahā 'ti.
evaṃ devā 'ti kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro Brahma-
dattassa Kāsirañño paccassosi. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghā-
vukumāro Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño pubbuṭṭhayī ahosi
pacchānipātī kiṃkārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī piyavādī. atha
kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā Dīghāvukumāraṃ na
cirass'; eva abbhantarike vissāsikaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. ||14|| atha
kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā Dīghāvukumāraṃ etad
avoca: tena hi bhaṇe māṇavaka rathaṃ yojehi migavaṃ
gamissāmīti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro
Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño paṭissutvā rathaṃ yojetvā Brahma-
dattaṃ Kāsirājānaṃ etad avoca: yutto kho te deva ratho,
yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasīti. atha kho bhikkhave Brahma-
datto Kāsirājā rathaṃ abhirūhi, Dīghāvukumāro rathaṃ
pesesi, tathā-tathā rathaṃ pesesi yathā-yathā aññen'; eva senā
agamāsi aññen'; eva ratho. atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto
Kāsirājā dūraṃ gantvā Dīghāvukumāraṃ etad avoca: tena
hi bhaṇe māṇavaka rathaṃ muñcassu, kilanto 'mhi nipajjissā-
mīti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro Brahma-
dattassa Kāsirañño paṭissutvā rathaṃ muñcitvā paṭhaviyaṃ
pallaṅkena nisīdi. atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsi-
rājā Dīghāvukumārassa ucchaṅge sīsaṃ katvā seyyaṃ
kappesi, tassa kilantassa muhuttaken'; eva niddaṃ okkami.
||15|| atha kho bhikkhave Dīghāvussa kumārassa etad
ahosi: ayaṃ kho Brahmadatto Kāsirājā bahuno amhākaṃ
[page 347]
X. 2. 16-17.] MAHĀVAGGA. 347
anatthassa kārako, iminā amhākaṃ balañ ca vāhanañ ca
janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañ ca acchinnaṃ iminā ca
me mātāpitaro hatā. ayaṃ khv assa kālo yo 'haṃ veraṃ
appeyyan ti kosiyā khaggaṃ nibbāhi. atha kho bhikkhave
Dīghāvussa kumārassa etad ahosi: pitā kho maṃ mara-
ṇakāle avaca: mā kho tvaṃ tāta Dīghāvu dīghaṃ passa mā
rassaṃ, na hi tāta Dīghāvu verena verā sammanti, averena
hi tāta Dīghāvu verā sammantīti. na kho me taṃ paṭirūpaṃ
yo 'haṃ pitu vacanaṃ atikkameyyan ti kosiyā khaggaṃ
pavesesi. dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave Dīghāvussa kumārassa
etad ahosi: ayaṃ kho Brahmadatto . . . nibbāhi. dutiyam
pi kho bhikkhave Dīghāvussa kumārassa etad ahosi: pitā
. . . atikkameyyan ti, punad eva kosiyā khaggaṃ pavesesi.
tatiyam pi kho . . . nibbāhi. tatiyam pi kho . . . pavesesi.
atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā bhīto ubbiggo
ussaṅkī utrasso sahasā vuṭṭhāsi. atha kho bhikkhave
Dīghāvukumāro Brahmadattaṃ Kāsirājānaṃ etad avoca:
kissa tvaṃ deva bhīto . . . vuṭṭhāsīti. idha maṃ bhaṇe
māṇavaka Dīghītissa Kosalarañño putto Dīghāvukumāro
supinantena khaggena paripātesi tenāhaṃ bhīto ubbiggo
ussaṅkī utrasso sahasā vuṭṭhāsin ti. ||16|| atha kho bhikkh-
ave Dīghāvukumāro vāmena hatthena Brahmadattassa Kāsi-
rañño sīsaṃ parāmasitvā dakkhiṇena hatthena khaggaṃ
nibbāhetvā Brahmadattaṃ {Kāsirājānaṃ} etad avoca: ahaṃ
kho so deva Dīghītissa Kosalarañño putto Dīghāvukumāro.
bahuno tvaṃ amhākaṃ anatthassa kārako, tayā amhākaṃ
balañ ca vāhanañ ca janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañ ca
acchinnaṃ tayā ca me mātāpitaro hatā. ayaṃ khv assa kālo
yv'; āhaṃ veraṃ appeyyan ti. atha kho bhikkhave Brahma-
datto Kāsirājā Dīghāvussa kumārassa pādesu sirasā nipatitvā
Dīghāvukumāraṃ etad avoca: jīvitaṃ me tāta Dīghāvu dehi,
jīvitaṃ me tāta Dīghāvu dehīti. ky āhaṃ ussahāmi devassa
jīvitaṃ dātuṃ, devo kho me jīvitaṃ dadeyyā 'ti. tena hi
tāta Dīghāvu tvañ c'; eva me jīvitaṃ dehi ahañ ca te jīvitaṃ
dammīti. atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto ca Kāsirājā
Dīghāvu ca kumāro aññamaññassa jīvitaṃ adaṃsu pāṇiñ ca
aggahesuṃ sapathañ ca akaṃsu adrūbhāya. atha kho bhi-
kkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā Dīghāvukumāraṃ etad avoca:
[page 348]
348 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 2. 17-20.
tena hi tāta Dīghāvu rathaṃ yojehi gamissāmā 'ti. evaṃ
devā 'ti kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro Brahmadattassa
Kāsirañño paṭissutvā rathaṃ yojetvā Brahmadattaṃ Kāsirā-
jānaṃ etad avoca: yutto kho te deva ratho, yassa dāni
kālaṃ maññasīti. atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsi-
rājā rathaṃ abhirūhi, Dīghāvukumāro rathaṃ pesesi, tathā
-tathā rathaṃ pesesi yathā-yathā na cirass'; eva senāya samā-
gacchi. ||17|| atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā
Bārāṇasiṃ pavisitvā amacce pārisajje sannipātāpetvā etad
avoca: sace bhaṇe Dīghītissa Kosalarañño puttaṃ Dīghāvu-
kumāraṃ passeyyātha kinti naṃ kareyyāthā 'ti. ekacce
evaṃ āhaṃsu: mayaṃ deva hatthe chindeyyāma, mayaṃ
deva pāde chindeyyāma, mayaṃ deva hatthapāde chindeyyā-
ma, mayaṃ deva kaṇṇe chindeyyāma, mayaṃ deva nāsaṃ
chindeyyāma, mayaṃ deva kaṇṇanāsaṃ chindeyyāma, mayaṃ
deva sīsaṃ chindeyyāmā 'ti. ayaṃ kho bhaṇe Dīghītissa
Kosalarañño putto Dīghāvukumāro, nāyaṃ labbhā kiñci
kātuṃ, iminā ca me jīvitaṃ dinnaṃ mayā ca imassa jīvitaṃ
dinnan ti. ||18|| atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā
Dīghāvukumāraṃ etad avoca: yaṃ kho te tāta Dīghāvu
pitā maraṇakāle avaca: mā kho tvaṃ tāta Dīghāvu dīghaṃ
passa mā rassaṃ, na hi tāta Dīghāvu verena verā sammanti,
averena hi tāta Dīghāvu verā sammantīti, kin te pitā
sandhāya avacā 'ti. yaṃ kho me deva pitā maraṇakāle
avaca mā dīghan ti, mā ciraṃ veraṃ akāsīti, imaṃ kho me
deva pitā maraṇakāle avaca mā dīghan ti. yaṃ kho me
deva pitā maraṇakāle avaca mā rassan ti, mā khippaṃ
mittehi bhijjitthā 'ti, imaṃ kho me deva pitā maraṇakāle
avaca mā rassan ti. yaṃ kho me deva pitā maraṇakāle
avaca na hi tāta Dīghāvu verena verā sammanti, averena hi
tāta Dīghāvu verā sammantīti, devena me mātāpitaro hatā
'ti, sac'; āhaṃ devaṃ jīvitā voropeyyaṃ ye devassa atthakāmā
te maṃ jīvitā voropeyyuṃ, ye me atthakāmā te te jīvitā
voropeyyuṃ, evaṃ taṃ veraṃ verena na vūpasameyya.
idāni ca pana me devena jīvitaṃ dinnaṃ mayā ca devassa
jīvitaṃ dinnaṃ, evaṃ veraṃ averena vūpasantaṃ. imaṃ kho
me deva pitā maraṇakāle avaca: na hi tāta . . . sammantīti.
||19|| atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā acchari-
[page 349]
X. 2. 20-3. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 349
yaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho, yāva paṇḍito ayaṃ
Dīghāvukumāro, yatra hi nāma pituno saṃkhittena bhāsi-
tassa vitthārena atthaṃ ājānissatīti, pettikaṃ balañ ca
vāhanañ ca janapadañ ca kosañ ca koṭṭhāgārañ ca paṭipādesi
dhītarañ ca adāsi. tesaṃ hi nāma bhikkhave rājūnaṃ
ādinnadaṇḍānaṃ ādinnasatthānaṃ evarūpaṃ khantisoraccaṃ
bhavissatīti, idha kho pana taṃ bhikkhave sobhetha yaṃ
tumhe evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā
khamā ca bhaveyyātha soratā cā 'ti. tatiyam pi kho bha-
gavā te bhikkhū etad avoca: alaṃ bhikkhave mā bhaṇḍa-
naṃ mā kalahaṃ mā viggahaṃ mā vivādan ti. tatiyam pi
kho so adhammavādī bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
āgametu bhante bhagavā dhammasāmī, appossukko bhante
bhagavā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāraṃ anuyutto viharatu,
mayaṃ etena bhaṇḍanena kalahena viggahena vivādena
paññāyissāmā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā pariyādinnarūpā kho
ime moghapurisā, na yime sukarā saññāpetun ti uṭṭhā-
yāsanā pakkāmi. ||20||2||
Dīghāvubhāṇavāraṃ paṭhamaṃ.
atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacī-
varaṃ ādāya Kosambiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi, Kosambiyaṃ
piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto senāsa-
naṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya saṃghamajjhe ṭhitako
'va imā gāthāyo abhāsi:
puthusaddo samajano na bālo koci maññatha
saṃghasmiṃ bhijjamānasmiṃ, n'; aññaṃ bhiyyo amañña-
ruṃ. |
parimuṭṭhā paṇḍitā bhāsā vācāgocarabhāṇino,
yāv'; icchanti mukhāyāmaṃ, yena nītā na taṃ vidū. |
akkocchi maṃ, avadhi maṃ, ajini maṃ, ahāsi me,
ye taṃ upanayhanti, veraṃ tesaṃ na sammati. |
akkocchi maṃ, avadhi maṃ, ajini maṃ, ahāsi me,
ye taṃ na upanayhanti, veraṃ tes'; ūpasammati. |
na hi verena verāni sammant'; idha kudācanaṃ,
5 averena ca sammanti, esa dhammo sanantano. |
pare ca na vijānanti mayam ettha yamāmase,
ye ca tattha vijānanti, tato sammanti medhagā. |
[page 350]
350 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 3. 1-4. 2.
aṭṭhicchinnā pāṇaharā gavāssadhanahārino
raṭṭhaṃ vilumpamānānaṃ tesam pi hoti saṃgati. kasmā
tumhākaṃ no siyā. |
sace labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ saddhiñcaraṃ sādhuvi-
hāri dhīraṃ,
abhibhuyya sabbāni parissayāni careyya ten'; attamano
satimā. |
no ce labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ saddhiñcaraṃ sādhuvi-
hāri dhīraṃ
rājā va raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāya eko care mātaṅgaraññe
va nāgo. |
ekassa caritaṃ seyyo, n'; atthi bāle sahāyatā.
eko care na ca pāpāni kayirā appossukko mātaṅgaraññe
10 va nāgo 'ti. ||1||3||
atha kho bhagavā saṃghamajjhe ṭhitako 'va imā gāthāyo
bhāsitvā yena Bālakaloṇakāragāmo ten'; upasaṃkami.
tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Bhagu Bālakaloṇakāra-
gāme viharati. addasa kho āyasmā Bhagu bhagavantaṃ
dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna āsanaṃ paññāpesi pādoda-
kaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipi, paccuggantvā
pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi. nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane,
nisajja pāde pakkhālesi. āyasmāpi kho Bhagu bhagavantam
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho
āyasmantaṃ Bhaguṃ bhagavā etad avoca: kacci bhikkhu
khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci piṇḍakena na kilama-
sīti. khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, na cāhaṃ
bhante piṇḍakena kilamāmīti. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ
Bhaguṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā . . . sampahaṃsetvā
uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Pācīnavaṃsadāyo ten'; upasaṃkami.
||1|| tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca Anuruddho
āyasmā ca Nandiyo āyasmā ca Kimbilo Pācīnavaṃsadāye
viharanti. addasa kho dāyapālo bhagavantaṃ dīrato 'va
āgacchantaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: mā samaṇa
etaṃ dāyaṃ pāvisi, sant'; ettha tayo kulaputtā attakāmarūpā
viharanti, mā tesaṃ aphāsum akāsīti. assosi kho āyasmā
Anuruddho dāyapālassa bhagavatā saddhiṃ mantayamānassa,
sutvā dāyapālaṃ etad avoca: māvuso dāyapāla bhagavantaṃ
[page 351]
X. 4. 2-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 351
vāresi, satthā no bhagavā anuppatto 'ti. atha kho āyasmā
Anuruddho yenāyasmā ca Nandiyo āyasmā ca Kimbilo ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ca Nandiyaṃ
āyasmantaṃ ca Kimbilaṃ etad avoca: abhikkama-
thāyasmanto abhikkamathāyasmanto, satthā no bhagavā
anuppatto 'ti. ||2|| atha kho āyasmā ca Anuruddho
āyasmā ca Nandiyo āyasmā ca Kimbilo bhagavantaṃ
paccuggantvā eko bhagavato pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi,
eko āsanaṃ paññāpesi, eko pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pāda-
kathalikaṃ upanikkhipi. nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane,
nisajja pāde pakkhālesi. te pi kho āyasmantā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ
kho āyasmantaṃ Anuruddhaṃ bhagavā etad avoca: kacci
vo Anuruddhā khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci piṇḍa-
kena na kilamathā 'ti. khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ
bhagavā, na ca mayaṃ bhante piṇḍakena kilamāmā 'ti.
kacci pana vo Anuruddhā samaggā sammodamānā avivada-
mānā khīrodakibhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampa-
ssantā viharathā 'ti. taggha mayaṃ bhante samaggā
sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakibhūtā aññamaññaṃ
piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharāmā 'ti. yathākathaṃ pana
tumhe Anuruddhā samaggā sammodamānā . . . sampassantā
viharathā 'ti. ||3|| idha mayhaṃ bhante evaṃ hoti: lābhā
vata me, suladdhaṃ vata me yo 'haṃ evarūpehi sabrahma-
cārīhi saddhiṃ viharāmīti. tassa mayhaṃ bhante imesu
āyasmantesu mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ āvi c'
eva raho ca, mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ, mettaṃ manokammaṃ
paccupaṭṭhitaṃ āvi c'; eva raho ca. tassa mayhaṃ bhante
evaṃ hoti: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ sakaṃ cittaṃ nikkhipitvā imesaṃ
yeva āyasmantānaṃ cittassa vasena vatteyyan ti. so kho
ahaṃ bhante sakaṃ cittaṃ nikkhipitvā imesaṃ yeva
āyasmantānaṃ cittassa vasena vattāmi, nānā hi kho no
bhante kāyā ekañ ca pana maññe cittan ti. āyasmāpi kho
Nandiyo, āyasmāpi kho Kimbilo bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
mayham pi kho bhante evaṃ hoti: lābhā . . . maññe cittan
ti. evaṃ kho mayaṃ bhante samaggā sammodamānā aviva-
damānā khīrodakibhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampa-
ssantā viharāmā 'ti. ||4|| kacci pana vo Anuruddhā appa-
[page 352]
352 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 4. 5-6.
mattā ātāpino pahitattā viharathā 'ti. taggha mayaṃ bhante
appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharāmā 'ti. yathākathaṃ
pana tumhe Anuruddhā appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viha-
rathā 'ti. idha bhante amhākaṃ yo paṭhamaṃ gāmato piṇ-
ḍāya paṭikkamati, so āsanaṃ paññāpeti, pādodakaṃ pāda-
pīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipati, avakkārapātiṃ dho-
vitvā upaṭṭhāpeti, pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti. yo
pacchā gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati, sace hoti bhuttāvaseso,
sace ākaṅkhati, bhuñjati, no ce ākaṅkhati, appaharite vā
chaḍḍeti appāṇake vā udake opilāpeti, so āsanaṃ uddharati,
pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmeti, avakkā-
rapātiṃ dhovitvā paṭisāmeti, pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ paṭi-
sāmeti, bhattaggaṃ sammajjati. yo passati pāniyaghaṭaṃ
vā paribhojaniyaghaṭaṃ vā vaccaghaṭaṃ vā rittaṃ tucchaṃ
so upaṭṭhāpeti. sac'; assa hoti avisayhaṃ hatthavikārena,
dutiyaṃ āmantetvā hatthavilaṅghakena upaṭṭhāpema, na tv
eva mayaṃ bhante tappaccayā vācaṃ bhindāma. pañcāhikaṃ
kho pana mayaṃ bhante sabbarattiyā dhammiyā kathāya
sannisīdāma. evaṃ kho mayaṃ bhante appamattā ātāpino
pahitattā viharāmā 'ti. ||5||
atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ca Anuruddhaṃ āyasmantaṃ
ca Nandiyaṃ āyasmantaṃ ca Kimbilaṃ dhammiyā kathāya
sandassetvā . . . sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Pāri-
leyyakaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ
caramāno yena Pārileyyakaṃ tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ
bhagavā Pārileyyake viharati Rakkhitavanasaṇḍe
Bhaddasālamūle. atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭi-
sallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ahaṃ kho pubbe
ākiṇṇo na phāsu vihāsiṃ tehi Kosambakehi bhikkhūhi
bhaṇḍanakārakehi kalahakārakehi vivādakārakehi bhassakā-
rakehi saṃghe adhikaraṇakārakehi, so 'mhi etarahi eko
adutiyo sukhaṃ phāsu viharāmi aññatr'; eva tehi Kosamba-
kehi bhikkhūhi kalahakārakehi . . . adhikaraṇakārakehīti.
aññataro pi kho hatthināgo ākiṇṇo viharati hatthīhi hatthi-
nīhi hatthikaḷabhehi hatthicchāpakehi, chinnaggāni c'; eva
tiṇāni khādati, obhaggobhaggañ c'; assa sākhābhaṅgaṃ khā-
danti, āvilāni ca pāniyāni pivati, ogāhantassa otiṇṇassa
hatthiniyo kāyaṃ upanighaṃsantiyo gacchanti. atha kho
[page 353]
X. 4. 6-5. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 353
tassa hatthināgassa etad ahosi: ahaṃ kho ākiṇṇo viharāmi
hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikaḷabhehi hatthicchāpakehi, chinna-
ggāni c'; eva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañ ca me sākhā-
bhaṅgaṃ khādanti, āvilāni ca pāniyāni pivāmi, ogāhantassa
me otiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṃ upanighaṃsantiyo gacchanti.
yaṃ nūnāhaṃ eko 'va gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho vihareyyan ti.
||6|| atha kho so hatthināgo yūthā apakkamma yena Pāri-
leyyakaṃ Rakkhitavanasaṇḍo Bhaddasālamūlaṃ yena bha-
gavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā soṇḍāya bhagavato
pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti appaharitañ ca karoti.
atha kho tassa hatthināgassa etad ahosi: ahaṃ kho pubbe
ākiṇṇo na phāsu vihāsiṃ hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikaḷabhehi
hatthicchāpakehi, chinnaggāni c'; eva tiṇāni khādiṃ, obhaggo-
bhaggañ ca me sākhābhaṅgaṃ khādiṃsu, āvilāni ca pāniyāni
apāyiṃ, ogāhantassa ca me otiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṃ upa-
nighaṃsantiyo agamaṃsu, so 'mhi etarahi eko adutiyo
sukhaṃ phāsu viharāmi aññatr'; eva hatthīhi hatthinīhi
hatthikaḷabhehi hatthicchāpehīti. atha kho bhagavā attano
ca pavivekaṃ viditvā tassa ca hatthināgassa cetasā cetopari-
vitakkaṃ aññāya tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi:
evaṃ nāgassa nāgena īsādantassa hatthino
sameti cittaṃ cittena yad eko ramati vane 'ti. ||7||4||
atha kho bhagavā Pārileyyake yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā
yena Sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cāri-
kaṃ caramāno yena Sāvatthi tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ
bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anātha-
piṇḍikassa ārāme. atha kho Kosambakā upāsakā ime
kho ayyā Kosambakā bhikkhū bahuno amhākaṃ anatthassa
kārakā, imehi ubbāḷho bhagavā pakkanto, handa mayaṃ ayye
Kosambake bhikkhū n'; eva abhivādeyyāma na paccuṭṭheyyā-
ma na añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ kareyyāma na sakka-
reyyāma na garukareyyāma na māneyyāma na pūjeyyāma
upagatānam pi piṇḍapātaṃ na dajjeyyāma, evaṃ ime amhehi
asakkariyamānā agarukariyamānā amāniyamānā apūjiyamānā
asakkārapakatā pakkamissanti vā vibbhamissanti vā bhaga-
vantaṃ vā pasādessantīti. ||1|| atha kho Kosambakā upāsakā
Kosambake bhikkhū n'; eva abhivādesuṃ na paccuṭṭhesuṃ na
[page 354]
354 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 5. 2-5.
añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ akaṃsu na sakkariṃsu na
garukariṃsu na mānesuṃ na pūjesuṃ upagatānam pi piṇḍa-
pātaṃ na adaṃsu. atha kho Kosambakā bhikkhū Kosamba-
kehi upāsakehi asakkariyamānā . . . asakkārapakatā evaṃ
āhaṃsu: handa mayaṃ āvuso Sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhaga-
vato santike imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamemā 'ti. atha kho
Kosambakā bhikkhū senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaraṃ
ādāya yena Sāvatthi ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu. ||2||
assosi kho āyasmā Sāriputto: te kira Kosambakā bhi-
kkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakārakā Sā-
vatthiṃ āgacchantīti. atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto yena
bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho
āyasmā Sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: te kira bhante
Kosambakā bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . saṃghe adhika-
raṇakārakā Sāvatthiṃ āgacchanti. kathāhaṃ bhante tesu
bhikkhūsu paṭipajjāmīti. tena hi tvaṃ Sāriputta yathā-
dhammo tathā tiṭṭhāhīti. kathāhaṃ bhante jāneyyaṃ
dhammaṃ vā adhammaṃ vā 'ti. ||3||
aṭṭhārasahi kho Sāriputta vatthūhi adhammavādī jāni-
tabbo. idha Sāriputta bhikkhu adhammaṃ dhammo 'ti
dīpeti, dhammaṃ adhammo 'ti dīpeti, avinayaṃ vinayo 'ti
d., vinayaṃ avinayo 'ti d., abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatena
bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatenā 'ti d., bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathā-
gatena abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatenā 'ti d., anāciṇṇaṃ
tathāgatena āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenā 'ti d., āciṇṇaṃ tathāga-
tena anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenā 'ti d., appaññattaṃ tathāgatena
paññattaṃ tathāgatenā 'ti d., paññattaṃ tathāgatena appa-
ññattaṃ tathāgatenā 'ti d., anāpattiṃ āpattīti d., āpattiṃ
anāpattīti d., lahukaṃ āpattiṃ garukā āpattīti d., garukaṃ
āpattiṃ lahukā āpattīti d., sāvasesaṃ āpattiṃ anavasesā
āpattīti d., anavasesaṃ āpattiṃ sāvasesā āpattīti d., duṭṭhu-
llaṃ āpattiṃ aduṭṭhullā āpattīti d., aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ
duṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpeti. imehi kho Sāriputta aṭṭhārasahi
vatthūhi adhammavādī jānitabbo. ||4|| aṭṭhārasahi ca kho
Sāriputta vatthūhi dhammavādī jānitabbo. idha Sāriputta
bhikkhu adhammaṃ adhammo 'ti dīpeti, dhammaṃ dhammo
'ti d., avinayaṃ . . ., vinayaṃ . . ., abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ
[page 355]
X. 5. 5-9.] MAHĀVAGGA. 355
tathāgatena . . ., bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatena . . ., anā-
ciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena . . ., āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena . . .,
appaññattaṃ tathāgatena . . ., paññattaṃ tathāgatena . . .,
āpattiṃ . . ., anāpattiṃ . . ., lahukaṃ āpattiṃ . . ., garu-
kaṃ āpattiṃ . . ., sāvasesaṃ āpattiṃ . . ., anavasesaṃ
āpattiṃ . . ., duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ . . ., aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ
aduṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpeti. imehi kho Sāriputta aṭṭhārasehi
vatthūhi dhammavādī jānitabbo 'ti. ||5||
assosi kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno --la-- assosi kho
āyasmā Mahākassapo, assosi kho āyasmā Mahākaccāno,
assosi kho āyasmā Mahākoṭṭhito, assosi kho āyasmā Ma-
hākappino, assosi kho āyasmā Mahācundo, assosi kho
āyasmā Anuruddho, assosi kho āyasmā Revato, assosi
kho āyasmā Upāli, assosi kho āyasmā Ānando, assosi kho
āyasmā Rāhulo: te kira Kosambakā bhikkhū . . . (= 3-5.
Read Rāhula instead of Sāriputta) . . . dhammavādī jāni-
tabbo 'ti. ||6||
assosi kho Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī: te kira Kobakā
bhikkhū . . . āgacchantīti. atha kho Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī
yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavan-
taṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho
Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: te kira
bhante . . . paṭipajjāmīti. tena hi tvaṃ Gotami ubhayattha
dhammaṃ suṇa, ubhayattha dhammaṃ sutvā ye tattha bhi-
kkhū dhammavādino tesaṃ diṭṭhiñ ca khantiñ ca ruciñ ca
ādāyañ ca rocehi, yañ ca kiñci bhikkhunīsaṃghena bhikkhu-
saṃghato paccāsiṃsitabbaṃ sabban taṃ dhammavādito 'va
paccāsiṃsitabban ti. ||7|| assosi kho Anāthapiṇḍiko ga-
hapati: te kira Kosambakā bhikkhū . . . āgacchantīti.
atha kho Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekaman-
taṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati
bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: te kira bhante . . . paṭipajjā-
mīti. tena hi tvaṃ gahapati ubhayattha dānaṃ dehi, ubha-
yattha dānaṃ datvā ubhayattha dhammaṃ suṇa, ubhayattha
dhammaṃ sutvā ye tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino tesaṃ
diṭṭhiñ ca khantiñ ca ruciñ ca ādāyañ ca rocehīti. ||8|| assosi
kho Visākhā Migāramātā: te kira Kosambakā bhikkhū
[page 356]
356 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 5. 9-12.
. . . āgacchantīti. atha kho Visākhā Migāramātā yena
bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho
Visākhā Migāramātā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: te kira
bhante . . . paṭipajjāmīti. tena hi tvaṃ Visākhe ubha-
yattha dānaṃ dehi . . . rocehīti. ||9||
atha kho Kosambakā bhikkhū anupubbena yena Sāvatthi
tad avasaruṃ. atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto yena bhagavā
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto
bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: te kira bhante Kosambakā bhi-
kkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakārakā Sā-
vatthiṃ anuppattā. kathaṃ nu kho bhante tesu bhikkhūsu
senāsane paṭipajjitabban ti. tena hi Sāriputta vivittaṃ senā-
sanaṃ dātabban ti. sace pana bhante vivittaṃ na hoti
kathaṃ paṭipajjitabban ti. tena hi Sāriputta vivittaṃ
katvāpi dātabbaṃ. na tv evāhaṃ Sāriputta kenaci pariyā-
yena vuḍḍhatarassa bhikkhuno senāsanaṃ paṭibāhitabban ti
vadāmi. yo paṭibāheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. āmise pana
bhante kathaṃ paṭipajjitabban ti. āmisaṃ kho Sāriputta
sabbesaṃ samakaṃ bhājetabban ti. ||10||
atha kho tassa ukkhittakassa bhikkhuno dhammañ ca
vinayañ ca paccavekkhantassa etad ahosi: āpatti esā n'; esā
anāpatti, āpanno 'mhi n'; amhi anāpanno, ukkhitto 'mhi n'
amhi anukkhitto, dhammiken'; amhi kammena ukkhitto
akuppena ṭhānārahenā 'ti. atha kho so ukkhittako bhikkhu
yena ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā ukkhittānuvattake bhikkhū etad avoca: āpatti
esā āvuso n'; esā anāpatti . . . ṭhānārahena. etha maṃ
āyasmanto osārethā 'ti. ||11|| atha kho te ukkhittānuvattakā
bhikkhū taṃ ukkhittakaṃ bhikkhuṃ ādāya yena bhagavā ten'
upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū
bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: ayaṃ bhante ukkhittako bhikkhu
evaṃ āha: āpatti esā āvuso n'; esā anāpatti . . . osārethā 'ti.
kathaṃ nu kho tehi bhante paṭipajjitabban ti. āpatti
esā bhikkhave n'; esā anāpatti, āpanno eso bhikkhu n'; eso
bhikkhu anāpanno, ukkhitto eso bhikkhu n'; eso bhikkhu
[page 357]
X. 5. 12-14.] MAHĀVAGGA. 357
anukkhitto, dhammikena kammena ukkhitto akuppena
ṭhānārahena. yato ca kho so bhikkhave bhikkhu āpanno ca
ukkhitto ca passati ca tena hi bhikkhave taṃ bhikkhuṃ
osārethā 'ti. ||12|| atha kho te ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū
taṃ ukkhittakaṃ bhikkhuṃ osāretvā yena ukkhepakā bhi-
kkhū ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā ukkhepake
bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: yasmiṃ āvuso vatthusmiṃ ahosi
saṃghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṃghabhedo
saṃgharāji saṃghavavatthānaṃ saṃghanānākaraṇaṃ so eso
bhikkhu āpanno ca ukkhitto ca passi ca osārito ca. handa
mayaṃ āvuso tassa vatthussa vūpasamāya saṃghasāmaggiṃ
karomā 'ti. atha kho te ukkhepakā bhikkhū yena bhagavā
ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivā-
detvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te
bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: te bhante ukkhittā-
nuvattakā bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: yasmiṃ āvuso vatthus-
miṃ ahosi . . . saṃghasāmaggiṃ karomā 'ti. kathaṃ nu
kho bhante paṭipajjitabban ti. ||13|| yato ca kho so bhi-
kkhave bhikkhu āpanno ca ukkhitto ca passi ca osārito ca
tena hi bhikkhave saṃgho tassa vatthussa vūpasamāya
saṃghasāmaggiṃ karotu. evañ ca pana bhikkhave
kātabbā. sabbeh'; eva ekajjhaṃ sannipatitabbaṃ gilānehi ca
agilānehi ca, na kehici chando dātabbo. sannipatitvā vyattena
bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. yasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ ahosi saṃghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ
kalaho viggaho vivādo saṃghabhedo saṃgharāji saṃgha-
vavatthānaṃ saṃghanānākaraṇaṃ so eso bhikkhu āpanno
ca ukkhitto ca passi ca osārito ca. yadi saṃghassa
pattakallaṃ saṃgho tassa vatthussa vūpasamāya saṃgha-
sāmaggiṃ kareyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
yasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ . . . osārito ca. saṃgho tassa
vatthussa vūpasamāya saṃghasāmaggiṃ karoti. yassā-
yasmato khamati tassa vatthussa vūpasamāya saṃghasām-
aggiyā karaṇaṃ so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so
bhāseyya. katā saṃghena tassa vatthussa vūpasamāya
saṃghasāmaggī nihatā saṃgharāji nihato saṃghabhedo.
khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
tāvad eva uposatho kātabbo pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabban ti.
||14||5||
[page 358]
358 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 6. 1-3.
atha kho āyasmā Upāli yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi,
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Upāli bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca: yasmiṃ bhante vatthusmiṃ hoti saṃghassa bhaṇḍa-
naṃ . . . saṃghanānākaraṇaṃ, saṃgho taṃ vatthuṃ
avinicchinitvā amūlā mūlaṃ gantvā saṃghasāmaggiṃ ka-
roti, dhammikā nu kho sā bhante saṃghasāmaggīti. yas-
miṃ Upāli vatthusmiṃ hoti . . . saṃgho taṃ vatthuṃ
avinicchinitvā amūlā mūlaṃ gantvā saṃghasāmaggiṃ karoti,
adhammikā sā Upāli saṃghasāmaggīti. yasmiṃ pana bhante
vatthusmiṃ hoti . . . saṃgho taṃ vatthuṃ vinicchinitvā
mūlā mūlaṃ gantvā saṃghasāmaggiṃ karoti, dhammikā nu
kho sā bhante saṃghasāmaggīti. yasmiṃ Upāli vatthusmiṃ
hoti . . . saṃgho taṃ vatthuṃ vinicchinitvā mūlā mūlaṃ
gantvā saṃghasāmaggiṃ karoti, dhammikā sā Upāli saṃgha-
sāmaggīti. ||1||
kati nu kho bhante saṃghasāmaggiyo 'ti. dve 'mā Upāli
saṃghasāmaggiyo. atth'; Upāli saṃghasāmaggī atthāpetā
vyañjanupetā, atth'; Upāli saṃghasāmaggī atthupetā ca vyañ-
janupetā ca. katamā ca Upāli saṃghasāmaggī atthupetā
vyañjanupetā. yasmiṃ Upāli vatthusmiṃ hoti saṃghassa
bhaṇḍanaṃ . . . saṃghanānākaraṇaṃ, saṃgho taṃ vatthuṃ
avinicchinitvā amūlā mūlaṃ gantvā saṃghasāmaggiṃ karoti.
ayaṃ vuccati Upāli saṃghasāmaggī atthāpetā vyañjanupetā.
katamā ca Upāli saṃghasāmaggī atthupetā ca vyañjanupetā
ca. yasmiṃ Upāli vatthusmiṃ hoti saṃghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ
. . . saṃghanānākaraṇaṃ, saṃgho taṃ vatthuṃ vinicchi-
nitvā mūlā mūlaṃ gantvā saṃghasāmaggiṃ karoti. ayaṃ
vuccati Upāli saṃghasāmaggī atthupetā ca vyañjanupetā ca.
imā kho Upāli dve saṃghasāmaggiyo ti. ||2||
atha kho āyasmā Upāli uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅ-
gaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā ten'; añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhaga-
vantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
saṃghassa kiccesu ca mantanāsu ca atthesu jātesu viniccha-
yesu ca
kathaṃpakāro idha naro mahatthiko bhikkhu kathaṃ
hoti idha paggahāraho 'ti. |
[page 359]
X. 6. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 359
anānuvajjo paṭhamena sīlato avekkhitācāro susaṃvu-
tindriyo,
paccatthikā na upavadanti dhammato, na hi 'ssa taṃ hoti
vadeyyuṃ yena naṃ. |
so tādiso sīlavisuddhiyā ṭhito visārado hoti visayha
bhāsati,
na cchambhati parisagato na vedhati, atthaṃ na hāpeti
anuyyutaṃ bhaṇaṃ, |
tath'; eva pañhaṃ parisāsu pucchito na c'; eva pajjhāyati
na maṅku hoti.
so kālāgataṃ vyākaraṇārahaṃ vaco rañjeti viññūparisaṃ
vicakkhaṇo, |
sagāravo vuḍḍhataresu bhikkhūsu ācerakamhi ca sake
visārado,
alaṃ pametuṃ, paguṇo kathetave, paccatthikānañ ca
5 viraddhikovido, |
paccatthikā yena vajanti niggahaṃ mahājano paññāpanañ
ca gacchati,
sakañ ca ādāyam ayaṃ na riñcati vyākaraṇapañham anu-
paghātikaṃ, |
dūteyyakammesu alaṃ samuggaho saṃghassa kiccesu ca
āhunaṃ yathā,
karaṃvaco bhikkhugaṇena pesito ahaṃ karomīti na tena
maññati, |
āpajjati yāvatakesu vatthusu, āpatti yā hoti yathā ca
vuṭṭhāti,
ete vibhaṅgā ubhay'assa sāgatā, āpattivuṭṭhānapadassa
kovido, |
nissāraṇaṃ gacchati yāni cācaraṃ, nissārito hoti yathā ca
vatthunā,
osāraṇan taṃvusitassa jantuno etam pi jānāti vibhaṅga-
kovido, |
sagāvaro vuḍḍhataresu bhikkhusu navesu theresu ca
majjhimesu ca,
mahājanass'; atthacaro 'dha paṇḍito, so tādiso bhikkhu
10 idha paggahāraho 'ti. ||3||6||
Kosambakkhandhako dasamo.
[page 360]
360 MAHĀVAGGA.
tassa uddānaṃ:
Kosambiyaṃ jinavaro, vivād'; āpattidassane,
ukkhipeyya yasmiṃ tasmiṃ, tassa yāpatti desaye. |
anto sīmāyaṃ, tatth'; eva, pañc', ekañ c'; eva, sampadā,
Pārileyyā ca, Sāvatthi, Sāriputto ca, Kolito, |
Mahākassapa-Kaccāno, Koṭṭhito, Kappinena ca,
Mahācundo ca, Anuruddho, Revato, Upālivhayo, |
Ānando, Rāhulo c'; eva, Gotamī,'nāthapiṇḍiko, Visākhā
Migāramātā ca,
senāsanaṃ vivittaṃ ca, āmisaṃ samakam pi ca, |
na kena chando dātabbo, Upāli paripucchito,
5 anupavajji visīlena, sāmaggī jinasāsane 'ti.
MAHĀVAGGAṂ SAMATTAṂ.